From 3d2be77b5f7dc003ab455c36bddb453e53aa2194 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 18:28:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 001/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 8d338f22ef..f9f44d3471 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1714,7 +1714,8 @@ HEB 11 34 iri4 figs-activepassive ἐδυναμώθησαν ἀπὸ ἀσθεν HEB 11 34 tath figs-abstractnouns ἀπὸ ἀσθενείας 1 were healed of illnesses If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **weakness**, you could express the idea by using an adjective such as “weak.” Alternate translation: “out of being weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 11 34 zllk figs-idiom ἐγενήθησαν ἰσχυροὶ ἐν πολέμῳ 1 were healed of illnesses Here, the phrase **became strong in battle** indicates that the people fought bravely and successfully against their enemies. In other words, they were good warriors. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in a more natural way. Alternate translation: “became powerful fighters” or “were good at fighting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 11 34 dd8s translate-unknown παρεμβολὰς ἔκλιναν ἀλλοτρίων 1 were healed of illnesses Here, the word **routed** refers to defeating an enemy so powerfully that the enemy turns and runs away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to this kind of defeat. Alternate translation: “and vanquished foreign armies” or “and caused foreign armies to flee” -HEB 11 35 t9sp figs-abstractnouns ἔλαβον γυναῖκες ἐξ ἀναστάσεως τοὺς νεκροὺς αὐτῶν 1 Women received back their dead by resurrection You can state the abstract noun **resurrection** with a verb. Alternate translation: “Women received their dead back alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +HEB 11 35 i3r7 figs-nominaladj τοὺς νεκροὺς αὐτῶν 1 Women received back their dead by resurrection +HEB 11 35 t9sp figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἀναστάσεως 1 Women received back their dead by resurrection HEB 11 35 av6c figs-nominaladj ἔλαβον γυναῖκες ἐξ ἀναστάσεως τοὺς νεκροὺς αὐτῶν 1 The word **dead** is a nominal adjective. You can state this as a verb. Alternate translation: “Women received back alive those who had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) HEB 11 35 ne1u figs-explicit ἄλλοι δὲ ἐτυμπανίσθησαν, οὐ προσδεξάμενοι τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν 1 Others were tortured, not accepting release It is implied that their enemies would have released them from prison under certain conditions. Alternate translation: “but others were tortured rather than denying their faith in order to be released from prison” or “but others were tortured rather than doing what their enemies required of them in order to release them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 11 35 j37h figs-activepassive ἄλλοι δὲ ἐτυμπανίσθησαν, οὐ προσδεξάμενοι τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “but others accepted torture rather than release from prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 25053c8c0903b705f7e79a165c68aebdaa17a356 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 18:51:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 002/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 10 ++++++---- 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index f9f44d3471..cf6ed0f17e 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1716,10 +1716,12 @@ HEB 11 34 zllk figs-idiom ἐγενήθησαν ἰσχυροὶ ἐν πολέ HEB 11 34 dd8s translate-unknown παρεμβολὰς ἔκλιναν ἀλλοτρίων 1 were healed of illnesses Here, the word **routed** refers to defeating an enemy so powerfully that the enemy turns and runs away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to this kind of defeat. Alternate translation: “and vanquished foreign armies” or “and caused foreign armies to flee” HEB 11 35 i3r7 figs-nominaladj τοὺς νεκροὺς αὐτῶν 1 Women received back their dead by resurrection HEB 11 35 t9sp figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἀναστάσεως 1 Women received back their dead by resurrection -HEB 11 35 av6c figs-nominaladj ἔλαβον γυναῖκες ἐξ ἀναστάσεως τοὺς νεκροὺς αὐτῶν 1 The word **dead** is a nominal adjective. You can state this as a verb. Alternate translation: “Women received back alive those who had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -HEB 11 35 ne1u figs-explicit ἄλλοι δὲ ἐτυμπανίσθησαν, οὐ προσδεξάμενοι τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν 1 Others were tortured, not accepting release It is implied that their enemies would have released them from prison under certain conditions. Alternate translation: “but others were tortured rather than denying their faith in order to be released from prison” or “but others were tortured rather than doing what their enemies required of them in order to release them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HEB 11 35 j37h figs-activepassive ἄλλοι δὲ ἐτυμπανίσθησαν, οὐ προσδεξάμενοι τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “but others accepted torture rather than release from prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -HEB 11 35 jyw7 κρείττονος ἀναστάσεως 1 a better resurrection This could mean: (1) these people will experience a **better** life in heaven than what they experienced in this world. (2) these people will have a **better resurrection** than those who did not have faith. Those with faith will live forever with God. Those without faith will live forever separated from God. +HEB 11 35 av6c writing-pronouns ἄλλοι 1 +HEB 11 35 j37h figs-activepassive ἄλλοι…ἐτυμπανίσθησαν 1 +HEB 11 35 ne1u figs-explicit οὐ προσδεξάμενοι τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν 1 Others were tortured, not accepting release It is implied that their enemies would have released them from prison under certain conditions. Alternate translation: “but others were tortured rather than denying their faith in order to be released from prison” or “but others were tortured rather than doing what their enemies required of them in order to release them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +HEB 11 35 sqiz figs-abstractnouns οὐ προσδεξάμενοι τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν 1 Others were tortured, not accepting release +HEB 11 35 sdds figs-abstractnouns κρείττονος ἀναστάσεως τύχωσιν 1 a better resurrection +HEB 11 35 jyw7 figs-ellipsis κρείττονος ἀναστάσεως 1 a better resurrection This could mean: (1) that this is a final **resurrection** and is thus better than the temporary **resurrection** mentioned at the beginning of the verse. (2) these people will have a **better resurrection** than those who did not have faith. Everyone experiences **resurrection**, but those who trusted God receive a **better** one. (3) that **resurrection** is **better** than a temporary **release** from being **tortured**. HEB 11 36 e9al figs-activepassive ἕτεροι…ἐμπαιγμῶν καὶ μαστίγων πεῖραν ἔλαβον 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people mocked and whipped others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 11 36 nx7u figs-abstractnouns ἕτεροι…ἐμπαιγμῶν καὶ μαστίγων πεῖραν ἔλαβον, ἔτι δὲ δεσμῶν καὶ φυλακῆς 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings, and even chains and imprisonment You can express the abstract nouns **mocking**, **whippings**, and **imprisonment** with verbs. Alternate translation: “God tested others by allowing their enemies to mock and whip them and even put them in chains and imprison them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 11 37 fg8c figs-activepassive ἐλιθάσθησαν, ἐπρίσθησαν, ἐπειράσθησαν, ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρης ἀπέθανον 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “People threw stones at others and sawed others in two and killed others with the sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 14a2847a898f4bb818e8b969e5883a36b6e63c02 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 18:59:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 003/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index cf6ed0f17e..cd1591a2a8 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1721,7 +1721,7 @@ HEB 11 35 j37h figs-activepassive ἄλλοι…ἐτυμπανίσθησαν 1 HEB 11 35 ne1u figs-explicit οὐ προσδεξάμενοι τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν 1 Others were tortured, not accepting release It is implied that their enemies would have released them from prison under certain conditions. Alternate translation: “but others were tortured rather than denying their faith in order to be released from prison” or “but others were tortured rather than doing what their enemies required of them in order to release them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 11 35 sqiz figs-abstractnouns οὐ προσδεξάμενοι τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν 1 Others were tortured, not accepting release HEB 11 35 sdds figs-abstractnouns κρείττονος ἀναστάσεως τύχωσιν 1 a better resurrection -HEB 11 35 jyw7 figs-ellipsis κρείττονος ἀναστάσεως 1 a better resurrection This could mean: (1) that this is a final **resurrection** and is thus better than the temporary **resurrection** mentioned at the beginning of the verse. (2) these people will have a **better resurrection** than those who did not have faith. Everyone experiences **resurrection**, but those who trusted God receive a **better** one. (3) that **resurrection** is **better** than a temporary **release** from being **tortured**. +HEB 11 35 jyw7 figs-ellipsis κρείττονος ἀναστάσεως 1 a better resurrection Here the author does not state what this **resurrection** is **better** than. The phrase **better resurrection** could mean: (1) that this is a final **resurrection** and is thus better than the temporary **resurrection** mentioned at the beginning of the verse. Alternate translation: “resurrection better than a temporary return to life” (2) that **resurrection** is **better** than a temporary **release** from being **tortured**. Alternate translation: “a resurrection better than release” (3) these people will have a **better resurrection** than those who did not have faith. Everyone experiences **resurrection**, but those who trusted God receive a **better** one. Alternate translation: “a resurrection better than what their enemies will obtain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) HEB 11 36 e9al figs-activepassive ἕτεροι…ἐμπαιγμῶν καὶ μαστίγων πεῖραν ἔλαβον 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people mocked and whipped others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 11 36 nx7u figs-abstractnouns ἕτεροι…ἐμπαιγμῶν καὶ μαστίγων πεῖραν ἔλαβον, ἔτι δὲ δεσμῶν καὶ φυλακῆς 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings, and even chains and imprisonment You can express the abstract nouns **mocking**, **whippings**, and **imprisonment** with verbs. Alternate translation: “God tested others by allowing their enemies to mock and whip them and even put them in chains and imprison them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 11 37 fg8c figs-activepassive ἐλιθάσθησαν, ἐπρίσθησαν, ἐπειράσθησαν, ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρης ἀπέθανον 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “People threw stones at others and sawed others in two and killed others with the sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From b2226a9b27be8746c2bbdb2f68136f8ef65183f4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 19:00:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 004/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index cd1591a2a8..05d2f5152d 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1714,7 +1714,7 @@ HEB 11 34 iri4 figs-activepassive ἐδυναμώθησαν ἀπὸ ἀσθεν HEB 11 34 tath figs-abstractnouns ἀπὸ ἀσθενείας 1 were healed of illnesses If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **weakness**, you could express the idea by using an adjective such as “weak.” Alternate translation: “out of being weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 11 34 zllk figs-idiom ἐγενήθησαν ἰσχυροὶ ἐν πολέμῳ 1 were healed of illnesses Here, the phrase **became strong in battle** indicates that the people fought bravely and successfully against their enemies. In other words, they were good warriors. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in a more natural way. Alternate translation: “became powerful fighters” or “were good at fighting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 11 34 dd8s translate-unknown παρεμβολὰς ἔκλιναν ἀλλοτρίων 1 were healed of illnesses Here, the word **routed** refers to defeating an enemy so powerfully that the enemy turns and runs away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to this kind of defeat. Alternate translation: “and vanquished foreign armies” or “and caused foreign armies to flee” -HEB 11 35 i3r7 figs-nominaladj τοὺς νεκροὺς αὐτῶν 1 Women received back their dead by resurrection +HEB 11 35 i3r7 figs-nominaladj τοὺς νεκροὺς αὐτῶν 1 Women received back their dead by resurrection The author is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to refer to all people who are **dead**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this one with a noun phrase. The word **their** indicates that these **dead** people belong to the families of the **Women**. Alternate translation: “their dead relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) HEB 11 35 t9sp figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἀναστάσεως 1 Women received back their dead by resurrection HEB 11 35 av6c writing-pronouns ἄλλοι 1 HEB 11 35 j37h figs-activepassive ἄλλοι…ἐτυμπανίσθησαν 1 From 6e2a33986ac2f4295ddd84cee500f10d37374211 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 19:16:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 005/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 14 +++++++------- 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 05d2f5152d..392dd5127b 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1639,7 +1639,7 @@ HEB 11 23 lsar 0 Moses, when he was born, was hidden for three months by his p HEB 11 23 b8tt figs-abstractnouns πίστει 1 Moses, when he was born, was hidden for three months by his parents If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **faith**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “believe” or “trust.” Alternate translation: “By believing,” or “Because they believed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 11 23 g2wx figs-activepassive Μωϋσῆς, γεννηθεὶς, ἐκρύβη τρίμηνον ὑπὸ τῶν πατέρων αὐτοῦ 1 Moses, when he was born, was hidden for three months by his parents If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus **Moses** rather than on Moses’ parents. Alternate translation: “Moses’ parents hid him for three months after his mother gave birth to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 11 23 n6fz τρίμηνον 1 Moses, when he was born, was hidden for three months by his parents Alternate translation: “for one quarter of a year” -HEB 11 23 rlnm translate-unknown ἀστεῖον 1 Moses, when he was born, was hidden for three months by his parents Here, the word **beautiful** refers to how someone is charming, good-looking, or has good qualities in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that identifies that a person has good qualities. Alternate translation: “extraordinary” or “excellent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +HEB 11 23 rlnm translate-unknown ἀστεῖον 1 Moses, when he was born, was hidden for three months by his parents Here, the word **beautiful** refers to how someone is charming, good-looking, or has good qualities in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that identifies that a person has good qualities. Alternate translation: “was extraordinary” or “was excellent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 11 23 mz1o figs-explicit οὐκ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸ διάταγμα 1 Moses, when he was born, was hidden for three months by his parents Here the author means that Moses’ parents were **not afraid** to break or disobey **the decree**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this more explicit. Alternate translation: “they were not afraid of breaking the decree” or “they did not fear the consequences of breaking the decree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 11 23 wwo6 figs-abstractnouns τὸ διάταγμα τοῦ βασιλέως 1 Moses, when he was born, was hidden for three months by his parents If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **decree**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “decree” or “command.” Alternate translation: “of what the king decreed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 11 23 n63g figs-explicit τὸ διάταγμα τοῦ βασιλέως 1 Moses, when he was born, was hidden for three months by his parents Here the author assumes that his audience knew who the **king** was and what the **decree** was about. The **king** is the ruler over the land of Egypt, sometimes also called a “Pharaoh.” The **decree** required all the sons born to the Israelites to be drowned in the river Nile. If your readers would not make these inferences, you could make them more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the king of Egypt’s decree that all the male children of the Israelites should be drowned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1715,12 +1715,12 @@ HEB 11 34 tath figs-abstractnouns ἀπὸ ἀσθενείας 1 were healed of HEB 11 34 zllk figs-idiom ἐγενήθησαν ἰσχυροὶ ἐν πολέμῳ 1 were healed of illnesses Here, the phrase **became strong in battle** indicates that the people fought bravely and successfully against their enemies. In other words, they were good warriors. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in a more natural way. Alternate translation: “became powerful fighters” or “were good at fighting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 11 34 dd8s translate-unknown παρεμβολὰς ἔκλιναν ἀλλοτρίων 1 were healed of illnesses Here, the word **routed** refers to defeating an enemy so powerfully that the enemy turns and runs away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to this kind of defeat. Alternate translation: “and vanquished foreign armies” or “and caused foreign armies to flee” HEB 11 35 i3r7 figs-nominaladj τοὺς νεκροὺς αὐτῶν 1 Women received back their dead by resurrection The author is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to refer to all people who are **dead**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this one with a noun phrase. The word **their** indicates that these **dead** people belong to the families of the **Women**. Alternate translation: “their dead relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -HEB 11 35 t9sp figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἀναστάσεως 1 Women received back their dead by resurrection -HEB 11 35 av6c writing-pronouns ἄλλοι 1 -HEB 11 35 j37h figs-activepassive ἄλλοι…ἐτυμπανίσθησαν 1 -HEB 11 35 ne1u figs-explicit οὐ προσδεξάμενοι τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν 1 Others were tortured, not accepting release It is implied that their enemies would have released them from prison under certain conditions. Alternate translation: “but others were tortured rather than denying their faith in order to be released from prison” or “but others were tortured rather than doing what their enemies required of them in order to release them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HEB 11 35 sqiz figs-abstractnouns οὐ προσδεξάμενοι τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν 1 Others were tortured, not accepting release -HEB 11 35 sdds figs-abstractnouns κρείττονος ἀναστάσεως τύχωσιν 1 a better resurrection +HEB 11 35 t9sp figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἀναστάσεως 1 Women received back their dead by resurrection If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **resurrection**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “resurrect.” Alternate translation: “because they were resurrected” or “when God resurrected them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +HEB 11 35 av6c writing-pronouns ἄλλοι 1 Here, the word **others** does not refer to other **Women**. Rather, it refers to other people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “other Israelites” or “other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +HEB 11 35 j37h figs-activepassive ἄλλοι…ἐτυμπανίσθησαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who **were tortured** rather than focusing on the people doing the “torturing.” If you must state who did the action, you could use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “others accepted torture” or “others were those whom people tortured” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 11 35 ne1u figs-explicit οὐ προσδεξάμενοι τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν 1 Others were tortured, not accepting release Here the audience would understand that the “torture” would stop if the people being **tortured** did what the torturer asked. In this case, the author implies that the people are being **tortured** to make them disobey or deny God. To “accept release,” then, would require disobeying or denying God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make what the author implies more explicit. Alternate translation: “refusing to disobey God in order to be released” or “not being willing to be released by denying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +HEB 11 35 sqiz figs-abstractnouns οὐ προσδεξάμενοι τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν 1 Others were tortured, not accepting release If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **release**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “release.” Alternate translation: “not asking to be released” or “not trying to be released” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +HEB 11 35 sdds figs-abstractnouns κρείττονος ἀναστάσεως τύχωσιν 1 a better resurrection If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **resurrection**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “resurrect.” Alternate translation: “they might be resurrected in a better way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 11 35 jyw7 figs-ellipsis κρείττονος ἀναστάσεως 1 a better resurrection Here the author does not state what this **resurrection** is **better** than. The phrase **better resurrection** could mean: (1) that this is a final **resurrection** and is thus better than the temporary **resurrection** mentioned at the beginning of the verse. Alternate translation: “resurrection better than a temporary return to life” (2) that **resurrection** is **better** than a temporary **release** from being **tortured**. Alternate translation: “a resurrection better than release” (3) these people will have a **better resurrection** than those who did not have faith. Everyone experiences **resurrection**, but those who trusted God receive a **better** one. Alternate translation: “a resurrection better than what their enemies will obtain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) HEB 11 36 e9al figs-activepassive ἕτεροι…ἐμπαιγμῶν καὶ μαστίγων πεῖραν ἔλαβον 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people mocked and whipped others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 11 36 nx7u figs-abstractnouns ἕτεροι…ἐμπαιγμῶν καὶ μαστίγων πεῖραν ἔλαβον, ἔτι δὲ δεσμῶν καὶ φυλακῆς 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings, and even chains and imprisonment You can express the abstract nouns **mocking**, **whippings**, and **imprisonment** with verbs. Alternate translation: “God tested others by allowing their enemies to mock and whip them and even put them in chains and imprison them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 6afb0d973d323bba9b2c4aa9b7a1ec6a9e013924 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 19:22:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 006/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 392dd5127b..1f20420658 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1722,8 +1722,10 @@ HEB 11 35 ne1u figs-explicit οὐ προσδεξάμενοι τὴν ἀπολ HEB 11 35 sqiz figs-abstractnouns οὐ προσδεξάμενοι τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν 1 Others were tortured, not accepting release If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **release**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “release.” Alternate translation: “not asking to be released” or “not trying to be released” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 11 35 sdds figs-abstractnouns κρείττονος ἀναστάσεως τύχωσιν 1 a better resurrection If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **resurrection**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “resurrect.” Alternate translation: “they might be resurrected in a better way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 11 35 jyw7 figs-ellipsis κρείττονος ἀναστάσεως 1 a better resurrection Here the author does not state what this **resurrection** is **better** than. The phrase **better resurrection** could mean: (1) that this is a final **resurrection** and is thus better than the temporary **resurrection** mentioned at the beginning of the verse. Alternate translation: “resurrection better than a temporary return to life” (2) that **resurrection** is **better** than a temporary **release** from being **tortured**. Alternate translation: “a resurrection better than release” (3) these people will have a **better resurrection** than those who did not have faith. Everyone experiences **resurrection**, but those who trusted God receive a **better** one. Alternate translation: “a resurrection better than what their enemies will obtain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -HEB 11 36 e9al figs-activepassive ἕτεροι…ἐμπαιγμῶν καὶ μαστίγων πεῖραν ἔλαβον 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people mocked and whipped others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -HEB 11 36 nx7u figs-abstractnouns ἕτεροι…ἐμπαιγμῶν καὶ μαστίγων πεῖραν ἔλαβον, ἔτι δὲ δεσμῶν καὶ φυλακῆς 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings, and even chains and imprisonment You can express the abstract nouns **mocking**, **whippings**, and **imprisonment** with verbs. Alternate translation: “God tested others by allowing their enemies to mock and whip them and even put them in chains and imprison them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +HEB 11 36 nx7u figs-abstractnouns ἕτεροι…ἐμπαιγμῶν καὶ μαστίγων πεῖραν ἔλαβον, ἔτι δὲ δεσμῶν καὶ φυλακῆς 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings, and even chains and imprisonment Alternate translation: “others were tested when people mocked and whipped them, and even more when people put them in chains and imprisoned them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +HEB 11 36 e9al figs-idiom πεῖραν ἔλαβον 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings +HEB 11 36 nauk grammar-connect-words-phrases ἔτι δὲ 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings +HEB 11 36 clyd figs-doublet δεσμῶν καὶ φυλακῆς 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings HEB 11 37 fg8c figs-activepassive ἐλιθάσθησαν, ἐπρίσθησαν, ἐπειράσθησαν, ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρης ἀπέθανον 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “People threw stones at others and sawed others in two and killed others with the sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 11 37 r3gx περιῆλθον 1 went about Alternate translation: “they went from place to place” or “they lived all the time” HEB 11 37 qf89 ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγίοις δέρμασιν 1 in sheepskins and goatskins Alternate translation: “wearing only the skins of sheep and goats” From e6d5aa79663f220704027684303ab37fdb7319c7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 19:22:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 007/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 1f20420658..fc98087d8d 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1726,6 +1726,7 @@ HEB 11 36 nx7u figs-abstractnouns ἕτεροι…ἐμπαιγμῶν καὶ HEB 11 36 e9al figs-idiom πεῖραν ἔλαβον 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings HEB 11 36 nauk grammar-connect-words-phrases ἔτι δὲ 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings HEB 11 36 clyd figs-doublet δεσμῶν καὶ φυλακῆς 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings +HEB 11 36 azzs figs-metonymy δεσμῶν 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings HEB 11 37 fg8c figs-activepassive ἐλιθάσθησαν, ἐπρίσθησαν, ἐπειράσθησαν, ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρης ἀπέθανον 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “People threw stones at others and sawed others in two and killed others with the sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 11 37 r3gx περιῆλθον 1 went about Alternate translation: “they went from place to place” or “they lived all the time” HEB 11 37 qf89 ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγίοις δέρμασιν 1 in sheepskins and goatskins Alternate translation: “wearing only the skins of sheep and goats” From 8da0b99dde5420a268efa31f60f82e8643a1c1f5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 19:38:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 008/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index fc98087d8d..38feafad5a 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1724,9 +1724,10 @@ HEB 11 35 sdds figs-abstractnouns κρείττονος ἀναστάσεως τ HEB 11 35 jyw7 figs-ellipsis κρείττονος ἀναστάσεως 1 a better resurrection Here the author does not state what this **resurrection** is **better** than. The phrase **better resurrection** could mean: (1) that this is a final **resurrection** and is thus better than the temporary **resurrection** mentioned at the beginning of the verse. Alternate translation: “resurrection better than a temporary return to life” (2) that **resurrection** is **better** than a temporary **release** from being **tortured**. Alternate translation: “a resurrection better than release” (3) these people will have a **better resurrection** than those who did not have faith. Everyone experiences **resurrection**, but those who trusted God receive a **better** one. Alternate translation: “a resurrection better than what their enemies will obtain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) HEB 11 36 nx7u figs-abstractnouns ἕτεροι…ἐμπαιγμῶν καὶ μαστίγων πεῖραν ἔλαβον, ἔτι δὲ δεσμῶν καὶ φυλακῆς 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings, and even chains and imprisonment Alternate translation: “others were tested when people mocked and whipped them, and even more when people put them in chains and imprisoned them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 11 36 e9al figs-idiom πεῖραν ἔλαβον 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings +HEB 11 36 fql3 translate-unknown μαστίγων 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings HEB 11 36 nauk grammar-connect-words-phrases ἔτι δὲ 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings HEB 11 36 clyd figs-doublet δεσμῶν καὶ φυλακῆς 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings -HEB 11 36 azzs figs-metonymy δεσμῶν 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings +HEB 11 36 azzs figs-metonymy δεσμῶν 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings Here, the word **chains** refers to being “chained.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “of being chained” or “of being tied up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 11 37 fg8c figs-activepassive ἐλιθάσθησαν, ἐπρίσθησαν, ἐπειράσθησαν, ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρης ἀπέθανον 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “People threw stones at others and sawed others in two and killed others with the sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 11 37 r3gx περιῆλθον 1 went about Alternate translation: “they went from place to place” or “they lived all the time” HEB 11 37 qf89 ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγίοις δέρμασιν 1 in sheepskins and goatskins Alternate translation: “wearing only the skins of sheep and goats” From f631e6ce12aaaf0816b6db1a2c1d0db6b7aa493b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 19:43:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 009/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 38feafad5a..67d6151923 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1724,9 +1724,9 @@ HEB 11 35 sdds figs-abstractnouns κρείττονος ἀναστάσεως τ HEB 11 35 jyw7 figs-ellipsis κρείττονος ἀναστάσεως 1 a better resurrection Here the author does not state what this **resurrection** is **better** than. The phrase **better resurrection** could mean: (1) that this is a final **resurrection** and is thus better than the temporary **resurrection** mentioned at the beginning of the verse. Alternate translation: “resurrection better than a temporary return to life” (2) that **resurrection** is **better** than a temporary **release** from being **tortured**. Alternate translation: “a resurrection better than release” (3) these people will have a **better resurrection** than those who did not have faith. Everyone experiences **resurrection**, but those who trusted God receive a **better** one. Alternate translation: “a resurrection better than what their enemies will obtain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) HEB 11 36 nx7u figs-abstractnouns ἕτεροι…ἐμπαιγμῶν καὶ μαστίγων πεῖραν ἔλαβον, ἔτι δὲ δεσμῶν καὶ φυλακῆς 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings, and even chains and imprisonment Alternate translation: “others were tested when people mocked and whipped them, and even more when people put them in chains and imprisoned them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 11 36 e9al figs-idiom πεῖραν ἔλαβον 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings -HEB 11 36 fql3 translate-unknown μαστίγων 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings -HEB 11 36 nauk grammar-connect-words-phrases ἔτι δὲ 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings -HEB 11 36 clyd figs-doublet δεσμῶν καὶ φυλακῆς 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings +HEB 11 36 fql3 translate-unknown μαστίγων 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings Here, **whippings** refers to punishment that consisted in one person hitting another person’s back with ropes. The one doing the **whipping** would hit the other person until his or her back was cut open. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to this kind of punishment. Alternate translation: “of floggings” or “of beatings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +HEB 11 36 nauk grammar-connect-words-phrases ἔτι δὲ 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings Here, the phrase **and even more** indicates that what the author says next are worse or more difficult to bear than the **mockings** and **whippings** he has already mentioned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes this comparison clear. Alternate translation: “and even worse,” or “and more difficult,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +HEB 11 36 clyd figs-doublet δεσμῶν καὶ φυλακῆς 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings Here, the words **chains** and **imprisonment** function together to refer to forced confinement. The word **chains** refers to how a person could be restrained by bonds or ropes, while the word **imprisonment** refers to how a person could be locked in a room. If you do not have two words for these categories, you could use a single word or phrase to refer to restraining someone in a specific location. Alternate translation: “of being in jail” or “of being locked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) HEB 11 36 azzs figs-metonymy δεσμῶν 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings Here, the word **chains** refers to being “chained.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “of being chained” or “of being tied up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 11 37 fg8c figs-activepassive ἐλιθάσθησαν, ἐπρίσθησαν, ἐπειράσθησαν, ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρης ἀπέθανον 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “People threw stones at others and sawed others in two and killed others with the sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 11 37 r3gx περιῆλθον 1 went about Alternate translation: “they went from place to place” or “they lived all the time” From f6381a4329bd3d2873c560e942496c779cb5880c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 19:46:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 010/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 67d6151923..0ef6cd1199 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1722,8 +1722,8 @@ HEB 11 35 ne1u figs-explicit οὐ προσδεξάμενοι τὴν ἀπολ HEB 11 35 sqiz figs-abstractnouns οὐ προσδεξάμενοι τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν 1 Others were tortured, not accepting release If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **release**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “release.” Alternate translation: “not asking to be released” or “not trying to be released” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 11 35 sdds figs-abstractnouns κρείττονος ἀναστάσεως τύχωσιν 1 a better resurrection If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **resurrection**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “resurrect.” Alternate translation: “they might be resurrected in a better way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 11 35 jyw7 figs-ellipsis κρείττονος ἀναστάσεως 1 a better resurrection Here the author does not state what this **resurrection** is **better** than. The phrase **better resurrection** could mean: (1) that this is a final **resurrection** and is thus better than the temporary **resurrection** mentioned at the beginning of the verse. Alternate translation: “resurrection better than a temporary return to life” (2) that **resurrection** is **better** than a temporary **release** from being **tortured**. Alternate translation: “a resurrection better than release” (3) these people will have a **better resurrection** than those who did not have faith. Everyone experiences **resurrection**, but those who trusted God receive a **better** one. Alternate translation: “a resurrection better than what their enemies will obtain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -HEB 11 36 nx7u figs-abstractnouns ἕτεροι…ἐμπαιγμῶν καὶ μαστίγων πεῖραν ἔλαβον, ἔτι δὲ δεσμῶν καὶ φυλακῆς 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings, and even chains and imprisonment Alternate translation: “others were tested when people mocked and whipped them, and even more when people put them in chains and imprisoned them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -HEB 11 36 e9al figs-idiom πεῖραν ἔλαβον 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings +HEB 11 36 nx7u figs-abstractnouns ἕτεροι…ἐμπαιγμῶν καὶ μαστίγων πεῖραν ἔλαβον, ἔτι δὲ δεσμῶν καὶ φυλακῆς 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings, and even chains and imprisonment If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **trial**, **mockings**, **whippings**, and **imprisonment**, you could express the ideas by using verbs and verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “others were tested when people mocked and whipped them, and even more when people put them in chains and imprisoned them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +HEB 11 36 e9al figs-idiom πεῖραν ἔλαβον 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings Here, the phrase **received a trial** refers to experiencing some circumstance or event. It could also indicate that the circumstance or event was hard or difficult. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to experiencing or undergoing something difficult. Alternate translation: “had an experience” or “underwent the pain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 11 36 fql3 translate-unknown μαστίγων 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings Here, **whippings** refers to punishment that consisted in one person hitting another person’s back with ropes. The one doing the **whipping** would hit the other person until his or her back was cut open. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to this kind of punishment. Alternate translation: “of floggings” or “of beatings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 11 36 nauk grammar-connect-words-phrases ἔτι δὲ 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings Here, the phrase **and even more** indicates that what the author says next are worse or more difficult to bear than the **mockings** and **whippings** he has already mentioned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes this comparison clear. Alternate translation: “and even worse,” or “and more difficult,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 11 36 clyd figs-doublet δεσμῶν καὶ φυλακῆς 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings Here, the words **chains** and **imprisonment** function together to refer to forced confinement. The word **chains** refers to how a person could be restrained by bonds or ropes, while the word **imprisonment** refers to how a person could be locked in a room. If you do not have two words for these categories, you could use a single word or phrase to refer to restraining someone in a specific location. Alternate translation: “of being in jail” or “of being locked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) From 3c6ec9d097c5db08235ae8d8c62555089ff793df Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 19:51:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 011/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 0ef6cd1199..72dbc854ff 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1728,8 +1728,9 @@ HEB 11 36 fql3 translate-unknown μαστίγων 1 Others had testing in mockin HEB 11 36 nauk grammar-connect-words-phrases ἔτι δὲ 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings Here, the phrase **and even more** indicates that what the author says next are worse or more difficult to bear than the **mockings** and **whippings** he has already mentioned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes this comparison clear. Alternate translation: “and even worse,” or “and more difficult,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 11 36 clyd figs-doublet δεσμῶν καὶ φυλακῆς 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings Here, the words **chains** and **imprisonment** function together to refer to forced confinement. The word **chains** refers to how a person could be restrained by bonds or ropes, while the word **imprisonment** refers to how a person could be locked in a room. If you do not have two words for these categories, you could use a single word or phrase to refer to restraining someone in a specific location. Alternate translation: “of being in jail” or “of being locked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) HEB 11 36 azzs figs-metonymy δεσμῶν 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings Here, the word **chains** refers to being “chained.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “of being chained” or “of being tied up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -HEB 11 37 fg8c figs-activepassive ἐλιθάσθησαν, ἐπρίσθησαν, ἐπειράσθησαν, ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρης ἀπέθανον 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “People threw stones at others and sawed others in two and killed others with the sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -HEB 11 37 r3gx περιῆλθον 1 went about Alternate translation: “they went from place to place” or “they lived all the time” +HEB 11 37 fg8c figs-activepassive ἐλιθάσθησαν, ἐπρίσθησαν, ἐπειράσθησαν 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword +HEB 11 37 n5zo figs-idiom ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρης ἀπέθανον 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword Alternate translation: “they died violent deaths” +HEB 11 37 r3gx figs-go περιῆλθον 1 went about Alternate translation: “they went from place to place” or “they traveled around” HEB 11 37 qf89 ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγίοις δέρμασιν 1 in sheepskins and goatskins Alternate translation: “wearing only the skins of sheep and goats” HEB 11 37 x2jf ὑστερούμενοι 1 destitute Alternate translation: “having nothing” or “being very poor” HEB 11 38 a721 figs-metonymy οὐκ ἦν ἄξιος ὁ κόσμος 1 The world was not worthy Here, **the world** refers to the people who lived in the world. Alternate translation: “the people of this world were not worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From ec0472e9439fcf80277a20edbe3c9c362e475e49 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 19:54:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 012/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 7 +++++-- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 72dbc854ff..f8a91374eb 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1730,9 +1730,12 @@ HEB 11 36 clyd figs-doublet δεσμῶν καὶ φυλακῆς 1 Others had t HEB 11 36 azzs figs-metonymy δεσμῶν 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings Here, the word **chains** refers to being “chained.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “of being chained” or “of being tied up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 11 37 fg8c figs-activepassive ἐλιθάσθησαν, ἐπρίσθησαν, ἐπειράσθησαν 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword HEB 11 37 n5zo figs-idiom ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρης ἀπέθανον 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword Alternate translation: “they died violent deaths” +HEB 11 37 bl90 figs-abstractnouns ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρης 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword HEB 11 37 r3gx figs-go περιῆλθον 1 went about Alternate translation: “they went from place to place” or “they traveled around” -HEB 11 37 qf89 ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγίοις δέρμασιν 1 in sheepskins and goatskins Alternate translation: “wearing only the skins of sheep and goats” -HEB 11 37 x2jf ὑστερούμενοι 1 destitute Alternate translation: “having nothing” or “being very poor” +HEB 11 37 qf89 figs-explicit ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγίοις δέρμασιν 1 in sheepskins and goatskins +HEB 11 37 knra figs-doublet ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγίοις δέρμασιν 1 in sheepskins and goatskins Alternate translation: “in skins from animals” +HEB 11 37 x2jf translate-unknown ὑστερούμενοι 1 destitute Alternate translation: “having nothing” or “being very poor” +HEB 11 37 hh76 translate-unknown κακουχούμενοι 1 destitute HEB 11 38 a721 figs-metonymy οὐκ ἦν ἄξιος ὁ κόσμος 1 The world was not worthy Here, **the world** refers to the people who lived in the world. Alternate translation: “the people of this world were not worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 11 38 j9lp πλανώμενοι 1 They wandered about They wandered about because they had no place to live. HEB 11 39 l5wd figs-activepassive οὗτοι πάντες μαρτυρηθέντες διὰ τῆς πίστεως, οὐκ ἐκομίσαντο τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 Although all these people were approved by God because of their faith, they did not receive the promise If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God honored all these because of their faith, but they did not themselves receive what God had promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 05e0e5ca6dee9a5ad1f55dfca472a78b8b51d8cd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 20:24:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 013/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index f8a91374eb..a0f6c982e7 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1729,13 +1729,14 @@ HEB 11 36 nauk grammar-connect-words-phrases ἔτι δὲ 1 Others had testing HEB 11 36 clyd figs-doublet δεσμῶν καὶ φυλακῆς 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings Here, the words **chains** and **imprisonment** function together to refer to forced confinement. The word **chains** refers to how a person could be restrained by bonds or ropes, while the word **imprisonment** refers to how a person could be locked in a room. If you do not have two words for these categories, you could use a single word or phrase to refer to restraining someone in a specific location. Alternate translation: “of being in jail” or “of being locked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) HEB 11 36 azzs figs-metonymy δεσμῶν 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings Here, the word **chains** refers to being “chained.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “of being chained” or “of being tied up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 11 37 fg8c figs-activepassive ἐλιθάσθησαν, ἐπρίσθησαν, ἐπειράσθησαν 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword +HEB 11 37 zqgb translate-textvariants ἐπειράσθησαν 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword Many early manuscripts do not include **they were tried** in this list. Consider whether translations that your readers are familiar with include **they were tried**. Otherwise, consider including the phrase as the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) HEB 11 37 n5zo figs-idiom ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρης ἀπέθανον 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword Alternate translation: “they died violent deaths” HEB 11 37 bl90 figs-abstractnouns ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρης 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword HEB 11 37 r3gx figs-go περιῆλθον 1 went about Alternate translation: “they went from place to place” or “they traveled around” HEB 11 37 qf89 figs-explicit ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγίοις δέρμασιν 1 in sheepskins and goatskins HEB 11 37 knra figs-doublet ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγίοις δέρμασιν 1 in sheepskins and goatskins Alternate translation: “in skins from animals” HEB 11 37 x2jf translate-unknown ὑστερούμενοι 1 destitute Alternate translation: “having nothing” or “being very poor” -HEB 11 37 hh76 translate-unknown κακουχούμενοι 1 destitute +HEB 11 37 hh76 translate-unknown κακουχούμενοι 1 destitute Alternate translation: “tormented” HEB 11 38 a721 figs-metonymy οὐκ ἦν ἄξιος ὁ κόσμος 1 The world was not worthy Here, **the world** refers to the people who lived in the world. Alternate translation: “the people of this world were not worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 11 38 j9lp πλανώμενοι 1 They wandered about They wandered about because they had no place to live. HEB 11 39 l5wd figs-activepassive οὗτοι πάντες μαρτυρηθέντες διὰ τῆς πίστεως, οὐκ ἐκομίσαντο τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 Although all these people were approved by God because of their faith, they did not receive the promise If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God honored all these because of their faith, but they did not themselves receive what God had promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 30005a8a1113cac598c57d0190d7ec00b1bdcc8c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 20:33:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 014/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index a0f6c982e7..f7d6163dc1 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@ HEB 11 36 fql3 translate-unknown μαστίγων 1 Others had testing in mockin HEB 11 36 nauk grammar-connect-words-phrases ἔτι δὲ 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings Here, the phrase **and even more** indicates that what the author says next are worse or more difficult to bear than the **mockings** and **whippings** he has already mentioned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes this comparison clear. Alternate translation: “and even worse,” or “and more difficult,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 11 36 clyd figs-doublet δεσμῶν καὶ φυλακῆς 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings Here, the words **chains** and **imprisonment** function together to refer to forced confinement. The word **chains** refers to how a person could be restrained by bonds or ropes, while the word **imprisonment** refers to how a person could be locked in a room. If you do not have two words for these categories, you could use a single word or phrase to refer to restraining someone in a specific location. Alternate translation: “of being in jail” or “of being locked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) HEB 11 36 azzs figs-metonymy δεσμῶν 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings Here, the word **chains** refers to being “chained.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “of being chained” or “of being tied up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -HEB 11 37 fg8c figs-activepassive ἐλιθάσθησαν, ἐπρίσθησαν, ἐπειράσθησαν 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword +HEB 11 37 fg8c figs-activepassive ἐλιθάσθησαν, ἐπρίσθησαν, ἐπειράσθησαν 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **saved** rather than focusing on the person doing the “saving.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God hid it from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 11 37 zqgb translate-textvariants ἐπειράσθησαν 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword Many early manuscripts do not include **they were tried** in this list. Consider whether translations that your readers are familiar with include **they were tried**. Otherwise, consider including the phrase as the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) HEB 11 37 n5zo figs-idiom ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρης ἀπέθανον 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword Alternate translation: “they died violent deaths” HEB 11 37 bl90 figs-abstractnouns ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρης 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword From ef094b55351c8af64ba12d102a7e436ef7ceb3ae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 20:34:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 015/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index f7d6163dc1..adecc41bd1 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@ HEB 11 36 fql3 translate-unknown μαστίγων 1 Others had testing in mockin HEB 11 36 nauk grammar-connect-words-phrases ἔτι δὲ 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings Here, the phrase **and even more** indicates that what the author says next are worse or more difficult to bear than the **mockings** and **whippings** he has already mentioned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes this comparison clear. Alternate translation: “and even worse,” or “and more difficult,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 11 36 clyd figs-doublet δεσμῶν καὶ φυλακῆς 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings Here, the words **chains** and **imprisonment** function together to refer to forced confinement. The word **chains** refers to how a person could be restrained by bonds or ropes, while the word **imprisonment** refers to how a person could be locked in a room. If you do not have two words for these categories, you could use a single word or phrase to refer to restraining someone in a specific location. Alternate translation: “of being in jail” or “of being locked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) HEB 11 36 azzs figs-metonymy δεσμῶν 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings Here, the word **chains** refers to being “chained.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “of being chained” or “of being tied up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -HEB 11 37 fg8c figs-activepassive ἐλιθάσθησαν, ἐπρίσθησαν, ἐπειράσθησαν 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **saved** rather than focusing on the person doing the “saving.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God hid it from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 11 37 fg8c figs-activepassive ἐλιθάσθησαν, ἐπρίσθησαν, ἐπειράσθησαν 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who experience these sufferings rather than focusing on whoever makes them suffer. If you must state who did the action, you could use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “People stoned them, people sawed them in two, people tried them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 11 37 zqgb translate-textvariants ἐπειράσθησαν 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword Many early manuscripts do not include **they were tried** in this list. Consider whether translations that your readers are familiar with include **they were tried**. Otherwise, consider including the phrase as the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) HEB 11 37 n5zo figs-idiom ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρης ἀπέθανον 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword Alternate translation: “they died violent deaths” HEB 11 37 bl90 figs-abstractnouns ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρης 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword From 0e3ef9b010d2ec32cc75e7c5849d5f55acccd40d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 20:35:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 016/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index adecc41bd1..e07d0451a7 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1730,7 +1730,7 @@ HEB 11 36 clyd figs-doublet δεσμῶν καὶ φυλακῆς 1 Others had t HEB 11 36 azzs figs-metonymy δεσμῶν 1 Others had testing in mocking and whippings Here, the word **chains** refers to being “chained.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “of being chained” or “of being tied up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 11 37 fg8c figs-activepassive ἐλιθάσθησαν, ἐπρίσθησαν, ἐπειράσθησαν 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who experience these sufferings rather than focusing on whoever makes them suffer. If you must state who did the action, you could use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “People stoned them, people sawed them in two, people tried them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 11 37 zqgb translate-textvariants ἐπειράσθησαν 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword Many early manuscripts do not include **they were tried** in this list. Consider whether translations that your readers are familiar with include **they were tried**. Otherwise, consider including the phrase as the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -HEB 11 37 n5zo figs-idiom ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρης ἀπέθανον 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword Alternate translation: “they died violent deaths” +HEB 11 37 n5zo figs-idiom ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρης ἀπέθανον 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword Here, the phrase **with slaughter of a sword** indicates that **they died** when people killed them with swords. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea more naturally. Alternate translation: “they died violent deaths” or “they died by the sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 11 37 bl90 figs-abstractnouns ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρης 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword HEB 11 37 r3gx figs-go περιῆλθον 1 went about Alternate translation: “they went from place to place” or “they traveled around” HEB 11 37 qf89 figs-explicit ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγίοις δέρμασιν 1 in sheepskins and goatskins From 66da059ae7c9396965e6e8aab9cbbe92ce5a4f4d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 20:37:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 017/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index e07d0451a7..028f2cde2c 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1731,8 +1731,8 @@ HEB 11 36 azzs figs-metonymy δεσμῶν 1 Others had testing in mocking and w HEB 11 37 fg8c figs-activepassive ἐλιθάσθησαν, ἐπρίσθησαν, ἐπειράσθησαν 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who experience these sufferings rather than focusing on whoever makes them suffer. If you must state who did the action, you could use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “People stoned them, people sawed them in two, people tried them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 11 37 zqgb translate-textvariants ἐπειράσθησαν 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword Many early manuscripts do not include **they were tried** in this list. Consider whether translations that your readers are familiar with include **they were tried**. Otherwise, consider including the phrase as the ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) HEB 11 37 n5zo figs-idiom ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρης ἀπέθανον 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword Here, the phrase **with slaughter of a sword** indicates that **they died** when people killed them with swords. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea more naturally. Alternate translation: “they died violent deaths” or “they died by the sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -HEB 11 37 bl90 figs-abstractnouns ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρης 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword -HEB 11 37 r3gx figs-go περιῆλθον 1 went about Alternate translation: “they went from place to place” or “they traveled around” +HEB 11 37 bl90 figs-abstractnouns ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρης 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **slaughter**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “slaughter” or “kill.” Alternate translation: “when people slaughtered them with swords” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +HEB 11 37 r3gx figs-go περιῆλθον 1 went about Here, the phrase **went about** refers to movement around an area without stopping and staying in one place for a while. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to this kind of movement. Alternate translation: “they went from place to place” or “they traveled around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) HEB 11 37 qf89 figs-explicit ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγίοις δέρμασιν 1 in sheepskins and goatskins HEB 11 37 knra figs-doublet ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγίοις δέρμασιν 1 in sheepskins and goatskins Alternate translation: “in skins from animals” HEB 11 37 x2jf translate-unknown ὑστερούμενοι 1 destitute Alternate translation: “having nothing” or “being very poor” From a876aa38e750daadae297d9130e3470b89ce96f6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 20:44:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 018/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 028f2cde2c..54b8465e42 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1733,10 +1733,10 @@ HEB 11 37 zqgb translate-textvariants ἐπειράσθησαν 1 They were ston HEB 11 37 n5zo figs-idiom ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρης ἀπέθανον 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword Here, the phrase **with slaughter of a sword** indicates that **they died** when people killed them with swords. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea more naturally. Alternate translation: “they died violent deaths” or “they died by the sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 11 37 bl90 figs-abstractnouns ἐν φόνῳ μαχαίρης 1 They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **slaughter**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “slaughter” or “kill.” Alternate translation: “when people slaughtered them with swords” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 11 37 r3gx figs-go περιῆλθον 1 went about Here, the phrase **went about** refers to movement around an area without stopping and staying in one place for a while. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to this kind of movement. Alternate translation: “they went from place to place” or “they traveled around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -HEB 11 37 qf89 figs-explicit ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγίοις δέρμασιν 1 in sheepskins and goatskins -HEB 11 37 knra figs-doublet ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγίοις δέρμασιν 1 in sheepskins and goatskins Alternate translation: “in skins from animals” -HEB 11 37 x2jf translate-unknown ὑστερούμενοι 1 destitute Alternate translation: “having nothing” or “being very poor” -HEB 11 37 hh76 translate-unknown κακουχούμενοι 1 destitute Alternate translation: “tormented” +HEB 11 37 qf89 figs-explicit ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγίοις δέρμασιν 1 in sheepskins and goatskins Here, the words **sheepskins** and **goatskins** refer to skins from animals. In the author’s culture, clothing was not made from animal skins but from the fur from the animals. So, people who wore “skins” were not able to get normal clothes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify what wearing **sheepskins** and **goatskins** would mean. Alternate translation: “wearing only the skins from sheep and goats” or “without proper clothing, wearing only sheepskins and goatskins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +HEB 11 37 knra figs-doublet ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγίοις δέρμασιν 1 in sheepskins and goatskins Here the author refers to both **sheepskins** and **goatskins** to emphasize that the people he is discussing did not have any other clothing. If you do not have two words for these categories, or if it would be unclear why the author refers to both kinds of skins, you could use a single word or phrase that refers to the skins from animals. Alternate translation: “in skins from animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +HEB 11 37 x2jf translate-unknown ὑστερούμενοι 1 destitute Here, the word **destitute** refers to someone who is very poor, who owns nothing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that identifies someone as extremely poor. Alternate translation: “having nothing” or “being very poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +HEB 11 37 hh76 translate-unknown κακουχούμενοι 1 destitute Here, the word **mistreated** refers to when a person is treated badly or cruelly by other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to a person experiencing cruel or nasty behavior from others. Alternate translation: “tormented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 11 38 a721 figs-metonymy οὐκ ἦν ἄξιος ὁ κόσμος 1 The world was not worthy Here, **the world** refers to the people who lived in the world. Alternate translation: “the people of this world were not worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 11 38 j9lp πλανώμενοι 1 They wandered about They wandered about because they had no place to live. HEB 11 39 l5wd figs-activepassive οὗτοι πάντες μαρτυρηθέντες διὰ τῆς πίστεως, οὐκ ἐκομίσαντο τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 Although all these people were approved by God because of their faith, they did not receive the promise If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God honored all these because of their faith, but they did not themselves receive what God had promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 572ccb58c7339fe0bfa0ade3c752c121667d8c97 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 20:59:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 019/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 54b8465e42..fff1a6f8b5 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1737,8 +1737,10 @@ HEB 11 37 qf89 figs-explicit ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγίοις δέ HEB 11 37 knra figs-doublet ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγίοις δέρμασιν 1 in sheepskins and goatskins Here the author refers to both **sheepskins** and **goatskins** to emphasize that the people he is discussing did not have any other clothing. If you do not have two words for these categories, or if it would be unclear why the author refers to both kinds of skins, you could use a single word or phrase that refers to the skins from animals. Alternate translation: “in skins from animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) HEB 11 37 x2jf translate-unknown ὑστερούμενοι 1 destitute Here, the word **destitute** refers to someone who is very poor, who owns nothing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that identifies someone as extremely poor. Alternate translation: “having nothing” or “being very poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 11 37 hh76 translate-unknown κακουχούμενοι 1 destitute Here, the word **mistreated** refers to when a person is treated badly or cruelly by other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to a person experiencing cruel or nasty behavior from others. Alternate translation: “tormented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -HEB 11 38 a721 figs-metonymy οὐκ ἦν ἄξιος ὁ κόσμος 1 The world was not worthy Here, **the world** refers to the people who lived in the world. Alternate translation: “the people of this world were not worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -HEB 11 38 j9lp πλανώμενοι 1 They wandered about They wandered about because they had no place to live. +HEB 11 38 q9hd figs-infostructure ὧν οὐκ ἦν ἄξιος ὁ κόσμος, ἐπὶ ἐρημίαις πλανώμενοι, καὶ ὄρεσι, καὶ σπηλαίοις, καὶ ταῖς ὀπαῖς τῆς γῆς. 1 The world was not worthy +HEB 11 38 a721 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 The world was not worthy Here, **the world** refers to the people who lived in the world. Alternate translation: “the people of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +HEB 11 38 j9lp figs-activepassive πλανώμενοι 1 They wandered about Alternate translation: “having to wander about” or “people causing them to wander about” +HEB 11 38 g7ua figs-doublet σπηλαίοις, καὶ ταῖς ὀπαῖς τῆς γῆς 1 They wandered about HEB 11 39 l5wd figs-activepassive οὗτοι πάντες μαρτυρηθέντες διὰ τῆς πίστεως, οὐκ ἐκομίσαντο τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 Although all these people were approved by God because of their faith, they did not receive the promise If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God honored all these because of their faith, but they did not themselves receive what God had promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 11 39 vgw2 figs-metonymy τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 the promise Here, **the promise** stands for “what God had promised them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 11 40 p9uu figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “in order that God not would perfect them without also perfecting us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 17ab217956b055365b64126142c6a06b1974acdd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 21:03:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 020/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index fff1a6f8b5..bf9d61568a 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1740,7 +1740,7 @@ HEB 11 37 hh76 translate-unknown κακουχούμενοι 1 destitute Here, th HEB 11 38 q9hd figs-infostructure ὧν οὐκ ἦν ἄξιος ὁ κόσμος, ἐπὶ ἐρημίαις πλανώμενοι, καὶ ὄρεσι, καὶ σπηλαίοις, καὶ ταῖς ὀπαῖς τῆς γῆς. 1 The world was not worthy HEB 11 38 a721 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 The world was not worthy Here, **the world** refers to the people who lived in the world. Alternate translation: “the people of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 11 38 j9lp figs-activepassive πλανώμενοι 1 They wandered about Alternate translation: “having to wander about” or “people causing them to wander about” -HEB 11 38 g7ua figs-doublet σπηλαίοις, καὶ ταῖς ὀπαῖς τῆς γῆς 1 They wandered about +HEB 11 38 g7ua figs-doublet σπηλαίοις, καὶ ταῖς ὀπαῖς τῆς γῆς 1 They wandered about Here, the words **caves** and **holes** function together to identify any type of hiding place or shelter **in the ground**. The word **caves** refers to openings in the ground that a person can walk into, while **holes** refers to openings in the ground that person has to climb or drop down into. If you do not have two words for these categories, you could use a single word or phrase to identify any kind of hiding place or shelter **in the ground**. Alternate translation: “cavities in the ground” or “shelters in the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) HEB 11 39 l5wd figs-activepassive οὗτοι πάντες μαρτυρηθέντες διὰ τῆς πίστεως, οὐκ ἐκομίσαντο τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 Although all these people were approved by God because of their faith, they did not receive the promise If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God honored all these because of their faith, but they did not themselves receive what God had promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 11 39 vgw2 figs-metonymy τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 the promise Here, **the promise** stands for “what God had promised them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 11 40 p9uu figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “in order that God not would perfect them without also perfecting us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From f7d0abd80afeeff5b1b65b957e04e3ec5ef15272 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 21:09:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 021/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index bf9d61568a..6978c18068 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1737,7 +1737,7 @@ HEB 11 37 qf89 figs-explicit ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγίοις δέ HEB 11 37 knra figs-doublet ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγίοις δέρμασιν 1 in sheepskins and goatskins Here the author refers to both **sheepskins** and **goatskins** to emphasize that the people he is discussing did not have any other clothing. If you do not have two words for these categories, or if it would be unclear why the author refers to both kinds of skins, you could use a single word or phrase that refers to the skins from animals. Alternate translation: “in skins from animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) HEB 11 37 x2jf translate-unknown ὑστερούμενοι 1 destitute Here, the word **destitute** refers to someone who is very poor, who owns nothing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that identifies someone as extremely poor. Alternate translation: “having nothing” or “being very poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 11 37 hh76 translate-unknown κακουχούμενοι 1 destitute Here, the word **mistreated** refers to when a person is treated badly or cruelly by other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to a person experiencing cruel or nasty behavior from others. Alternate translation: “tormented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -HEB 11 38 q9hd figs-infostructure ὧν οὐκ ἦν ἄξιος ὁ κόσμος, ἐπὶ ἐρημίαις πλανώμενοι, καὶ ὄρεσι, καὶ σπηλαίοις, καὶ ταῖς ὀπαῖς τῆς γῆς. 1 The world was not worthy +HEB 11 38 q9hd figs-infostructure ὧν οὐκ ἦν ἄξιος ὁ κόσμος, ἐπὶ ἐρημίαις πλανώμενοι, καὶ ὄρεσι, καὶ σπηλαίοις, καὶ ταῖς ὀπαῖς τῆς γῆς. 1 The world was not worthy The author puts the clause **of which {people} the world was not worthy** here to contrast with how these same **{people}** are “destitute, oppressed, mistreated” (see [11:37](../11/37.md)). If possible, retain this clause where it stands. If keeping the clause here is not possible, you could move it to the end of the verse. Alternate translation: “being caused to wander about in deserts and mountains and caves and the holes in the ground, of which {people} the world was not worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) HEB 11 38 a721 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 The world was not worthy Here, **the world** refers to the people who lived in the world. Alternate translation: “the people of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 11 38 j9lp figs-activepassive πλανώμενοι 1 They wandered about Alternate translation: “having to wander about” or “people causing them to wander about” HEB 11 38 g7ua figs-doublet σπηλαίοις, καὶ ταῖς ὀπαῖς τῆς γῆς 1 They wandered about Here, the words **caves** and **holes** function together to identify any type of hiding place or shelter **in the ground**. The word **caves** refers to openings in the ground that a person can walk into, while **holes** refers to openings in the ground that person has to climb or drop down into. If you do not have two words for these categories, you could use a single word or phrase to identify any kind of hiding place or shelter **in the ground**. Alternate translation: “cavities in the ground” or “shelters in the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) From 9027f959a3ef5b70e7114337688e364150af8119 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 21:11:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 022/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 6978c18068..29491d55c0 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1738,8 +1738,8 @@ HEB 11 37 knra figs-doublet ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγίοις δέ HEB 11 37 x2jf translate-unknown ὑστερούμενοι 1 destitute Here, the word **destitute** refers to someone who is very poor, who owns nothing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that identifies someone as extremely poor. Alternate translation: “having nothing” or “being very poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 11 37 hh76 translate-unknown κακουχούμενοι 1 destitute Here, the word **mistreated** refers to when a person is treated badly or cruelly by other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to a person experiencing cruel or nasty behavior from others. Alternate translation: “tormented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 11 38 q9hd figs-infostructure ὧν οὐκ ἦν ἄξιος ὁ κόσμος, ἐπὶ ἐρημίαις πλανώμενοι, καὶ ὄρεσι, καὶ σπηλαίοις, καὶ ταῖς ὀπαῖς τῆς γῆς. 1 The world was not worthy The author puts the clause **of which {people} the world was not worthy** here to contrast with how these same **{people}** are “destitute, oppressed, mistreated” (see [11:37](../11/37.md)). If possible, retain this clause where it stands. If keeping the clause here is not possible, you could move it to the end of the verse. Alternate translation: “being caused to wander about in deserts and mountains and caves and the holes in the ground, of which {people} the world was not worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -HEB 11 38 a721 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 The world was not worthy Here, **the world** refers to the people who lived in the world. Alternate translation: “the people of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -HEB 11 38 j9lp figs-activepassive πλανώμενοι 1 They wandered about Alternate translation: “having to wander about” or “people causing them to wander about” +HEB 11 38 a721 figs-metonymy ἦν…ὁ κόσμος 1 The world was not worthy Here, the word **world** refers primarily to the people who live in the world and the societies that they make up. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to the people and societies of **the world**. Alternate translation: “those who live in this world were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +HEB 11 38 j9lp figs-activepassive πλανώμενοι 1 They wandered about If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **caused to wander** rather than focusing on the people doing the “causing.” If you must state who did the action, you could use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “having to wander about” or “people causing them to wander about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 11 38 g7ua figs-doublet σπηλαίοις, καὶ ταῖς ὀπαῖς τῆς γῆς 1 They wandered about Here, the words **caves** and **holes** function together to identify any type of hiding place or shelter **in the ground**. The word **caves** refers to openings in the ground that a person can walk into, while **holes** refers to openings in the ground that person has to climb or drop down into. If you do not have two words for these categories, you could use a single word or phrase to identify any kind of hiding place or shelter **in the ground**. Alternate translation: “cavities in the ground” or “shelters in the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) HEB 11 39 l5wd figs-activepassive οὗτοι πάντες μαρτυρηθέντες διὰ τῆς πίστεως, οὐκ ἐκομίσαντο τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 Although all these people were approved by God because of their faith, they did not receive the promise If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God honored all these because of their faith, but they did not themselves receive what God had promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 11 39 vgw2 figs-metonymy τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 the promise Here, **the promise** stands for “what God had promised them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 63507ce6935c9d6af87e07bf896691fc82054f53 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 21:25:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 023/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 7 +++++-- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 29491d55c0..7bd08ddd78 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1741,8 +1741,11 @@ HEB 11 38 q9hd figs-infostructure ὧν οὐκ ἦν ἄξιος ὁ κόσμο HEB 11 38 a721 figs-metonymy ἦν…ὁ κόσμος 1 The world was not worthy Here, the word **world** refers primarily to the people who live in the world and the societies that they make up. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to the people and societies of **the world**. Alternate translation: “those who live in this world were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 11 38 j9lp figs-activepassive πλανώμενοι 1 They wandered about If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **caused to wander** rather than focusing on the people doing the “causing.” If you must state who did the action, you could use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “having to wander about” or “people causing them to wander about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 11 38 g7ua figs-doublet σπηλαίοις, καὶ ταῖς ὀπαῖς τῆς γῆς 1 They wandered about Here, the words **caves** and **holes** function together to identify any type of hiding place or shelter **in the ground**. The word **caves** refers to openings in the ground that a person can walk into, while **holes** refers to openings in the ground that person has to climb or drop down into. If you do not have two words for these categories, you could use a single word or phrase to identify any kind of hiding place or shelter **in the ground**. Alternate translation: “cavities in the ground” or “shelters in the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -HEB 11 39 l5wd figs-activepassive οὗτοι πάντες μαρτυρηθέντες διὰ τῆς πίστεως, οὐκ ἐκομίσαντο τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 Although all these people were approved by God because of their faith, they did not receive the promise If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God honored all these because of their faith, but they did not themselves receive what God had promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -HEB 11 39 vgw2 figs-metonymy τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 the promise Here, **the promise** stands for “what God had promised them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +HEB 11 39 a0x8 writing-pronouns οὗτοι πάντες 1 Although all these people were approved by God because of their faith, they did not receive the promise Here, the phrase **all these {people}** refers to everyone who trusted God that the author has mentioned in this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “all these people I have mentioned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +HEB 11 39 l5wd figs-activepassive μαρτυρηθέντες 1 Although all these people were approved by God because of their faith, they did not receive the promise Alternate translation: “whom God commended” +HEB 11 39 uvel figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 Although all these people were approved by God because of their faith, they did not receive the promise If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **faith**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “believe” or “trust.” Alternate translation: “because they believed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +HEB 11 39 vgw2 figs-metonymy τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 the promise +HEB 11 39 zy4b figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 the promise HEB 11 40 p9uu figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “in order that God not would perfect them without also perfecting us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 11 40 nkci figs-doublenegatives ἵνα μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 You can state the double negative **without … not** in positive form. Alternate translation: “in order that God would perfect both us and them together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) HEB 12 intro h1qb 0 # Hebrews 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

After telling of the value discipline, the author begins a series of exhortations. (See; [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exhort]])

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:5-6, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Discipline

God wants his people to do what is right. When they do what is wrong, he needs to correct or punish them. He does this just as earthly fathers correct and punish children whom they love. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]]) From 13bc58a1cc0ac4ddc54f9eb84e5c318c42e64569 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 21:26:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 024/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 7bd08ddd78..494456b67b 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1742,6 +1742,7 @@ HEB 11 38 a721 figs-metonymy ἦν…ὁ κόσμος 1 The world was not worthy HEB 11 38 j9lp figs-activepassive πλανώμενοι 1 They wandered about If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **caused to wander** rather than focusing on the people doing the “causing.” If you must state who did the action, you could use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “having to wander about” or “people causing them to wander about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 11 38 g7ua figs-doublet σπηλαίοις, καὶ ταῖς ὀπαῖς τῆς γῆς 1 They wandered about Here, the words **caves** and **holes** function together to identify any type of hiding place or shelter **in the ground**. The word **caves** refers to openings in the ground that a person can walk into, while **holes** refers to openings in the ground that person has to climb or drop down into. If you do not have two words for these categories, you could use a single word or phrase to identify any kind of hiding place or shelter **in the ground**. Alternate translation: “cavities in the ground” or “shelters in the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) HEB 11 39 a0x8 writing-pronouns οὗτοι πάντες 1 Although all these people were approved by God because of their faith, they did not receive the promise Here, the phrase **all these {people}** refers to everyone who trusted God that the author has mentioned in this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “all these people I have mentioned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +HEB 11 39 rxog grammar-connect-logic-contrast μαρτυρηθέντες 1 Although all these people were approved by God because of their faith, they did not receive the promise Here, the phrase **having been commended** introduces something that contrasts with how they **did not receive the promise**. One would expect those who were **commended** to receive the promise, but the author says the opposite. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a contrast, especially something that is unexpected or contrary to expectations. Alternate translation: “even though they were commended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) HEB 11 39 l5wd figs-activepassive μαρτυρηθέντες 1 Although all these people were approved by God because of their faith, they did not receive the promise Alternate translation: “whom God commended” HEB 11 39 uvel figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 Although all these people were approved by God because of their faith, they did not receive the promise If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **faith**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “believe” or “trust.” Alternate translation: “because they believed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 11 39 vgw2 figs-metonymy τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 the promise From 4fc23e06aa550fe74e86afd32e49a8ccddcffc1b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 21:28:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 025/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 494456b67b..994b17b8fe 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1743,10 +1743,10 @@ HEB 11 38 j9lp figs-activepassive πλανώμενοι 1 They wandered about If HEB 11 38 g7ua figs-doublet σπηλαίοις, καὶ ταῖς ὀπαῖς τῆς γῆς 1 They wandered about Here, the words **caves** and **holes** function together to identify any type of hiding place or shelter **in the ground**. The word **caves** refers to openings in the ground that a person can walk into, while **holes** refers to openings in the ground that person has to climb or drop down into. If you do not have two words for these categories, you could use a single word or phrase to identify any kind of hiding place or shelter **in the ground**. Alternate translation: “cavities in the ground” or “shelters in the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) HEB 11 39 a0x8 writing-pronouns οὗτοι πάντες 1 Although all these people were approved by God because of their faith, they did not receive the promise Here, the phrase **all these {people}** refers to everyone who trusted God that the author has mentioned in this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “all these people I have mentioned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 11 39 rxog grammar-connect-logic-contrast μαρτυρηθέντες 1 Although all these people were approved by God because of their faith, they did not receive the promise Here, the phrase **having been commended** introduces something that contrasts with how they **did not receive the promise**. One would expect those who were **commended** to receive the promise, but the author says the opposite. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a contrast, especially something that is unexpected or contrary to expectations. Alternate translation: “even though they were commended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -HEB 11 39 l5wd figs-activepassive μαρτυρηθέντες 1 Although all these people were approved by God because of their faith, they did not receive the promise Alternate translation: “whom God commended” +HEB 11 39 l5wd figs-activepassive μαρτυρηθέντες 1 Although all these people were approved by God because of their faith, they did not receive the promise If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **commended** rather than focusing on the person doing the “commending.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “whom God commended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 11 39 uvel figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 Although all these people were approved by God because of their faith, they did not receive the promise If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **faith**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “believe” or “trust.” Alternate translation: “because they believed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -HEB 11 39 vgw2 figs-metonymy τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 the promise -HEB 11 39 zy4b figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 the promise +HEB 11 39 vgw2 figs-metonymy τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 the promise Here, the word **promise** refers to the contents of the **promise**, or what God has “promised” to give. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that the author is referring to the contents of this **promise**. Alternate translation: “the things from God’s promise” or “the things that God promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +HEB 11 39 zy4b figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 the promise If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **promise**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “promise” or “pledge.” Alternate translation: “what God pledged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 11 40 p9uu figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “in order that God not would perfect them without also perfecting us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 11 40 nkci figs-doublenegatives ἵνα μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 You can state the double negative **without … not** in positive form. Alternate translation: “in order that God would perfect both us and them together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) HEB 12 intro h1qb 0 # Hebrews 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

After telling of the value discipline, the author begins a series of exhortations. (See; [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exhort]])

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:5-6, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Discipline

God wants his people to do what is right. When they do what is wrong, he needs to correct or punish them. He does this just as earthly fathers correct and punish children whom they love. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]]) From cd007d6b81dfa2d8a67a63dfe73fe02528bee2bb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 21:31:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 026/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 994b17b8fe..5f00ffc27c 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1699,7 +1699,7 @@ HEB 11 32 wkve grammar-connect-condition-contrary με διηγούμενον 1 HEB 11 32 luh9 translate-unknown διηγούμενον 1 the time will fail me Here, the phrase **fully relating** refers to describing something in detail. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to narrating or describing something with careful attention to the details. Alternate translation: “carefully narrating” or “speaking in detail” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 11 32 ni55 translate-names Γεδεών, Βαράκ, Σαμψών, Ἰεφθάε, Δαυείδ…Σαμουὴλ 1 Barak The words **Gideon**, **Barak**, **Samson**, **Jephthah**, **David**, and **Samuel** are the names of six men. Each of these men were leaders of God’s people at some point in the history of the Israelites. Further, there are stories about each of them in the Old Testament, but the author does not go into detail about them here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HEB 11 32 a7t9 figs-explicit τῶν προφητῶν 1 Barak Here, the phrase **the prophets** refers in general to anyone who spoke God’s word to his people. The man **Samuel** was considered a prophet, so make sure that your translation does not imply that **Samuel** was not a prophet. Alternate translation: “the others who spoke for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HEB 11 33 f3jx writing-pronouns οἳ 1 It was through faith Here, **who** does not mean that each person listed in 11:32 did all the things the author is about to mention. The author means in general these are the kinds of things that those with faith were able to do. Alternate translation: “people like these through faith” +HEB 11 33 f3jx writing-pronouns οἳ 1 It was through faith Here, the word **who** does not mean that each person listed in [11:32](../11/32.md) did all the things the author is about to mention. The author means that these are the kinds of things that those with faith were able to do in general. Alternate translation: “who, along with many others,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 11 33 tv4g figs-abstractnouns οἳ διὰ πίστεως 1 It was through faith If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **faith**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “believe” or “trust.” Alternate translation: “who, by believing,” or “who, because they believed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 11 33 v5w8 figs-idiom εἰργάσαντο δικαιοσύνην 1 they conquered kingdoms Here, the phrase **worked justice** indicates that the person who **worked** set up and maintained a system of **justice** in a country. In other words, the person led “justly” and set up a system that focused on being “just.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “established justice” or “set up a just system” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 11 33 fxhq figs-abstractnouns εἰργάσαντο δικαιοσύνην 1 they conquered kingdoms If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **justice**, you could express the idea by using an adverb such as “justly” or “rightly.” Alternate translation: “led rightly” or “reigned justly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 15d636a6c54bf5ea3ac6a42c190ab14e79adec1e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 21:31:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 027/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 5f00ffc27c..351fed8024 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1713,7 +1713,7 @@ HEB 11 34 uqnf figs-idiom ἐδυναμώθησαν ἀπὸ ἀσθενείας HEB 11 34 iri4 figs-activepassive ἐδυναμώθησαν ἀπὸ ἀσθενείας 1 were healed of illnesses If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who **were empowered** rather than focusing on the person doing the “empowering.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “received empowering from God out of weakness” or “became powerful out of weakness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 11 34 tath figs-abstractnouns ἀπὸ ἀσθενείας 1 were healed of illnesses If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **weakness**, you could express the idea by using an adjective such as “weak.” Alternate translation: “out of being weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 11 34 zllk figs-idiom ἐγενήθησαν ἰσχυροὶ ἐν πολέμῳ 1 were healed of illnesses Here, the phrase **became strong in battle** indicates that the people fought bravely and successfully against their enemies. In other words, they were good warriors. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in a more natural way. Alternate translation: “became powerful fighters” or “were good at fighting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -HEB 11 34 dd8s translate-unknown παρεμβολὰς ἔκλιναν ἀλλοτρίων 1 were healed of illnesses Here, the word **routed** refers to defeating an enemy so powerfully that the enemy turns and runs away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to this kind of defeat. Alternate translation: “and vanquished foreign armies” or “and caused foreign armies to flee” +HEB 11 34 dd8s translate-unknown παρεμβολὰς ἔκλιναν ἀλλοτρίων 1 were healed of illnesses Here, the word **routed** refers to defeating an enemy so powerfully that the enemy turns and runs away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to this kind of defeat. Alternate translation: “and vanquished foreign armies” or “and caused foreign armies to flee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 11 35 i3r7 figs-nominaladj τοὺς νεκροὺς αὐτῶν 1 Women received back their dead by resurrection The author is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to refer to all people who are **dead**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this one with a noun phrase. The word **their** indicates that these **dead** people belong to the families of the **Women**. Alternate translation: “their dead relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) HEB 11 35 t9sp figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἀναστάσεως 1 Women received back their dead by resurrection If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **resurrection**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “resurrect.” Alternate translation: “because they were resurrected” or “when God resurrected them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 11 35 av6c writing-pronouns ἄλλοι 1 Here, the word **others** does not refer to other **Women**. Rather, it refers to other people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “other Israelites” or “other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) From 24ce012af5d46aa6b119047a740af6075d32a216 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 16:19:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 028/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 351fed8024..26d0afa0c6 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1747,8 +1747,10 @@ HEB 11 39 l5wd figs-activepassive μαρτυρηθέντες 1 Although all thes HEB 11 39 uvel figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 Although all these people were approved by God because of their faith, they did not receive the promise If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **faith**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “believe” or “trust.” Alternate translation: “because they believed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 11 39 vgw2 figs-metonymy τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 the promise Here, the word **promise** refers to the contents of the **promise**, or what God has “promised” to give. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that the author is referring to the contents of this **promise**. Alternate translation: “the things from God’s promise” or “the things that God promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 11 39 zy4b figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 the promise If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **promise**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “promise” or “pledge.” Alternate translation: “what God pledged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -HEB 11 40 p9uu figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “in order that God not would perfect them without also perfecting us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -HEB 11 40 nkci figs-doublenegatives ἵνα μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 You can state the double negative **without … not** in positive form. Alternate translation: “in order that God would perfect both us and them together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +HEB 11 40 as77 τοῦ Θεοῦ…προβλεψαμένου 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect +HEB 11 40 td7x figs-ellipsis περὶ ἡμῶν κρεῖττόν τι 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect +HEB 11 40 p9uu figs-activepassive μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect +HEB 11 40 nkci grammar-connect-exceptions μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 Alternate translation: “so that they would be made perfect only with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) HEB 12 intro h1qb 0 # Hebrews 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

After telling of the value discipline, the author begins a series of exhortations. (See; [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exhort]])

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:5-6, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Discipline

God wants his people to do what is right. When they do what is wrong, he needs to correct or punish them. He does this just as earthly fathers correct and punish children whom they love. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]]) HEB 12 1 jg6w figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἡμῖν…τρέχωμεν…ἡμῖν 1 The word **we** and each occurrence of **us** refers to the author and his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) HEB 12 1 k8mr 0 Connecting Statement: Because of this great number of Old Testament believers, the author talks of the life of faith that believers should live with Jesus as their example. From 6cda3aaf3ee024e3975eb78178319f6d445fecd0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 16:34:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 029/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 26d0afa0c6..0d92c34a58 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1748,7 +1748,7 @@ HEB 11 39 uvel figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 Although all HEB 11 39 vgw2 figs-metonymy τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 the promise Here, the word **promise** refers to the contents of the **promise**, or what God has “promised” to give. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that the author is referring to the contents of this **promise**. Alternate translation: “the things from God’s promise” or “the things that God promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 11 39 zy4b figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 the promise If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **promise**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “promise” or “pledge.” Alternate translation: “what God pledged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 11 40 as77 τοῦ Θεοῦ…προβλεψαμένου 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect -HEB 11 40 td7x figs-ellipsis περὶ ἡμῶν κρεῖττόν τι 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect +HEB 11 40 td7x figs-ellipsis περὶ ἡμῶν κρεῖττόν τι 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect Here, the author states that something is **better**, but he does not specify what it is **better** than. It is clear from the previous verse ([11:39](../11/39.md)) that the author considers receiving what God promised to be **better** than only receiving the promise itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify what the author is comparing **something better** with. Alternate translation: “something better concerning us than the promise that he gave them” or “what he promised to us, which is better than receiving just the promise itself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) HEB 11 40 p9uu figs-activepassive μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect HEB 11 40 nkci grammar-connect-exceptions μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 Alternate translation: “so that they would be made perfect only with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) HEB 12 intro h1qb 0 # Hebrews 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

After telling of the value discipline, the author begins a series of exhortations. (See; [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exhort]])

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:5-6, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Discipline

God wants his people to do what is right. When they do what is wrong, he needs to correct or punish them. He does this just as earthly fathers correct and punish children whom they love. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]]) From 070d7e12005676dee2324cadb9b9d96493d99663 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 18:10:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 030/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 0d92c34a58..46e52067ea 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1747,10 +1747,10 @@ HEB 11 39 l5wd figs-activepassive μαρτυρηθέντες 1 Although all thes HEB 11 39 uvel figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 Although all these people were approved by God because of their faith, they did not receive the promise If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **faith**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “believe” or “trust.” Alternate translation: “because they believed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 11 39 vgw2 figs-metonymy τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 the promise Here, the word **promise** refers to the contents of the **promise**, or what God has “promised” to give. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that the author is referring to the contents of this **promise**. Alternate translation: “the things from God’s promise” or “the things that God promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 11 39 zy4b figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 the promise If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **promise**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “promise” or “pledge.” Alternate translation: “what God pledged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -HEB 11 40 as77 τοῦ Θεοῦ…προβλεψαμένου 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect +HEB 11 40 as77 grammar-connect-logic-contrast τοῦ Θεοῦ…προβλεψαμένου 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect Here, the phrase **God having provided** introduces an idea that contrasts with what the author said in the previous verse ([11:39](../11/39.md)) about how the faithful people did not “receive the promise.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a contrast. Alternate translation: “but God has provided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) HEB 11 40 td7x figs-ellipsis περὶ ἡμῶν κρεῖττόν τι 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect Here, the author states that something is **better**, but he does not specify what it is **better** than. It is clear from the previous verse ([11:39](../11/39.md)) that the author considers receiving what God promised to be **better** than only receiving the promise itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify what the author is comparing **something better** with. Alternate translation: “something better concerning us than the promise that he gave them” or “what he promised to us, which is better than receiving just the promise itself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -HEB 11 40 p9uu figs-activepassive μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect -HEB 11 40 nkci grammar-connect-exceptions μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 Alternate translation: “so that they would be made perfect only with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) +HEB 11 40 p9uu figs-activepassive μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **made perfect** rather than focusing on the person doing the “perfecting.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God would not perfect them without us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 11 40 nkci grammar-connect-exceptions μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 If it would appear in your language that the author was claiming that **they** would never **be made perfect**, you could rephrase this clause so that it is clear that **they** are made perfect but only together with **us**. Alternate translation: “so that they would be made perfect only with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) HEB 12 intro h1qb 0 # Hebrews 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

After telling of the value discipline, the author begins a series of exhortations. (See; [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exhort]])

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:5-6, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Discipline

God wants his people to do what is right. When they do what is wrong, he needs to correct or punish them. He does this just as earthly fathers correct and punish children whom they love. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]]) HEB 12 1 jg6w figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἡμῖν…τρέχωμεν…ἡμῖν 1 The word **we** and each occurrence of **us** refers to the author and his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) HEB 12 1 k8mr 0 Connecting Statement: Because of this great number of Old Testament believers, the author talks of the life of faith that believers should live with Jesus as their example. From 7d5f2a4b6c975393795c84d1d0245cd372dae520 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 18:10:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 031/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 46e52067ea..9df9c2b1ad 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1750,7 +1750,7 @@ HEB 11 39 zy4b figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 the promise If HEB 11 40 as77 grammar-connect-logic-contrast τοῦ Θεοῦ…προβλεψαμένου 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect Here, the phrase **God having provided** introduces an idea that contrasts with what the author said in the previous verse ([11:39](../11/39.md)) about how the faithful people did not “receive the promise.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a contrast. Alternate translation: “but God has provided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) HEB 11 40 td7x figs-ellipsis περὶ ἡμῶν κρεῖττόν τι 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect Here, the author states that something is **better**, but he does not specify what it is **better** than. It is clear from the previous verse ([11:39](../11/39.md)) that the author considers receiving what God promised to be **better** than only receiving the promise itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify what the author is comparing **something better** with. Alternate translation: “something better concerning us than the promise that he gave them” or “what he promised to us, which is better than receiving just the promise itself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) HEB 11 40 p9uu figs-activepassive μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **made perfect** rather than focusing on the person doing the “perfecting.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God would not perfect them without us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -HEB 11 40 nkci grammar-connect-exceptions μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 If it would appear in your language that the author was claiming that **they** would never **be made perfect**, you could rephrase this clause so that it is clear that **they** are made perfect but only together with **us**. Alternate translation: “so that they would be made perfect only with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) +HEB 11 40 nkci grammar-connect-exceptions μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 If it would appear in your language that the author was claiming that **they** would never **be made perfect**, you could rephrase this clause so that it is clear that **they** are **made perfect** but only together with **us**. Alternate translation: “so that they would be made perfect only with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) HEB 12 intro h1qb 0 # Hebrews 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

After telling of the value discipline, the author begins a series of exhortations. (See; [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exhort]])

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:5-6, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Discipline

God wants his people to do what is right. When they do what is wrong, he needs to correct or punish them. He does this just as earthly fathers correct and punish children whom they love. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]]) HEB 12 1 jg6w figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἡμῖν…τρέχωμεν…ἡμῖν 1 The word **we** and each occurrence of **us** refers to the author and his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) HEB 12 1 k8mr 0 Connecting Statement: Because of this great number of Old Testament believers, the author talks of the life of faith that believers should live with Jesus as their example. From 35355f22d66f28a7e7f34f22ed0e0eea95e289c1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 18:15:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 032/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 9df9c2b1ad..caa19b0e00 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1465,7 +1465,7 @@ HEB 10 39 zvuj figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἀπώλειαν 1 who turn back to d HEB 10 39 dv8y figs-abstractnouns πίστεως εἰς περιποίησιν ψυχῆς 1 for keeping our soul If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **faith** and **preservation**, you could express the ideas by using verbs such as “believe” and “preserve.” Alternate translation: “of believing so that the soul is preserved” or “we believe so that our souls are preserved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 10 39 hm0m figs-synecdoche ψυχῆς 1 Here, the word **soul** is a way to refer to a person as a whole. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “of ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) HEB 10 39 br6c figs-genericnoun ψυχῆς 1 Here the author is speaking of “souls” in general, not of one particular **soul**. If your readers would misunderstand this form, you could use a form that refers to “souls” in general. Alternate translation: “of the souls” or “each of our souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -HEB 11 intro g4cc 0 # Hebrews 11 General Notes

## Structure

7. Faith and endurance (10:26–12:29)
* Exhortation: Examples of faith (11:1–40)

## Important concepts in this chapter

### Faith

In both the old and new covenants, God required faith. Some people with faith performed miracles and were very powerful. Other people with faith suffered greatly. +HEB 11 intro g4cc 0 # Hebrews 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n7. Faith and endurance (10:26–12:29)\n * Exhortation: Examples of faith (11:1–40)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Faith\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n\n### “By faith”\n\n HEB 11 1 d95i grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Now Here, the word **Now** introduces a new part of the author’s argument. He goes on to discuss the **faith** that he mentioned in [10:38–39](../10/38.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a new section, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “This” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 11 1 h7va figs-parallelism ἐλπιζομένων ὑπόστασις, πραγμάτων ἔλεγχος οὐ βλεπομένων 1 Now Here the author uses two very similar phrases to describe **faith**. He does this to make what he means very clear. If using two very similar phrases would not make what he means clearer in your language, you could combine the two statements. Alternate translation: “assurance of things not seen which are hoped for” or “proof of things being hoped for but not seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) HEB 11 1 a371 figs-abstractnouns ἔστιν…πίστις…ὑπόστασις 1 Connecting Statement: If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **faith** and **assurance**, you could express the ideas by using verbs such as “believe” and “assure.” Alternate translation: “believing assures us” or “those who believe are assured” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 1558dc1de57983c35299456662b20ceb57d34859 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 18:32:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 033/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index caa19b0e00..8928c85cd5 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1465,7 +1465,7 @@ HEB 10 39 zvuj figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἀπώλειαν 1 who turn back to d HEB 10 39 dv8y figs-abstractnouns πίστεως εἰς περιποίησιν ψυχῆς 1 for keeping our soul If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **faith** and **preservation**, you could express the ideas by using verbs such as “believe” and “preserve.” Alternate translation: “of believing so that the soul is preserved” or “we believe so that our souls are preserved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 10 39 hm0m figs-synecdoche ψυχῆς 1 Here, the word **soul** is a way to refer to a person as a whole. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “of ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) HEB 10 39 br6c figs-genericnoun ψυχῆς 1 Here the author is speaking of “souls” in general, not of one particular **soul**. If your readers would misunderstand this form, you could use a form that refers to “souls” in general. Alternate translation: “of the souls” or “each of our souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -HEB 11 intro g4cc 0 # Hebrews 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n7. Faith and endurance (10:26–12:29)\n * Exhortation: Examples of faith (11:1–40)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Faith\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n\n### “By faith”\n\n +HEB 11 intro g4cc 0 # Hebrews 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n7. Faith and endurance (10:26–12:29)\n * Exhortation: Examples of faith (11:1–40)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Faith\n\nThe key theme of this chapter is “faith,” which the author makes clear with his definition in [11:1](../11/01.md). The examples of “faith” that follow function in two primary ways: (1) they give examples of “faith” that help define what it is, and (2) they give examples of “faith” that the audience can imitate. The author’s definition of “faith” shows that “faith” is being confident about things that one cannot currently see. The examples that follow show that the things that cannot be seen include things in heaven and things in the future. So, “faith” consists in being confident about and thus “seeing” what is currently invisible. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])\n\n### A heavenly city and homeland\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “By faith”\n\n\n### References to the history of Israel\n\n\n### The style of the example list\n\n\n### Is Abraham or Sarah the subject of [11:11](../11/11.md)? HEB 11 1 d95i grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Now Here, the word **Now** introduces a new part of the author’s argument. He goes on to discuss the **faith** that he mentioned in [10:38–39](../10/38.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a new section, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “This” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 11 1 h7va figs-parallelism ἐλπιζομένων ὑπόστασις, πραγμάτων ἔλεγχος οὐ βλεπομένων 1 Now Here the author uses two very similar phrases to describe **faith**. He does this to make what he means very clear. If using two very similar phrases would not make what he means clearer in your language, you could combine the two statements. Alternate translation: “assurance of things not seen which are hoped for” or “proof of things being hoped for but not seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) HEB 11 1 a371 figs-abstractnouns ἔστιν…πίστις…ὑπόστασις 1 Connecting Statement: If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **faith** and **assurance**, you could express the ideas by using verbs such as “believe” and “assure.” Alternate translation: “believing assures us” or “those who believe are assured” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 04f7f1c7853a200b6f6ca2d929af4fdcfc014bc5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 18:39:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 034/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 8928c85cd5..570b32c5e8 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1465,7 +1465,7 @@ HEB 10 39 zvuj figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἀπώλειαν 1 who turn back to d HEB 10 39 dv8y figs-abstractnouns πίστεως εἰς περιποίησιν ψυχῆς 1 for keeping our soul If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **faith** and **preservation**, you could express the ideas by using verbs such as “believe” and “preserve.” Alternate translation: “of believing so that the soul is preserved” or “we believe so that our souls are preserved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 10 39 hm0m figs-synecdoche ψυχῆς 1 Here, the word **soul** is a way to refer to a person as a whole. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “of ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) HEB 10 39 br6c figs-genericnoun ψυχῆς 1 Here the author is speaking of “souls” in general, not of one particular **soul**. If your readers would misunderstand this form, you could use a form that refers to “souls” in general. Alternate translation: “of the souls” or “each of our souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -HEB 11 intro g4cc 0 # Hebrews 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n7. Faith and endurance (10:26–12:29)\n * Exhortation: Examples of faith (11:1–40)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Faith\n\nThe key theme of this chapter is “faith,” which the author makes clear with his definition in [11:1](../11/01.md). The examples of “faith” that follow function in two primary ways: (1) they give examples of “faith” that help define what it is, and (2) they give examples of “faith” that the audience can imitate. The author’s definition of “faith” shows that “faith” is being confident about things that one cannot currently see. The examples that follow show that the things that cannot be seen include things in heaven and things in the future. So, “faith” consists in being confident about and thus “seeing” what is currently invisible. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])\n\n### A heavenly city and homeland\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “By faith”\n\n\n### References to the history of Israel\n\n\n### The style of the example list\n\n\n### Is Abraham or Sarah the subject of [11:11](../11/11.md)? +HEB 11 intro g4cc 0 # Hebrews 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n7. Faith and endurance (10:26–12:29)\n * Exhortation: Examples of faith (11:1–40)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Faith\n\nThe key theme of this chapter is “faith,” which the author makes clear with his definition in [11:1](../11/01.md). The examples of “faith” that follow function in two primary ways: (1) they give examples of “faith” that help define what it is, and (2) they give examples of “faith” that the audience can imitate. The author’s definition of “faith” shows that “faith” is being confident about things that one cannot currently see. The examples that follow show that the things that cannot be seen include things in heaven and things in the future. So, “faith” consists in being confident about and thus “seeing” what is currently invisible. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])\n\n### A heavenly city and homeland\n\nIn [11:10](../11/10.md), [16](../11/16.md), the author refers to a “city,” and in [11:14–16](../11/14.md), he refers to a “heavenly homeland.” Most likely, both “city” and “homeland” refer to the same thing. Scholars debate whether “city” and “homeland” describe places where believers will live that God has prepared or whether the words function as metaphors to describe the people of God living together in God’s presence. Your translation should not choose between these interpretations. You should make it clear that the “city” and “homeland” cannot be found on earth right now. \n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “By faith”\n\nThe author consistently repeats the phrase “by faith,” usually at the beginning of sentences. He also uses the related phrases “through faith,” “according to faith,” and “because of faith.” The author repeats these phrases, especially “by faith,” to keep his audience focused on the main topic: “faith.” If possible, you should translate all these phrases so that they sound very similar. Make sure that it is clear in each who has the “faith.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### References to the history of Israel\n\n\n### The style of the example list\n\n\n### Is Abraham or Sarah the subject of [11:11](../11/11.md)? HEB 11 1 d95i grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Now Here, the word **Now** introduces a new part of the author’s argument. He goes on to discuss the **faith** that he mentioned in [10:38–39](../10/38.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a new section, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “This” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 11 1 h7va figs-parallelism ἐλπιζομένων ὑπόστασις, πραγμάτων ἔλεγχος οὐ βλεπομένων 1 Now Here the author uses two very similar phrases to describe **faith**. He does this to make what he means very clear. If using two very similar phrases would not make what he means clearer in your language, you could combine the two statements. Alternate translation: “assurance of things not seen which are hoped for” or “proof of things being hoped for but not seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) HEB 11 1 a371 figs-abstractnouns ἔστιν…πίστις…ὑπόστασις 1 Connecting Statement: If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **faith** and **assurance**, you could express the ideas by using verbs such as “believe” and “assure.” Alternate translation: “believing assures us” or “those who believe are assured” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From aba8d39e2f8a774e5ab7602865b9731bb0a2d0d7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 18:51:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 035/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 570b32c5e8..39d04a3ecb 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1465,7 +1465,7 @@ HEB 10 39 zvuj figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἀπώλειαν 1 who turn back to d HEB 10 39 dv8y figs-abstractnouns πίστεως εἰς περιποίησιν ψυχῆς 1 for keeping our soul If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **faith** and **preservation**, you could express the ideas by using verbs such as “believe” and “preserve.” Alternate translation: “of believing so that the soul is preserved” or “we believe so that our souls are preserved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 10 39 hm0m figs-synecdoche ψυχῆς 1 Here, the word **soul** is a way to refer to a person as a whole. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “of ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) HEB 10 39 br6c figs-genericnoun ψυχῆς 1 Here the author is speaking of “souls” in general, not of one particular **soul**. If your readers would misunderstand this form, you could use a form that refers to “souls” in general. Alternate translation: “of the souls” or “each of our souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -HEB 11 intro g4cc 0 # Hebrews 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n7. Faith and endurance (10:26–12:29)\n * Exhortation: Examples of faith (11:1–40)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Faith\n\nThe key theme of this chapter is “faith,” which the author makes clear with his definition in [11:1](../11/01.md). The examples of “faith” that follow function in two primary ways: (1) they give examples of “faith” that help define what it is, and (2) they give examples of “faith” that the audience can imitate. The author’s definition of “faith” shows that “faith” is being confident about things that one cannot currently see. The examples that follow show that the things that cannot be seen include things in heaven and things in the future. So, “faith” consists in being confident about and thus “seeing” what is currently invisible. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])\n\n### A heavenly city and homeland\n\nIn [11:10](../11/10.md), [16](../11/16.md), the author refers to a “city,” and in [11:14–16](../11/14.md), he refers to a “heavenly homeland.” Most likely, both “city” and “homeland” refer to the same thing. Scholars debate whether “city” and “homeland” describe places where believers will live that God has prepared or whether the words function as metaphors to describe the people of God living together in God’s presence. Your translation should not choose between these interpretations. You should make it clear that the “city” and “homeland” cannot be found on earth right now. \n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “By faith”\n\nThe author consistently repeats the phrase “by faith,” usually at the beginning of sentences. He also uses the related phrases “through faith,” “according to faith,” and “because of faith.” The author repeats these phrases, especially “by faith,” to keep his audience focused on the main topic: “faith.” If possible, you should translate all these phrases so that they sound very similar. Make sure that it is clear in each who has the “faith.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### References to the history of Israel\n\n\n### The style of the example list\n\n\n### Is Abraham or Sarah the subject of [11:11](../11/11.md)? +HEB 11 intro g4cc 0 # Hebrews 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n7. Faith and endurance (10:26–12:29)\n * Exhortation: Examples of faith (11:1–40)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Faith\n\nThe key theme of this chapter is “faith,” which the author makes clear with his definition in [11:1](../11/01.md). The examples of “faith” that follow function in two primary ways: (1) they give examples of “faith” that help define what it is, and (2) they give examples of “faith” that the audience can imitate. The author’s definition of “faith” shows that “faith” is being confident about things that one cannot currently see. The examples that follow show that the things that cannot be seen include things in heaven and things in the future. So, “faith” consists in being confident about and thus “seeing” what is currently invisible. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])\n\n### A heavenly city and homeland\n\nIn [11:10](../11/10.md), [16](../11/16.md), the author refers to a “city,” and in [11:14–16](../11/14.md), he refers to a “heavenly homeland.” Most likely, both “city” and “homeland” refer to the same thing. Scholars debate whether “city” and “homeland” describe places where believers will live that God has prepared or whether the words function as metaphors to describe the people of God living together in God’s presence. Your translation should not choose between these interpretations. You should make it clear that the “city” and “homeland” cannot be found on earth right now. \n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “By faith”\n\nThe author consistently repeats the phrase “by faith,” usually at the beginning of sentences. He also uses the related phrases “through faith,” “according to faith,” and “because of faith.” The author repeats these phrases, especially “by faith,” to keep his audience focused on the main topic: “faith.” If possible, you should translate all these phrases so that they sound very similar. Make sure that it is clear who has the “faith” in each sentence. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### References to the history of Israel\n\nThe author refers to people and events in the history of Israel throughout this chapter. Some of the references are several verses long, while others are just one phrase. Many of the stories that he refers to can be found in the Bible, especially in Genesis, Exodus, and Joshua. However, some of the shorter references are about people who lived after the time of the Old Testament. Consider whether your readers will be familiar with some of these stories. You may want to include footnotes that provide some extra information about the most important stories that the author refers to. See the notes for brief summaries of the main stories that the author refers to. \n\n### The style of the example list\n\nThe list of examples that makes up most of chapter 11 begins with longer stories and longer clauses and ends with very short references to stories and very short clauses. The author writes in this way to increase the excitement and power of his examples as he goes. Consider using natural ways to express this slow increase in power and excitement as the chapter progresses.\n\n### Is Abraham or Sarah the subject of [11:11](../11/11.md)?\n\nIn [11:11](../11/11.md), the author could have primarily been referring to Sarah and her faith or Abraham and his faith. Many scholars think that the author is referring to Sarah here because her name is written near the beginning of verse, right after “faith,” and because the author does not refer to Abraham in this verse. Other scholars think that the author is referring to Abraham here because the previous and following verses both refer to Abraham and because the phrase “received ability for {the} conception of an offspring” is only used for the male’s part in procreation. The ULT and UST follow the interpretation that Abraham is the primary subject of the verse. Consider whether your readers might be familiar with a translation that makes a choice in this verse. Otherwise, you may want to follow the ULT and UST here. HEB 11 1 d95i grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Now Here, the word **Now** introduces a new part of the author’s argument. He goes on to discuss the **faith** that he mentioned in [10:38–39](../10/38.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a new section, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “This” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 11 1 h7va figs-parallelism ἐλπιζομένων ὑπόστασις, πραγμάτων ἔλεγχος οὐ βλεπομένων 1 Now Here the author uses two very similar phrases to describe **faith**. He does this to make what he means very clear. If using two very similar phrases would not make what he means clearer in your language, you could combine the two statements. Alternate translation: “assurance of things not seen which are hoped for” or “proof of things being hoped for but not seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) HEB 11 1 a371 figs-abstractnouns ἔστιν…πίστις…ὑπόστασις 1 Connecting Statement: If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **faith** and **assurance**, you could express the ideas by using verbs such as “believe” and “assure.” Alternate translation: “believing assures us” or “those who believe are assured” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 66b975081d37b8c99a59adb05b22a80b24a3cb90 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 18:52:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 036/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 39d04a3ecb..508aab8d90 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ HEB 1 14 ivy4 figs-abstractnouns εἰς διακονίαν 1 If your language HEB 1 14 v541 figs-metaphor κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν 1 for those who will inherit salvation Here the author speaks as if believers were children who would receive property that a parent passes on to their child when the parent dies. He speaks in this way to indicate that believers receive **salvation** from God. If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea nonfiguratively. Alternate translation: “to receive salvation from God” or “to be given salvation by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 1 14 fgs4 τοὺς μέλλοντας 1 Alternate translation: “those who are about” or “those who are destined” HEB 1 14 id6k figs-abstractnouns κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **salvation**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “save.” In this case, you may need to find another way to express the idea behind **inherit**. Alternate translation: “to be saved as a gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -HEB 2 intro s2gd 0 # Hebrews 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

2. The Son and the angels (1:5–2:18)
* Exhortation: Listen to the message! (2:1–4)
* Teaching: The Son becomes lower than the angels to help his brothers (2:5–18)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [2:6–8](../02/06.md), [12–13](../02/12.md), which are quotations from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Angels

In this chapter, the author continues to speak about angels. In [2:2](../02/02.md), he refers to a tradition that says that God gave the law to Moses through angels. Then, in [2:5–9](../02/05.md), he shows that Jesus, not angels, is the one who rules the “world that is coming.” In fact, Jesus came for the sake of humans, not angels ([2:16](../02/16.md)). Again, the author is not attacking angels. Instead, he uses angels, whom everyone knows are powerful and important, to show how much more important Jesus and the salvation he offers are. Translate “angels” the way you did in the previous chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/angel]])

### Jesus as high priest

In [2:17](../02/17.md), the author first refers to Jesus as a “priest,” here specifically a “high priest.” This is an important theme in Hebrews. In much of the rest of the letter, the author argues that Jesus is a high priest who offers a sacrifice in the heavenly sanctuary. The author simply introduces the title “high priest” here, but he will develop the idea later. So, do not include any extra information here, but carefully consider how to translate “high priest” so that it fits with what the author later says about Jesus as a high priest. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])

## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

### Kinship language

Throughout this chapter, the author uses kinship language to describe those who believe in Jesus. They are God’s “sons” or “children” ([2:10](../02/10.md), [13–14](../02/13.md)), Jesus’ “brothers” ([2:11–12](../02/11.md), [17](../02/17.md)), and each is a “descendant of Abraham” ([2:16](../02/16.md)). As God’s children, they are Jesus’ brothers and part of the family of Abraham, who is Jesus’ ancestor. The idea that believers are part of God’s family is important in Hebrews and the Bible in general, so if possible preserve this language in your translation. Consider using words that refer to adopted family members. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/son]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/children]], and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### Who is the “man” in the quotation from Psalm 8?

In [2:6–8](../02/06.md), the author quotes from [Psalm 8:4–6](../psa/08/04.md). The Psalm refers to “man” and “son of man.” In the context of the Psalm itself, these words use the masculine singular form to refer to humans in general. However, Jesus used the phrase “Son of Man” to refer to himself during his earthly ministry. Some scholars argue that the author of Hebrews quotes “son of man” from Psalm 8 because he is using it to refer to Jesus directly. Others argue that the author uses “son of man” and “man” in the Psalm quotation to refer to humans in general but then applies what the Psalm says is true about humans to Jesus, who is the only human who is now “crowned with honor and glory” ([2:9](../02/09.md)). Since the author never refers to Jesus as “Son of Man,” this second option is probably correct. Consider how you can translate “man” and “son of man” in the Psalm quotation so that they can apply first to humans in general and then to Jesus in particular. +HEB 2 intro s2gd 0 # Hebrews 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n2. The Son and the angels (1:5–2:18)\n * Exhortation: Listen to the message! (2:1–4)\n * Teaching: The Son becomes lower than the angels to help his brothers (2:5–18)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [2:6–8](../02/06.md), [12–13](../02/12.md), which are quotations from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Angels\n\nIn this chapter, the author continues to speak about angels. In [2:2](../02/02.md), he refers to a tradition that says that God gave the law to Moses through angels. Then, in [2:5–9](../02/05.md), he shows that Jesus, not angels, is the one who rules the “world that is coming.” In fact, Jesus came for the sake of humans, not angels ([2:16](../02/16.md)). Again, the author is not attacking angels. Instead, he uses angels, whom everyone knows are powerful and important, to show how much more important Jesus and the salvation he offers are. Translate “angels” the way you did in the previous chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/angel]])\n\n### Jesus as high priest\n\nIn [2:17](../02/17.md), the author first refers to Jesus as a “priest,” here specifically a “high priest.” This is an important theme in Hebrews. In much of the rest of the letter, the author argues that Jesus is a high priest who offers a sacrifice in the heavenly sanctuary. The author simply introduces the title “high priest” here, but he will develop the idea later. So, do not include any extra information here, but carefully consider how to translate “high priest” so that it fits with what the author later says about Jesus as a high priest. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Kinship language\n\nThroughout this chapter, the author uses kinship language to describe those who believe in Jesus. They are God’s “sons” or “children” ([2:10](../02/10.md), [13–14](../02/13.md)), Jesus’ “brothers” ([2:11–12](../02/11.md), [17](../02/17.md)), and each is a “descendant of Abraham” ([2:16](../02/16.md)). As God’s children, they are Jesus’ brothers and part of the family of Abraham, who is Jesus’ ancestor. The idea that believers are part of God’s family is important in Hebrews and the Bible in general, so if possible preserve this language in your translation. Consider using words that refer to adopted family members. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/son]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/children]], and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Who is the “man” in the quotation from Psalm 8?\n\nIn [2:6–8](../02/06.md), the author quotes from [Psalm 8:4–6](../psa/08/04.md). The Psalm refers to “man” and “son of man.” In the context of the Psalm itself, these words use the masculine singular form to refer to humans in general. However, Jesus used the phrase “Son of Man” to refer to himself during his earthly ministry. Some scholars argue that the author of Hebrews quotes “son of man” from Psalm 8 because he is using it to refer to Jesus directly. Others argue that the author uses “son of man” and “man” in the Psalm quotation to refer to humans in general but then applies what the Psalm says is true about humans to Jesus, who is the only human who is now “crowned with honor and glory” ([2:9](../02/09.md)). Since the author never refers to Jesus as “Son of Man,” this second option is probably correct. Consider how you can translate “man” and “son of man” in the Psalm quotation so that they can apply first to humans in general and then to Jesus in particular. HEB 2 1 x7px grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο 1 Connecting Statement: Here the author introduces a result or implication from what he said about the Son and the angels in [1:1–14](../01/01.md). Because God now speaks through his Son, who is greater than the angels, the audience needs to **give attention**. If your readers would misunderstand that **Because of this** draws an inference from the previous chapter, you could use a word or phrase that do does draw this inference. Alternate translation: “Because God is speaking through his Son” or “Because of all that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) HEB 2 1 ooqp δεῖ περισσοτέρως προσέχειν ἡμᾶς 1 Alternate translation: “it is most important for us to give attention” or “we must above all give attention” HEB 2 1 ol8m figs-infostructure δεῖ περισσοτέρως προσέχειν ἡμᾶς 1 Here, **far more** could modify (1) **necessary**. See the ULT. (2) **give attention**. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for us to give far more attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) From 9a05fdb333f6d91ca67bc34743ed2b11a9338d08 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 18:53:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 037/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 508aab8d90..39d3a21d26 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -HEB front intro xy4n 0 # Introduction to Hebrews

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Hebrews

Hebrews alternates between exposition and exhortation. To put it another way, the author switches between teaching and warning his audience. The following outline identifies which sections are which.

1. Introduction: God and his Son (1:1–4)
2. The Son and the angels (1:5–2:18)
* Teaching: The Son is greater than the angels (1:5–14)
* Exhortation: Listen to the message! (2:1–4)
* Teaching: The Son becomes lower than the angels to help his brothers (2:5–18)
3. Example of the wilderness generation (3:1–4:13)
* Exhortation: The Son is greater than Moses (3:1–6)
* Exhortation: Strive to enter the rest! (3:7–4:11)
* Exhortation: The power of God’s word (4:12–13)
4. Summary statement (4:14–16)
5. The Son as high priest (5:1–10:18)
* Teaching: The Son becomes high priest (5:1–10)
* Exhortation: Make sure to persevere! (5:11–6:12)
* Exhortation: God’s promise is certain (6:13–20)
* Teaching: Melchizedek the priest (7:1–10)
* Teaching: The Son is high priest in the order of Melchizedek (7:11–28)
* Teaching: The ministry of the Son (8:1–6)
* Teaching: The new covenant (8:7–13)
* Teaching: Old and new ministries (9:1–10:18)
6. Summary statement (10:19–25)
7. Faith and endurance (10:26–12:29)
* Exhortation: Endure in the faith! (10:26–39)
* Exhortation: Examples of faith (11:1–40)
* Exhortation: Imitate Jesus in rejecting sin and enduring discipline (12:1–17)
* Exhortation: Mount Sinai and Mount Zion (12:18–29)
8. Closing (13:1–25)
* Final commands and exhortations (13:1–19)
* Benediction and letter closing (13:20–25)

### Who wrote the Book of Hebrews?

No one knows who wrote Hebrews. Scholars have suggested several different people who could possibly be the author. Possible authors are Paul, Luke, and Barnabas. The date of writing is also not known. Most scholars think it was written before A.D. 70. Jerusalem was destroyed in A.D. 70, but the writer of this letter spoke about Jerusalem as if it had not yet been destroyed.

### What is the Book of Hebrews about?

In the Book of Hebrews, the author shows that Jesus fulfilled Old Testament prophecies. The author did this in order to encourage the Jewish Christians and to explain that Jesus is better than anything that the old covenant had to offer. Jesus is the perfect High Priest. Jesus was also the perfect sacrifice. Animal sacrifices became useless because Jesus’ sacrifice was once and for all time. Therefore, Jesus is the one and only way for people to be accepted by God.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Hebrews.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Letter to the Hebrews” or “A Letter to the Jewish Christians.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Can readers understand this book without knowing about the sacrifices and the work of the priests required in the Old Testament?

It would be very difficult for readers to understand this book without understanding these matters. Translators might consider explaining some of these Old Testament concepts in notes or in an introduction to this book.

### How is the idea of blood used in the Book of Hebrews?

Beginning in [Hebrews 9:7](../heb/09/07.md), the idea of blood is often used as metonymy to represent the death of any animal that was sacrificed according to God’s covenant with Israel. The author also used blood to represent the death of Jesus Christ. Jesus became the perfect sacrifice so that God would forgive people for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

Beginning in [Hebrews 9:19](../heb/09/19.md), the author used the idea of sprinkling as a symbolic action. Old Testament priests sprinkled the blood of the animals sacrificed. This was a symbol of the benefits of the animal’s death being applied to the people or to an object. This showed that the people or the object was acceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])

### When and where does Jesus make atonement in Hebrews?


### What does it mean to “take away sin”?

See Isa 27:9?

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Terminology for sacred spaces and buildings

### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Hebrews in the ULT?

The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:
* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God views Christians as sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless, faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones,” or “holy people.”
* Sometimes the meaning indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 6:10; 13:24)
* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.” (See: 2:11: 9:13; 10:10, 14, 29; 13:12)

The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.

### How should “we” and “you” be translated?

Throughout the letter, “we” includes the author and the audience unless a note specifies otherwise. Similarly, “you” is always plural unless a note specifies otherwise.

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Hebrews?

For the following verses, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.
* “you crowned him with glory and honor” (2:7). Some older versions read, “you crowned him with glory and honor and you have put him over the works of your hands.”
* “those who did not unite in faith with those who obeyed” (4:2). Some older versions read, “those who heard it without joining faith to it.”
* “Christ came as a high priest of the good things that have come” (9:11). Some modern versions and older versions read, “Christ came as a high priest of the good things that are to come.”
* “on those who were prisoners” (10:34). Some older versions read, “of me in my chains.”
* “They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword” (11:37). Some older versions read, “They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were tempted. They were killed with the sword.”
* “If even an animal touches the mountain, it must be stoned” (12:20). Some older versions read, “If even an animal touches the mountain, it must be stoned or shot with an arrow.”

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +HEB front intro xy4n 0 # Introduction to Hebrews\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Hebrews\n\nHebrews alternates between exposition and exhortation. To put it another way, the author switches between teaching and warning his audience. The following outline identifies which sections are which. \n\n1. Introduction: God and his Son (1:1–4)\n2. The Son and the angels (1:5–2:18)\n * Teaching: The Son is greater than the angels (1:5–14)\n * Exhortation: Listen to the message! (2:1–4)\n * Teaching: The Son becomes lower than the angels to help his brothers (2:5–18)\n3. Example of the wilderness generation (3:1–4:13)\n * Exhortation: The Son is greater than Moses (3:1–6)\n * Exhortation: Strive to enter the rest! (3:7–4:11)\n * Exhortation: The power of God’s word (4:12–13)\n4. Summary statement (4:14–16)\n5. The Son as high priest (5:1–10:18)\n * Teaching: The Son becomes high priest (5:1–10)\n * Exhortation: Make sure to persevere! (5:11–6:12)\n * Exhortation: God’s promise is certain (6:13–20)\n * Teaching: Melchizedek the priest (7:1–10)\n * Teaching: The Son is high priest in the order of Melchizedek (7:11–28)\n * Teaching: The ministry of the Son (8:1–6)\n * Teaching: The new covenant (8:7–13)\n * Teaching: Old and new ministries (9:1–10:18)\n6. Summary statement (10:19–25)\n7. Faith and endurance (10:26–12:29)\n * Exhortation: Endure in the faith! (10:26–39)\n * Exhortation: Examples of faith (11:1–40)\n * Exhortation: Imitate Jesus in rejecting sin and enduring discipline (12:1–17)\n * Exhortation: Mount Sinai and Mount Zion (12:18–29)\n8. Closing (13:1–25)\n * Final commands and exhortations (13:1–19)\n * Benediction and letter closing (13:20–25)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Hebrews?\n\nNo one knows who wrote Hebrews. Scholars have suggested several different people who could possibly be the author. Possible authors are Paul, Luke, and Barnabas. The date of writing is also not known. Most scholars think it was written before A.D. 70. Jerusalem was destroyed in A.D. 70, but the writer of this letter spoke about Jerusalem as if it had not yet been destroyed.\n\n### What is the Book of Hebrews about?\n\nIn the Book of Hebrews, the author shows that Jesus fulfilled Old Testament prophecies. The author did this in order to encourage the Jewish Christians and to explain that Jesus is better than anything that the old covenant had to offer. Jesus is the perfect High Priest. Jesus was also the perfect sacrifice. Animal sacrifices became useless because Jesus’ sacrifice was once and for all time. Therefore, Jesus is the one and only way for people to be accepted by God.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Hebrews.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Letter to the Hebrews” or “A Letter to the Jewish Christians.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Can readers understand this book without knowing about the sacrifices and the work of the priests required in the Old Testament?\n\nIt would be very difficult for readers to understand this book without understanding these matters. Translators might consider explaining some of these Old Testament concepts in notes or in an introduction to this book.\n\n### How is the idea of blood used in the Book of Hebrews?\n\nBeginning in [Hebrews 9:7](../heb/09/07.md), the idea of blood is often used as metonymy to represent the death of any animal that was sacrificed according to God’s covenant with Israel. The author also used blood to represent the death of Jesus Christ. Jesus became the perfect sacrifice so that God would forgive people for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nBeginning in [Hebrews 9:19](../heb/09/19.md), the author used the idea of sprinkling as a symbolic action. Old Testament priests sprinkled the blood of the animals sacrificed. This was a symbol of the benefits of the animal’s death being applied to the people or to an object. This showed that the people or the object was acceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n\n### When and where does Jesus make atonement in Hebrews?\n\n\n### What does it mean to “take away sin”?\n\nSee Isa 27:9?\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Terminology for sacred spaces and buildings\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Hebrews in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:\n* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God views Christians as sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless, faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones,” or “holy people.”\n* Sometimes the meaning indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 6:10; 13:24)\n* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.” (See: 2:11: 9:13; 10:10, 14, 29; 13:12)\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### How should “we” and “you” be translated?\n\nThroughout the letter, “we” includes the author and the audience unless a note specifies otherwise. Similarly, “you” is always plural unless a note specifies otherwise. \n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Hebrews?\n\nFor the following verses, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n* “you crowned him with glory and honor” (2:7). Some older versions read, “you crowned him with glory and honor and you have put him over the works of your hands.”\n* “those who did not unite in faith with those who obeyed” (4:2). Some older versions read, “those who heard it without joining faith to it.”\n* “Christ came as a high priest of the good things that have come” (9:11). Some modern versions and older versions read, “Christ came as a high priest of the good things that are to come.”\n* “on those who were prisoners” (10:34). Some older versions read, “of me in my chains.”\n* “They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword” (11:37). Some older versions read, “They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were tempted. They were killed with the sword.”\n* “If even an animal touches the mountain, it must be stoned” (12:20). Some older versions read, “If even an animal touches the mountain, it must be stoned or shot with an arrow.”\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) HEB 1 intro aaf9 0 # Hebrews 1 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

1. Introduction: God and his Son (1:1–4)
2. The Son and the angels (1:5–2:18)
* Teaching: The Son is greater than the angels (1:5–14)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:5](../01/05.md), [7–13](../01/07.md), which are quotations from books of poetry in the Old Testament.

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### God speaking Scripture

In this chapter, the author quotes the Old Testament seven times. Each time, he says that God is the one who speaks the words, and God speaks them to or about the Son or the angels. The audience would have recognized that these quotations came from the Old Testament, but the author wished to introduce them as words that God himself said and says. He can do this because he believed that God is the author of the entire Old Testament, since he is the one who spoke through the prophets (see [1:1](../01/01.md)). In your translation, you should express these quotations as words that God says. If your readers would not recognize that God is speaking quotations from the Old Testament, you could identify the quotations for your readers in footnotes or in some other way.

### Old Testament quotations

When the author quotes from the Old Testament, he uses a Greek translation that is sometimes different than the original Hebrew version that most modern translations use for the Old Testament. This is particularly obvious in [1:6](../01/06.md), which quotes from the Greek version of [Deuteronomy 32:43](../../deu/32/43.md). In other places, the author may paraphrase or loosely quote the Old Testament. Since the author chose to use these forms of the quotations, you should represent the words the author uses, not the words that may be found in an Old Testament you are familiar with. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])

### The Son and the Father

In this chapter, the author refers to the “Son” and several times speaks of God as a “father.” These are important terms for two person of the Trinity: God the Father and God the Son. The author uses these terms partly because the Old Testament texts he quotes use them. Also, “Son” and “Father” refer to two people who are closely related but not the same person, so the words provide good language to speak about two persons of the Trinity. If possible, preserve the father and son language in this chapter, but make sure that your translation does not make it sound like the Son did not exist until a certain time or that the Father at some point physically gave birth to the Son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])

### Angels

The author mentions “angels” many times in this chapter. In his culture, everyone knew about “angels.” They were spiritual beings who could appear in human form. Some people talked about good and evil angels. The author only speaks about the good angels in this chapter. These angels serve and worship God, and they do whatever God tells them to do. Some scholars think that the author is arguing against people who said that Jesus was an angel. More likely, the author wishes to prove that Jesus the Son is God, and he uses the angels to do that. The author thinks that the angels are between humans and God in power and position. If the Son is above the angels, that means he must be God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/angel]])

## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

### Rhetorical questions

The author asks rhetorical questions in [1:5](../01/05.md), [13–14](../01/13.md). He is not asking these questions because he wants the audience to provide him with information. Rather, he is asking these questions because he wants the audience to think about how they are acting and what they are thinking. The questions encourage them to think along with the author. For ways to translate these questions, look for the notes on each verse that includes these kinds of questions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

### Parallelisms

In the Old Testament, good poetry often included two parallel lines that expressed one idea in two different ways. When the author quotes the Old Testament, he often includes this kind of parallelism. Since both lines contribute to the meaning of the idea, it is best to preserve the parallelism. If your readers would find it confusing, however, you could combine the two parallel lines into one idea. See the notes on each instance of parallel lines for translation options. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

### Inheriting

In [1:2](../01/02.md), [4](../01/04.md), [14](../01/14.md), the author uses language related to “inheriting” or being an “heir.” In the author’s culture, children often “inherited” property or money when their parents died. In these verses, the author uses the “inheriting” language metaphorically to refer to receiving something from God. In this chapter, the metaphor does not imply that someone must die for the person to “inherit.” If possible, preserve this metaphor since it is an important concept in Hebrews. See the notes on each verse for translation options. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### Descriptions of the Son in [1:3](../01/03.md)

In [1:3](../01/03.md), the author describes the Son as “the brightness of God’s glory” and the “exact representation of God’s being.” Both of these phrases identify the Son as God and as unique. In other words, these phrases are the author’s way of saying that the Son is God, but God is not just the Son. Carefully consider how you translate these phrases, and be sure that your translation makes it clear that the Son is God but God is not just the Son. The author uses images and metaphors to express the idea, so consider using similar images and metaphors. HEB 1 1 dhcr figs-doublet πολυμερῶς καὶ πολυτρόπως πάλαι 1 Here, **In many portions** shows that God did not speak just once. Rather, he spoke often throughout the time called **long ago**. Then, **in many ways** shows that God used various means and people to speak to the **fathers**. The author uses both of these phrases because he wishes to emphasize the variety of times and ways in which God has **spoken**. If your language does not use repetition for emphasis, and if you cannot represent the author’s two phrases well, you could express the idea using one phrase that emphasizes variety. Alternate translation: “Long ago, with great variety” or “Long ago, using multiple methods in different times,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) HEB 1 1 c7us figs-infostructure πολυμερῶς καὶ πολυτρόπως πάλαι, ὁ Θεὸς, λαλήσας τοῖς πατράσιν ἐν τοῖς προφήταις 1 Here, **In many portions and in many ways long ago** describes how God “spoke” **to {our} fathers**. If your readers would misunderstand this sentence structure, you could rearrange the phrases so that **In many portions and in many ways long ago** does modify **having spoken**. Alternate translation: “God, having spoken to our fathers through the prophets in many portions and in many ways long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) @@ -1751,7 +1751,7 @@ HEB 11 40 as77 grammar-connect-logic-contrast τοῦ Θεοῦ…προβλεψ HEB 11 40 td7x figs-ellipsis περὶ ἡμῶν κρεῖττόν τι 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect Here, the author states that something is **better**, but he does not specify what it is **better** than. It is clear from the previous verse ([11:39](../11/39.md)) that the author considers receiving what God promised to be **better** than only receiving the promise itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify what the author is comparing **something better** with. Alternate translation: “something better concerning us than the promise that he gave them” or “what he promised to us, which is better than receiving just the promise itself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) HEB 11 40 p9uu figs-activepassive μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **made perfect** rather than focusing on the person doing the “perfecting.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God would not perfect them without us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 11 40 nkci grammar-connect-exceptions μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 If it would appear in your language that the author was claiming that **they** would never **be made perfect**, you could rephrase this clause so that it is clear that **they** are **made perfect** but only together with **us**. Alternate translation: “so that they would be made perfect only with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) -HEB 12 intro h1qb 0 # Hebrews 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

After telling of the value discipline, the author begins a series of exhortations. (See; [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exhort]])

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:5-6, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Discipline

God wants his people to do what is right. When they do what is wrong, he needs to correct or punish them. He does this just as earthly fathers correct and punish children whom they love. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]]) +HEB 12 intro h1qb 0 # Hebrews 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Faith and endurance (10:26–12:29)\n * Exhortation: Imitate Jesus in rejecting sin and enduring discipline (12:1–17)\n * Exhortation: Mount Sinai and Mount Zion (12:18–29)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:5-6, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Discipline\n\nGod wants his people to do what is right. When they do what is wrong, he needs to correct or punish them. He does this just as earthly fathers correct and punish children whom they love. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]]) HEB 12 1 jg6w figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἡμῖν…τρέχωμεν…ἡμῖν 1 The word **we** and each occurrence of **us** refers to the author and his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) HEB 12 1 k8mr 0 Connecting Statement: Because of this great number of Old Testament believers, the author talks of the life of faith that believers should live with Jesus as their example. HEB 12 1 f6u9 figs-metaphor καὶ ἡμεῖς, τοσοῦτον ἔχοντες περικείμενον ἡμῖν νέφος μαρτύρων 1 we are surrounded by such a large cloud of witnesses The writer speaks about the Old Testament believers as if they were a **cloud** that surrounded the present-day believers. Alternate translation: “since there are so many examples of faithful people about whom we learn in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From d362b3abf5ef07b8a828df802fde2df01eb6a7e5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 18:55:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 038/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 39d3a21d26..ff439d08d7 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1752,8 +1752,8 @@ HEB 11 40 td7x figs-ellipsis περὶ ἡμῶν κρεῖττόν τι 1 so th HEB 11 40 p9uu figs-activepassive μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **made perfect** rather than focusing on the person doing the “perfecting.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God would not perfect them without us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 11 40 nkci grammar-connect-exceptions μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 If it would appear in your language that the author was claiming that **they** would never **be made perfect**, you could rephrase this clause so that it is clear that **they** are **made perfect** but only together with **us**. Alternate translation: “so that they would be made perfect only with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) HEB 12 intro h1qb 0 # Hebrews 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Faith and endurance (10:26–12:29)\n * Exhortation: Imitate Jesus in rejecting sin and enduring discipline (12:1–17)\n * Exhortation: Mount Sinai and Mount Zion (12:18–29)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:5-6, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Discipline\n\nGod wants his people to do what is right. When they do what is wrong, he needs to correct or punish them. He does this just as earthly fathers correct and punish children whom they love. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]]) +HEB 12 1 k8mr grammar-connect-logic-result τοιγαροῦν 1 Connecting Statement: HEB 12 1 jg6w figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἡμῖν…τρέχωμεν…ἡμῖν 1 The word **we** and each occurrence of **us** refers to the author and his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -HEB 12 1 k8mr 0 Connecting Statement: Because of this great number of Old Testament believers, the author talks of the life of faith that believers should live with Jesus as their example. HEB 12 1 f6u9 figs-metaphor καὶ ἡμεῖς, τοσοῦτον ἔχοντες περικείμενον ἡμῖν νέφος μαρτύρων 1 we are surrounded by such a large cloud of witnesses The writer speaks about the Old Testament believers as if they were a **cloud** that surrounded the present-day believers. Alternate translation: “since there are so many examples of faithful people about whom we learn in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 1 hf97 μαρτύρων 1 witnesses Here, **witnesses** refers to the Old Testament believers in chapter 11 who lived faithful lives previously. HEB 12 1 yw1t figs-metaphor ὄγκον ἀποθέμενοι πάντα καὶ τὴν εὐπερίστατον ἁμαρτίαν 1 let us lay aside every weight and easily entangling sin Here, **every weight** and **the easily entangling sin** are spoken of as if a person could take them off himself and put them down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From ae3ef330f7677a149a7fc683f19384d5d31b8461 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 19:01:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 039/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 11 ++++++----- 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index ff439d08d7..b1e8d04860 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1753,13 +1753,14 @@ HEB 11 40 p9uu figs-activepassive μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶ HEB 11 40 nkci grammar-connect-exceptions μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 If it would appear in your language that the author was claiming that **they** would never **be made perfect**, you could rephrase this clause so that it is clear that **they** are **made perfect** but only together with **us**. Alternate translation: “so that they would be made perfect only with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) HEB 12 intro h1qb 0 # Hebrews 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Faith and endurance (10:26–12:29)\n * Exhortation: Imitate Jesus in rejecting sin and enduring discipline (12:1–17)\n * Exhortation: Mount Sinai and Mount Zion (12:18–29)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:5-6, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Discipline\n\nGod wants his people to do what is right. When they do what is wrong, he needs to correct or punish them. He does this just as earthly fathers correct and punish children whom they love. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]]) HEB 12 1 k8mr grammar-connect-logic-result τοιγαροῦν 1 Connecting Statement: -HEB 12 1 jg6w figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἡμῖν…τρέχωμεν…ἡμῖν 1 The word **we** and each occurrence of **us** refers to the author and his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -HEB 12 1 f6u9 figs-metaphor καὶ ἡμεῖς, τοσοῦτον ἔχοντες περικείμενον ἡμῖν νέφος μαρτύρων 1 we are surrounded by such a large cloud of witnesses The writer speaks about the Old Testament believers as if they were a **cloud** that surrounded the present-day believers. Alternate translation: “since there are so many examples of faithful people about whom we learn in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +HEB 12 1 jg6w grammar-connect-logic-result ἔχοντες 1 +HEB 12 1 f6u9 figs-metaphor τοσοῦτον…περικείμενον ἡμῖν νέφος μαρτύρων 1 we are surrounded by such a large cloud of witnesses (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 1 hf97 μαρτύρων 1 witnesses Here, **witnesses** refers to the Old Testament believers in chapter 11 who lived faithful lives previously. -HEB 12 1 yw1t figs-metaphor ὄγκον ἀποθέμενοι πάντα καὶ τὴν εὐπερίστατον ἁμαρτίαν 1 let us lay aside every weight and easily entangling sin Here, **every weight** and **the easily entangling sin** are spoken of as if a person could take them off himself and put them down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 12 1 zln7 figs-metaphor ὄγκον…πάντα 1 every weight Attitudes or habits that keep believers from trusting and obeying God are spoken of as if they were loads that would make it difficult for a person to carry while running. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 12 1 t6wu figs-metaphor τὴν εὐπερίστατον ἁμαρτίαν 1 easily entangling sin Here, **sin** is spoken of as if it were a net or something else that can trip people up and make them fall. Alternate translation: “sin that makes obeying God difficult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +HEB 12 1 yw1t figs-metaphor ὄγκον ἀποθέμενοι πάντα καὶ τὴν εὐπερίστατον ἁμαρτίαν 1 let us lay aside every weight and easily entangling sin (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 1 g5dn figs-metaphor δι’ ὑπομονῆς, τρέχωμεν τὸν προκείμενον ἡμῖν ἀγῶνα 1 Let us patiently run the race that is placed before us Following Jesus is spoken of as if it were running a **race**. Alternate translation: “let us continue obeying what God has commanded us, just like a runner keeps going until the race is over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +HEB 12 1 zln7 figs-abstractnouns δι’ ὑπομονῆς 1 every weight +HEB 12 1 t6wu figs-idiom προκείμενον ἡμῖν 1 easily entangling sin +HEB 12 1 ym6m figs-activepassive προκείμενον ἡμῖν 1 easily entangling sin HEB 12 2 a946 τὸν τῆς πίστεως ἀρχηγὸν καὶ τελειωτὴν 1 the founder and perfecter of the faith Jesus gives us faith and makes our faith perfect by causing us to reach our goal. Alternate translation: “the creator and finisher of our faith” or “the one who enables us to have faith from beginning to end” HEB 12 2 za14 figs-metaphor ἀντὶ τῆς προκειμένης αὐτῷ χαρᾶς 1 For the joy that was placed before him The **joy** that Jesus would experience is spoken of as if God the Father had **placed** it **before him** as a goal to reach. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 2 y7me αἰσχύνης καταφρονήσας 1 despised its shame This means Jesus hated the **shame** of dying on a cross, even though he allowed that to happen. From c786f1add03062bb2700a2e9c96270950fd2cbe1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 19:51:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 040/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index b1e8d04860..25707974de 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1757,6 +1757,7 @@ HEB 12 1 jg6w grammar-connect-logic-result ἔχοντες 1 HEB 12 1 f6u9 figs-metaphor τοσοῦτον…περικείμενον ἡμῖν νέφος μαρτύρων 1 we are surrounded by such a large cloud of witnesses (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 1 hf97 μαρτύρων 1 witnesses Here, **witnesses** refers to the Old Testament believers in chapter 11 who lived faithful lives previously. HEB 12 1 yw1t figs-metaphor ὄγκον ἀποθέμενοι πάντα καὶ τὴν εὐπερίστατον ἁμαρτίαν 1 let us lay aside every weight and easily entangling sin (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +HEB 12 1 k1cr figs-doublet ὄγκον…πάντα καὶ τὴν εὐπερίστατον ἁμαρτίαν 1 let us lay aside every weight and easily entangling sin HEB 12 1 g5dn figs-metaphor δι’ ὑπομονῆς, τρέχωμεν τὸν προκείμενον ἡμῖν ἀγῶνα 1 Let us patiently run the race that is placed before us Following Jesus is spoken of as if it were running a **race**. Alternate translation: “let us continue obeying what God has commanded us, just like a runner keeps going until the race is over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 1 zln7 figs-abstractnouns δι’ ὑπομονῆς 1 every weight HEB 12 1 t6wu figs-idiom προκείμενον ἡμῖν 1 easily entangling sin From 48588ddda341c423ffe5ebaa89c2cf149447d010 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 19:56:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 041/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 25707974de..b3789ee2d9 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1752,7 +1752,7 @@ HEB 11 40 td7x figs-ellipsis περὶ ἡμῶν κρεῖττόν τι 1 so th HEB 11 40 p9uu figs-activepassive μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **made perfect** rather than focusing on the person doing the “perfecting.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God would not perfect them without us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 11 40 nkci grammar-connect-exceptions μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 If it would appear in your language that the author was claiming that **they** would never **be made perfect**, you could rephrase this clause so that it is clear that **they** are **made perfect** but only together with **us**. Alternate translation: “so that they would be made perfect only with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) HEB 12 intro h1qb 0 # Hebrews 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Faith and endurance (10:26–12:29)\n * Exhortation: Imitate Jesus in rejecting sin and enduring discipline (12:1–17)\n * Exhortation: Mount Sinai and Mount Zion (12:18–29)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:5-6, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Discipline\n\nGod wants his people to do what is right. When they do what is wrong, he needs to correct or punish them. He does this just as earthly fathers correct and punish children whom they love. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]]) -HEB 12 1 k8mr grammar-connect-logic-result τοιγαροῦν 1 Connecting Statement: +HEB 12 1 k8mr grammar-connect-logic-result τοιγαροῦν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the phrase **For that very reason** draws an inference or exhortation from all of [11:1–40](../11/01.md), but especially from [11:39–40](../11/39.md). HEB 12 1 jg6w grammar-connect-logic-result ἔχοντες 1 HEB 12 1 f6u9 figs-metaphor τοσοῦτον…περικείμενον ἡμῖν νέφος μαρτύρων 1 we are surrounded by such a large cloud of witnesses (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 1 hf97 μαρτύρων 1 witnesses Here, **witnesses** refers to the Old Testament believers in chapter 11 who lived faithful lives previously. From 9c915c4c1d96ac4255873dd489ed4391597f10b2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 20:11:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 042/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index b3789ee2d9..7075b0c667 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1752,10 +1752,10 @@ HEB 11 40 td7x figs-ellipsis περὶ ἡμῶν κρεῖττόν τι 1 so th HEB 11 40 p9uu figs-activepassive μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **made perfect** rather than focusing on the person doing the “perfecting.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God would not perfect them without us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 11 40 nkci grammar-connect-exceptions μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 If it would appear in your language that the author was claiming that **they** would never **be made perfect**, you could rephrase this clause so that it is clear that **they** are **made perfect** but only together with **us**. Alternate translation: “so that they would be made perfect only with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) HEB 12 intro h1qb 0 # Hebrews 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Faith and endurance (10:26–12:29)\n * Exhortation: Imitate Jesus in rejecting sin and enduring discipline (12:1–17)\n * Exhortation: Mount Sinai and Mount Zion (12:18–29)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:5-6, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Discipline\n\nGod wants his people to do what is right. When they do what is wrong, he needs to correct or punish them. He does this just as earthly fathers correct and punish children whom they love. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]]) -HEB 12 1 k8mr grammar-connect-logic-result τοιγαροῦν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the phrase **For that very reason** draws an inference or exhortation from all of [11:1–40](../11/01.md), but especially from [11:39–40](../11/39.md). +HEB 12 1 k8mr grammar-connect-logic-result τοιγαροῦν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the phrase **For that very reason** draws an inference or exhortation from all of [11:1–40](../11/01.md), but especially from [11:39–40](../11/39.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that clearly draws and inference or exhortation from a previous section. Alternate translation: “Because of all that” or “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) HEB 12 1 jg6w grammar-connect-logic-result ἔχοντες 1 HEB 12 1 f6u9 figs-metaphor τοσοῦτον…περικείμενον ἡμῖν νέφος μαρτύρων 1 we are surrounded by such a large cloud of witnesses (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 12 1 hf97 μαρτύρων 1 witnesses Here, **witnesses** refers to the Old Testament believers in chapter 11 who lived faithful lives previously. +HEB 12 1 hf97 μαρτύρων 1 witnesses Here, the word **witnesses** could refer to one or both of the following ideas: (1) the **witnesses** could “witness” or watch **us** as we **run** the **race**. Alternate translation: “of spectators” (2) the **witnesses** could “witness” or testify to what it means to have faith and endurance. Alternate translation: “of witnesses to faith” HEB 12 1 yw1t figs-metaphor ὄγκον ἀποθέμενοι πάντα καὶ τὴν εὐπερίστατον ἁμαρτίαν 1 let us lay aside every weight and easily entangling sin (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 1 k1cr figs-doublet ὄγκον…πάντα καὶ τὴν εὐπερίστατον ἁμαρτίαν 1 let us lay aside every weight and easily entangling sin HEB 12 1 g5dn figs-metaphor δι’ ὑπομονῆς, τρέχωμεν τὸν προκείμενον ἡμῖν ἀγῶνα 1 Let us patiently run the race that is placed before us Following Jesus is spoken of as if it were running a **race**. Alternate translation: “let us continue obeying what God has commanded us, just like a runner keeps going until the race is over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 43143e2c92a4c2a796748338f59f6de05f51d37e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 20:12:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 043/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 7075b0c667..d05c759be1 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1753,7 +1753,7 @@ HEB 11 40 p9uu figs-activepassive μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶ HEB 11 40 nkci grammar-connect-exceptions μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 If it would appear in your language that the author was claiming that **they** would never **be made perfect**, you could rephrase this clause so that it is clear that **they** are **made perfect** but only together with **us**. Alternate translation: “so that they would be made perfect only with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) HEB 12 intro h1qb 0 # Hebrews 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Faith and endurance (10:26–12:29)\n * Exhortation: Imitate Jesus in rejecting sin and enduring discipline (12:1–17)\n * Exhortation: Mount Sinai and Mount Zion (12:18–29)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:5-6, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Discipline\n\nGod wants his people to do what is right. When they do what is wrong, he needs to correct or punish them. He does this just as earthly fathers correct and punish children whom they love. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]]) HEB 12 1 k8mr grammar-connect-logic-result τοιγαροῦν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the phrase **For that very reason** draws an inference or exhortation from all of [11:1–40](../11/01.md), but especially from [11:39–40](../11/39.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that clearly draws and inference or exhortation from a previous section. Alternate translation: “Because of all that” or “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -HEB 12 1 jg6w grammar-connect-logic-result ἔχοντες 1 +HEB 12 1 jg6w grammar-connect-logic-result ἔχοντες 1 Here, the word **having** introduces a basis or reason for why we should **run with endurance**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a basis or reason. Alternate translation: “since we have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) HEB 12 1 f6u9 figs-metaphor τοσοῦτον…περικείμενον ἡμῖν νέφος μαρτύρων 1 we are surrounded by such a large cloud of witnesses (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 1 hf97 μαρτύρων 1 witnesses Here, the word **witnesses** could refer to one or both of the following ideas: (1) the **witnesses** could “witness” or watch **us** as we **run** the **race**. Alternate translation: “of spectators” (2) the **witnesses** could “witness” or testify to what it means to have faith and endurance. Alternate translation: “of witnesses to faith” HEB 12 1 yw1t figs-metaphor ὄγκον ἀποθέμενοι πάντα καὶ τὴν εὐπερίστατον ἁμαρτίαν 1 let us lay aside every weight and easily entangling sin (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 935621a09eac845a329df5c8e4f1b2b3fabf0ba6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 20:22:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 044/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 7 ++++--- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index d05c759be1..277947bdc2 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1754,10 +1754,11 @@ HEB 11 40 nkci grammar-connect-exceptions μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελε HEB 12 intro h1qb 0 # Hebrews 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Faith and endurance (10:26–12:29)\n * Exhortation: Imitate Jesus in rejecting sin and enduring discipline (12:1–17)\n * Exhortation: Mount Sinai and Mount Zion (12:18–29)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:5-6, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Discipline\n\nGod wants his people to do what is right. When they do what is wrong, he needs to correct or punish them. He does this just as earthly fathers correct and punish children whom they love. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]]) HEB 12 1 k8mr grammar-connect-logic-result τοιγαροῦν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the phrase **For that very reason** draws an inference or exhortation from all of [11:1–40](../11/01.md), but especially from [11:39–40](../11/39.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that clearly draws and inference or exhortation from a previous section. Alternate translation: “Because of all that” or “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) HEB 12 1 jg6w grammar-connect-logic-result ἔχοντες 1 Here, the word **having** introduces a basis or reason for why we should **run with endurance**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a basis or reason. Alternate translation: “since we have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -HEB 12 1 f6u9 figs-metaphor τοσοῦτον…περικείμενον ἡμῖν νέφος μαρτύρων 1 we are surrounded by such a large cloud of witnesses (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +HEB 12 1 f6u9 figs-metaphor τοσοῦτον…περικείμενον ἡμῖν νέφος μαρτύρων 1 we are surrounded by such a large cloud of witnesses Here, the author speaks of the **witnesses**, that is, the faithful people the author mentioned in the previous chapter, as if they were a **cloud** that “surrounds” **us**. In the author’s culture, a large crowd of people was often described as a **cloud**, and the fact that it “surrounds” means that the author and audience stand in the middle of the crowd. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “so great a crowd of witnesses around us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 1 hf97 μαρτύρων 1 witnesses Here, the word **witnesses** could refer to one or both of the following ideas: (1) the **witnesses** could “witness” or watch **us** as we **run** the **race**. Alternate translation: “of spectators” (2) the **witnesses** could “witness” or testify to what it means to have faith and endurance. Alternate translation: “of witnesses to faith” -HEB 12 1 yw1t figs-metaphor ὄγκον ἀποθέμενοι πάντα καὶ τὴν εὐπερίστατον ἁμαρτίαν 1 let us lay aside every weight and easily entangling sin (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 12 1 k1cr figs-doublet ὄγκον…πάντα καὶ τὴν εὐπερίστατον ἁμαρτίαν 1 let us lay aside every weight and easily entangling sin +HEB 12 1 xshp figs-imperative ὄγκον ἀποθέμενοι πάντα καὶ τὴν εὐπερίστατον ἁμαρτίαν…τρέχωμεν 1 witnesses Here, the phrase beginning with **having laid aside** is part of the author’s exhortation or command to his audience. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it clearer that this phrase is part of the command. Alternate translation: “let us lay aside every weight and the easily entangling sin, and let us run” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) +HEB 12 1 yw1t figs-metaphor ὄγκον ἀποθέμενοι πάντα καὶ τὴν εὐπερίστατον ἁμαρτίαν 1 let us lay aside every weight and easily entangling sin Here the author speaks of **sin** and other hindrances to the Christian life as if they were **weight** and something that “entangles.” The author pictures the Christian life as a race, and sin and other hindrances make this race hard and difficult, just like extra **weight** and anything that “entangles” makes a race harder for a runner. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea as a simile or use plain language. Alternate translation: “having laid aside sin and distractions like they were extra weight or things that entangle” or “avoiding sin and any other hindrance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +HEB 12 1 k1cr figs-doublet ὄγκον…πάντα καὶ τὴν εὐπερίστατον ἁμαρτίαν 1 let us lay aside every weight and easily entangling sin Here, the words **weight** and **sin** refer to very similar things. It is likely that **weight** refers in general to anything that hinders people from “running the race,” while **sin** is a specific type of **weight**. It is also possible that these two words mean basically the same thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea by linking the two words together with a word besides **and**. Alternate translation: “every weight, especially the easily entangling sin” or “every weight, that is, the easily entangling sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) HEB 12 1 g5dn figs-metaphor δι’ ὑπομονῆς, τρέχωμεν τὸν προκείμενον ἡμῖν ἀγῶνα 1 Let us patiently run the race that is placed before us Following Jesus is spoken of as if it were running a **race**. Alternate translation: “let us continue obeying what God has commanded us, just like a runner keeps going until the race is over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 1 zln7 figs-abstractnouns δι’ ὑπομονῆς 1 every weight HEB 12 1 t6wu figs-idiom προκείμενον ἡμῖν 1 easily entangling sin From df720e9921f13bc71395eb094b9ece41cfc6e3af Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 20:31:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 045/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 277947bdc2..2bb41e904c 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1759,9 +1759,9 @@ HEB 12 1 hf97 μαρτύρων 1 witnesses Here, the word **witnesses** could r HEB 12 1 xshp figs-imperative ὄγκον ἀποθέμενοι πάντα καὶ τὴν εὐπερίστατον ἁμαρτίαν…τρέχωμεν 1 witnesses Here, the phrase beginning with **having laid aside** is part of the author’s exhortation or command to his audience. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it clearer that this phrase is part of the command. Alternate translation: “let us lay aside every weight and the easily entangling sin, and let us run” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) HEB 12 1 yw1t figs-metaphor ὄγκον ἀποθέμενοι πάντα καὶ τὴν εὐπερίστατον ἁμαρτίαν 1 let us lay aside every weight and easily entangling sin Here the author speaks of **sin** and other hindrances to the Christian life as if they were **weight** and something that “entangles.” The author pictures the Christian life as a race, and sin and other hindrances make this race hard and difficult, just like extra **weight** and anything that “entangles” makes a race harder for a runner. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea as a simile or use plain language. Alternate translation: “having laid aside sin and distractions like they were extra weight or things that entangle” or “avoiding sin and any other hindrance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 1 k1cr figs-doublet ὄγκον…πάντα καὶ τὴν εὐπερίστατον ἁμαρτίαν 1 let us lay aside every weight and easily entangling sin Here, the words **weight** and **sin** refer to very similar things. It is likely that **weight** refers in general to anything that hinders people from “running the race,” while **sin** is a specific type of **weight**. It is also possible that these two words mean basically the same thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea by linking the two words together with a word besides **and**. Alternate translation: “every weight, especially the easily entangling sin” or “every weight, that is, the easily entangling sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -HEB 12 1 g5dn figs-metaphor δι’ ὑπομονῆς, τρέχωμεν τὸν προκείμενον ἡμῖν ἀγῶνα 1 Let us patiently run the race that is placed before us Following Jesus is spoken of as if it were running a **race**. Alternate translation: “let us continue obeying what God has commanded us, just like a runner keeps going until the race is over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 12 1 zln7 figs-abstractnouns δι’ ὑπομονῆς 1 every weight -HEB 12 1 t6wu figs-idiom προκείμενον ἡμῖν 1 easily entangling sin +HEB 12 1 g5dn figs-metaphor δι’ ὑπομονῆς, τρέχωμεν τὸν προκείμενον ἡμῖν ἀγῶνα 1 Let us patiently run the race that is placed before us Here, the author speaks of persevering in trusting God and obeying him as if it were a **race** that he and his audience need to **run**. This was a common metaphor in his culture and emphasized the need to have **endurance** despite any obstacles or difficulties. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “let us persist in trusting God, just like a runner keeps running until the race is over” or “let us continue to have faith as we endure whatever happens to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +HEB 12 1 zln7 figs-abstractnouns δι’ ὑπομονῆς, τρέχωμεν 1 every weight If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **endurance**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “endure” or “persevere.” Alternate translation: “let us endure as we run” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +HEB 12 1 t6wu figs-idiom προκείμενον ἡμῖν 1 easily entangling sin Here, the phrase **placed before us** refers to how a race course **is placed** in front of the runners by whoever set up the course. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that naturally refers to how a race course is set up. Alternate translation: “that is set up in front of us” or “that we must run” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 1 ym6m figs-activepassive προκείμενον ἡμῖν 1 easily entangling sin HEB 12 2 a946 τὸν τῆς πίστεως ἀρχηγὸν καὶ τελειωτὴν 1 the founder and perfecter of the faith Jesus gives us faith and makes our faith perfect by causing us to reach our goal. Alternate translation: “the creator and finisher of our faith” or “the one who enables us to have faith from beginning to end” HEB 12 2 za14 figs-metaphor ἀντὶ τῆς προκειμένης αὐτῷ χαρᾶς 1 For the joy that was placed before him The **joy** that Jesus would experience is spoken of as if God the Father had **placed** it **before him** as a goal to reach. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 5a1b18cf8671c4f43fbb87fd591c9f15e074e5c7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 20:31:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 046/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 2bb41e904c..807e7d1acf 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1762,7 +1762,7 @@ HEB 12 1 k1cr figs-doublet ὄγκον…πάντα καὶ τὴν εὐπερ HEB 12 1 g5dn figs-metaphor δι’ ὑπομονῆς, τρέχωμεν τὸν προκείμενον ἡμῖν ἀγῶνα 1 Let us patiently run the race that is placed before us Here, the author speaks of persevering in trusting God and obeying him as if it were a **race** that he and his audience need to **run**. This was a common metaphor in his culture and emphasized the need to have **endurance** despite any obstacles or difficulties. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “let us persist in trusting God, just like a runner keeps running until the race is over” or “let us continue to have faith as we endure whatever happens to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 1 zln7 figs-abstractnouns δι’ ὑπομονῆς, τρέχωμεν 1 every weight If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **endurance**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “endure” or “persevere.” Alternate translation: “let us endure as we run” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 1 t6wu figs-idiom προκείμενον ἡμῖν 1 easily entangling sin Here, the phrase **placed before us** refers to how a race course **is placed** in front of the runners by whoever set up the course. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that naturally refers to how a race course is set up. Alternate translation: “that is set up in front of us” or “that we must run” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -HEB 12 1 ym6m figs-activepassive προκείμενον ἡμῖν 1 easily entangling sin +HEB 12 1 ym6m figs-activepassive προκείμενον ἡμῖν 1 easily entangling sin If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on the **race** that is **placed before us** rather than focusing on the person doing the “placing.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “that God placed before us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 2 a946 τὸν τῆς πίστεως ἀρχηγὸν καὶ τελειωτὴν 1 the founder and perfecter of the faith Jesus gives us faith and makes our faith perfect by causing us to reach our goal. Alternate translation: “the creator and finisher of our faith” or “the one who enables us to have faith from beginning to end” HEB 12 2 za14 figs-metaphor ἀντὶ τῆς προκειμένης αὐτῷ χαρᾶς 1 For the joy that was placed before him The **joy** that Jesus would experience is spoken of as if God the Father had **placed** it **before him** as a goal to reach. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 2 y7me αἰσχύνης καταφρονήσας 1 despised its shame This means Jesus hated the **shame** of dying on a cross, even though he allowed that to happen. From c955b9836457672db7c79fed2812fbd98c67060c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 20:46:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 047/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 807e7d1acf..f889796ed7 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1763,8 +1763,10 @@ HEB 12 1 g5dn figs-metaphor δι’ ὑπομονῆς, τρέχωμεν τὸν HEB 12 1 zln7 figs-abstractnouns δι’ ὑπομονῆς, τρέχωμεν 1 every weight If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **endurance**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “endure” or “persevere.” Alternate translation: “let us endure as we run” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 1 t6wu figs-idiom προκείμενον ἡμῖν 1 easily entangling sin Here, the phrase **placed before us** refers to how a race course **is placed** in front of the runners by whoever set up the course. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that naturally refers to how a race course is set up. Alternate translation: “that is set up in front of us” or “that we must run” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 1 ym6m figs-activepassive προκείμενον ἡμῖν 1 easily entangling sin If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on the **race** that is **placed before us** rather than focusing on the person doing the “placing.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “that God placed before us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -HEB 12 2 a946 τὸν τῆς πίστεως ἀρχηγὸν καὶ τελειωτὴν 1 the founder and perfecter of the faith Jesus gives us faith and makes our faith perfect by causing us to reach our goal. Alternate translation: “the creator and finisher of our faith” or “the one who enables us to have faith from beginning to end” -HEB 12 2 za14 figs-metaphor ἀντὶ τῆς προκειμένης αὐτῷ χαρᾶς 1 For the joy that was placed before him The **joy** that Jesus would experience is spoken of as if God the Father had **placed** it **before him** as a goal to reach. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +HEB 12 2 ap7m figs-metaphor ἀφορῶντες εἰς 1 the founder and perfecter of the faith Here the author speaks as if the audience could “look away” from any trouble or persecution and toward **Jesus**. He speaks in this way to indicate that he wants his audience to think about and focus on **Jesus** rather than trouble or persecution. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “concentrating instead on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n +HEB 12 2 a946 figs-possession τὸν τῆς πίστεως ἀρχηγὸν καὶ τελειωτὴν 1 the founder and perfecter of the faith +HEB 12 2 cuot figs-abstractnouns τῆς πίστεως 1 the founder and perfecter of the faith +HEB 12 2 za14 figs-idiom προκειμένης αὐτῷ 1 For the joy that was placed before him See how you translated the similar phrase “placed before us” in [12:1](../12/01.md). HEB 12 2 y7me αἰσχύνης καταφρονήσας 1 despised its shame This means Jesus hated the **shame** of dying on a cross, even though he allowed that to happen. HEB 12 2 vm9b translate-symaction ἐν δεξιᾷ τε τοῦ θρόνου τοῦ Θεοῦ κεκάθικεν 1 sat down at the right hand of the throne of God To sit at the **right hand** of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Hebrews 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “and sat down at the place of honor and authority beside the throne of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) HEB 12 3 fsos figs-exclusive μὴ κάμητε, ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν ἐκλυόμενοι 1 The words **you** and **your** are plural and here refer to the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) From 1317577a4e54ec8f1235f32cfaaad61938f75b21 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 20:54:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 048/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 7 +++++-- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index f889796ed7..c3d3087406 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1766,9 +1766,12 @@ HEB 12 1 ym6m figs-activepassive προκείμενον ἡμῖν 1 easily enta HEB 12 2 ap7m figs-metaphor ἀφορῶντες εἰς 1 the founder and perfecter of the faith Here the author speaks as if the audience could “look away” from any trouble or persecution and toward **Jesus**. He speaks in this way to indicate that he wants his audience to think about and focus on **Jesus** rather than trouble or persecution. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “concentrating instead on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n HEB 12 2 a946 figs-possession τὸν τῆς πίστεως ἀρχηγὸν καὶ τελειωτὴν 1 the founder and perfecter of the faith HEB 12 2 cuot figs-abstractnouns τῆς πίστεως 1 the founder and perfecter of the faith +HEB 12 2 bdk5 figs-abstractnouns ἀντὶ τῆς προκειμένης αὐτῷ χαρᾶς 1 the founder and perfecter of the faith HEB 12 2 za14 figs-idiom προκειμένης αὐτῷ 1 For the joy that was placed before him See how you translated the similar phrase “placed before us” in [12:1](../12/01.md). -HEB 12 2 y7me αἰσχύνης καταφρονήσας 1 despised its shame This means Jesus hated the **shame** of dying on a cross, even though he allowed that to happen. -HEB 12 2 vm9b translate-symaction ἐν δεξιᾷ τε τοῦ θρόνου τοῦ Θεοῦ κεκάθικεν 1 sat down at the right hand of the throne of God To sit at the **right hand** of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Hebrews 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “and sat down at the place of honor and authority beside the throne of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +HEB 12 2 fyyr figs-pastforfuture προκειμένης αὐτῷ 1 For the joy that was placed before him +HEB 12 2 y7me figs-abstractnouns αἰσχύνης 1 despised its shame +HEB 12 2 vm9b translate-symaction ἐν δεξιᾷ…τοῦ θρόνου τοῦ Θεοῦ κεκάθικεν 1 sat down at the right hand of the throne of God When someone sits **at {the} right hand of the throne of God**, it symbolizes that person’s honor, authority, and ability to rule. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea explicitly. Alternate translation: “he sat down to rule at the right hand of the throne of God” or “he took the place of honor and authority at the right hand of the throne of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +HEB 12 2 czd5 figs-metonymy ἐν δεξιᾷ…τοῦ θρόνου 1 sat down at the right hand of the throne of God Here, **at {the} right hand** refers to the place next to a person’s **right hand**, which would be the “right side.” In the author’s culture, this side was associated with honor or authority. If your readers would misunderstand **at {the} right hand**, you could refer to the “right side.” Make sure that your readers understand that this side indicates that Jesus has honor and authority when he sits there. Alternate translation: “at the right side of the throne” or “in the honorable place on the throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 12 3 fsos figs-exclusive μὴ κάμητε, ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν ἐκλυόμενοι 1 The words **you** and **your** are plural and here refer to the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) HEB 12 3 i1xl figs-metonymy ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 weary in your hearts Here, **souls** represents a person’s thoughts and emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 12 4 b9b7 figs-personification οὔπω…ἀντικατέστητε, πρὸς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι 1 You have not yet resisted or struggled against sin Here, **sin** is spoken of as if it were a person against whom someone fights in a battle. Alternate translation: “You have not yet bled from resisting the attacks of sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From a491ecee265a33a7806f80219e8f515e1e8d2da6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 20:57:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 049/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index c3d3087406..5cc9a567e9 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1768,7 +1768,9 @@ HEB 12 2 a946 figs-possession τὸν τῆς πίστεως ἀρχηγὸν κ HEB 12 2 cuot figs-abstractnouns τῆς πίστεως 1 the founder and perfecter of the faith HEB 12 2 bdk5 figs-abstractnouns ἀντὶ τῆς προκειμένης αὐτῷ χαρᾶς 1 the founder and perfecter of the faith HEB 12 2 za14 figs-idiom προκειμένης αὐτῷ 1 For the joy that was placed before him See how you translated the similar phrase “placed before us” in [12:1](../12/01.md). +HEB 12 2 x005 figs-activepassive προκειμένης αὐτῷ 1 For the joy that was placed before him HEB 12 2 fyyr figs-pastforfuture προκειμένης αὐτῷ 1 For the joy that was placed before him +HEB 12 2 nxwv figs-metonymy σταυρὸν 1 For the joy that was placed before him HEB 12 2 y7me figs-abstractnouns αἰσχύνης 1 despised its shame HEB 12 2 vm9b translate-symaction ἐν δεξιᾷ…τοῦ θρόνου τοῦ Θεοῦ κεκάθικεν 1 sat down at the right hand of the throne of God When someone sits **at {the} right hand of the throne of God**, it symbolizes that person’s honor, authority, and ability to rule. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea explicitly. Alternate translation: “he sat down to rule at the right hand of the throne of God” or “he took the place of honor and authority at the right hand of the throne of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) HEB 12 2 czd5 figs-metonymy ἐν δεξιᾷ…τοῦ θρόνου 1 sat down at the right hand of the throne of God Here, **at {the} right hand** refers to the place next to a person’s **right hand**, which would be the “right side.” In the author’s culture, this side was associated with honor or authority. If your readers would misunderstand **at {the} right hand**, you could refer to the “right side.” Make sure that your readers understand that this side indicates that Jesus has honor and authority when he sits there. Alternate translation: “at the right side of the throne” or “in the honorable place on the throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 20624c2968891cfdb03809acdd053d06b7ff1f87 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 21:07:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 050/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 5cc9a567e9..cc3029816e 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1766,6 +1766,7 @@ HEB 12 1 ym6m figs-activepassive προκείμενον ἡμῖν 1 easily enta HEB 12 2 ap7m figs-metaphor ἀφορῶντες εἰς 1 the founder and perfecter of the faith Here the author speaks as if the audience could “look away” from any trouble or persecution and toward **Jesus**. He speaks in this way to indicate that he wants his audience to think about and focus on **Jesus** rather than trouble or persecution. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “concentrating instead on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n HEB 12 2 a946 figs-possession τὸν τῆς πίστεως ἀρχηγὸν καὶ τελειωτὴν 1 the founder and perfecter of the faith HEB 12 2 cuot figs-abstractnouns τῆς πίστεως 1 the founder and perfecter of the faith +HEB 12 2 bf0j ἀντὶ τῆς…χαρᾶς 1 the founder and perfecter of the faith Here, the phrase **for the joy** could mean that: (1) Jesus **endured a cross** for the sake of the **joy**, that is, because he knew he would have **joy** as a result. Alternate translation: “for the sake of the joy” (2) Jesus **endured a cross** instead of the **joy** that could have been experiencing. Alternate translation: “instead of the joy” HEB 12 2 bdk5 figs-abstractnouns ἀντὶ τῆς προκειμένης αὐτῷ χαρᾶς 1 the founder and perfecter of the faith HEB 12 2 za14 figs-idiom προκειμένης αὐτῷ 1 For the joy that was placed before him See how you translated the similar phrase “placed before us” in [12:1](../12/01.md). HEB 12 2 x005 figs-activepassive προκειμένης αὐτῷ 1 For the joy that was placed before him From 8c6265ce184fb522caa459af3c2fe6c73e53825c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 21:39:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 051/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 16 ++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index cc3029816e..5e4977bb38 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1764,15 +1764,15 @@ HEB 12 1 zln7 figs-abstractnouns δι’ ὑπομονῆς, τρέχωμεν 1 HEB 12 1 t6wu figs-idiom προκείμενον ἡμῖν 1 easily entangling sin Here, the phrase **placed before us** refers to how a race course **is placed** in front of the runners by whoever set up the course. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that naturally refers to how a race course is set up. Alternate translation: “that is set up in front of us” or “that we must run” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 1 ym6m figs-activepassive προκείμενον ἡμῖν 1 easily entangling sin If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on the **race** that is **placed before us** rather than focusing on the person doing the “placing.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “that God placed before us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 2 ap7m figs-metaphor ἀφορῶντες εἰς 1 the founder and perfecter of the faith Here the author speaks as if the audience could “look away” from any trouble or persecution and toward **Jesus**. He speaks in this way to indicate that he wants his audience to think about and focus on **Jesus** rather than trouble or persecution. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “concentrating instead on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n -HEB 12 2 a946 figs-possession τὸν τῆς πίστεως ἀρχηγὸν καὶ τελειωτὴν 1 the founder and perfecter of the faith -HEB 12 2 cuot figs-abstractnouns τῆς πίστεως 1 the founder and perfecter of the faith +HEB 12 2 a946 figs-possession τὸν τῆς πίστεως ἀρχηγὸν καὶ τελειωτὴν 1 the founder and perfecter of the faith Here, the form that the author uses could indicate that: (1) Jesus is **the founder and perfecter** or other people’s **faith**. In other words, he enables them to “begin” and “complete” their **faith**. Alternate translation: “the one who founds and perfects our faith” (2) Jesus was the **founder and perfecter** or his own **faith**. In this case, Jesus is an example of someone who had faith from the beginning to the end, that is, always. Alternate translation: “the one with faith from beginning to end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +HEB 12 2 cuot figs-abstractnouns τῆς πίστεως 1 the founder and perfecter of the faith If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **faith**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “believe” or “trust.” Alternate translation: “believing God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 2 bf0j ἀντὶ τῆς…χαρᾶς 1 the founder and perfecter of the faith Here, the phrase **for the joy** could mean that: (1) Jesus **endured a cross** for the sake of the **joy**, that is, because he knew he would have **joy** as a result. Alternate translation: “for the sake of the joy” (2) Jesus **endured a cross** instead of the **joy** that could have been experiencing. Alternate translation: “instead of the joy” -HEB 12 2 bdk5 figs-abstractnouns ἀντὶ τῆς προκειμένης αὐτῷ χαρᾶς 1 the founder and perfecter of the faith -HEB 12 2 za14 figs-idiom προκειμένης αὐτῷ 1 For the joy that was placed before him See how you translated the similar phrase “placed before us” in [12:1](../12/01.md). -HEB 12 2 x005 figs-activepassive προκειμένης αὐτῷ 1 For the joy that was placed before him -HEB 12 2 fyyr figs-pastforfuture προκειμένης αὐτῷ 1 For the joy that was placed before him -HEB 12 2 nxwv figs-metonymy σταυρὸν 1 For the joy that was placed before him -HEB 12 2 y7me figs-abstractnouns αἰσχύνης 1 despised its shame +HEB 12 2 bdk5 figs-abstractnouns ἀντὶ τῆς προκειμένης αὐτῷ χαρᾶς 1 the founder and perfecter of the faith If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **joy**, you could express the idea by using an adjective such as “joyful.” Alternate translation: “for how joyful he would eventually be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +HEB 12 2 za14 figs-idiom προκειμένης αὐτῷ 1 For the joy that was placed before him Here, the phrase **placed before him** identifies the **joy** as something that he could expect and be about to experience. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that naturally refers to something that is about to happen. See how you translated the similar phrase “placed before us” in [12:1](../12/01.md). Alternate translation: “that he was about to experience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +HEB 12 2 x005 figs-activepassive προκειμένης αὐτῷ 1 For the joy that was placed before him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on the **joy** that is **placed before him** rather than focusing on the person doing the “placing.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “that God placed before him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 12 2 fyyr figs-pastforfuture προκειμένης αὐτῷ 1 For the joy that was placed before him Here, the phrase **is placed** refers to something that was happening when Jesus **endured the cross**. It does not mean that the **joy** is still **placed before him** now. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a verb tense that naturally refers to the time when Jesus **endured the cross**. Alternate translation: “that was placed before him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) +HEB 12 2 nxwv figs-metonymy σταυρὸν 1 For the joy that was placed before him Here, the word **cross** refers to dying on a **cross**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to death on a **cross**. Alternate translation: “dying on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +HEB 12 2 y7me figs-abstractnouns αἰσχύνης 1 despised its shame If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **shame**, you could express the idea by using an adjective such as “shameful” or a verb such as “shame.” Alternate translation: “how it shamed him” or “how shameful it was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 2 vm9b translate-symaction ἐν δεξιᾷ…τοῦ θρόνου τοῦ Θεοῦ κεκάθικεν 1 sat down at the right hand of the throne of God When someone sits **at {the} right hand of the throne of God**, it symbolizes that person’s honor, authority, and ability to rule. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea explicitly. Alternate translation: “he sat down to rule at the right hand of the throne of God” or “he took the place of honor and authority at the right hand of the throne of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) HEB 12 2 czd5 figs-metonymy ἐν δεξιᾷ…τοῦ θρόνου 1 sat down at the right hand of the throne of God Here, **at {the} right hand** refers to the place next to a person’s **right hand**, which would be the “right side.” In the author’s culture, this side was associated with honor or authority. If your readers would misunderstand **at {the} right hand**, you could refer to the “right side.” Make sure that your readers understand that this side indicates that Jesus has honor and authority when he sits there. Alternate translation: “at the right side of the throne” or “in the honorable place on the throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 12 3 fsos figs-exclusive μὴ κάμητε, ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν ἐκλυόμενοι 1 The words **you** and **your** are plural and here refer to the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) From efd441d876d20f2ad6b2df9323df317fe7973972 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 21:48:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 052/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 5e4977bb38..72e1054cda 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1775,6 +1775,7 @@ HEB 12 2 nxwv figs-metonymy σταυρὸν 1 For the joy that was placed before HEB 12 2 y7me figs-abstractnouns αἰσχύνης 1 despised its shame If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **shame**, you could express the idea by using an adjective such as “shameful” or a verb such as “shame.” Alternate translation: “how it shamed him” or “how shameful it was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 2 vm9b translate-symaction ἐν δεξιᾷ…τοῦ θρόνου τοῦ Θεοῦ κεκάθικεν 1 sat down at the right hand of the throne of God When someone sits **at {the} right hand of the throne of God**, it symbolizes that person’s honor, authority, and ability to rule. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea explicitly. Alternate translation: “he sat down to rule at the right hand of the throne of God” or “he took the place of honor and authority at the right hand of the throne of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) HEB 12 2 czd5 figs-metonymy ἐν δεξιᾷ…τοῦ θρόνου 1 sat down at the right hand of the throne of God Here, **at {the} right hand** refers to the place next to a person’s **right hand**, which would be the “right side.” In the author’s culture, this side was associated with honor or authority. If your readers would misunderstand **at {the} right hand**, you could refer to the “right side.” Make sure that your readers understand that this side indicates that Jesus has honor and authority when he sits there. Alternate translation: “at the right side of the throne” or “in the honorable place on the throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +HEB 12 3 aw3u grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of what the author said in the previous two verses ([12:1–2](../12/01.md)) about “looking away to Jesus” and about who Jesus is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces further explanation. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 12 3 fsos figs-exclusive μὴ κάμητε, ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν ἐκλυόμενοι 1 The words **you** and **your** are plural and here refer to the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) HEB 12 3 i1xl figs-metonymy ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 weary in your hearts Here, **souls** represents a person’s thoughts and emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 12 4 b9b7 figs-personification οὔπω…ἀντικατέστητε, πρὸς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι 1 You have not yet resisted or struggled against sin Here, **sin** is spoken of as if it were a person against whom someone fights in a battle. Alternate translation: “You have not yet bled from resisting the attacks of sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From e4539bc927f2760511eea092a5d34ed533e21a23 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 22:21:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 053/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 5 ++++- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 72e1054cda..2194694a8b 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1776,8 +1776,11 @@ HEB 12 2 y7me figs-abstractnouns αἰσχύνης 1 despised its shame If your HEB 12 2 vm9b translate-symaction ἐν δεξιᾷ…τοῦ θρόνου τοῦ Θεοῦ κεκάθικεν 1 sat down at the right hand of the throne of God When someone sits **at {the} right hand of the throne of God**, it symbolizes that person’s honor, authority, and ability to rule. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea explicitly. Alternate translation: “he sat down to rule at the right hand of the throne of God” or “he took the place of honor and authority at the right hand of the throne of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) HEB 12 2 czd5 figs-metonymy ἐν δεξιᾷ…τοῦ θρόνου 1 sat down at the right hand of the throne of God Here, **at {the} right hand** refers to the place next to a person’s **right hand**, which would be the “right side.” In the author’s culture, this side was associated with honor or authority. If your readers would misunderstand **at {the} right hand**, you could refer to the “right side.” Make sure that your readers understand that this side indicates that Jesus has honor and authority when he sits there. Alternate translation: “at the right side of the throne” or “in the honorable place on the throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 12 3 aw3u grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of what the author said in the previous two verses ([12:1–2](../12/01.md)) about “looking away to Jesus” and about who Jesus is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces further explanation. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -HEB 12 3 fsos figs-exclusive μὴ κάμητε, ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν ἐκλυόμενοι 1 The words **you** and **your** are plural and here refer to the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +HEB 12 3 ydbc writing-pronouns τὸν 1 +HEB 12 3 y8ze figs-explicit τοιαύτην…ἀντιλογίαν 1 +HEB 12 3 d3ir figs-abstractnouns τοιαύτην…ὑπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ἀντιλογίαν 1 HEB 12 3 i1xl figs-metonymy ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 weary in your hearts Here, **souls** represents a person’s thoughts and emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +HEB 12 3 fsos grammar-connect-logic-result ἐκλυόμενοι 1 HEB 12 4 b9b7 figs-personification οὔπω…ἀντικατέστητε, πρὸς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι 1 You have not yet resisted or struggled against sin Here, **sin** is spoken of as if it were a person against whom someone fights in a battle. Alternate translation: “You have not yet bled from resisting the attacks of sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) HEB 12 4 i4ip figs-metaphor μέχρις αἵματος 1 to the point of blood Resisting opposition so much that one dies for it is spoken of as if one reached a certain place where he would die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 4 uwg6 figs-metonymy αἵματος 1 of blood Here, **blood** refers to death. Alternate translation: “of death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 84cfc4fb1342a84bd991947f17f37754d442004f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 22:46:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 054/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 8 ++++++-- 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 2194694a8b..08040f3030 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1776,9 +1776,13 @@ HEB 12 2 y7me figs-abstractnouns αἰσχύνης 1 despised its shame If your HEB 12 2 vm9b translate-symaction ἐν δεξιᾷ…τοῦ θρόνου τοῦ Θεοῦ κεκάθικεν 1 sat down at the right hand of the throne of God When someone sits **at {the} right hand of the throne of God**, it symbolizes that person’s honor, authority, and ability to rule. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea explicitly. Alternate translation: “he sat down to rule at the right hand of the throne of God” or “he took the place of honor and authority at the right hand of the throne of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) HEB 12 2 czd5 figs-metonymy ἐν δεξιᾷ…τοῦ θρόνου 1 sat down at the right hand of the throne of God Here, **at {the} right hand** refers to the place next to a person’s **right hand**, which would be the “right side.” In the author’s culture, this side was associated with honor or authority. If your readers would misunderstand **at {the} right hand**, you could refer to the “right side.” Make sure that your readers understand that this side indicates that Jesus has honor and authority when he sits there. Alternate translation: “at the right side of the throne” or “in the honorable place on the throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 12 3 aw3u grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of what the author said in the previous two verses ([12:1–2](../12/01.md)) about “looking away to Jesus” and about who Jesus is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces further explanation. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -HEB 12 3 ydbc writing-pronouns τὸν 1 -HEB 12 3 y8ze figs-explicit τοιαύτην…ἀντιλογίαν 1 +HEB 12 3 ydbc writing-pronouns τὸν 1 Here, the word **one** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make whom **one** refers to explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the one who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +HEB 12 3 y8ze figs-explicit τοιαύτην…ἀντιλογίαν 1 Here, the phrase **such opposition** implies that there was much or great **opposition**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “great opposition” or “much opposition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 3 d3ir figs-abstractnouns τοιαύτην…ὑπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ἀντιλογίαν 1 +HEB 12 3 w93k figs-explicit εἰς ἑαυτοὺς 1 +HEB 12 3 wq9m translate-textvariants ἑαυτοὺς 1 +HEB 12 3 ml2u figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ κάμητε, ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν ἐκλυόμενοι 1 +HEB 12 3 ihdn figs-infostructure μὴ κάμητε, ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν ἐκλυόμενοι 1 HEB 12 3 i1xl figs-metonymy ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 weary in your hearts Here, **souls** represents a person’s thoughts and emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 12 3 fsos grammar-connect-logic-result ἐκλυόμενοι 1 HEB 12 4 b9b7 figs-personification οὔπω…ἀντικατέστητε, πρὸς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι 1 You have not yet resisted or struggled against sin Here, **sin** is spoken of as if it were a person against whom someone fights in a battle. Alternate translation: “You have not yet bled from resisting the attacks of sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From dfe406d3cf4349a7284fe207c8b9814556953029 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 22:52:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 055/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 08040f3030..def90064c9 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1778,9 +1778,9 @@ HEB 12 2 czd5 figs-metonymy ἐν δεξιᾷ…τοῦ θρόνου 1 sat down HEB 12 3 aw3u grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of what the author said in the previous two verses ([12:1–2](../12/01.md)) about “looking away to Jesus” and about who Jesus is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces further explanation. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 12 3 ydbc writing-pronouns τὸν 1 Here, the word **one** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make whom **one** refers to explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the one who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 12 3 y8ze figs-explicit τοιαύτην…ἀντιλογίαν 1 Here, the phrase **such opposition** implies that there was much or great **opposition**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “great opposition” or “much opposition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HEB 12 3 d3ir figs-abstractnouns τοιαύτην…ὑπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ἀντιλογίαν 1 -HEB 12 3 w93k figs-explicit εἰς ἑαυτοὺς 1 -HEB 12 3 wq9m translate-textvariants ἑαυτοὺς 1 +HEB 12 3 d3ir figs-abstractnouns τοιαύτην…ὑπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ἀντιλογίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **opposition**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “oppose.” Alternate translation: “how sinners greatly opposed him against themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +HEB 12 3 w93k figs-explicit ἁμαρτωλῶν εἰς ἑαυτοὺς 1 Here, the author indicates that the **opposition** that Jesus **endured** was actually **against** the people who opposed Jesus. By including **against themselves**, the author indicates that their **opposition** to Jesus actually hurt themselves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that **against themselves** means that they hurt or injured themselves. Alternate translation: “sinners, who actually hurt themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +HEB 12 3 wq9m translate-textvariants ἑαυτοὺς 1 Here some early manuscripts have “him” or “himself” instead of **themselves**. The best manuscripts have **themselves**, but scholars often argue that “himself” makes more sense here. Consider whether your readers are familiar with a version that uses “himself” here. Otherwise, you could follow the ULT by using **themselves**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) HEB 12 3 ml2u figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ κάμητε, ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν ἐκλυόμενοι 1 HEB 12 3 ihdn figs-infostructure μὴ κάμητε, ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν ἐκλυόμενοι 1 HEB 12 3 i1xl figs-metonymy ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 weary in your hearts Here, **souls** represents a person’s thoughts and emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 14a052d9aac7a58360a544254e24135fa7fccd53 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 22:55:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 056/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index def90064c9..fad1e391ed 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1781,7 +1781,7 @@ HEB 12 3 y8ze figs-explicit τοιαύτην…ἀντιλογίαν 1 Here, th HEB 12 3 d3ir figs-abstractnouns τοιαύτην…ὑπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ἀντιλογίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **opposition**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “oppose.” Alternate translation: “how sinners greatly opposed him against themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 3 w93k figs-explicit ἁμαρτωλῶν εἰς ἑαυτοὺς 1 Here, the author indicates that the **opposition** that Jesus **endured** was actually **against** the people who opposed Jesus. By including **against themselves**, the author indicates that their **opposition** to Jesus actually hurt themselves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that **against themselves** means that they hurt or injured themselves. Alternate translation: “sinners, who actually hurt themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 3 wq9m translate-textvariants ἑαυτοὺς 1 Here some early manuscripts have “him” or “himself” instead of **themselves**. The best manuscripts have **themselves**, but scholars often argue that “himself” makes more sense here. Consider whether your readers are familiar with a version that uses “himself” here. Otherwise, you could follow the ULT by using **themselves**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -HEB 12 3 ml2u figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ κάμητε, ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν ἐκλυόμενοι 1 +HEB 12 3 ml2u figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ κάμητε, ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν ἐκλυόμενοι 1 Here, the author continues to speak as if the audience are running a race. He wishes them to persevere in trusting God, just like a runner who does not **become weary** or “give up.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “so that you, like a runner, might not become weary in your souls, giving up” or “so that you might not become discouraged in your souls, ceasing to trust God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 3 ihdn figs-infostructure μὴ κάμητε, ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν ἐκλυόμενοι 1 HEB 12 3 i1xl figs-metonymy ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 weary in your hearts Here, **souls** represents a person’s thoughts and emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 12 3 fsos grammar-connect-logic-result ἐκλυόμενοι 1 From 6ac98d0a5e0ff4d647dabb3ba89d4125f8819f0d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 22:56:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 057/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index fad1e391ed..dff2e67de0 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1782,7 +1782,7 @@ HEB 12 3 d3ir figs-abstractnouns τοιαύτην…ὑπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτ HEB 12 3 w93k figs-explicit ἁμαρτωλῶν εἰς ἑαυτοὺς 1 Here, the author indicates that the **opposition** that Jesus **endured** was actually **against** the people who opposed Jesus. By including **against themselves**, the author indicates that their **opposition** to Jesus actually hurt themselves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that **against themselves** means that they hurt or injured themselves. Alternate translation: “sinners, who actually hurt themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 3 wq9m translate-textvariants ἑαυτοὺς 1 Here some early manuscripts have “him” or “himself” instead of **themselves**. The best manuscripts have **themselves**, but scholars often argue that “himself” makes more sense here. Consider whether your readers are familiar with a version that uses “himself” here. Otherwise, you could follow the ULT by using **themselves**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) HEB 12 3 ml2u figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ κάμητε, ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν ἐκλυόμενοι 1 Here, the author continues to speak as if the audience are running a race. He wishes them to persevere in trusting God, just like a runner who does not **become weary** or “give up.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “so that you, like a runner, might not become weary in your souls, giving up” or “so that you might not become discouraged in your souls, ceasing to trust God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 12 3 ihdn figs-infostructure μὴ κάμητε, ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν ἐκλυόμενοι 1 +HEB 12 3 ihdn figs-infostructure μὴ κάμητε, ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν ἐκλυόμενοι 1 Here, the phrase **in your souls** could go with: (1) **become weary**. See the ULT. (2) **giving up**. Alternate translation: “you might not become weary, giving up in your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) HEB 12 3 i1xl figs-metonymy ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 weary in your hearts Here, **souls** represents a person’s thoughts and emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 12 3 fsos grammar-connect-logic-result ἐκλυόμενοι 1 HEB 12 4 b9b7 figs-personification οὔπω…ἀντικατέστητε, πρὸς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι 1 You have not yet resisted or struggled against sin Here, **sin** is spoken of as if it were a person against whom someone fights in a battle. Alternate translation: “You have not yet bled from resisting the attacks of sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From fdae4214d036f5410c5f36f65e204ae9ea14e6b7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 22:59:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 058/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index dff2e67de0..b0f4d9c980 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1783,8 +1783,8 @@ HEB 12 3 w93k figs-explicit ἁμαρτωλῶν εἰς ἑαυτοὺς 1 Her HEB 12 3 wq9m translate-textvariants ἑαυτοὺς 1 Here some early manuscripts have “him” or “himself” instead of **themselves**. The best manuscripts have **themselves**, but scholars often argue that “himself” makes more sense here. Consider whether your readers are familiar with a version that uses “himself” here. Otherwise, you could follow the ULT by using **themselves**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) HEB 12 3 ml2u figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ κάμητε, ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν ἐκλυόμενοι 1 Here, the author continues to speak as if the audience are running a race. He wishes them to persevere in trusting God, just like a runner who does not **become weary** or “give up.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “so that you, like a runner, might not become weary in your souls, giving up” or “so that you might not become discouraged in your souls, ceasing to trust God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 3 ihdn figs-infostructure μὴ κάμητε, ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν ἐκλυόμενοι 1 Here, the phrase **in your souls** could go with: (1) **become weary**. See the ULT. (2) **giving up**. Alternate translation: “you might not become weary, giving up in your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -HEB 12 3 i1xl figs-metonymy ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 weary in your hearts Here, **souls** represents a person’s thoughts and emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -HEB 12 3 fsos grammar-connect-logic-result ἐκλυόμενοι 1 +HEB 12 3 i1xl figs-metonymy ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 weary in your hearts Here, the phrase **your souls** is a way to refer to the audience members while focusing on their inner life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to the inner life of a person, or you could simply refer to the person as a whole. Alternate translation: “in your hearts” or “inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +HEB 12 3 fsos grammar-connect-logic-result ἐκλυόμενοι 1 Here, the phrase **giving up** introduces what the result would be if the audience became **weary** in their **souls**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this relationship more explicit. Alternate translation: “with the result that you give up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) HEB 12 4 b9b7 figs-personification οὔπω…ἀντικατέστητε, πρὸς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι 1 You have not yet resisted or struggled against sin Here, **sin** is spoken of as if it were a person against whom someone fights in a battle. Alternate translation: “You have not yet bled from resisting the attacks of sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) HEB 12 4 i4ip figs-metaphor μέχρις αἵματος 1 to the point of blood Resisting opposition so much that one dies for it is spoken of as if one reached a certain place where he would die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 4 uwg6 figs-metonymy αἵματος 1 of blood Here, **blood** refers to death. Alternate translation: “of death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From aeb2622c6aa1fbd58d17ccf1d555f2cd00d47670 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 23:00:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 059/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index b0f4d9c980..05b9158fcf 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1779,7 +1779,7 @@ HEB 12 3 aw3u grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** in HEB 12 3 ydbc writing-pronouns τὸν 1 Here, the word **one** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make whom **one** refers to explicit. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the one who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 12 3 y8ze figs-explicit τοιαύτην…ἀντιλογίαν 1 Here, the phrase **such opposition** implies that there was much or great **opposition**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “great opposition” or “much opposition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 3 d3ir figs-abstractnouns τοιαύτην…ὑπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ἀντιλογίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **opposition**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “oppose.” Alternate translation: “how sinners greatly opposed him against themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -HEB 12 3 w93k figs-explicit ἁμαρτωλῶν εἰς ἑαυτοὺς 1 Here, the author indicates that the **opposition** that Jesus **endured** was actually **against** the people who opposed Jesus. By including **against themselves**, the author indicates that their **opposition** to Jesus actually hurt themselves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that **against themselves** means that they hurt or injured themselves. Alternate translation: “sinners, who actually hurt themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +HEB 12 3 w93k figs-explicit ἁμαρτωλῶν εἰς ἑαυτοὺς 1 Here, the author indicates that the **opposition** that Jesus **endured** was actually **against** the people who opposed Jesus. By including **against themselves**, the author indicates that their **opposition** to Jesus actually hurt themselves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that **against themselves** means that they hurt or injured themselves. Alternate translation: “sinners, who actually harmed themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 3 wq9m translate-textvariants ἑαυτοὺς 1 Here some early manuscripts have “him” or “himself” instead of **themselves**. The best manuscripts have **themselves**, but scholars often argue that “himself” makes more sense here. Consider whether your readers are familiar with a version that uses “himself” here. Otherwise, you could follow the ULT by using **themselves**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) HEB 12 3 ml2u figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ κάμητε, ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν ἐκλυόμενοι 1 Here, the author continues to speak as if the audience are running a race. He wishes them to persevere in trusting God, just like a runner who does not **become weary** or “give up.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “so that you, like a runner, might not become weary in your souls, giving up” or “so that you might not become discouraged in your souls, ceasing to trust God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 3 ihdn figs-infostructure μὴ κάμητε, ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν ἐκλυόμενοι 1 Here, the phrase **in your souls** could go with: (1) **become weary**. See the ULT. (2) **giving up**. Alternate translation: “you might not become weary, giving up in your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) From 04b6c1909d58a01e166cba7f5606afeeae793bb2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 23:25:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 060/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 05b9158fcf..61379e9a18 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1785,9 +1785,9 @@ HEB 12 3 ml2u figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ κάμητε, ταῖς ψυχαῖς HEB 12 3 ihdn figs-infostructure μὴ κάμητε, ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν ἐκλυόμενοι 1 Here, the phrase **in your souls** could go with: (1) **become weary**. See the ULT. (2) **giving up**. Alternate translation: “you might not become weary, giving up in your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) HEB 12 3 i1xl figs-metonymy ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 weary in your hearts Here, the phrase **your souls** is a way to refer to the audience members while focusing on their inner life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to the inner life of a person, or you could simply refer to the person as a whole. Alternate translation: “in your hearts” or “inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) HEB 12 3 fsos grammar-connect-logic-result ἐκλυόμενοι 1 Here, the phrase **giving up** introduces what the result would be if the audience became **weary** in their **souls**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this relationship more explicit. Alternate translation: “with the result that you give up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -HEB 12 4 b9b7 figs-personification οὔπω…ἀντικατέστητε, πρὸς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι 1 You have not yet resisted or struggled against sin Here, **sin** is spoken of as if it were a person against whom someone fights in a battle. Alternate translation: “You have not yet bled from resisting the attacks of sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -HEB 12 4 i4ip figs-metaphor μέχρις αἵματος 1 to the point of blood Resisting opposition so much that one dies for it is spoken of as if one reached a certain place where he would die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 12 4 uwg6 figs-metonymy αἵματος 1 of blood Here, **blood** refers to death. Alternate translation: “of death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +HEB 12 4 i4ip figs-explicit οὔπω…ἀντικατέστητε 1 to the point of blood Here the author does not state explicitly what they have **resisted**. The rest of the verse implies that it is **sin**, which probably includes both their own sinful deeds and the sinful acts of others that injure the audience. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make what they have **resisted** against clearer. Alternate translation: “You have not yet resisted sin” or “You have not yet resisted sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +HEB 12 4 uwg6 figs-idiom μέχρις αἵματος 1 of blood +HEB 12 4 b9b7 figs-personification πρὸς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι 1 You have not yet resisted or struggled against sin Here, **sin** is spoken of as if it were a person against whom someone fights in a battle. Alternate translation: “You have not yet bled from resisting the attacks of sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) HEB 12 5 y6cv figs-personification τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑμῖν…διαλέγεται 1 the encouragement that instructs you Old Testament scripture is spoken of as if it were a person who could exhort others. Alternate translation: “what God has instructed you in the scriptures to exhort you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) HEB 12 5 e6a9 figs-gendernotations ὡς υἱοῖς…υἱέ μου 1 as sons … My son The word translated **sons** and **son** is specifically the word for a male child. In that culture the family line continued through the sons, not normally through the daughters. However, as stated by the UST and some English versions, the author is directing his words to both males and females. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) HEB 12 5 a7vf υἱέ μου, μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας Κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκλύου ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 My son … corrected by him Here the author is quoting from the book of Proverbs in the Old Testament, which was the words of Solomon to his male children. From 8c34352ae522634024ffb7f63c62d7c6d9ea9525 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 23:27:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 061/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 61379e9a18..67f90dcf44 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1786,7 +1786,7 @@ HEB 12 3 ihdn figs-infostructure μὴ κάμητε, ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑ HEB 12 3 i1xl figs-metonymy ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 weary in your hearts Here, the phrase **your souls** is a way to refer to the audience members while focusing on their inner life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to the inner life of a person, or you could simply refer to the person as a whole. Alternate translation: “in your hearts” or “inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) HEB 12 3 fsos grammar-connect-logic-result ἐκλυόμενοι 1 Here, the phrase **giving up** introduces what the result would be if the audience became **weary** in their **souls**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this relationship more explicit. Alternate translation: “with the result that you give up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) HEB 12 4 i4ip figs-explicit οὔπω…ἀντικατέστητε 1 to the point of blood Here the author does not state explicitly what they have **resisted**. The rest of the verse implies that it is **sin**, which probably includes both their own sinful deeds and the sinful acts of others that injure the audience. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make what they have **resisted** against clearer. Alternate translation: “You have not yet resisted sin” or “You have not yet resisted sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HEB 12 4 uwg6 figs-idiom μέχρις αἵματος 1 of blood +HEB 12 4 uwg6 figs-idiom μέχρις αἵματος 1 of blood Here, the phrase **to the point of blood** refers to death. In other words, the audience has **not yet** died because they **resisted**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or plain language. Alternate translation: “to the point of death” or “so that you died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 4 b9b7 figs-personification πρὸς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι 1 You have not yet resisted or struggled against sin Here, **sin** is spoken of as if it were a person against whom someone fights in a battle. Alternate translation: “You have not yet bled from resisting the attacks of sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) HEB 12 5 y6cv figs-personification τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑμῖν…διαλέγεται 1 the encouragement that instructs you Old Testament scripture is spoken of as if it were a person who could exhort others. Alternate translation: “what God has instructed you in the scriptures to exhort you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) HEB 12 5 e6a9 figs-gendernotations ὡς υἱοῖς…υἱέ μου 1 as sons … My son The word translated **sons** and **son** is specifically the word for a male child. In that culture the family line continued through the sons, not normally through the daughters. However, as stated by the UST and some English versions, the author is directing his words to both males and females. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) From e4ebf3d9cf625b806efad60319eaa7e977d8e1bd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 23:30:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 062/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 67f90dcf44..fd01e90501 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1787,7 +1787,8 @@ HEB 12 3 i1xl figs-metonymy ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 weary in your h HEB 12 3 fsos grammar-connect-logic-result ἐκλυόμενοι 1 Here, the phrase **giving up** introduces what the result would be if the audience became **weary** in their **souls**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this relationship more explicit. Alternate translation: “with the result that you give up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) HEB 12 4 i4ip figs-explicit οὔπω…ἀντικατέστητε 1 to the point of blood Here the author does not state explicitly what they have **resisted**. The rest of the verse implies that it is **sin**, which probably includes both their own sinful deeds and the sinful acts of others that injure the audience. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make what they have **resisted** against clearer. Alternate translation: “You have not yet resisted sin” or “You have not yet resisted sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 4 uwg6 figs-idiom μέχρις αἵματος 1 of blood Here, the phrase **to the point of blood** refers to death. In other words, the audience has **not yet** died because they **resisted**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or plain language. Alternate translation: “to the point of death” or “so that you died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -HEB 12 4 b9b7 figs-personification πρὸς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι 1 You have not yet resisted or struggled against sin Here, **sin** is spoken of as if it were a person against whom someone fights in a battle. Alternate translation: “You have not yet bled from resisting the attacks of sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +HEB 12 4 vc5d grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι 1 of blood Here, the word **struggling** introduces how the audience have **resisted**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this relationship more explicit. Alternate translation: “as you struggle” or “while you are struggling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) +HEB 12 4 b9b7 figs-personification πρὸς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι 1 You have not yet resisted or struggled against sin Here the author speaks of **sin** as if it were an opponent that the audience was fighting against. The author speaks in this way to indicate how serious and dangerous resisting **sin** is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or plain language. Alternate translation: “struggling against sin as if it were an enemy” or “striving against sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) HEB 12 5 y6cv figs-personification τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑμῖν…διαλέγεται 1 the encouragement that instructs you Old Testament scripture is spoken of as if it were a person who could exhort others. Alternate translation: “what God has instructed you in the scriptures to exhort you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) HEB 12 5 e6a9 figs-gendernotations ὡς υἱοῖς…υἱέ μου 1 as sons … My son The word translated **sons** and **son** is specifically the word for a male child. In that culture the family line continued through the sons, not normally through the daughters. However, as stated by the UST and some English versions, the author is directing his words to both males and females. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) HEB 12 5 a7vf υἱέ μου, μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας Κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκλύου ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 My son … corrected by him Here the author is quoting from the book of Proverbs in the Old Testament, which was the words of Solomon to his male children. From 70a2d96ae91ccc2cf5b5c892d041c76f2cab861e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 23:45:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 063/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 10 ++++++++-- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index fd01e90501..36498bb091 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1789,10 +1789,16 @@ HEB 12 4 i4ip figs-explicit οὔπω…ἀντικατέστητε 1 to the poi HEB 12 4 uwg6 figs-idiom μέχρις αἵματος 1 of blood Here, the phrase **to the point of blood** refers to death. In other words, the audience has **not yet** died because they **resisted**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or plain language. Alternate translation: “to the point of death” or “so that you died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 4 vc5d grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι 1 of blood Here, the word **struggling** introduces how the audience have **resisted**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this relationship more explicit. Alternate translation: “as you struggle” or “while you are struggling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) HEB 12 4 b9b7 figs-personification πρὸς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι 1 You have not yet resisted or struggled against sin Here the author speaks of **sin** as if it were an opponent that the audience was fighting against. The author speaks in this way to indicate how serious and dangerous resisting **sin** is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or plain language. Alternate translation: “struggling against sin as if it were an enemy” or “striving against sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +HEB 12 5 istg καὶ ἐκλέλησθε τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑμῖν ὡς υἱοῖς διαλέγεται, υἱέ μου, μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας Κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκλύου ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος; 1 the encouragement that instructs you question or statement? HEB 12 5 y6cv figs-personification τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑμῖν…διαλέγεται 1 the encouragement that instructs you Old Testament scripture is spoken of as if it were a person who could exhort others. Alternate translation: “what God has instructed you in the scriptures to exhort you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +HEB 12 5 eqol figs-abstractnouns τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑμῖν ὡς υἱοῖς διαλέγεται 1 the encouragement that instructs you +HEB 12 5 b1wh writing-quotations ὑμῖν ὡς υἱοῖς διαλέγεται 1 the encouragement that instructs you +HEB 12 5 a7vf figs-quotations ὡς υἱοῖς…υἱέ μου, μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας Κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκλύου ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 My son … corrected by him HEB 12 5 e6a9 figs-gendernotations ὡς υἱοῖς…υἱέ μου 1 as sons … My son The word translated **sons** and **son** is specifically the word for a male child. In that culture the family line continued through the sons, not normally through the daughters. However, as stated by the UST and some English versions, the author is directing his words to both males and females. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -HEB 12 5 a7vf υἱέ μου, μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας Κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκλύου ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 My son … corrected by him Here the author is quoting from the book of Proverbs in the Old Testament, which was the words of Solomon to his male children. -HEB 12 5 cxe9 figs-litotes μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας Κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκλύου 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “take it very seriously when the Lord disciplines you, and remain encouraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +HEB 12 5 cxe9 figs-yousingular μὴ ὀλιγώρει…μηδὲ ἐκλύου 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary +HEB 12 5 se3v figs-idiom μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary +HEB 12 5 s5d6 figs-abstractnouns παιδείας Κυρίου 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary +HEB 12 5 ktf9 μηδὲ ἐκλύου 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary See how you translated the same idea in [12:3](../12/03.md), where the ULT translates the same word with the phrase “giving up.” HEB 12 5 i1a6 figs-activepassive ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 you are corrected by him If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when he corrects you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 6 zu3c πάντα υἱὸν ὃν παραδέχεται 1 every son whom he receives The word translated **son** is specifically the word for a male child. In that culture the family line continued through the sons, not normally through the daughters. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations) HEB 12 7 v1gu figs-simile ὡς υἱοῖς ὑμῖν προσφέρεται ὁ Θεός 1 God deals with you as with sons This compares God disciplining his people to a father disciplining his **sons**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From 9e36850c167db33a4852248099cafde11b6d63cb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 23:54:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 064/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 36498bb091..0998c01340 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1792,7 +1792,7 @@ HEB 12 4 b9b7 figs-personification πρὸς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀντα HEB 12 5 istg καὶ ἐκλέλησθε τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑμῖν ὡς υἱοῖς διαλέγεται, υἱέ μου, μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας Κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκλύου ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος; 1 the encouragement that instructs you question or statement? HEB 12 5 y6cv figs-personification τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑμῖν…διαλέγεται 1 the encouragement that instructs you Old Testament scripture is spoken of as if it were a person who could exhort others. Alternate translation: “what God has instructed you in the scriptures to exhort you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) HEB 12 5 eqol figs-abstractnouns τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑμῖν ὡς υἱοῖς διαλέγεται 1 the encouragement that instructs you -HEB 12 5 b1wh writing-quotations ὑμῖν ὡς υἱοῖς διαλέγεται 1 the encouragement that instructs you +HEB 12 5 b1wh writing-quotations ὑμῖν ὡς υἱοῖς διαλέγεται 1 the encouragement that instructs you Here, the author introduces a quotation that continues through the following verse. He quotes from [Proverbs 3:11–12](../pro/03/11.md). HEB 12 5 a7vf figs-quotations ὡς υἱοῖς…υἱέ μου, μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας Κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκλύου ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 My son … corrected by him HEB 12 5 e6a9 figs-gendernotations ὡς υἱοῖς…υἱέ μου 1 as sons … My son The word translated **sons** and **son** is specifically the word for a male child. In that culture the family line continued through the sons, not normally through the daughters. However, as stated by the UST and some English versions, the author is directing his words to both males and females. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) HEB 12 5 cxe9 figs-yousingular μὴ ὀλιγώρει…μηδὲ ἐκλύου 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary From 21acaff6f5f6728480e37f9582ec4bbd4a414f86 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 01:00:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 065/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 0998c01340..a4829884b6 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1789,11 +1789,12 @@ HEB 12 4 i4ip figs-explicit οὔπω…ἀντικατέστητε 1 to the poi HEB 12 4 uwg6 figs-idiom μέχρις αἵματος 1 of blood Here, the phrase **to the point of blood** refers to death. In other words, the audience has **not yet** died because they **resisted**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or plain language. Alternate translation: “to the point of death” or “so that you died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 4 vc5d grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι 1 of blood Here, the word **struggling** introduces how the audience have **resisted**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this relationship more explicit. Alternate translation: “as you struggle” or “while you are struggling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) HEB 12 4 b9b7 figs-personification πρὸς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι 1 You have not yet resisted or struggled against sin Here the author speaks of **sin** as if it were an opponent that the audience was fighting against. The author speaks in this way to indicate how serious and dangerous resisting **sin** is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or plain language. Alternate translation: “struggling against sin as if it were an enemy” or “striving against sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -HEB 12 5 istg καὶ ἐκλέλησθε τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑμῖν ὡς υἱοῖς διαλέγεται, υἱέ μου, μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας Κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκλύου ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος; 1 the encouragement that instructs you question or statement? +HEB 12 5 istg καὶ ἐκλέλησθε τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑμῖν ὡς υἱοῖς διαλέγεται 1 the encouragement that instructs you Here the words that the author uses to introduce the quotation could be: (1) a statement of reproach. See the ULT. (2) a rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “and have you completely forgotten the exhortation that instructs you as sons?” HEB 12 5 y6cv figs-personification τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑμῖν…διαλέγεται 1 the encouragement that instructs you Old Testament scripture is spoken of as if it were a person who could exhort others. Alternate translation: “what God has instructed you in the scriptures to exhort you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) HEB 12 5 eqol figs-abstractnouns τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑμῖν ὡς υἱοῖς διαλέγεται 1 the encouragement that instructs you HEB 12 5 b1wh writing-quotations ὑμῖν ὡς υἱοῖς διαλέγεται 1 the encouragement that instructs you Here, the author introduces a quotation that continues through the following verse. He quotes from [Proverbs 3:11–12](../pro/03/11.md). HEB 12 5 a7vf figs-quotations ὡς υἱοῖς…υἱέ μου, μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας Κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκλύου ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 My son … corrected by him +HEB 12 5 d21i figs-parallelism μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας Κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκλύου ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 My son … corrected by him HEB 12 5 e6a9 figs-gendernotations ὡς υἱοῖς…υἱέ μου 1 as sons … My son The word translated **sons** and **son** is specifically the word for a male child. In that culture the family line continued through the sons, not normally through the daughters. However, as stated by the UST and some English versions, the author is directing his words to both males and females. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) HEB 12 5 cxe9 figs-yousingular μὴ ὀλιγώρει…μηδὲ ἐκλύου 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary HEB 12 5 se3v figs-idiom μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary From cd46aae761b80f61bba5cd3d47292c9b7c5232eb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 01:08:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 066/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index a4829884b6..3708b52bc3 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1790,10 +1790,10 @@ HEB 12 4 uwg6 figs-idiom μέχρις αἵματος 1 of blood Here, the phras HEB 12 4 vc5d grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι 1 of blood Here, the word **struggling** introduces how the audience have **resisted**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this relationship more explicit. Alternate translation: “as you struggle” or “while you are struggling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) HEB 12 4 b9b7 figs-personification πρὸς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι 1 You have not yet resisted or struggled against sin Here the author speaks of **sin** as if it were an opponent that the audience was fighting against. The author speaks in this way to indicate how serious and dangerous resisting **sin** is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or plain language. Alternate translation: “struggling against sin as if it were an enemy” or “striving against sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) HEB 12 5 istg καὶ ἐκλέλησθε τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑμῖν ὡς υἱοῖς διαλέγεται 1 the encouragement that instructs you Here the words that the author uses to introduce the quotation could be: (1) a statement of reproach. See the ULT. (2) a rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “and have you completely forgotten the exhortation that instructs you as sons?” -HEB 12 5 y6cv figs-personification τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑμῖν…διαλέγεται 1 the encouragement that instructs you Old Testament scripture is spoken of as if it were a person who could exhort others. Alternate translation: “what God has instructed you in the scriptures to exhort you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -HEB 12 5 eqol figs-abstractnouns τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑμῖν ὡς υἱοῖς διαλέγεται 1 the encouragement that instructs you -HEB 12 5 b1wh writing-quotations ὑμῖν ὡς υἱοῖς διαλέγεται 1 the encouragement that instructs you Here, the author introduces a quotation that continues through the following verse. He quotes from [Proverbs 3:11–12](../pro/03/11.md). -HEB 12 5 a7vf figs-quotations ὡς υἱοῖς…υἱέ μου, μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας Κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκλύου ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 My son … corrected by him +HEB 12 5 y6cv figs-personification τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑμῖν…διαλέγεται 1 the encouragement that instructs you Here the author speaks as if the quotation or **exhortation** were a person that could “instruct” his audience. He speaks in this way to show that the **exhortation** that he quotes should teach them something about what it means to be **sons**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in plain language. Alternate translation: “the exhortation from which you should learn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +HEB 12 5 eqol figs-abstractnouns τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑμῖν…διαλέγεται 1 the encouragement that instructs you If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **exhortation**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “exhort.” Alternate translation: “what Scripture exhorts you, which instructs you” or “how you have been exhorted and instructed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +HEB 12 5 b1wh writing-quotations τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑμῖν ὡς υἱοῖς διαλέγεται 1 the encouragement that instructs you Here, the author introduces a quotation that continues through the following verse. He quotes from [Proverbs 3:11–12](../pro/03/11.md), which are words that Solomon wrote to his children. If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify it. Alternate translation: “the exhortation from Scripture that instructs you as sons” or “the exhortation from Proverbs that instructs you as sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +HEB 12 5 a7vf figs-quotations ὡς υἱοῖς…υἱέ μου, μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας Κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκλύου ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 My son … corrected by him If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the clauses as indirect quotes instead of as direct quotes. If you do, you will need to translate the clauses in the next verse in the same way. Alternate translation: “as sons not to make light of the discipline of the Lord, as a son, nor to become weary when being reproved by him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 12 5 d21i figs-parallelism μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας Κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκλύου ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 My son … corrected by him HEB 12 5 e6a9 figs-gendernotations ὡς υἱοῖς…υἱέ μου 1 as sons … My son The word translated **sons** and **son** is specifically the word for a male child. In that culture the family line continued through the sons, not normally through the daughters. However, as stated by the UST and some English versions, the author is directing his words to both males and females. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) HEB 12 5 cxe9 figs-yousingular μὴ ὀλιγώρει…μηδὲ ἐκλύου 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary From af86b6dec0ad8688c0c6495fd4c50ebcf1876f4f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 01:10:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 067/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 3708b52bc3..869c7fb834 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1794,7 +1794,7 @@ HEB 12 5 y6cv figs-personification τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑ HEB 12 5 eqol figs-abstractnouns τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑμῖν…διαλέγεται 1 the encouragement that instructs you If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **exhortation**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “exhort.” Alternate translation: “what Scripture exhorts you, which instructs you” or “how you have been exhorted and instructed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 5 b1wh writing-quotations τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑμῖν ὡς υἱοῖς διαλέγεται 1 the encouragement that instructs you Here, the author introduces a quotation that continues through the following verse. He quotes from [Proverbs 3:11–12](../pro/03/11.md), which are words that Solomon wrote to his children. If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify it. Alternate translation: “the exhortation from Scripture that instructs you as sons” or “the exhortation from Proverbs that instructs you as sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 12 5 a7vf figs-quotations ὡς υἱοῖς…υἱέ μου, μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας Κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκλύου ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 My son … corrected by him If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the clauses as indirect quotes instead of as direct quotes. If you do, you will need to translate the clauses in the next verse in the same way. Alternate translation: “as sons not to make light of the discipline of the Lord, as a son, nor to become weary when being reproved by him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -HEB 12 5 d21i figs-parallelism μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας Κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκλύου ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 My son … corrected by him +HEB 12 5 d21i figs-parallelism μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας Κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκλύου ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 My son … corrected by him These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **nor** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “do not make light of the discipline of the Lord; yes, do not become weary when being reproved by him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) HEB 12 5 e6a9 figs-gendernotations ὡς υἱοῖς…υἱέ μου 1 as sons … My son The word translated **sons** and **son** is specifically the word for a male child. In that culture the family line continued through the sons, not normally through the daughters. However, as stated by the UST and some English versions, the author is directing his words to both males and females. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) HEB 12 5 cxe9 figs-yousingular μὴ ὀλιγώρει…μηδὲ ἐκλύου 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary HEB 12 5 se3v figs-idiom μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary From 07feaf48e2261b42aafbe9285fc8a6b78e41032c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 01:12:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 068/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 869c7fb834..94e5a6db63 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1795,7 +1795,7 @@ HEB 12 5 eqol figs-abstractnouns τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑμ HEB 12 5 b1wh writing-quotations τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑμῖν ὡς υἱοῖς διαλέγεται 1 the encouragement that instructs you Here, the author introduces a quotation that continues through the following verse. He quotes from [Proverbs 3:11–12](../pro/03/11.md), which are words that Solomon wrote to his children. If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify it. Alternate translation: “the exhortation from Scripture that instructs you as sons” or “the exhortation from Proverbs that instructs you as sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 12 5 a7vf figs-quotations ὡς υἱοῖς…υἱέ μου, μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας Κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκλύου ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 My son … corrected by him If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the clauses as indirect quotes instead of as direct quotes. If you do, you will need to translate the clauses in the next verse in the same way. Alternate translation: “as sons not to make light of the discipline of the Lord, as a son, nor to become weary when being reproved by him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 12 5 d21i figs-parallelism μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας Κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκλύου ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 My son … corrected by him These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **nor** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “do not make light of the discipline of the Lord; yes, do not become weary when being reproved by him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -HEB 12 5 e6a9 figs-gendernotations ὡς υἱοῖς…υἱέ μου 1 as sons … My son The word translated **sons** and **son** is specifically the word for a male child. In that culture the family line continued through the sons, not normally through the daughters. However, as stated by the UST and some English versions, the author is directing his words to both males and females. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +HEB 12 5 e6a9 figs-gendernotations ὡς υἱοῖς…υἱέ μου 1 as sons … My son Although the words **sons** and **son** are masculine, the author is using them to refer to all children, both male and female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “as sons and daughters: ‘My child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) HEB 12 5 cxe9 figs-yousingular μὴ ὀλιγώρει…μηδὲ ἐκλύου 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary HEB 12 5 se3v figs-idiom μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary HEB 12 5 s5d6 figs-abstractnouns παιδείας Κυρίου 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary From d32b7ffceeab65d82c2e4fd4a80c880bb7c0f268 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 01:15:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 069/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 94e5a6db63..ae0dfd1664 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1796,8 +1796,8 @@ HEB 12 5 b1wh writing-quotations τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑμ HEB 12 5 a7vf figs-quotations ὡς υἱοῖς…υἱέ μου, μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας Κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκλύου ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 My son … corrected by him If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the clauses as indirect quotes instead of as direct quotes. If you do, you will need to translate the clauses in the next verse in the same way. Alternate translation: “as sons not to make light of the discipline of the Lord, as a son, nor to become weary when being reproved by him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 12 5 d21i figs-parallelism μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας Κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκλύου ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 My son … corrected by him These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **nor** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “do not make light of the discipline of the Lord; yes, do not become weary when being reproved by him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) HEB 12 5 e6a9 figs-gendernotations ὡς υἱοῖς…υἱέ μου 1 as sons … My son Although the words **sons** and **son** are masculine, the author is using them to refer to all children, both male and female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “as sons and daughters: ‘My child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -HEB 12 5 cxe9 figs-yousingular μὴ ὀλιγώρει…μηδὲ ἐκλύου 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary -HEB 12 5 se3v figs-idiom μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary +HEB 12 5 cxe9 figs-yousingular μὴ ὀλιγώρει…μηδὲ ἐκλύου 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary Since the quotation is addressed to one **son**, the commands in this verse are also addressed to only one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +HEB 12 5 se3v figs-idiom μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary Here, the phrase **make light of** indicates that a person does not take something seriously or considers it to be unimportant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase. Alternate translation: “take seriously the discipline” or “do not ignore the discipline” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 5 s5d6 figs-abstractnouns παιδείας Κυρίου 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary HEB 12 5 ktf9 μηδὲ ἐκλύου 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary See how you translated the same idea in [12:3](../12/03.md), where the ULT translates the same word with the phrase “giving up.” HEB 12 5 i1a6 figs-activepassive ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 you are corrected by him If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when he corrects you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 4304b9f52957a147004f567cea02b0aaa859e56a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 01:16:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 070/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index ae0dfd1664..6414eda503 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1798,7 +1798,7 @@ HEB 12 5 d21i figs-parallelism μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας Κυρί HEB 12 5 e6a9 figs-gendernotations ὡς υἱοῖς…υἱέ μου 1 as sons … My son Although the words **sons** and **son** are masculine, the author is using them to refer to all children, both male and female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “as sons and daughters: ‘My child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) HEB 12 5 cxe9 figs-yousingular μὴ ὀλιγώρει…μηδὲ ἐκλύου 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary Since the quotation is addressed to one **son**, the commands in this verse are also addressed to only one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) HEB 12 5 se3v figs-idiom μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary Here, the phrase **make light of** indicates that a person does not take something seriously or considers it to be unimportant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase. Alternate translation: “take seriously the discipline” or “do not ignore the discipline” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -HEB 12 5 s5d6 figs-abstractnouns παιδείας Κυρίου 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary +HEB 12 5 s5d6 figs-abstractnouns παιδείας Κυρίου 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **discipline**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “discipline” or “train.” Alternate translation: “of the Lord disciplining you” or “of it when the Lord disciplines you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 5 ktf9 μηδὲ ἐκλύου 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary See how you translated the same idea in [12:3](../12/03.md), where the ULT translates the same word with the phrase “giving up.” HEB 12 5 i1a6 figs-activepassive ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 you are corrected by him If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when he corrects you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 6 zu3c πάντα υἱὸν ὃν παραδέχεται 1 every son whom he receives The word translated **son** is specifically the word for a male child. In that culture the family line continued through the sons, not normally through the daughters. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations) From 513d4326e18e709b10f21f6e54d7bb14951fc72f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 01:18:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 071/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 6414eda503..b53b5ad86e 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1800,7 +1800,7 @@ HEB 12 5 cxe9 figs-yousingular μὴ ὀλιγώρει…μηδὲ ἐκλύου HEB 12 5 se3v figs-idiom μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary Here, the phrase **make light of** indicates that a person does not take something seriously or considers it to be unimportant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase. Alternate translation: “take seriously the discipline” or “do not ignore the discipline” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 5 s5d6 figs-abstractnouns παιδείας Κυρίου 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **discipline**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “discipline” or “train.” Alternate translation: “of the Lord disciplining you” or “of it when the Lord disciplines you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 5 ktf9 μηδὲ ἐκλύου 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary See how you translated the same idea in [12:3](../12/03.md), where the ULT translates the same word with the phrase “giving up.” -HEB 12 5 i1a6 figs-activepassive ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 you are corrected by him If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when he corrects you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 12 5 i1a6 figs-activepassive ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 you are corrected by him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on the **son**, who is **reproved**, rather than focusing on the **Lord**, who does the “reproving.” Alternate translation: “when God is reproving you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 6 zu3c πάντα υἱὸν ὃν παραδέχεται 1 every son whom he receives The word translated **son** is specifically the word for a male child. In that culture the family line continued through the sons, not normally through the daughters. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations) HEB 12 7 v1gu figs-simile ὡς υἱοῖς ὑμῖν προσφέρεται ὁ Θεός 1 God deals with you as with sons This compares God disciplining his people to a father disciplining his **sons**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) HEB 12 7 upgq figs-ellipsis ὡς υἱοῖς ὑμῖν προσφέρεται ὁ Θεός 1 You can state clearly the understood information. Alternate translation: “God deals with you the same way a father deals with his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) From 80fdd1dcf49c2f4c4ee548db483ebeb11f31d28a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 01:22:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 072/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index b53b5ad86e..f91b9c9bf6 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1801,7 +1801,8 @@ HEB 12 5 se3v figs-idiom μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας 1 do not think HEB 12 5 s5d6 figs-abstractnouns παιδείας Κυρίου 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **discipline**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “discipline” or “train.” Alternate translation: “of the Lord disciplining you” or “of it when the Lord disciplines you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 5 ktf9 μηδὲ ἐκλύου 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary See how you translated the same idea in [12:3](../12/03.md), where the ULT translates the same word with the phrase “giving up.” HEB 12 5 i1a6 figs-activepassive ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 you are corrected by him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on the **son**, who is **reproved**, rather than focusing on the **Lord**, who does the “reproving.” Alternate translation: “when God is reproving you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -HEB 12 6 zu3c πάντα υἱὸν ὃν παραδέχεται 1 every son whom he receives The word translated **son** is specifically the word for a male child. In that culture the family line continued through the sons, not normally through the daughters. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations) +HEB 12 6 cwpc figs-quotations ὃν γὰρ ἀγαπᾷ Κύριος, παιδεύει, μαστιγοῖ δὲ πάντα υἱὸν ὃν παραδέχεται. 1 every son whom he receives +HEB 12 6 zu3c figs-gendernotations υἱὸν 1 every son whom he receives HEB 12 7 v1gu figs-simile ὡς υἱοῖς ὑμῖν προσφέρεται ὁ Θεός 1 God deals with you as with sons This compares God disciplining his people to a father disciplining his **sons**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) HEB 12 7 upgq figs-ellipsis ὡς υἱοῖς ὑμῖν προσφέρεται ὁ Θεός 1 You can state clearly the understood information. Alternate translation: “God deals with you the same way a father deals with his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) HEB 12 7 i3k4 figs-gendernotations υἱοῖς…υἱὸς 1 sons … son You can translate **sons** and **son** to include males and females. Alternate translation: “to children … child is there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) From b94c710bc3546d959668b43ffed4f24fbc5e4605 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 01:22:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 073/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index f91b9c9bf6..1bdf97f18e 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1802,6 +1802,8 @@ HEB 12 5 s5d6 figs-abstractnouns παιδείας Κυρίου 1 do not think li HEB 12 5 ktf9 μηδὲ ἐκλύου 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary See how you translated the same idea in [12:3](../12/03.md), where the ULT translates the same word with the phrase “giving up.” HEB 12 5 i1a6 figs-activepassive ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 you are corrected by him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on the **son**, who is **reproved**, rather than focusing on the **Lord**, who does the “reproving.” Alternate translation: “when God is reproving you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 6 cwpc figs-quotations ὃν γὰρ ἀγαπᾷ Κύριος, παιδεύει, μαστιγοῖ δὲ πάντα υἱὸν ὃν παραδέχεται. 1 every son whom he receives +HEB 12 6 sap0 figs-parallelism ὃν…ἀγαπᾷ Κύριος, παιδεύει, μαστιγοῖ δὲ πάντα υἱὸν ὃν παραδέχεται 1 every son whom he receives … +HEB 12 6 yiyw figs-metaphor μαστιγοῖ 1 every son whom he receives HEB 12 6 zu3c figs-gendernotations υἱὸν 1 every son whom he receives HEB 12 7 v1gu figs-simile ὡς υἱοῖς ὑμῖν προσφέρεται ὁ Θεός 1 God deals with you as with sons This compares God disciplining his people to a father disciplining his **sons**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) HEB 12 7 upgq figs-ellipsis ὡς υἱοῖς ὑμῖν προσφέρεται ὁ Θεός 1 You can state clearly the understood information. Alternate translation: “God deals with you the same way a father deals with his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) From d480b68181175454bca6a9a08a8f597e6da1d8a5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 03:35:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 075/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 1bdf97f18e..6aeb683dda 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1801,7 +1801,7 @@ HEB 12 5 se3v figs-idiom μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας 1 do not think HEB 12 5 s5d6 figs-abstractnouns παιδείας Κυρίου 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **discipline**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “discipline” or “train.” Alternate translation: “of the Lord disciplining you” or “of it when the Lord disciplines you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 5 ktf9 μηδὲ ἐκλύου 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary See how you translated the same idea in [12:3](../12/03.md), where the ULT translates the same word with the phrase “giving up.” HEB 12 5 i1a6 figs-activepassive ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 you are corrected by him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on the **son**, who is **reproved**, rather than focusing on the **Lord**, who does the “reproving.” Alternate translation: “when God is reproving you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -HEB 12 6 cwpc figs-quotations ὃν γὰρ ἀγαπᾷ Κύριος, παιδεύει, μαστιγοῖ δὲ πάντα υἱὸν ὃν παραδέχεται. 1 every son whom he receives +HEB 12 6 cwpc figs-quotations ὃν γὰρ ἀγαπᾷ Κύριος, παιδεύει, μαστιγοῖ δὲ πάντα υἱὸν ὃν παραδέχεται. 1 every son whom he receives If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the clauses as indirect quotes instead of as direct quotes. If you do, you will need to translate the clauses in the previous verse in the same way. Alternate translation: “For whom the Lord loves, he disciplines, and he whips every son whom he welcomes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 12 6 sap0 figs-parallelism ὃν…ἀγαπᾷ Κύριος, παιδεύει, μαστιγοῖ δὲ πάντα υἱὸν ὃν παραδέχεται 1 every son whom he receives … HEB 12 6 yiyw figs-metaphor μαστιγοῖ 1 every son whom he receives HEB 12 6 zu3c figs-gendernotations υἱὸν 1 every son whom he receives From 0c2070f75835696e6f2f3bbad5dac416615dc732 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 03:36:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 076/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 6aeb683dda..3f7432e1df 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1802,7 +1802,7 @@ HEB 12 5 s5d6 figs-abstractnouns παιδείας Κυρίου 1 do not think li HEB 12 5 ktf9 μηδὲ ἐκλύου 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary See how you translated the same idea in [12:3](../12/03.md), where the ULT translates the same word with the phrase “giving up.” HEB 12 5 i1a6 figs-activepassive ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 you are corrected by him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on the **son**, who is **reproved**, rather than focusing on the **Lord**, who does the “reproving.” Alternate translation: “when God is reproving you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 6 cwpc figs-quotations ὃν γὰρ ἀγαπᾷ Κύριος, παιδεύει, μαστιγοῖ δὲ πάντα υἱὸν ὃν παραδέχεται. 1 every son whom he receives If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the clauses as indirect quotes instead of as direct quotes. If you do, you will need to translate the clauses in the previous verse in the same way. Alternate translation: “For whom the Lord loves, he disciplines, and he whips every son whom he welcomes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -HEB 12 6 sap0 figs-parallelism ὃν…ἀγαπᾷ Κύριος, παιδεύει, μαστιγοῖ δὲ πάντα υἱὸν ὃν παραδέχεται 1 every son whom he receives … +HEB 12 6 sap0 figs-parallelism ὃν…ἀγαπᾷ Κύριος, παιδεύει, μαστιγοῖ δὲ πάντα υἱὸν ὃν παραδέχεται 1 every son whom he receives These two sentences mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both sentences in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “whom {the} Lord loves, he disciplines; yes, he whips every son whom he welcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) HEB 12 6 yiyw figs-metaphor μαστιγοῖ 1 every son whom he receives HEB 12 6 zu3c figs-gendernotations υἱὸν 1 every son whom he receives HEB 12 7 v1gu figs-simile ὡς υἱοῖς ὑμῖν προσφέρεται ὁ Θεός 1 God deals with you as with sons This compares God disciplining his people to a father disciplining his **sons**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From ef78750965c2c89eba17dcdf16081fd7053e1036 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 03:37:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 077/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 3f7432e1df..035722f1f4 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1794,8 +1794,8 @@ HEB 12 5 y6cv figs-personification τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑ HEB 12 5 eqol figs-abstractnouns τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑμῖν…διαλέγεται 1 the encouragement that instructs you If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **exhortation**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “exhort.” Alternate translation: “what Scripture exhorts you, which instructs you” or “how you have been exhorted and instructed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 5 b1wh writing-quotations τῆς παρακλήσεως, ἥτις ὑμῖν ὡς υἱοῖς διαλέγεται 1 the encouragement that instructs you Here, the author introduces a quotation that continues through the following verse. He quotes from [Proverbs 3:11–12](../pro/03/11.md), which are words that Solomon wrote to his children. If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify it. Alternate translation: “the exhortation from Scripture that instructs you as sons” or “the exhortation from Proverbs that instructs you as sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 12 5 a7vf figs-quotations ὡς υἱοῖς…υἱέ μου, μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας Κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκλύου ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 My son … corrected by him If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the clauses as indirect quotes instead of as direct quotes. If you do, you will need to translate the clauses in the next verse in the same way. Alternate translation: “as sons not to make light of the discipline of the Lord, as a son, nor to become weary when being reproved by him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -HEB 12 5 d21i figs-parallelism μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας Κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκλύου ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 My son … corrected by him These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **nor** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “do not make light of the discipline of the Lord; yes, do not become weary when being reproved by him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) HEB 12 5 e6a9 figs-gendernotations ὡς υἱοῖς…υἱέ μου 1 as sons … My son Although the words **sons** and **son** are masculine, the author is using them to refer to all children, both male and female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “as sons and daughters: ‘My child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +HEB 12 5 d21i figs-parallelism μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας Κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκλύου ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 My son … corrected by him These two sentences mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both sentences in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **nor** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “do not make light of the discipline of the Lord; yes, do not become weary when being reproved by him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) HEB 12 5 cxe9 figs-yousingular μὴ ὀλιγώρει…μηδὲ ἐκλύου 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary Since the quotation is addressed to one **son**, the commands in this verse are also addressed to only one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) HEB 12 5 se3v figs-idiom μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary Here, the phrase **make light of** indicates that a person does not take something seriously or considers it to be unimportant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase. Alternate translation: “take seriously the discipline” or “do not ignore the discipline” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 5 s5d6 figs-abstractnouns παιδείας Κυρίου 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s discipline, nor grow weary If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **discipline**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “discipline” or “train.” Alternate translation: “of the Lord disciplining you” or “of it when the Lord disciplines you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From ec4515657070298023f73852d9277f6df9e07fbe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 03:41:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 078/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 035722f1f4..f873f7f4db 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1803,7 +1803,7 @@ HEB 12 5 ktf9 μηδὲ ἐκλύου 1 do not think lightly of the Lord’s di HEB 12 5 i1a6 figs-activepassive ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 you are corrected by him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on the **son**, who is **reproved**, rather than focusing on the **Lord**, who does the “reproving.” Alternate translation: “when God is reproving you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 6 cwpc figs-quotations ὃν γὰρ ἀγαπᾷ Κύριος, παιδεύει, μαστιγοῖ δὲ πάντα υἱὸν ὃν παραδέχεται. 1 every son whom he receives If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the clauses as indirect quotes instead of as direct quotes. If you do, you will need to translate the clauses in the previous verse in the same way. Alternate translation: “For whom the Lord loves, he disciplines, and he whips every son whom he welcomes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 12 6 sap0 figs-parallelism ὃν…ἀγαπᾷ Κύριος, παιδεύει, μαστιγοῖ δὲ πάντα υἱὸν ὃν παραδέχεται 1 every son whom he receives These two sentences mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both sentences in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “whom {the} Lord loves, he disciplines; yes, he whips every son whom he welcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -HEB 12 6 yiyw figs-metaphor μαστιγοῖ 1 every son whom he receives +HEB 12 6 yiyw figs-metaphor μαστιγοῖ 1 every son whom he receives Here the author of the quotation speaks as if the **Lord** “whipped” or flogged his “sons.” He speaks in this way because “whipping” was a common form of punishment and training in his culture. He means that God acts in ways that cause his “sons” pain, but he does this to train and discipline them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or express the idea in plain language. Alternate translation: “he is like a father who whips” or “he painfully disciplines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 6 zu3c figs-gendernotations υἱὸν 1 every son whom he receives HEB 12 7 v1gu figs-simile ὡς υἱοῖς ὑμῖν προσφέρεται ὁ Θεός 1 God deals with you as with sons This compares God disciplining his people to a father disciplining his **sons**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) HEB 12 7 upgq figs-ellipsis ὡς υἱοῖς ὑμῖν προσφέρεται ὁ Θεός 1 You can state clearly the understood information. Alternate translation: “God deals with you the same way a father deals with his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) From fda777058d58afe4288d61594b874175c4361e5e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 03:42:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 079/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index f873f7f4db..3e1d7f1f28 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1804,7 +1804,7 @@ HEB 12 5 i1a6 figs-activepassive ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος 1 HEB 12 6 cwpc figs-quotations ὃν γὰρ ἀγαπᾷ Κύριος, παιδεύει, μαστιγοῖ δὲ πάντα υἱὸν ὃν παραδέχεται. 1 every son whom he receives If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the clauses as indirect quotes instead of as direct quotes. If you do, you will need to translate the clauses in the previous verse in the same way. Alternate translation: “For whom the Lord loves, he disciplines, and he whips every son whom he welcomes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 12 6 sap0 figs-parallelism ὃν…ἀγαπᾷ Κύριος, παιδεύει, μαστιγοῖ δὲ πάντα υἱὸν ὃν παραδέχεται 1 every son whom he receives These two sentences mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both sentences in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “whom {the} Lord loves, he disciplines; yes, he whips every son whom he welcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) HEB 12 6 yiyw figs-metaphor μαστιγοῖ 1 every son whom he receives Here the author of the quotation speaks as if the **Lord** “whipped” or flogged his “sons.” He speaks in this way because “whipping” was a common form of punishment and training in his culture. He means that God acts in ways that cause his “sons” pain, but he does this to train and discipline them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or express the idea in plain language. Alternate translation: “he is like a father who whips” or “he painfully disciplines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 12 6 zu3c figs-gendernotations υἱὸν 1 every son whom he receives +HEB 12 6 zu3c figs-gendernotations υἱὸν 1 every son whom he receives Although the word **son** is masculine, the author is using it to refer to any child, either male or female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “son and daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) HEB 12 7 v1gu figs-simile ὡς υἱοῖς ὑμῖν προσφέρεται ὁ Θεός 1 God deals with you as with sons This compares God disciplining his people to a father disciplining his **sons**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) HEB 12 7 upgq figs-ellipsis ὡς υἱοῖς ὑμῖν προσφέρεται ὁ Θεός 1 You can state clearly the understood information. Alternate translation: “God deals with you the same way a father deals with his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) HEB 12 7 i3k4 figs-gendernotations υἱοῖς…υἱὸς 1 sons … son You can translate **sons** and **son** to include males and females. Alternate translation: “to children … child is there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) From 681d2d68f2fa5422500a9cd3d67972065787581d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 03:44:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 080/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 3e1d7f1f28..62e5329798 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1805,6 +1805,7 @@ HEB 12 6 cwpc figs-quotations ὃν γὰρ ἀγαπᾷ Κύριος, παιδ HEB 12 6 sap0 figs-parallelism ὃν…ἀγαπᾷ Κύριος, παιδεύει, μαστιγοῖ δὲ πάντα υἱὸν ὃν παραδέχεται 1 every son whom he receives These two sentences mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both sentences in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “whom {the} Lord loves, he disciplines; yes, he whips every son whom he welcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) HEB 12 6 yiyw figs-metaphor μαστιγοῖ 1 every son whom he receives Here the author of the quotation speaks as if the **Lord** “whipped” or flogged his “sons.” He speaks in this way because “whipping” was a common form of punishment and training in his culture. He means that God acts in ways that cause his “sons” pain, but he does this to train and discipline them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or express the idea in plain language. Alternate translation: “he is like a father who whips” or “he painfully disciplines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 6 zu3c figs-gendernotations υἱὸν 1 every son whom he receives Although the word **son** is masculine, the author is using it to refer to any child, either male or female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “son and daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +HEB 12 6 vvrb figs-metaphor παραδέχεται 1 every son whom he receives Here the author speaks of God acknowledging or claiming someone as a **son** as if God were “welcoming” the **son** into his house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or plain language. Alternate translation: “he acknowledges” or “he approves of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 7 v1gu figs-simile ὡς υἱοῖς ὑμῖν προσφέρεται ὁ Θεός 1 God deals with you as with sons This compares God disciplining his people to a father disciplining his **sons**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) HEB 12 7 upgq figs-ellipsis ὡς υἱοῖς ὑμῖν προσφέρεται ὁ Θεός 1 You can state clearly the understood information. Alternate translation: “God deals with you the same way a father deals with his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) HEB 12 7 i3k4 figs-gendernotations υἱοῖς…υἱὸς 1 sons … son You can translate **sons** and **son** to include males and females. Alternate translation: “to children … child is there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) From 6b7483230478b4f9117c7da708f60d22ba6386e0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 03:51:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 081/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 62e5329798..80a112593e 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1809,7 +1809,8 @@ HEB 12 6 vvrb figs-metaphor παραδέχεται 1 every son whom he receives HEB 12 7 v1gu figs-simile ὡς υἱοῖς ὑμῖν προσφέρεται ὁ Θεός 1 God deals with you as with sons This compares God disciplining his people to a father disciplining his **sons**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) HEB 12 7 upgq figs-ellipsis ὡς υἱοῖς ὑμῖν προσφέρεται ὁ Θεός 1 You can state clearly the understood information. Alternate translation: “God deals with you the same way a father deals with his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) HEB 12 7 i3k4 figs-gendernotations υἱοῖς…υἱὸς 1 sons … son You can translate **sons** and **son** to include males and females. Alternate translation: “to children … child is there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -HEB 12 7 jb38 figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ υἱὸς ὃν οὐ παιδεύει πατήρ? 1 what son is there whom his father does not discipline? The author makes the point through this question that every good **father** disciplines his children. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “For every good father disciplines his children!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +HEB 12 7 k09m grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 sons … son +HEB 12 7 jb38 figs-rquestion τίς…υἱὸς ὃν οὐ παιδεύει πατήρ? 1 what son is there whom his father does not discipline? HEB 12 8 kwc6 figs-abstractnouns εἰ δὲ χωρίς ἐστε παιδείας, ἧς μέτοχοι γεγόνασι πάντες 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in You can restate the abstract noun **discipline** with the verb “disciplining.” Alternate translation: “So if you have not experienced God disciplining you like he disciplines all his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 8 s5u9 figs-metaphor ἄρα νόθοι καὶ οὐχ υἱοί ἐστε 1 then you are illegitimate and not his sons Those whom God does not discipline are spoken of as if they are **sons** born to a man and a woman who are not married each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 9 r4lb figs-rquestion οὐ πολὺ…μᾶλλον ὑποταγησόμεθα τῷ Πατρὶ τῶν πνευμάτων, καὶ ζήσομεν? 1 How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! The author uses a question to emphasize that we should obey God **the Father**. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “even more so, we should obey the Father of spirits and live!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From c438b95d293c92bc45eb870855f8927a7ad3272c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 03:56:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 082/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 7 ++++--- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 80a112593e..736d17c9b0 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1806,9 +1806,10 @@ HEB 12 6 sap0 figs-parallelism ὃν…ἀγαπᾷ Κύριος, παιδεύε HEB 12 6 yiyw figs-metaphor μαστιγοῖ 1 every son whom he receives Here the author of the quotation speaks as if the **Lord** “whipped” or flogged his “sons.” He speaks in this way because “whipping” was a common form of punishment and training in his culture. He means that God acts in ways that cause his “sons” pain, but he does this to train and discipline them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or express the idea in plain language. Alternate translation: “he is like a father who whips” or “he painfully disciplines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 6 zu3c figs-gendernotations υἱὸν 1 every son whom he receives Although the word **son** is masculine, the author is using it to refer to any child, either male or female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “son and daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) HEB 12 6 vvrb figs-metaphor παραδέχεται 1 every son whom he receives Here the author speaks of God acknowledging or claiming someone as a **son** as if God were “welcoming” the **son** into his house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or plain language. Alternate translation: “he acknowledges” or “he approves of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 12 7 v1gu figs-simile ὡς υἱοῖς ὑμῖν προσφέρεται ὁ Θεός 1 God deals with you as with sons This compares God disciplining his people to a father disciplining his **sons**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -HEB 12 7 upgq figs-ellipsis ὡς υἱοῖς ὑμῖν προσφέρεται ὁ Θεός 1 You can state clearly the understood information. Alternate translation: “God deals with you the same way a father deals with his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -HEB 12 7 i3k4 figs-gendernotations υἱοῖς…υἱὸς 1 sons … son You can translate **sons** and **son** to include males and females. Alternate translation: “to children … child is there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +HEB 12 7 j6a5 figs-explicit εἰς παιδείαν ὑπομένετε 1 God deals with you as with sons +HEB 12 7 v1gu figs-abstractnouns εἰς παιδείαν 1 God deals with you as with sons +HEB 12 7 upgq figs-explicit ὡς υἱοῖς ὑμῖν προσφέρεται ὁ Θεός 1 +HEB 12 7 i3k4 figs-gendernotations υἱοῖς…υἱὸς 1 sons … son HEB 12 7 k09m grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 sons … son HEB 12 7 jb38 figs-rquestion τίς…υἱὸς ὃν οὐ παιδεύει πατήρ? 1 what son is there whom his father does not discipline? HEB 12 8 kwc6 figs-abstractnouns εἰ δὲ χωρίς ἐστε παιδείας, ἧς μέτοχοι γεγόνασι πάντες 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in You can restate the abstract noun **discipline** with the verb “disciplining.” Alternate translation: “So if you have not experienced God disciplining you like he disciplines all his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From f973eab082bca21265d0d66ccd232ac219571ca2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 04:18:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 083/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 736d17c9b0..92fce5abab 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1806,7 +1806,8 @@ HEB 12 6 sap0 figs-parallelism ὃν…ἀγαπᾷ Κύριος, παιδεύε HEB 12 6 yiyw figs-metaphor μαστιγοῖ 1 every son whom he receives Here the author of the quotation speaks as if the **Lord** “whipped” or flogged his “sons.” He speaks in this way because “whipping” was a common form of punishment and training in his culture. He means that God acts in ways that cause his “sons” pain, but he does this to train and discipline them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or express the idea in plain language. Alternate translation: “he is like a father who whips” or “he painfully disciplines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 6 zu3c figs-gendernotations υἱὸν 1 every son whom he receives Although the word **son** is masculine, the author is using it to refer to any child, either male or female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “son and daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) HEB 12 6 vvrb figs-metaphor παραδέχεται 1 every son whom he receives Here the author speaks of God acknowledging or claiming someone as a **son** as if God were “welcoming” the **son** into his house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or plain language. Alternate translation: “he acknowledges” or “he approves of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 12 7 j6a5 figs-explicit εἰς παιδείαν ὑπομένετε 1 God deals with you as with sons +HEB 12 7 j6a5 figs-explicit ὑπομένετε 1 God deals with you as with sons Here the context makes it clear that the audience should **Endure** any suffering or persecution they might experience. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this implication explicit. Alternate translation: “Endure suffering” or “Endure trouble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +HEB 12 7 iq4n εἰς παιδείαν 1 God deals with you as with sons HEB 12 7 v1gu figs-abstractnouns εἰς παιδείαν 1 God deals with you as with sons HEB 12 7 upgq figs-explicit ὡς υἱοῖς ὑμῖν προσφέρεται ὁ Θεός 1 HEB 12 7 i3k4 figs-gendernotations υἱοῖς…υἱὸς 1 sons … son From c3708f7ae5ef9a4e8088f9a43b299536a56ab993 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 04:23:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 084/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 92fce5abab..cfcc16afb1 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1807,9 +1807,9 @@ HEB 12 6 yiyw figs-metaphor μαστιγοῖ 1 every son whom he receives Here HEB 12 6 zu3c figs-gendernotations υἱὸν 1 every son whom he receives Although the word **son** is masculine, the author is using it to refer to any child, either male or female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “son and daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) HEB 12 6 vvrb figs-metaphor παραδέχεται 1 every son whom he receives Here the author speaks of God acknowledging or claiming someone as a **son** as if God were “welcoming” the **son** into his house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or plain language. Alternate translation: “he acknowledges” or “he approves of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 7 j6a5 figs-explicit ὑπομένετε 1 God deals with you as with sons Here the context makes it clear that the audience should **Endure** any suffering or persecution they might experience. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this implication explicit. Alternate translation: “Endure suffering” or “Endure trouble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HEB 12 7 iq4n εἰς παιδείαν 1 God deals with you as with sons -HEB 12 7 v1gu figs-abstractnouns εἰς παιδείαν 1 God deals with you as with sons -HEB 12 7 upgq figs-explicit ὡς υἱοῖς ὑμῖν προσφέρεται ὁ Θεός 1 +HEB 12 7 iq4n εἰς παιδείαν 1 God deals with you as with sons Here, the phrase **for discipline** could indicate: (1) the purpose for which the audience should **Endure**. Alternate translation: “so that you are disciplined” or “for the sake of discipline” (2) how they should understand the sufferings that they **Endure**. Alternate translation: “suffering as discipline” or “suffering, since it is discipline” +HEB 12 7 v1gu figs-abstractnouns εἰς παιδείαν 1 God deals with you as with sons If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **discipline**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “discipline” or “train.” Alternate translation: “so that you are disciplined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +HEB 12 7 upgq figs-explicit ὡς υἱοῖς ὑμῖν προσφέρεται ὁ Θεός 1 Here the author is not stating that God is treating them “as if” they were sons, although they are really not. Rather, he means that God is treating them **as** what they are: **sons**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it clearer that the audience really are **sons**. Alternate translation: “God is treating you as the sons that you are” or “God is treating you like this since you are sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 7 i3k4 figs-gendernotations υἱοῖς…υἱὸς 1 sons … son HEB 12 7 k09m grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 sons … son HEB 12 7 jb38 figs-rquestion τίς…υἱὸς ὃν οὐ παιδεύει πατήρ? 1 what son is there whom his father does not discipline? From e665bc6b3580686c0a42f3423d3ec3fe4d80fcef Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 04:31:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 085/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index cfcc16afb1..8d3ef805a9 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1810,9 +1810,9 @@ HEB 12 7 j6a5 figs-explicit ὑπομένετε 1 God deals with you as with son HEB 12 7 iq4n εἰς παιδείαν 1 God deals with you as with sons Here, the phrase **for discipline** could indicate: (1) the purpose for which the audience should **Endure**. Alternate translation: “so that you are disciplined” or “for the sake of discipline” (2) how they should understand the sufferings that they **Endure**. Alternate translation: “suffering as discipline” or “suffering, since it is discipline” HEB 12 7 v1gu figs-abstractnouns εἰς παιδείαν 1 God deals with you as with sons If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **discipline**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “discipline” or “train.” Alternate translation: “so that you are disciplined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 7 upgq figs-explicit ὡς υἱοῖς ὑμῖν προσφέρεται ὁ Θεός 1 Here the author is not stating that God is treating them “as if” they were sons, although they are really not. Rather, he means that God is treating them **as** what they are: **sons**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it clearer that the audience really are **sons**. Alternate translation: “God is treating you as the sons that you are” or “God is treating you like this since you are sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HEB 12 7 i3k4 figs-gendernotations υἱοῖς…υἱὸς 1 sons … son -HEB 12 7 k09m grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 sons … son -HEB 12 7 jb38 figs-rquestion τίς…υἱὸς ὃν οὐ παιδεύει πατήρ? 1 what son is there whom his father does not discipline? +HEB 12 7 i3k4 figs-gendernotations υἱοῖς…υἱὸς ὃν οὐ παιδεύει πατήρ 1 sons … son Although the words **sons**, **son**, and **father** are masculine, the author of the quotation is using them to refer to any children and parents, whether male or female. He uses the masculine forms because **discipline** was most commonly given by fathers to sons in his culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use non-gendered words or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “sons and daughters … son or daughter is there whom his or her parents do not discipline” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +HEB 12 7 k09m grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 sons … son Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of how “enduring” suffering means that **God is treating** the audience **as sons**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces further explanation. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +HEB 12 7 jb38 figs-rquestion τίς…υἱὸς ὃν οὐ παιδεύει πατήρ? 1 what son is there whom his father does not discipline? The author is using the question form to remind his readers of something he thinks they already know. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate the question with a strong negative or positive statement. Alternate translation: “there is no son whom his father does not discipline!” or “every son is disciplined by his father!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) HEB 12 8 kwc6 figs-abstractnouns εἰ δὲ χωρίς ἐστε παιδείας, ἧς μέτοχοι γεγόνασι πάντες 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in You can restate the abstract noun **discipline** with the verb “disciplining.” Alternate translation: “So if you have not experienced God disciplining you like he disciplines all his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 8 s5u9 figs-metaphor ἄρα νόθοι καὶ οὐχ υἱοί ἐστε 1 then you are illegitimate and not his sons Those whom God does not discipline are spoken of as if they are **sons** born to a man and a woman who are not married each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 9 r4lb figs-rquestion οὐ πολὺ…μᾶλλον ὑποταγησόμεθα τῷ Πατρὶ τῶν πνευμάτων, καὶ ζήσομεν? 1 How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! The author uses a question to emphasize that we should obey God **the Father**. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “even more so, we should obey the Father of spirits and live!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 841a2f728ec85b76ae2d18519bd74d3147655201 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 04:36:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 086/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 8d3ef805a9..e0cddddd29 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1783,7 +1783,7 @@ HEB 12 3 w93k figs-explicit ἁμαρτωλῶν εἰς ἑαυτοὺς 1 Her HEB 12 3 wq9m translate-textvariants ἑαυτοὺς 1 Here some early manuscripts have “him” or “himself” instead of **themselves**. The best manuscripts have **themselves**, but scholars often argue that “himself” makes more sense here. Consider whether your readers are familiar with a version that uses “himself” here. Otherwise, you could follow the ULT by using **themselves**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) HEB 12 3 ml2u figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ κάμητε, ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν ἐκλυόμενοι 1 Here, the author continues to speak as if the audience are running a race. He wishes them to persevere in trusting God, just like a runner who does not **become weary** or “give up.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “so that you, like a runner, might not become weary in your souls, giving up” or “so that you might not become discouraged in your souls, ceasing to trust God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 3 ihdn figs-infostructure μὴ κάμητε, ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν ἐκλυόμενοι 1 Here, the phrase **in your souls** could go with: (1) **become weary**. See the ULT. (2) **giving up**. Alternate translation: “you might not become weary, giving up in your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -HEB 12 3 i1xl figs-metonymy ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 weary in your hearts Here, the phrase **your souls** is a way to refer to the audience members while focusing on their inner life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to the inner life of a person, or you could simply refer to the person as a whole. Alternate translation: “in your hearts” or “inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +HEB 12 3 i1xl figs-synecdoche ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 weary in your hearts Here, the phrase **your souls** is a way to refer to the audience members while focusing on their inner life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to the inner life of a person, or you could simply refer to the person as a whole. Alternate translation: “in your hearts” or “inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) HEB 12 3 fsos grammar-connect-logic-result ἐκλυόμενοι 1 Here, the phrase **giving up** introduces what the result would be if the audience became **weary** in their **souls**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this relationship more explicit. Alternate translation: “with the result that you give up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) HEB 12 4 i4ip figs-explicit οὔπω…ἀντικατέστητε 1 to the point of blood Here the author does not state explicitly what they have **resisted**. The rest of the verse implies that it is **sin**, which probably includes both their own sinful deeds and the sinful acts of others that injure the audience. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make what they have **resisted** against clearer. Alternate translation: “You have not yet resisted sin” or “You have not yet resisted sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 4 uwg6 figs-idiom μέχρις αἵματος 1 of blood Here, the phrase **to the point of blood** refers to death. In other words, the audience has **not yet** died because they **resisted**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or plain language. Alternate translation: “to the point of death” or “so that you died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 1837c20909f0d1f9d8e186dbb0f8ea386a43972f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 04:36:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 087/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index e0cddddd29..6495335e3f 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1811,7 +1811,7 @@ HEB 12 7 iq4n εἰς παιδείαν 1 God deals with you as with sons Here, HEB 12 7 v1gu figs-abstractnouns εἰς παιδείαν 1 God deals with you as with sons If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **discipline**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “discipline” or “train.” Alternate translation: “so that you are disciplined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 7 upgq figs-explicit ὡς υἱοῖς ὑμῖν προσφέρεται ὁ Θεός 1 Here the author is not stating that God is treating them “as if” they were sons, although they are really not. Rather, he means that God is treating them **as** what they are: **sons**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it clearer that the audience really are **sons**. Alternate translation: “God is treating you as the sons that you are” or “God is treating you like this since you are sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 7 i3k4 figs-gendernotations υἱοῖς…υἱὸς ὃν οὐ παιδεύει πατήρ 1 sons … son Although the words **sons**, **son**, and **father** are masculine, the author of the quotation is using them to refer to any children and parents, whether male or female. He uses the masculine forms because **discipline** was most commonly given by fathers to sons in his culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use non-gendered words or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “sons and daughters … son or daughter is there whom his or her parents do not discipline” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -HEB 12 7 k09m grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 sons … son Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of how “enduring” suffering means that **God is treating** the audience **as sons**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces further explanation. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +HEB 12 7 k09m grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 sons … son Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of how “enduring” suffering means that **God is treating** the audience **as sons**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces further explanation. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 12 7 jb38 figs-rquestion τίς…υἱὸς ὃν οὐ παιδεύει πατήρ? 1 what son is there whom his father does not discipline? The author is using the question form to remind his readers of something he thinks they already know. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate the question with a strong negative or positive statement. Alternate translation: “there is no son whom his father does not discipline!” or “every son is disciplined by his father!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) HEB 12 8 kwc6 figs-abstractnouns εἰ δὲ χωρίς ἐστε παιδείας, ἧς μέτοχοι γεγόνασι πάντες 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in You can restate the abstract noun **discipline** with the verb “disciplining.” Alternate translation: “So if you have not experienced God disciplining you like he disciplines all his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 8 s5u9 figs-metaphor ἄρα νόθοι καὶ οὐχ υἱοί ἐστε 1 then you are illegitimate and not his sons Those whom God does not discipline are spoken of as if they are **sons** born to a man and a woman who are not married each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From b7f354f973847e5a92c7aee6a0cd4fc25ab6fcc2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 04:42:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 088/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 7 +++++-- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 6495335e3f..18ecc28d7f 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1813,8 +1813,11 @@ HEB 12 7 upgq figs-explicit ὡς υἱοῖς ὑμῖν προσφέρεται HEB 12 7 i3k4 figs-gendernotations υἱοῖς…υἱὸς ὃν οὐ παιδεύει πατήρ 1 sons … son Although the words **sons**, **son**, and **father** are masculine, the author of the quotation is using them to refer to any children and parents, whether male or female. He uses the masculine forms because **discipline** was most commonly given by fathers to sons in his culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use non-gendered words or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “sons and daughters … son or daughter is there whom his or her parents do not discipline” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) HEB 12 7 k09m grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 sons … son Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of how “enduring” suffering means that **God is treating** the audience **as sons**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces further explanation. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 12 7 jb38 figs-rquestion τίς…υἱὸς ὃν οὐ παιδεύει πατήρ? 1 what son is there whom his father does not discipline? The author is using the question form to remind his readers of something he thinks they already know. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate the question with a strong negative or positive statement. Alternate translation: “there is no son whom his father does not discipline!” or “every son is disciplined by his father!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -HEB 12 8 kwc6 figs-abstractnouns εἰ δὲ χωρίς ἐστε παιδείας, ἧς μέτοχοι γεγόνασι πάντες 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in You can restate the abstract noun **discipline** with the verb “disciplining.” Alternate translation: “So if you have not experienced God disciplining you like he disciplines all his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -HEB 12 8 s5u9 figs-metaphor ἄρα νόθοι καὶ οὐχ υἱοί ἐστε 1 then you are illegitimate and not his sons Those whom God does not discipline are spoken of as if they are **sons** born to a man and a woman who are not married each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +HEB 12 8 xlp3 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ…χωρίς ἐστε παιδείας 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in +HEB 12 8 kwc6 figs-abstractnouns χωρίς ἐστε παιδείας 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in +HEB 12 8 kdgp figs-gendernotations πάντες…υἱοί 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in +HEB 12 8 gks9 figs-idiom ἧς μέτοχοι γεγόνασι πάντες 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in +HEB 12 8 s5u9 translate-unknown νόθοι 1 then you are illegitimate and not his sons HEB 12 9 r4lb figs-rquestion οὐ πολὺ…μᾶλλον ὑποταγησόμεθα τῷ Πατρὶ τῶν πνευμάτων, καὶ ζήσομεν? 1 How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! The author uses a question to emphasize that we should obey God **the Father**. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “even more so, we should obey the Father of spirits and live!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) HEB 12 9 cl95 figs-idiom τῷ Πατρὶ τῶν πνευμάτων 1 the Father of spirits The idiom **Father of spirits** contrasts with **fathers of our flesh** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “our spiritual Father” or “our Father in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 9 pem8 καὶ ζήσομεν 1 and live Alternate translation: “so that we will live” From 59575995aeb532277ad6c8a7acad854e3d3bab38 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 13:16:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 089/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 7 ++++--- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 18ecc28d7f..bc57eb1b66 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1813,10 +1813,11 @@ HEB 12 7 upgq figs-explicit ὡς υἱοῖς ὑμῖν προσφέρεται HEB 12 7 i3k4 figs-gendernotations υἱοῖς…υἱὸς ὃν οὐ παιδεύει πατήρ 1 sons … son Although the words **sons**, **son**, and **father** are masculine, the author of the quotation is using them to refer to any children and parents, whether male or female. He uses the masculine forms because **discipline** was most commonly given by fathers to sons in his culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use non-gendered words or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “sons and daughters … son or daughter is there whom his or her parents do not discipline” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) HEB 12 7 k09m grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 sons … son Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of how “enduring” suffering means that **God is treating** the audience **as sons**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces further explanation. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 12 7 jb38 figs-rquestion τίς…υἱὸς ὃν οὐ παιδεύει πατήρ? 1 what son is there whom his father does not discipline? The author is using the question form to remind his readers of something he thinks they already know. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate the question with a strong negative or positive statement. Alternate translation: “there is no son whom his father does not discipline!” or “every son is disciplined by his father!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -HEB 12 8 xlp3 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ…χωρίς ἐστε παιδείας 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in -HEB 12 8 kwc6 figs-abstractnouns χωρίς ἐστε παιδείας 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in -HEB 12 8 kdgp figs-gendernotations πάντες…υἱοί 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in +HEB 12 8 xlp3 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ…χωρίς ἐστε παιδείας…ἄρα…ἐστε 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in Here the author uses the conditional form to show that being **without discipline** means that they are **illegitimate and not {his} sons**. If the conditional form does not indicate a cause and effect relationship like this in your language, you could express the **if** statement in a way that does show the relationship. Alternate translation: “were you without discipline … then you would be” or “if ever you were without discipline … then you would be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) +HEB 12 8 kwc6 figs-abstractnouns χωρίς ἐστε παιδείας, ἧς μέτοχοι γεγόνασι πάντες 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **discipline**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “discipline” or “train.” Alternate translation: “if you are not disciplined, which all men have participated in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +HEB 12 8 kdgp figs-gendernotations πάντες…υἱοί 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in Although the words **{men}** and **sons** are masculine, the author is using them to refer to all people, both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use non-gendered words or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “all people … his sons and daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) HEB 12 8 gks9 figs-idiom ἧς μέτοχοι γεγόνασι πάντες 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in +HEB 12 8 suc5 figs-doublet νόθοι καὶ οὐχ υἱοί 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in HEB 12 8 s5u9 translate-unknown νόθοι 1 then you are illegitimate and not his sons HEB 12 9 r4lb figs-rquestion οὐ πολὺ…μᾶλλον ὑποταγησόμεθα τῷ Πατρὶ τῶν πνευμάτων, καὶ ζήσομεν? 1 How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! The author uses a question to emphasize that we should obey God **the Father**. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “even more so, we should obey the Father of spirits and live!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) HEB 12 9 cl95 figs-idiom τῷ Πατρὶ τῶν πνευμάτων 1 the Father of spirits The idiom **Father of spirits** contrasts with **fathers of our flesh** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “our spiritual Father” or “our Father in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 4fbf59ff01cc9140697af12e736d5dcc9a2cacad Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 13:22:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 090/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 5 ++--- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index bc57eb1b66..e45e1652d7 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1816,9 +1816,8 @@ HEB 12 7 jb38 figs-rquestion τίς…υἱὸς ὃν οὐ παιδεύει π HEB 12 8 xlp3 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ…χωρίς ἐστε παιδείας…ἄρα…ἐστε 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in Here the author uses the conditional form to show that being **without discipline** means that they are **illegitimate and not {his} sons**. If the conditional form does not indicate a cause and effect relationship like this in your language, you could express the **if** statement in a way that does show the relationship. Alternate translation: “were you without discipline … then you would be” or “if ever you were without discipline … then you would be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) HEB 12 8 kwc6 figs-abstractnouns χωρίς ἐστε παιδείας, ἧς μέτοχοι γεγόνασι πάντες 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **discipline**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “discipline” or “train.” Alternate translation: “if you are not disciplined, which all men have participated in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 8 kdgp figs-gendernotations πάντες…υἱοί 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in Although the words **{men}** and **sons** are masculine, the author is using them to refer to all people, both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use non-gendered words or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “all people … his sons and daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -HEB 12 8 gks9 figs-idiom ἧς μέτοχοι γεγόνασι πάντες 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in -HEB 12 8 suc5 figs-doublet νόθοι καὶ οὐχ υἱοί 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in -HEB 12 8 s5u9 translate-unknown νόθοι 1 then you are illegitimate and not his sons +HEB 12 8 gks9 figs-idiom ἧς μέτοχοι γεγόνασι πάντες 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in Here, to be **partakers** in something means to experience that thing. Here, the phrase means that **all {men}** have experienced **discipline**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in a more natural way. Alternate translation: “in which all men have shared” or “which all men have experienced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +HEB 12 8 suc5 figs-doublet νόθοι καὶ οὐχ υἱοί 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in Here, the words **illegitimate** and **not {his} sons** function together to identify children who do not have the status of **sons**. In the author’s culture, an **illegitimate** child had one parent who was not fully recognized as a spouse. For example, the woman might not be married to the man, or one of the parents might not be a citizen of the city or country, or one parent might be a slave or concubine. In each of these cases, the child would not receive the full status of “son” and would thus be **illegitimate**. If you do not have two words for these categories, you could use a single word or phrase to identify a child who does not have full status or honor. Alternate translation: “illegitimate sons” or “not true sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) HEB 12 9 r4lb figs-rquestion οὐ πολὺ…μᾶλλον ὑποταγησόμεθα τῷ Πατρὶ τῶν πνευμάτων, καὶ ζήσομεν? 1 How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! The author uses a question to emphasize that we should obey God **the Father**. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “even more so, we should obey the Father of spirits and live!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) HEB 12 9 cl95 figs-idiom τῷ Πατρὶ τῶν πνευμάτων 1 the Father of spirits The idiom **Father of spirits** contrasts with **fathers of our flesh** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “our spiritual Father” or “our Father in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 9 pem8 καὶ ζήσομεν 1 and live Alternate translation: “so that we will live” From ccf950b44a5eb90f804e00c41b2fb2f3fec5fd79 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 13:29:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 091/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index e45e1652d7..f5c433d18c 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1813,6 +1813,7 @@ HEB 12 7 upgq figs-explicit ὡς υἱοῖς ὑμῖν προσφέρεται HEB 12 7 i3k4 figs-gendernotations υἱοῖς…υἱὸς ὃν οὐ παιδεύει πατήρ 1 sons … son Although the words **sons**, **son**, and **father** are masculine, the author of the quotation is using them to refer to any children and parents, whether male or female. He uses the masculine forms because **discipline** was most commonly given by fathers to sons in his culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use non-gendered words or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “sons and daughters … son or daughter is there whom his or her parents do not discipline” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) HEB 12 7 k09m grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 sons … son Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of how “enduring” suffering means that **God is treating** the audience **as sons**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces further explanation. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 12 7 jb38 figs-rquestion τίς…υἱὸς ὃν οὐ παιδεύει πατήρ? 1 what son is there whom his father does not discipline? The author is using the question form to remind his readers of something he thinks they already know. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate the question with a strong negative or positive statement. Alternate translation: “there is no son whom his father does not discipline!” or “every son is disciplined by his father!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +HEB 12 8 fdu3 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in Here, the word **But** introduces a further development in the author’s argument. It does not introduce a contrast with what the author just said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next part of an argument, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 12 8 xlp3 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ…χωρίς ἐστε παιδείας…ἄρα…ἐστε 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in Here the author uses the conditional form to show that being **without discipline** means that they are **illegitimate and not {his} sons**. If the conditional form does not indicate a cause and effect relationship like this in your language, you could express the **if** statement in a way that does show the relationship. Alternate translation: “were you without discipline … then you would be” or “if ever you were without discipline … then you would be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) HEB 12 8 kwc6 figs-abstractnouns χωρίς ἐστε παιδείας, ἧς μέτοχοι γεγόνασι πάντες 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **discipline**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “discipline” or “train.” Alternate translation: “if you are not disciplined, which all men have participated in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 8 kdgp figs-gendernotations πάντες…υἱοί 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in Although the words **{men}** and **sons** are masculine, the author is using them to refer to all people, both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use non-gendered words or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “all people … his sons and daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) From b5a04ecf2e0ba06c1fb392548f5ff215350de0e5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 13:56:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 092/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 10 +++++++--- 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index f5c433d18c..70753ab25f 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1819,9 +1819,13 @@ HEB 12 8 kwc6 figs-abstractnouns χωρίς ἐστε παιδείας, ἧς μ HEB 12 8 kdgp figs-gendernotations πάντες…υἱοί 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in Although the words **{men}** and **sons** are masculine, the author is using them to refer to all people, both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use non-gendered words or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “all people … his sons and daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) HEB 12 8 gks9 figs-idiom ἧς μέτοχοι γεγόνασι πάντες 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in Here, to be **partakers** in something means to experience that thing. Here, the phrase means that **all {men}** have experienced **discipline**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in a more natural way. Alternate translation: “in which all men have shared” or “which all men have experienced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 8 suc5 figs-doublet νόθοι καὶ οὐχ υἱοί 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in Here, the words **illegitimate** and **not {his} sons** function together to identify children who do not have the status of **sons**. In the author’s culture, an **illegitimate** child had one parent who was not fully recognized as a spouse. For example, the woman might not be married to the man, or one of the parents might not be a citizen of the city or country, or one parent might be a slave or concubine. In each of these cases, the child would not receive the full status of “son” and would thus be **illegitimate**. If you do not have two words for these categories, you could use a single word or phrase to identify a child who does not have full status or honor. Alternate translation: “illegitimate sons” or “not true sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -HEB 12 9 r4lb figs-rquestion οὐ πολὺ…μᾶλλον ὑποταγησόμεθα τῷ Πατρὶ τῶν πνευμάτων, καὶ ζήσομεν? 1 How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! The author uses a question to emphasize that we should obey God **the Father**. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “even more so, we should obey the Father of spirits and live!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -HEB 12 9 cl95 figs-idiom τῷ Πατρὶ τῶν πνευμάτων 1 the Father of spirits The idiom **Father of spirits** contrasts with **fathers of our flesh** earlier in this verse. Alternate translation: “our spiritual Father” or “our Father in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -HEB 12 9 pem8 καὶ ζήσομεν 1 and live Alternate translation: “so that we will live” +HEB 12 9 r3qx grammar-connect-words-phrases εἶτα…μὲν…δὲ 1 How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! Here, the word **Furthermore** indicates that the author is about to make another argument for accepting God’s discipline. +HEB 12 9 s980 figs-idiom τοὺς…τῆς σαρκὸς ἡμῶν πατέρας 1 How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! +HEB 12 9 r4lb figs-rquestion οὐ πολὺ…μᾶλλον ὑποταγησόμεθα τῷ Πατρὶ τῶν πνευμάτων, καὶ ζήσομεν? 1 How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! +HEB 12 9 kng2 figs-activepassive οὐ πολὺ…μᾶλλον ὑποταγησόμεθα τῷ Πατρὶ 1 How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! +HEB 12 9 cl95 figs-possession τῷ Πατρὶ τῶν πνευμάτων 1 the Father of spirits +HEB 12 9 pem8 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ ζήσομεν 1 and live Alternate translation: “so that we will live” +HEB 12 9 vize figs-explicit ζήσομεν 1 and live HEB 12 10 l1a3 figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ μεταλαβεῖν τῆς ἁγιότητος αὐτοῦ 1 so that we can share in his holiness This metaphor speaks of **holiness** as if it were an object that can be shared among people. Alternate translation: “so that we may become holy as God is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 11 g13e figs-metaphor καρπὸν εἰρηνικὸν…ἀποδίδωσιν δικαιοσύνης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness Here, **fruit** here is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “it produces the peaceful result of righteousness” or “it produces righteousness, which results in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 11 xbg8 figs-personification τοῖς δι’ αὐτῆς γεγυμνασμένοις 1 who have been trained by it The discipline or correction done by the Lord is spoken of as if it were the Lord himself. Alternate translation: “for those who have been trained by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From d5bdd17cc84818d922513c640d7cef7301151adc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 14:01:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 093/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 70753ab25f..f0d94308af 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1824,6 +1824,7 @@ HEB 12 9 s980 figs-idiom τοὺς…τῆς σαρκὸς ἡμῶν πατέρ HEB 12 9 r4lb figs-rquestion οὐ πολὺ…μᾶλλον ὑποταγησόμεθα τῷ Πατρὶ τῶν πνευμάτων, καὶ ζήσομεν? 1 How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! HEB 12 9 kng2 figs-activepassive οὐ πολὺ…μᾶλλον ὑποταγησόμεθα τῷ Πατρὶ 1 How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! HEB 12 9 cl95 figs-possession τῷ Πατρὶ τῶν πνευμάτων 1 the Father of spirits +HEB 12 9 xk8n τῶν πνευμάτων 1 the Father of spirits HEB 12 9 pem8 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ ζήσομεν 1 and live Alternate translation: “so that we will live” HEB 12 9 vize figs-explicit ζήσομεν 1 and live HEB 12 10 l1a3 figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ μεταλαβεῖν τῆς ἁγιότητος αὐτοῦ 1 so that we can share in his holiness This metaphor speaks of **holiness** as if it were an object that can be shared among people. Alternate translation: “so that we may become holy as God is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 6264aef5295e05239350d39703006ffe073f2896 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 14:20:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 094/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index f0d94308af..410a5b3143 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1819,7 +1819,7 @@ HEB 12 8 kwc6 figs-abstractnouns χωρίς ἐστε παιδείας, ἧς μ HEB 12 8 kdgp figs-gendernotations πάντες…υἱοί 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in Although the words **{men}** and **sons** are masculine, the author is using them to refer to all people, both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use non-gendered words or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “all people … his sons and daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) HEB 12 8 gks9 figs-idiom ἧς μέτοχοι γεγόνασι πάντες 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in Here, to be **partakers** in something means to experience that thing. Here, the phrase means that **all {men}** have experienced **discipline**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in a more natural way. Alternate translation: “in which all men have shared” or “which all men have experienced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 8 suc5 figs-doublet νόθοι καὶ οὐχ υἱοί 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in Here, the words **illegitimate** and **not {his} sons** function together to identify children who do not have the status of **sons**. In the author’s culture, an **illegitimate** child had one parent who was not fully recognized as a spouse. For example, the woman might not be married to the man, or one of the parents might not be a citizen of the city or country, or one parent might be a slave or concubine. In each of these cases, the child would not receive the full status of “son” and would thus be **illegitimate**. If you do not have two words for these categories, you could use a single word or phrase to identify a child who does not have full status or honor. Alternate translation: “illegitimate sons” or “not true sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -HEB 12 9 r3qx grammar-connect-words-phrases εἶτα…μὲν…δὲ 1 How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! Here, the word **Furthermore** indicates that the author is about to make another argument for accepting God’s discipline. +HEB 12 9 r3qx grammar-connect-words-phrases εἶτα…μὲν…δὲ 1 How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! Here, the word **Furthermore** indicates that the author is about to make another argument for why the audience should accept God’s discipline. The phrase **one the one hand** indicates that this argument is in two parts. The second part begins with the phrase **on the other hand**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use words and phrases that clearly introduce a further argument that is in two parts. Alternate translation: “In addition, at one time … but now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 12 9 s980 figs-idiom τοὺς…τῆς σαρκὸς ἡμῶν πατέρας 1 How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! HEB 12 9 r4lb figs-rquestion οὐ πολὺ…μᾶλλον ὑποταγησόμεθα τῷ Πατρὶ τῶν πνευμάτων, καὶ ζήσομεν? 1 How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! HEB 12 9 kng2 figs-activepassive οὐ πολὺ…μᾶλλον ὑποταγησόμεθα τῷ Πατρὶ 1 How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! From 02045be5652d9de27032311ad110b0b163bf8a98 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 14:23:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 095/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 410a5b3143..48e317ae21 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1820,7 +1820,7 @@ HEB 12 8 kdgp figs-gendernotations πάντες…υἱοί 1 But if you are wit HEB 12 8 gks9 figs-idiom ἧς μέτοχοι γεγόνασι πάντες 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in Here, to be **partakers** in something means to experience that thing. Here, the phrase means that **all {men}** have experienced **discipline**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in a more natural way. Alternate translation: “in which all men have shared” or “which all men have experienced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 8 suc5 figs-doublet νόθοι καὶ οὐχ υἱοί 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in Here, the words **illegitimate** and **not {his} sons** function together to identify children who do not have the status of **sons**. In the author’s culture, an **illegitimate** child had one parent who was not fully recognized as a spouse. For example, the woman might not be married to the man, or one of the parents might not be a citizen of the city or country, or one parent might be a slave or concubine. In each of these cases, the child would not receive the full status of “son” and would thus be **illegitimate**. If you do not have two words for these categories, you could use a single word or phrase to identify a child who does not have full status or honor. Alternate translation: “illegitimate sons” or “not true sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) HEB 12 9 r3qx grammar-connect-words-phrases εἶτα…μὲν…δὲ 1 How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! Here, the word **Furthermore** indicates that the author is about to make another argument for why the audience should accept God’s discipline. The phrase **one the one hand** indicates that this argument is in two parts. The second part begins with the phrase **on the other hand**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use words and phrases that clearly introduce a further argument that is in two parts. Alternate translation: “In addition, at one time … but now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -HEB 12 9 s980 figs-idiom τοὺς…τῆς σαρκὸς ἡμῶν πατέρας 1 How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! +HEB 12 9 s980 figs-idiom τοὺς…τῆς σαρκὸς ἡμῶν πατέρας 1 How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! Here, the phrase **fathers of our flesh** identifies the **fathers** as those who raised the author and audience when they were children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to these kinds of **fathers** in contrast to God as a Father. Alternate translation: “our earthly fathers” or “our fathers on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 9 r4lb figs-rquestion οὐ πολὺ…μᾶλλον ὑποταγησόμεθα τῷ Πατρὶ τῶν πνευμάτων, καὶ ζήσομεν? 1 How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! HEB 12 9 kng2 figs-activepassive οὐ πολὺ…μᾶλλον ὑποταγησόμεθα τῷ Πατρὶ 1 How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! HEB 12 9 cl95 figs-possession τῷ Πατρὶ τῶν πνευμάτων 1 the Father of spirits From 8526ebee149c9ac4e934e70a7cef9da6c349cab1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 14:37:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 096/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 10 +++++----- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 48e317ae21..b513fff09c 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1821,11 +1821,11 @@ HEB 12 8 gks9 figs-idiom ἧς μέτοχοι γεγόνασι πάντες 1 Bu HEB 12 8 suc5 figs-doublet νόθοι καὶ οὐχ υἱοί 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in Here, the words **illegitimate** and **not {his} sons** function together to identify children who do not have the status of **sons**. In the author’s culture, an **illegitimate** child had one parent who was not fully recognized as a spouse. For example, the woman might not be married to the man, or one of the parents might not be a citizen of the city or country, or one parent might be a slave or concubine. In each of these cases, the child would not receive the full status of “son” and would thus be **illegitimate**. If you do not have two words for these categories, you could use a single word or phrase to identify a child who does not have full status or honor. Alternate translation: “illegitimate sons” or “not true sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) HEB 12 9 r3qx grammar-connect-words-phrases εἶτα…μὲν…δὲ 1 How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! Here, the word **Furthermore** indicates that the author is about to make another argument for why the audience should accept God’s discipline. The phrase **one the one hand** indicates that this argument is in two parts. The second part begins with the phrase **on the other hand**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use words and phrases that clearly introduce a further argument that is in two parts. Alternate translation: “In addition, at one time … but now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 12 9 s980 figs-idiom τοὺς…τῆς σαρκὸς ἡμῶν πατέρας 1 How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! Here, the phrase **fathers of our flesh** identifies the **fathers** as those who raised the author and audience when they were children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to these kinds of **fathers** in contrast to God as a Father. Alternate translation: “our earthly fathers” or “our fathers on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -HEB 12 9 r4lb figs-rquestion οὐ πολὺ…μᾶλλον ὑποταγησόμεθα τῷ Πατρὶ τῶν πνευμάτων, καὶ ζήσομεν? 1 How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! -HEB 12 9 kng2 figs-activepassive οὐ πολὺ…μᾶλλον ὑποταγησόμεθα τῷ Πατρὶ 1 How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! -HEB 12 9 cl95 figs-possession τῷ Πατρὶ τῶν πνευμάτων 1 the Father of spirits -HEB 12 9 xk8n τῶν πνευμάτων 1 the Father of spirits -HEB 12 9 pem8 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ ζήσομεν 1 and live Alternate translation: “so that we will live” +HEB 12 9 r4lb figs-rquestion οὐ πολὺ…μᾶλλον ὑποταγησόμεθα τῷ Πατρὶ τῶν πνευμάτων, καὶ ζήσομεν? 1 How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! The author is using the question form to encourage the audience to agree with him. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate the question as an exhortation or exclamation. Alternate translation: “we should much more be subjected to the Father of the spirits and live.” or “we will much more be subjected to the Father of the spirits and live!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +HEB 12 9 kng2 figs-activepassive οὐ πολὺ…μᾶλλον ὑποταγησόμεθα 1 How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “we” subject ourselves. Alternate translation: “will we not much more subject ourselves” or “will we not much more submit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 12 9 cl95 figs-possession τῷ Πατρὶ τῶν πνευμάτων 1 the Father of spirits Here the author uses the possessive form to indicate that God is **Father** in connection with **the spirits**, probably the **spirits** of the author and audience. The author uses this construction to contrast God as **Father** with the **fathers of our flesh**. So, God is a **Father** in relation to our **spirits**, while humans are **fathers** in relation to our **flesh**. If possible, use a construction that is similar to how you translated **fathers of our flesh**. Alternate translation: “to the heavenly Father” or “to the Father in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +HEB 12 9 xk8n τῶν πνευμάτων 1 the Father of spirits Here, the phrase **the spirits** could refer to: (1) the **spirits** of the author and audience, in contrast to their **flesh**. Alternate translation: “of our spirits” (2) all **spirits**, including human **spirits** and angels, who are **spirits** (see [1:7](../01/07.md)). Alternate translation: “of all spirits” +HEB 12 9 pem8 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ ζήσομεν 1 and live Here, the word **and** introduces the result of being **subjected to the Father of the spirits**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “so that we will live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) HEB 12 9 vize figs-explicit ζήσομεν 1 and live HEB 12 10 l1a3 figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ μεταλαβεῖν τῆς ἁγιότητος αὐτοῦ 1 so that we can share in his holiness This metaphor speaks of **holiness** as if it were an object that can be shared among people. Alternate translation: “so that we may become holy as God is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 11 g13e figs-metaphor καρπὸν εἰρηνικὸν…ἀποδίδωσιν δικαιοσύνης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness Here, **fruit** here is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “it produces the peaceful result of righteousness” or “it produces righteousness, which results in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From f6a375e27d53e42fffb0e1794ffc63645353e35a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 14:38:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 097/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index b513fff09c..03cfa2867a 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1826,7 +1826,7 @@ HEB 12 9 kng2 figs-activepassive οὐ πολὺ…μᾶλλον ὑποταγη HEB 12 9 cl95 figs-possession τῷ Πατρὶ τῶν πνευμάτων 1 the Father of spirits Here the author uses the possessive form to indicate that God is **Father** in connection with **the spirits**, probably the **spirits** of the author and audience. The author uses this construction to contrast God as **Father** with the **fathers of our flesh**. So, God is a **Father** in relation to our **spirits**, while humans are **fathers** in relation to our **flesh**. If possible, use a construction that is similar to how you translated **fathers of our flesh**. Alternate translation: “to the heavenly Father” or “to the Father in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) HEB 12 9 xk8n τῶν πνευμάτων 1 the Father of spirits Here, the phrase **the spirits** could refer to: (1) the **spirits** of the author and audience, in contrast to their **flesh**. Alternate translation: “of our spirits” (2) all **spirits**, including human **spirits** and angels, who are **spirits** (see [1:7](../01/07.md)). Alternate translation: “of all spirits” HEB 12 9 pem8 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ ζήσομεν 1 and live Here, the word **and** introduces the result of being **subjected to the Father of the spirits**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “so that we will live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -HEB 12 9 vize figs-explicit ζήσομεν 1 and live +HEB 12 9 vize figs-explicit ζήσομεν 1 and live Here, the word **live** probably refers not just to staying alive but rather to receiving eternal life from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “receive everlasting life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 10 l1a3 figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ μεταλαβεῖν τῆς ἁγιότητος αὐτοῦ 1 so that we can share in his holiness This metaphor speaks of **holiness** as if it were an object that can be shared among people. Alternate translation: “so that we may become holy as God is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 11 g13e figs-metaphor καρπὸν εἰρηνικὸν…ἀποδίδωσιν δικαιοσύνης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness Here, **fruit** here is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “it produces the peaceful result of righteousness” or “it produces righteousness, which results in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 11 xbg8 figs-personification τοῖς δι’ αὐτῆς γεγυμνασμένοις 1 who have been trained by it The discipline or correction done by the Lord is spoken of as if it were the Lord himself. Alternate translation: “for those who have been trained by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From 2cfbddc35d2443b0da0b414fc421ab2e12d57487 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 16:58:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 098/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 03cfa2867a..feda069add 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -839,7 +839,7 @@ HEB 7 19 xp1h figs-metonymy κρείττονος ἐλπίδος 1 a better hope HEB 7 19 c9tz figs-go ἐγγίζομεν τῷ Θεῷ 1 through which we come near to God Here, the phrase **come near** refers to getting close to something but not necessarily being right next to it. Here, the author wants believers to approach God in heaven. This means that they enter into God’s presence. If your readers would misunderstand **come near**, you could use a word or phrase that refers to being in someone’s presence. Alternate translation: “we go before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) HEB 7 20 e97r translate-versebridge 0 General Information: To help your readers understand the author’s main point in this verse and the next one, you could combine both verses into a verse bridge. You could put the background information about how the Israelite priests were not appointed with an oath while Jesus was appointed with an oath in a first sentence. Then, you could put the comparison between how Jesus was appointed with an oath and how he is the guarantor of a better covenant in a second sentence. Alternate translation: “For indeed they without swearing an oath are become priests, but he with an oath-taking, through God saying to him, “The Lord swore and will not change his mind: ‘You are a priest forever.’” So, by as much as not without swearing an oath,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) HEB 7 20 f3cd grammar-connect-words-phrases καθ’ ὅσον 1 General Information: Here, the phrase **by as much as** introduces the first half a comparison that the author will complete in [7:22](../07/22.md). The point is that, just as **swearing an oath** is more guaranteed than not using an oath, so Jesus’s priesthood and covenant are better than the priesthood of the descendant’s of Levi. If your readers would misunderstand **by as much as**, you could use a form that introduces a comparison between two situations or concepts. Alternate translation: “just as it was” or “in the same way that it was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -HEB 7 20 ziqe figs-litotes οὐ χωρὶς ὁρκωμοσίας 1 The phrase **not without swearing** is a negative understatement that emphasizes that God most definitely did “swear” an **oath**. If this is confusing in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “definitely with swearing an oath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +HEB 7 20 ziqe figs-doublenegatives οὐ χωρὶς ὁρκωμοσίας 1 The phrase **not without swearing an oath** uses two negative words to emphasize that there was definitely an **oath** involved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with positive words, emphasizing the importance of **swearing an oath**. Alternate translation: “with swearing an oath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) HEB 7 20 vf69 figs-explicit οὐ χωρὶς ὁρκωμοσίας 1 And it was not without an oath! Here the author again refers to [Psalm 110:4](../psa/110/04.md), which states that the Lord “swears” that “you are a priest forever.” The author quotes this Psalm again in the following verse. If your readers would misunderstand what is the content of the **oath**, you could make it explicit. Alternate translation: “not without swearing an oath about the priesthood of the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 7 20 v343 figs-infostructure ὁρκωμοσίας, οἱ μὲν γὰρ χωρὶς ὁρκωμοσίας εἰσὶν ἱερεῖς γεγονότες, 1 And it was not without an oath! Here the author begins a comment about the **oath** and priests. This comment continues to the end of [7:21](../07/21.md). The ULT has used em-dashes to make it clear that these words are extra information that explain **not without swearing an oath**. If your readers would misunderstand that the author is explaining **not without swearing an oath** before continuing the comparison (which he does continue in [7:22](../07/22.md), you could use a form that indicates that the author is about to give extra explanatory information. If you do, make sure that you properly signal the end of this extra information at the end of 7:22. Alternate translation: “swearing an oath—by the way, they indeed without swearing an oath are become priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) HEB 7 20 atus grammar-connect-words-phrases μὲν γὰρ 1 And it was not without an oath! Here, the word **For** introduces an explanation of about why it is important there was an **oath**. The word **indeed** signals to the audience that this explanation has two parts. The second part begins with “but” in [7:21a](../07/21.md). If your readers would misunderstand **for indeed**, you could use words that introduce a two-part explanation. Alternate translation: “now on the one hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) From 29dc281f163bf83caab228df8b4be5857ecdfef0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 16:58:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 099/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index feda069add..a236ead6fb 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1051,7 +1051,7 @@ HEB 9 7 vgxd figs-explicit εἰς…τὴν δευτέραν, ἅπαξ τοῦ HEB 9 7 kmhb figs-explicit τὴν δευτέραν 1 not without blood Here, the phrase **second {tent}** refers to the **second** or inner section of the tabernacle. See how you translated the similar phrase in [9:3](../09/03.md). Alternate translation: “the inner room of the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 9 7 pqby translate-ordinal τὴν δευτέραν 1 not without blood If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “tent two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) HEB 9 7 h4tn figs-idiom ἅπαξ τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ μόνος 1 not without blood Here, the phrase **once {in} the year only** identifies an event as something that happens on one day in the year. The event does not occur again until the same day the next year. If your readers would misunderstand **once {in} the year only**, you could use a form that more clearly expresses this idea. Alternate translation: “only one time every year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -HEB 9 7 xs9l figs-doublenegatives οὐ χωρὶς αἵματος 1 not without blood The phrase **not without blood** uses two negative words to emphasize that **blood** is required. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with positive words, emphasizing the importance of **blood**. Alternate translation: “enters, and always with blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +HEB 9 7 xs9l figs-doublenegatives οὐ χωρὶς αἵματος 1 not without blood The phrase **not without blood** uses two negative words to emphasize that **blood** is required. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with positive words, emphasizing the importance of **blood**. Alternate translation: “enters, and always with blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) HEB 9 7 u1ww figs-gendernotations προσφέρει…ἑαυτοῦ 1 not without blood In Israelite and Jewish culture, only men could be high priests, so the author is referring to a man here. However, he is not emphasizing that the high priests were male, so you can use a non-gendered word if it is clearer. Alternate translation: “the high priest offers … himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) HEB 9 7 lui1 figs-idiom ὑπὲρ ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τῶν τοῦ λαοῦ ἀγνοημάτων 1 not without blood Here, just as in [7:27](../07/27.md), the phrase **on behalf of** someone or someone’s sins means that the sacrifices are intended to deal with the sins that those people commit. It does not mean that the sacrifices allow the sins or encourage the sins. If your readers would misunderstand **on behalf of** here, you could express the idea in a more natural way. Alternate translation: “to deal with his own sins and with the unintentional sins of the people” or “for the forgiveness of his own sins and those of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 9 7 xtk5 translate-unknown τῶν τοῦ λαοῦ ἀγνοημάτων 1 blood Here, the phrase **unintentional sins** refers to wrong things that people have done without intending to do something wrong. If your readers would misunderstand **unintentional sins**, you could use a word or phrase that refers to sins that people have committed without trying to sin. Alternate translation: “of the accidental sins of the people” or “of the sins that the people did not intend to commit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) From 6b84c8d256ee63cb57a65a7db15fdd6630e818de Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 17:01:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 100/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index a236ead6fb..6b91e65c7c 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1145,7 +1145,7 @@ HEB 9 17 qb62 figs-nominaladj νεκροῖς 1 the death of the person who made HEB 9 17 vq4n translate-unknown ὁ διαθέμενος 1 the death of the person who made it must be proven Here, just as in [9:16](../09/16.md), the word **covenanting** refers to the process of creating the **covenant**. If your readers would misunderstand **covenanting**, you could use a word or phrase that refers to setting up or creating a **covenant** or agreement. Alternate translation: “the one having created it” or “the one having made it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 9 18 lr2e grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅθεν 1 So not even the first covenant was established without blood Here, the word **So** introduces the ways in which the **first {covenant}** fits with what the author has said about covenants and death in [9:16–17](../09/16.md). In other words, he uses **So** to introduce the application of the principle he discussed in those verses. If your readers would misunderstand **So**, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an inference or application. Alternate translation: “Because of that,” or “In much the same way,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 9 18 wpf1 figs-activepassive οὐδ’ ἡ πρώτη χωρὶς αἵματος ἐνκεκαίνισται 1 So not even the first covenant was established without blood If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on the **first {covenant}**, which was **inaugurated**, rather than focusing on the person doing the “inaugurating.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that God did it through Moses (see [9:19](../09/19.md)). Alternate translation: “God did not even inaugurate the first covenant without blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -HEB 9 18 m9c3 figs-litotes οὐδ’ ἡ πρώτη χωρὶς αἵματος ἐνκεκαίνισται 1 The words **not even** and **without blood** form a negative understatement that emphasizes how important the **blood** is. If this is confusing in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “even the first covenant had certainly been inaugurated with blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +HEB 9 18 m9c3 figs-doublenegatives οὐδ’ ἡ πρώτη χωρὶς αἵματος ἐνκεκαίνισται 1 The phrases **not even** and **without blood** together use two negative words to emphasize that **blood** is required. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with positive words, emphasizing the importance of **blood**. Alternate translation: “also the first covenant had to be inaugurated with blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) HEB 9 18 kq87 figs-explicit πρώτη 1 first covenant Here, the phrase **first {covenant}** refers to the agreement that God made with the Israelites through Moses. If your readers would misunderstand **first {covenant}**, you could make the idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar phrase in [8:7](../08/07.md); [9:15](../09/15.md). Alternate translation: “the covenant that God made with his people at first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 9 18 v838 figs-explicit αἵματος 1 blood The author assumes that his audience knows that the use of **blood** also requires the “death” that he has been speaking about. If your readers would not make this inference, you could make it explicit that **blood** requires someone or something to die. Alternate translation: “blood from sacrificed animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 9 19 uupi grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 took the blood … with water … and sprinkled … the scroll … and all the people Here, the word **For** introduces an important example of what the author said in the previous verse ([9:18](../09/18.md)) about how the “first covenant” was “inaugurated” with “blood.” If your readers would misunderstand **For**, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an example. Alternate translation: “For example,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) From 463c4b0367a6a8bf20f039fcff6069e797a9a203 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 17:02:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 101/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 6b91e65c7c..a1980e26b0 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1750,7 +1750,7 @@ HEB 11 39 zy4b figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 the promise If HEB 11 40 as77 grammar-connect-logic-contrast τοῦ Θεοῦ…προβλεψαμένου 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect Here, the phrase **God having provided** introduces an idea that contrasts with what the author said in the previous verse ([11:39](../11/39.md)) about how the faithful people did not “receive the promise.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a contrast. Alternate translation: “but God has provided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) HEB 11 40 td7x figs-ellipsis περὶ ἡμῶν κρεῖττόν τι 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect Here, the author states that something is **better**, but he does not specify what it is **better** than. It is clear from the previous verse ([11:39](../11/39.md)) that the author considers receiving what God promised to be **better** than only receiving the promise itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify what the author is comparing **something better** with. Alternate translation: “something better concerning us than the promise that he gave them” or “what he promised to us, which is better than receiving just the promise itself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) HEB 11 40 p9uu figs-activepassive μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **made perfect** rather than focusing on the person doing the “perfecting.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God would not perfect them without us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -HEB 11 40 nkci grammar-connect-exceptions μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 If it would appear in your language that the author was claiming that **they** would never **be made perfect**, you could rephrase this clause so that it is clear that **they** are **made perfect** but only together with **us**. Alternate translation: “so that they would be made perfect only with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) +HEB 11 40 nkci figs-doublenegatives μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 The phrases **not even** and **without blood** together use two negative words to emphasize that **blood** is required. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with positive words, emphasizing the importance of **blood**. Alternate translation: “so that they would be made perfect only with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) HEB 12 intro h1qb 0 # Hebrews 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Faith and endurance (10:26–12:29)\n * Exhortation: Imitate Jesus in rejecting sin and enduring discipline (12:1–17)\n * Exhortation: Mount Sinai and Mount Zion (12:18–29)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:5-6, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Discipline\n\nGod wants his people to do what is right. When they do what is wrong, he needs to correct or punish them. He does this just as earthly fathers correct and punish children whom they love. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]]) HEB 12 1 k8mr grammar-connect-logic-result τοιγαροῦν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the phrase **For that very reason** draws an inference or exhortation from all of [11:1–40](../11/01.md), but especially from [11:39–40](../11/39.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that clearly draws and inference or exhortation from a previous section. Alternate translation: “Because of all that” or “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) HEB 12 1 jg6w grammar-connect-logic-result ἔχοντες 1 Here, the word **having** introduces a basis or reason for why we should **run with endurance**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a basis or reason. Alternate translation: “since we have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) From d325d59c4414cf00d7b3a3034bd5b94e3c609161 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 17:04:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 102/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index a1980e26b0..81eaad7b49 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1750,7 +1750,7 @@ HEB 11 39 zy4b figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν 1 the promise If HEB 11 40 as77 grammar-connect-logic-contrast τοῦ Θεοῦ…προβλεψαμένου 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect Here, the phrase **God having provided** introduces an idea that contrasts with what the author said in the previous verse ([11:39](../11/39.md)) about how the faithful people did not “receive the promise.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a contrast. Alternate translation: “but God has provided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) HEB 11 40 td7x figs-ellipsis περὶ ἡμῶν κρεῖττόν τι 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect Here, the author states that something is **better**, but he does not specify what it is **better** than. It is clear from the previous verse ([11:39](../11/39.md)) that the author considers receiving what God promised to be **better** than only receiving the promise itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify what the author is comparing **something better** with. Alternate translation: “something better concerning us than the promise that he gave them” or “what he promised to us, which is better than receiving just the promise itself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) HEB 11 40 p9uu figs-activepassive μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 so that without us, they would not be made perfect If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **made perfect** rather than focusing on the person doing the “perfecting.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God would not perfect them without us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -HEB 11 40 nkci figs-doublenegatives μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 The phrases **not even** and **without blood** together use two negative words to emphasize that **blood** is required. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with positive words, emphasizing the importance of **blood**. Alternate translation: “so that they would be made perfect only with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +HEB 11 40 nkci figs-doublenegatives μὴ χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν 1 The phrases **without us** and **not be made perfect** together use two negative words to emphasize that **they** and **us** need to be together to **be made perfect**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with positive words, emphasizing the importance of **they** and **us** together. Alternate translation: “they would be made perfect only with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) HEB 12 intro h1qb 0 # Hebrews 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n7. Faith and endurance (10:26–12:29)\n * Exhortation: Imitate Jesus in rejecting sin and enduring discipline (12:1–17)\n * Exhortation: Mount Sinai and Mount Zion (12:18–29)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:5-6, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Discipline\n\nGod wants his people to do what is right. When they do what is wrong, he needs to correct or punish them. He does this just as earthly fathers correct and punish children whom they love. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]]) HEB 12 1 k8mr grammar-connect-logic-result τοιγαροῦν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the phrase **For that very reason** draws an inference or exhortation from all of [11:1–40](../11/01.md), but especially from [11:39–40](../11/39.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that clearly draws and inference or exhortation from a previous section. Alternate translation: “Because of all that” or “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) HEB 12 1 jg6w grammar-connect-logic-result ἔχοντες 1 Here, the word **having** introduces a basis or reason for why we should **run with endurance**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a basis or reason. Alternate translation: “since we have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) From c8af41b2c9e6fd87d54c7abf9d65302c429f12bb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 17:05:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 103/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 81eaad7b49..119344cb17 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1826,7 +1826,7 @@ HEB 12 9 kng2 figs-activepassive οὐ πολὺ…μᾶλλον ὑποταγη HEB 12 9 cl95 figs-possession τῷ Πατρὶ τῶν πνευμάτων 1 the Father of spirits Here the author uses the possessive form to indicate that God is **Father** in connection with **the spirits**, probably the **spirits** of the author and audience. The author uses this construction to contrast God as **Father** with the **fathers of our flesh**. So, God is a **Father** in relation to our **spirits**, while humans are **fathers** in relation to our **flesh**. If possible, use a construction that is similar to how you translated **fathers of our flesh**. Alternate translation: “to the heavenly Father” or “to the Father in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) HEB 12 9 xk8n τῶν πνευμάτων 1 the Father of spirits Here, the phrase **the spirits** could refer to: (1) the **spirits** of the author and audience, in contrast to their **flesh**. Alternate translation: “of our spirits” (2) all **spirits**, including human **spirits** and angels, who are **spirits** (see [1:7](../01/07.md)). Alternate translation: “of all spirits” HEB 12 9 pem8 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ ζήσομεν 1 and live Here, the word **and** introduces the result of being **subjected to the Father of the spirits**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “so that we will live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -HEB 12 9 vize figs-explicit ζήσομεν 1 and live Here, the word **live** probably refers not just to staying alive but rather to receiving eternal life from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “receive everlasting life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +HEB 12 9 vize figs-explicit ζήσομεν 1 and live Here, the word **live** refers to receiving eternal life from God, not just to staying alive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “receive everlasting life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 10 l1a3 figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ μεταλαβεῖν τῆς ἁγιότητος αὐτοῦ 1 so that we can share in his holiness This metaphor speaks of **holiness** as if it were an object that can be shared among people. Alternate translation: “so that we may become holy as God is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 11 g13e figs-metaphor καρπὸν εἰρηνικὸν…ἀποδίδωσιν δικαιοσύνης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness Here, **fruit** here is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “it produces the peaceful result of righteousness” or “it produces righteousness, which results in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 11 xbg8 figs-personification τοῖς δι’ αὐτῆς γεγυμνασμένοις 1 who have been trained by it The discipline or correction done by the Lord is spoken of as if it were the Lord himself. Alternate translation: “for those who have been trained by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From a1ca38a2f2e513955538782d668a38d01887b5be Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 17:12:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 104/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 7 ++++++- 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 119344cb17..74a5fc4b9d 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1827,7 +1827,12 @@ HEB 12 9 cl95 figs-possession τῷ Πατρὶ τῶν πνευμάτων 1 the HEB 12 9 xk8n τῶν πνευμάτων 1 the Father of spirits Here, the phrase **the spirits** could refer to: (1) the **spirits** of the author and audience, in contrast to their **flesh**. Alternate translation: “of our spirits” (2) all **spirits**, including human **spirits** and angels, who are **spirits** (see [1:7](../01/07.md)). Alternate translation: “of all spirits” HEB 12 9 pem8 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ ζήσομεν 1 and live Here, the word **and** introduces the result of being **subjected to the Father of the spirits**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “so that we will live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) HEB 12 9 vize figs-explicit ζήσομεν 1 and live Here, the word **live** refers to receiving eternal life from God, not just to staying alive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “receive everlasting life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HEB 12 10 l1a3 figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ μεταλαβεῖν τῆς ἁγιότητος αὐτοῦ 1 so that we can share in his holiness This metaphor speaks of **holiness** as if it were an object that can be shared among people. Alternate translation: “so that we may become holy as God is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +HEB 12 10 qpwr grammar-connect-words-phrases μὲν γὰρ…δὲ 1 so that we can share in his holiness +HEB 12 10 a1ts figs-idiom πρὸς ὀλίγας ἡμέρας 1 so that we can share in his holiness +HEB 12 10 k87r figs-idiom κατὰ τὸ δοκοῦν αὐτοῖς 1 so that we can share in his holiness +HEB 12 10 bdqj figs-pastforfuture τὸ δοκοῦν 1 so that we can share in his holiness +HEB 12 10 hq8j figs-ellipsis ὁ…ἐπὶ τὸ συμφέρον 1 so that we can share in his holiness +HEB 12 10 l1a3 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἁγιότητος αὐτοῦ 1 so that we can share in his holiness HEB 12 11 g13e figs-metaphor καρπὸν εἰρηνικὸν…ἀποδίδωσιν δικαιοσύνης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness Here, **fruit** here is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “it produces the peaceful result of righteousness” or “it produces righteousness, which results in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 11 xbg8 figs-personification τοῖς δι’ αὐτῆς γεγυμνασμένοις 1 who have been trained by it The discipline or correction done by the Lord is spoken of as if it were the Lord himself. Alternate translation: “for those who have been trained by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) HEB 12 11 gaor figs-activepassive τοῖς δι’ αὐτῆς γεγυμνασμένοις 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God has trained by disciplining them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From ee77993f90ced4c51941cab9c5dc3ca3fef582ef Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 17:13:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 105/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 74a5fc4b9d..0c8c63fdce 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1832,6 +1832,7 @@ HEB 12 10 a1ts figs-idiom πρὸς ὀλίγας ἡμέρας 1 so that we can HEB 12 10 k87r figs-idiom κατὰ τὸ δοκοῦν αὐτοῖς 1 so that we can share in his holiness HEB 12 10 bdqj figs-pastforfuture τὸ δοκοῦν 1 so that we can share in his holiness HEB 12 10 hq8j figs-ellipsis ὁ…ἐπὶ τὸ συμφέρον 1 so that we can share in his holiness +HEB 12 10 r2ci figs-explicit μεταλαβεῖν τῆς ἁγιότητος αὐτοῦ 1 so that we can share in his holiness HEB 12 10 l1a3 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἁγιότητος αὐτοῦ 1 so that we can share in his holiness HEB 12 11 g13e figs-metaphor καρπὸν εἰρηνικὸν…ἀποδίδωσιν δικαιοσύνης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness Here, **fruit** here is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “it produces the peaceful result of righteousness” or “it produces righteousness, which results in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 11 xbg8 figs-personification τοῖς δι’ αὐτῆς γεγυμνασμένοις 1 who have been trained by it The discipline or correction done by the Lord is spoken of as if it were the Lord himself. Alternate translation: “for those who have been trained by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From 4b94c9df302c6e05ad9fe5d020fa65853e09707f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 18:37:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 107/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 0c8c63fdce..bb629535b6 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1819,7 +1819,7 @@ HEB 12 8 kwc6 figs-abstractnouns χωρίς ἐστε παιδείας, ἧς μ HEB 12 8 kdgp figs-gendernotations πάντες…υἱοί 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in Although the words **{men}** and **sons** are masculine, the author is using them to refer to all people, both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use non-gendered words or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “all people … his sons and daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) HEB 12 8 gks9 figs-idiom ἧς μέτοχοι γεγόνασι πάντες 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in Here, to be **partakers** in something means to experience that thing. Here, the phrase means that **all {men}** have experienced **discipline**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in a more natural way. Alternate translation: “in which all men have shared” or “which all men have experienced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 8 suc5 figs-doublet νόθοι καὶ οὐχ υἱοί 1 But if you are without discipline, which all people share in Here, the words **illegitimate** and **not {his} sons** function together to identify children who do not have the status of **sons**. In the author’s culture, an **illegitimate** child had one parent who was not fully recognized as a spouse. For example, the woman might not be married to the man, or one of the parents might not be a citizen of the city or country, or one parent might be a slave or concubine. In each of these cases, the child would not receive the full status of “son” and would thus be **illegitimate**. If you do not have two words for these categories, you could use a single word or phrase to identify a child who does not have full status or honor. Alternate translation: “illegitimate sons” or “not true sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -HEB 12 9 r3qx grammar-connect-words-phrases εἶτα…μὲν…δὲ 1 How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! Here, the word **Furthermore** indicates that the author is about to make another argument for why the audience should accept God’s discipline. The phrase **one the one hand** indicates that this argument is in two parts. The second part begins with the phrase **on the other hand**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use words and phrases that clearly introduce a further argument that is in two parts. Alternate translation: “In addition, at one time … but now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +HEB 12 9 r3qx grammar-connect-words-phrases εἶτα…μὲν…δὲ 1 How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! Here, the word **Furthermore** indicates that the author is about to make another argument for why the audience should accept God’s discipline. The phrase **on the one hand** indicates that this argument is in two parts. The second part begins with the phrase **on the other hand**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use words and phrases that clearly introduce a further argument that is in two parts. Alternate translation: “In addition, at one time … but now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 12 9 s980 figs-idiom τοὺς…τῆς σαρκὸς ἡμῶν πατέρας 1 How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! Here, the phrase **fathers of our flesh** identifies the **fathers** as those who raised the author and audience when they were children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to these kinds of **fathers** in contrast to God as a Father. Alternate translation: “our earthly fathers” or “our fathers on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 9 r4lb figs-rquestion οὐ πολὺ…μᾶλλον ὑποταγησόμεθα τῷ Πατρὶ τῶν πνευμάτων, καὶ ζήσομεν? 1 How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! The author is using the question form to encourage the audience to agree with him. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate the question as an exhortation or exclamation. Alternate translation: “we should much more be subjected to the Father of the spirits and live.” or “we will much more be subjected to the Father of the spirits and live!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) HEB 12 9 kng2 figs-activepassive οὐ πολὺ…μᾶλλον ὑποταγησόμεθα 1 How much more should we submit to the Father of spirits and live! If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “we” subject ourselves. Alternate translation: “will we not much more subject ourselves” or “will we not much more submit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 479e3259ada82bbac7d3328bac7c71a46c66e27a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 21:09:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 108/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index bb629535b6..b967318101 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1827,7 +1827,7 @@ HEB 12 9 cl95 figs-possession τῷ Πατρὶ τῶν πνευμάτων 1 the HEB 12 9 xk8n τῶν πνευμάτων 1 the Father of spirits Here, the phrase **the spirits** could refer to: (1) the **spirits** of the author and audience, in contrast to their **flesh**. Alternate translation: “of our spirits” (2) all **spirits**, including human **spirits** and angels, who are **spirits** (see [1:7](../01/07.md)). Alternate translation: “of all spirits” HEB 12 9 pem8 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ ζήσομεν 1 and live Here, the word **and** introduces the result of being **subjected to the Father of the spirits**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “so that we will live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) HEB 12 9 vize figs-explicit ζήσομεν 1 and live Here, the word **live** refers to receiving eternal life from God, not just to staying alive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “receive everlasting life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HEB 12 10 qpwr grammar-connect-words-phrases μὲν γὰρ…δὲ 1 so that we can share in his holiness +HEB 12 10 qpwr grammar-connect-words-phrases μὲν γὰρ…δὲ 1 so that we can share in his holiness Here, the word **For** indicates that the author is about to explain further the contrast between how earthly fathers train people and how God trains people. The word **indeed** indicates that this argument is in two parts. The second part begins with the word **but**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use words and phrases that clearly introduce an explanation that is in two parts. Alternate translation: “Even more, on the one hand … but on the other hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 12 10 a1ts figs-idiom πρὸς ὀλίγας ἡμέρας 1 so that we can share in his holiness HEB 12 10 k87r figs-idiom κατὰ τὸ δοκοῦν αὐτοῖς 1 so that we can share in his holiness HEB 12 10 bdqj figs-pastforfuture τὸ δοκοῦν 1 so that we can share in his holiness From 85c0b767650164f5b93fc0eb7e7b7c5ed9a9af89 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 21:13:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 109/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index b967318101..c799e1ab6b 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1828,9 +1828,9 @@ HEB 12 9 xk8n τῶν πνευμάτων 1 the Father of spirits Here, the phra HEB 12 9 pem8 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ ζήσομεν 1 and live Here, the word **and** introduces the result of being **subjected to the Father of the spirits**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “so that we will live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) HEB 12 9 vize figs-explicit ζήσομεν 1 and live Here, the word **live** refers to receiving eternal life from God, not just to staying alive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “receive everlasting life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 10 qpwr grammar-connect-words-phrases μὲν γὰρ…δὲ 1 so that we can share in his holiness Here, the word **For** indicates that the author is about to explain further the contrast between how earthly fathers train people and how God trains people. The word **indeed** indicates that this argument is in two parts. The second part begins with the word **but**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use words and phrases that clearly introduce an explanation that is in two parts. Alternate translation: “Even more, on the one hand … but on the other hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -HEB 12 10 a1ts figs-idiom πρὸς ὀλίγας ἡμέρας 1 so that we can share in his holiness -HEB 12 10 k87r figs-idiom κατὰ τὸ δοκοῦν αὐτοῖς 1 so that we can share in his holiness -HEB 12 10 bdqj figs-pastforfuture τὸ δοκοῦν 1 so that we can share in his holiness +HEB 12 10 a1ts figs-idiom πρὸς ὀλίγας ἡμέρας 1 so that we can share in his holiness Here, the phrase **for a few days** refers to a brief period of time, specifically the time in which a person is a child. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that refers to a short period of time. Alternate translation: “during our childhood” or “for a few years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +HEB 12 10 k87r figs-idiom κατὰ τὸ δοκοῦν αὐτοῖς 1 so that we can share in his holiness Here, the phrase **according to {what} seems {best} to them** indicates that parents “discipline” in whatever way they think is proper or fitting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that refers to a person doing what they think is right or proper. Alternate translation: “as they thought best” or “in whatever ways they chose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +HEB 12 10 bdqj figs-pastforfuture τὸ δοκοῦν 1 so that we can share in his holiness Here, the author uses the present tense to refer to what “seemed” best during the time when the parents **were disciplining {us}**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense is most appropriate for this time. Alternate translation: “what seemed best” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) HEB 12 10 hq8j figs-ellipsis ὁ…ἐπὶ τὸ συμφέρον 1 so that we can share in his holiness HEB 12 10 r2ci figs-explicit μεταλαβεῖν τῆς ἁγιότητος αὐτοῦ 1 so that we can share in his holiness HEB 12 10 l1a3 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἁγιότητος αὐτοῦ 1 so that we can share in his holiness From 7ec560059a63aa7d0c1226d47919ddf33676714a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 21:19:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 110/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index c799e1ab6b..d6369d02d2 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1831,9 +1831,9 @@ HEB 12 10 qpwr grammar-connect-words-phrases μὲν γὰρ…δὲ 1 so that w HEB 12 10 a1ts figs-idiom πρὸς ὀλίγας ἡμέρας 1 so that we can share in his holiness Here, the phrase **for a few days** refers to a brief period of time, specifically the time in which a person is a child. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that refers to a short period of time. Alternate translation: “during our childhood” or “for a few years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 10 k87r figs-idiom κατὰ τὸ δοκοῦν αὐτοῖς 1 so that we can share in his holiness Here, the phrase **according to {what} seems {best} to them** indicates that parents “discipline” in whatever way they think is proper or fitting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that refers to a person doing what they think is right or proper. Alternate translation: “as they thought best” or “in whatever ways they chose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 10 bdqj figs-pastforfuture τὸ δοκοῦν 1 so that we can share in his holiness Here, the author uses the present tense to refer to what “seemed” best during the time when the parents **were disciplining {us}**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense is most appropriate for this time. Alternate translation: “what seemed best” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) -HEB 12 10 hq8j figs-ellipsis ὁ…ἐπὶ τὸ συμφέρον 1 so that we can share in his holiness -HEB 12 10 r2ci figs-explicit μεταλαβεῖν τῆς ἁγιότητος αὐτοῦ 1 so that we can share in his holiness -HEB 12 10 l1a3 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἁγιότητος αὐτοῦ 1 so that we can share in his holiness +HEB 12 10 hq8j figs-ellipsis ὁ…ἐπὶ τὸ συμφέρον 1 so that we can share in his holiness The second half of this verse leaves out some words that many languages might need to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the first half of the verse. Alternate translation: “he disciplines us to benefit us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +HEB 12 10 r2ci figs-explicit μεταλαβεῖν τῆς ἁγιότητος αὐτοῦ 1 so that we can share in his holiness Here, to **share** God’s **holiness** means to be like God in being “holy,” that is, set apart and free from sin. It does not mean that we take some **holiness** from God, who would now be less holy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it clearer that we are holy like God is, not that we take God’s **holiness** away. Alternate translation: “so that we might participate in the holiness that God has” or “so that we might have the kind of holiness that God has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +HEB 12 10 l1a3 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἁγιότητος αὐτοῦ 1 so that we can share in his holiness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **holiness**, you could express the idea by using an adjective such as “holy.” Alternate translation: “how he is holy” or “the way that he is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 11 g13e figs-metaphor καρπὸν εἰρηνικὸν…ἀποδίδωσιν δικαιοσύνης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness Here, **fruit** here is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “it produces the peaceful result of righteousness” or “it produces righteousness, which results in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 11 xbg8 figs-personification τοῖς δι’ αὐτῆς γεγυμνασμένοις 1 who have been trained by it The discipline or correction done by the Lord is spoken of as if it were the Lord himself. Alternate translation: “for those who have been trained by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) HEB 12 11 gaor figs-activepassive τοῖς δι’ αὐτῆς γεγυμνασμένοις 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God has trained by disciplining them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 5e9704d7bc0fadd324baac778e7cbe2a500ffd9b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 21:26:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 111/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 7 +++++-- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index d6369d02d2..5cb90c48b9 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1834,9 +1834,12 @@ HEB 12 10 bdqj figs-pastforfuture τὸ δοκοῦν 1 so that we can share in HEB 12 10 hq8j figs-ellipsis ὁ…ἐπὶ τὸ συμφέρον 1 so that we can share in his holiness The second half of this verse leaves out some words that many languages might need to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the first half of the verse. Alternate translation: “he disciplines us to benefit us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) HEB 12 10 r2ci figs-explicit μεταλαβεῖν τῆς ἁγιότητος αὐτοῦ 1 so that we can share in his holiness Here, to **share** God’s **holiness** means to be like God in being “holy,” that is, set apart and free from sin. It does not mean that we take some **holiness** from God, who would now be less holy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it clearer that we are holy like God is, not that we take God’s **holiness** away. Alternate translation: “so that we might participate in the holiness that God has” or “so that we might have the kind of holiness that God has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 10 l1a3 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἁγιότητος αὐτοῦ 1 so that we can share in his holiness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **holiness**, you could express the idea by using an adjective such as “holy.” Alternate translation: “how he is holy” or “the way that he is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +HEB 12 11 ecx4 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness +HEB 12 11 y7v6 figs-abstractnouns πᾶσα…παιδεία πρὸς μὲν τὸ παρὸν, οὐ δοκεῖ χαρᾶς εἶναι, ἀλλὰ λύπης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness HEB 12 11 g13e figs-metaphor καρπὸν εἰρηνικὸν…ἀποδίδωσιν δικαιοσύνης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness Here, **fruit** here is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “it produces the peaceful result of righteousness” or “it produces righteousness, which results in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 12 11 xbg8 figs-personification τοῖς δι’ αὐτῆς γεγυμνασμένοις 1 who have been trained by it The discipline or correction done by the Lord is spoken of as if it were the Lord himself. Alternate translation: “for those who have been trained by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -HEB 12 11 gaor figs-activepassive τοῖς δι’ αὐτῆς γεγυμνασμένοις 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God has trained by disciplining them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 12 11 jmzj writing-pronouns αὐτῆς…ἀποδίδωσιν 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness +HEB 12 11 xbg8 figs-metaphor τοῖς δι’ αὐτῆς γεγυμνασμένοις 1 who have been trained by it +HEB 12 11 gaor figs-activepassive τοῖς δι’ αὐτῆς γεγυμνασμένοις 1 HEB 12 12 cvp9 figs-metaphor τὰς παρειμένας χεῖρας, καὶ τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα, ἀνορθώσατε 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. Possibly this continues the metaphor about the race in [Hebrews 12:1](../12/01.md). It is in this way that the author speaks about living as Christians and helping others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 13 yi9n figs-metaphor τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς ποιεῖτε τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet Possibly this continues the metaphor about the race in [Hebrews 12:1](../12/01.md). It is in this way that the author speaks about living as Christians and helping others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 13 qmq7 figs-metaphor τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς 1 straight paths Living so as to honor and please God is spoken of as if it were a **straight** path to follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 855f336d834f9d70cf365aff4b46d397bd60cd3d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 21:27:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 112/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 5cb90c48b9..df0fa2a963 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1836,6 +1836,7 @@ HEB 12 10 r2ci figs-explicit μεταλαβεῖν τῆς ἁγιότητος HEB 12 10 l1a3 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἁγιότητος αὐτοῦ 1 so that we can share in his holiness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **holiness**, you could express the idea by using an adjective such as “holy.” Alternate translation: “how he is holy” or “the way that he is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 11 ecx4 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness HEB 12 11 y7v6 figs-abstractnouns πᾶσα…παιδεία πρὸς μὲν τὸ παρὸν, οὐ δοκεῖ χαρᾶς εἶναι, ἀλλὰ λύπης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness +HEB 12 11 kjt6 figs-idiom πρὸς…τὸ παρὸν 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness HEB 12 11 g13e figs-metaphor καρπὸν εἰρηνικὸν…ἀποδίδωσιν δικαιοσύνης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness Here, **fruit** here is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “it produces the peaceful result of righteousness” or “it produces righteousness, which results in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 11 jmzj writing-pronouns αὐτῆς…ἀποδίδωσιν 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness HEB 12 11 xbg8 figs-metaphor τοῖς δι’ αὐτῆς γεγυμνασμένοις 1 who have been trained by it From 1f73c199fd29542034eb519d0bd0f1f4db61a480 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 21:29:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 113/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index df0fa2a963..a215c470a0 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1838,6 +1838,7 @@ HEB 12 11 ecx4 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 it produces the peaceful fr HEB 12 11 y7v6 figs-abstractnouns πᾶσα…παιδεία πρὸς μὲν τὸ παρὸν, οὐ δοκεῖ χαρᾶς εἶναι, ἀλλὰ λύπης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness HEB 12 11 kjt6 figs-idiom πρὸς…τὸ παρὸν 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness HEB 12 11 g13e figs-metaphor καρπὸν εἰρηνικὸν…ἀποδίδωσιν δικαιοσύνης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness Here, **fruit** here is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “it produces the peaceful result of righteousness” or “it produces righteousness, which results in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +HEB 12 11 xt2w figs-possession καρπὸν εἰρηνικὸν…δικαιοσύνης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness HEB 12 11 jmzj writing-pronouns αὐτῆς…ἀποδίδωσιν 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness HEB 12 11 xbg8 figs-metaphor τοῖς δι’ αὐτῆς γεγυμνασμένοις 1 who have been trained by it HEB 12 11 gaor figs-activepassive τοῖς δι’ αὐτῆς γεγυμνασμένοις 1 From 407e8f397c85353c019c05b954e563dc3ce5425b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 21:58:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 114/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 7 ++++--- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index a215c470a0..cb6cf3a260 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1834,12 +1834,13 @@ HEB 12 10 bdqj figs-pastforfuture τὸ δοκοῦν 1 so that we can share in HEB 12 10 hq8j figs-ellipsis ὁ…ἐπὶ τὸ συμφέρον 1 so that we can share in his holiness The second half of this verse leaves out some words that many languages might need to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the first half of the verse. Alternate translation: “he disciplines us to benefit us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) HEB 12 10 r2ci figs-explicit μεταλαβεῖν τῆς ἁγιότητος αὐτοῦ 1 so that we can share in his holiness Here, to **share** God’s **holiness** means to be like God in being “holy,” that is, set apart and free from sin. It does not mean that we take some **holiness** from God, who would now be less holy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it clearer that we are holy like God is, not that we take God’s **holiness** away. Alternate translation: “so that we might participate in the holiness that God has” or “so that we might have the kind of holiness that God has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 10 l1a3 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἁγιότητος αὐτοῦ 1 so that we can share in his holiness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **holiness**, you could express the idea by using an adjective such as “holy.” Alternate translation: “how he is holy” or “the way that he is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -HEB 12 11 ecx4 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness +HEB 12 11 ecx4 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness Here, the word **Now** introduces a further development in the author’s argument. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word that introduces development or leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Further,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 12 11 y7v6 figs-abstractnouns πᾶσα…παιδεία πρὸς μὲν τὸ παρὸν, οὐ δοκεῖ χαρᾶς εἶναι, ἀλλὰ λύπης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness HEB 12 11 kjt6 figs-idiom πρὸς…τὸ παρὸν 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness -HEB 12 11 g13e figs-metaphor καρπὸν εἰρηνικὸν…ἀποδίδωσιν δικαιοσύνης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness Here, **fruit** here is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “it produces the peaceful result of righteousness” or “it produces righteousness, which results in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 12 11 xt2w figs-possession καρπὸν εἰρηνικὸν…δικαιοσύνης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness HEB 12 11 jmzj writing-pronouns αὐτῆς…ἀποδίδωσιν 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness +HEB 12 11 g13e figs-metaphor καρπὸν εἰρηνικὸν…ἀποδίδωσιν δικαιοσύνης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness Here, **fruit** here is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “it produces the peaceful result of righteousness” or “it produces righteousness, which results in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +HEB 12 11 xt2w figs-possession καρπὸν εἰρηνικὸν…δικαιοσύνης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness Here the author uses the possessive form to identify **peaceful fruit** that could: (2) be **righteousness** as well as “peace.” In this case, both **peaceful** and **righteousness** describe what the **fruit** is. Alternate translation: “the fruit that is peace and righteousness” (3) have its source in **righteousness**. Alternate translation: “the peaceful fruit that comes from righteousness” +HEB 12 11 l9g3 figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness HEB 12 11 xbg8 figs-metaphor τοῖς δι’ αὐτῆς γεγυμνασμένοις 1 who have been trained by it HEB 12 11 gaor figs-activepassive τοῖς δι’ αὐτῆς γεγυμνασμένοις 1 HEB 12 12 cvp9 figs-metaphor τὰς παρειμένας χεῖρας, καὶ τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα, ἀνορθώσατε 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. Possibly this continues the metaphor about the race in [Hebrews 12:1](../12/01.md). It is in this way that the author speaks about living as Christians and helping others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 4b00a32e1b54bb50a38a6c9fb42f6908a02e01b3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 22:06:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 115/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 10 +++++----- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index cb6cf3a260..b3864d48ae 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1835,11 +1835,11 @@ HEB 12 10 hq8j figs-ellipsis ὁ…ἐπὶ τὸ συμφέρον 1 so that we HEB 12 10 r2ci figs-explicit μεταλαβεῖν τῆς ἁγιότητος αὐτοῦ 1 so that we can share in his holiness Here, to **share** God’s **holiness** means to be like God in being “holy,” that is, set apart and free from sin. It does not mean that we take some **holiness** from God, who would now be less holy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it clearer that we are holy like God is, not that we take God’s **holiness** away. Alternate translation: “so that we might participate in the holiness that God has” or “so that we might have the kind of holiness that God has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 10 l1a3 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἁγιότητος αὐτοῦ 1 so that we can share in his holiness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **holiness**, you could express the idea by using an adjective such as “holy.” Alternate translation: “how he is holy” or “the way that he is holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 11 ecx4 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness Here, the word **Now** introduces a further development in the author’s argument. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word that introduces development or leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Further,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -HEB 12 11 y7v6 figs-abstractnouns πᾶσα…παιδεία πρὸς μὲν τὸ παρὸν, οὐ δοκεῖ χαρᾶς εἶναι, ἀλλὰ λύπης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness -HEB 12 11 kjt6 figs-idiom πρὸς…τὸ παρὸν 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness -HEB 12 11 jmzj writing-pronouns αὐτῆς…ἀποδίδωσιν 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness -HEB 12 11 g13e figs-metaphor καρπὸν εἰρηνικὸν…ἀποδίδωσιν δικαιοσύνης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness Here, **fruit** here is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “it produces the peaceful result of righteousness” or “it produces righteousness, which results in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 12 11 xt2w figs-possession καρπὸν εἰρηνικὸν…δικαιοσύνης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness Here the author uses the possessive form to identify **peaceful fruit** that could: (2) be **righteousness** as well as “peace.” In this case, both **peaceful** and **righteousness** describe what the **fruit** is. Alternate translation: “the fruit that is peace and righteousness” (3) have its source in **righteousness**. Alternate translation: “the peaceful fruit that comes from righteousness” +HEB 12 11 y7v6 figs-abstractnouns πᾶσα…παιδεία πρὸς μὲν τὸ παρὸν, οὐ δοκεῖ χαρᾶς εἶναι, ἀλλὰ λύπης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **discipline**, **joy**, and **pain**, you could express the ideas by using a verb such as “discipline” and adjectives such as “joyful” and “painful.” Alternate translation: “being disciplined does not seem like a joyful thing at the present, but a painful thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +HEB 12 11 kjt6 figs-idiom πρὸς…τὸ παρὸν 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness Here, the phrase **at the present** refers to time during which the **discipline** happens. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that refers to that period of time. Alternate translation: “at the moment” or “while it is experienced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +HEB 12 11 jmzj writing-pronouns αὐτῆς…ἀποδίδωσιν 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness In both places, the word **it** refers back to **discipline**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify to what **it** refers. Alternate translation: “the discipline produces … this discipline” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +HEB 12 11 g13e figs-metaphor καρπὸν εἰρηνικὸν…ἀποδίδωσιν δικαιοσύνης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness Here, the author speaks of the result or outcome of discipline as if it were **fruit** that the discipline **produces**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “it leads to the peaceful result of righteousness” or “it brings about a peaceful outcome of righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +HEB 12 11 xt2w figs-possession καρπὸν εἰρηνικὸν…δικαιοσύνης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness Here the author uses the possessive form to identify **peaceful fruit** that could: (1) be **righteousness**. In this case, the **fruit** is **peaceful** because the result of the discipline is **peaceful** instead of being painful. Alternate translation: “peaceful fruit that is righteousness” (2) be **righteousness** as well as “peace.” In this case, both **peaceful** and **righteousness** describe what the **fruit** is. Alternate translation: “the fruit that is peace and righteousness” (3) have its source in **righteousness**. Alternate translation: “the peaceful fruit that comes from righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) HEB 12 11 l9g3 figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness HEB 12 11 xbg8 figs-metaphor τοῖς δι’ αὐτῆς γεγυμνασμένοις 1 who have been trained by it HEB 12 11 gaor figs-activepassive τοῖς δι’ αὐτῆς γεγυμνασμένοις 1 From d17f3e3840e12499ac1e4399a0ff39298cef75e5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 22:11:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 116/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index b3864d48ae..d7c0ad73a9 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1840,9 +1840,9 @@ HEB 12 11 kjt6 figs-idiom πρὸς…τὸ παρὸν 1 it produces the peacef HEB 12 11 jmzj writing-pronouns αὐτῆς…ἀποδίδωσιν 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness In both places, the word **it** refers back to **discipline**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify to what **it** refers. Alternate translation: “the discipline produces … this discipline” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 12 11 g13e figs-metaphor καρπὸν εἰρηνικὸν…ἀποδίδωσιν δικαιοσύνης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness Here, the author speaks of the result or outcome of discipline as if it were **fruit** that the discipline **produces**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “it leads to the peaceful result of righteousness” or “it brings about a peaceful outcome of righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 11 xt2w figs-possession καρπὸν εἰρηνικὸν…δικαιοσύνης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness Here the author uses the possessive form to identify **peaceful fruit** that could: (1) be **righteousness**. In this case, the **fruit** is **peaceful** because the result of the discipline is **peaceful** instead of being painful. Alternate translation: “peaceful fruit that is righteousness” (2) be **righteousness** as well as “peace.” In this case, both **peaceful** and **righteousness** describe what the **fruit** is. Alternate translation: “the fruit that is peace and righteousness” (3) have its source in **righteousness**. Alternate translation: “the peaceful fruit that comes from righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -HEB 12 11 l9g3 figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness -HEB 12 11 xbg8 figs-metaphor τοῖς δι’ αὐτῆς γεγυμνασμένοις 1 who have been trained by it -HEB 12 11 gaor figs-activepassive τοῖς δι’ αὐτῆς γεγυμνασμένοις 1 +HEB 12 11 l9g3 figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **righteousness**, you could express the idea by using an adjective such as “just” or “righteous.” Alternate translation: “of righteous living” or “of acting justly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +HEB 12 11 xbg8 figs-metaphor τοῖς δι’ αὐτῆς γεγυμνασμένοις 1 who have been trained by it Here, the phrase **having been trained** refers to how athletes physically “train” themselves for competition. The author uses this language to indicate that the “training” is difficult but produces results. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or express the idea in plain language. Alternate translation: “for the ones having been instructed through it” or “for the ones who learned from it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +HEB 12 11 gaor figs-activepassive τοῖς δι’ αὐτῆς γεγυμνασμένοις 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **trained** rather than focusing on the person doing the “training.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it by using **it**, that is, the **discipline**. Alternate translation: “for the ones whom God has trained by it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 12 cvp9 figs-metaphor τὰς παρειμένας χεῖρας, καὶ τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα, ἀνορθώσατε 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. Possibly this continues the metaphor about the race in [Hebrews 12:1](../12/01.md). It is in this way that the author speaks about living as Christians and helping others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 13 yi9n figs-metaphor τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς ποιεῖτε τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet Possibly this continues the metaphor about the race in [Hebrews 12:1](../12/01.md). It is in this way that the author speaks about living as Christians and helping others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 13 qmq7 figs-metaphor τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς 1 straight paths Living so as to honor and please God is spoken of as if it were a **straight** path to follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From b28d204fe8e9ae88ae408dd0d5bb7a5e32145572 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 22:44:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 117/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index d7c0ad73a9..d0257a2864 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1843,7 +1843,12 @@ HEB 12 11 xt2w figs-possession καρπὸν εἰρηνικὸν…δικαιο HEB 12 11 l9g3 figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνης 1 it produces the peaceful fruit of righteousness If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **righteousness**, you could express the idea by using an adjective such as “just” or “righteous.” Alternate translation: “of righteous living” or “of acting justly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 11 xbg8 figs-metaphor τοῖς δι’ αὐτῆς γεγυμνασμένοις 1 who have been trained by it Here, the phrase **having been trained** refers to how athletes physically “train” themselves for competition. The author uses this language to indicate that the “training” is difficult but produces results. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or express the idea in plain language. Alternate translation: “for the ones having been instructed through it” or “for the ones who learned from it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 11 gaor figs-activepassive τοῖς δι’ αὐτῆς γεγυμνασμένοις 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **trained** rather than focusing on the person doing the “training.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it by using **it**, that is, the **discipline**. Alternate translation: “for the ones whom God has trained by it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 12 12 bpdp 0 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. In this verse, the author uses language that is very similar to [Isaiah 35:3](../isa/35/03.md). He does not seem to be quoting from Isaiah, but the language is similar enough that you may want to include a footnote that indicates the similarity. HEB 12 12 cvp9 figs-metaphor τὰς παρειμένας χεῖρας, καὶ τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα, ἀνορθώσατε 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. Possibly this continues the metaphor about the race in [Hebrews 12:1](../12/01.md). It is in this way that the author speaks about living as Christians and helping others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +HEB 12 12 mbgx translate-unknown ἀνορθώσατε 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. +HEB 12 12 t3rh translate-unknown τὰς παρειμένας χεῖρας 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. +HEB 12 12 kz4m translate-unknown τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. +HEB 12 12 r9bq figs-activepassive τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. HEB 12 13 yi9n figs-metaphor τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς ποιεῖτε τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet Possibly this continues the metaphor about the race in [Hebrews 12:1](../12/01.md). It is in this way that the author speaks about living as Christians and helping others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 13 qmq7 figs-metaphor τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς 1 straight paths Living so as to honor and please God is spoken of as if it were a **straight** path to follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 13 i19d figs-metaphor μὴ τὸ χωλὸν ἐκτραπῇ 1 what is lame will not be sprained In this metaphor of running a race, **lame** represents another person in the race who is hurt and wants to quit. This, in turn, represent the Christians themselves. Alternate translation: “whoever is weak and wants to quit will not sprain his ankle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From d906005d3f73f00ae3786fc95687b238f4a77eeb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 23:39:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 118/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 10 +++++----- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index d0257a2864..9d2d099b29 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1844,11 +1844,11 @@ HEB 12 11 l9g3 figs-abstractnouns δικαιοσύνης 1 it produces the peace HEB 12 11 xbg8 figs-metaphor τοῖς δι’ αὐτῆς γεγυμνασμένοις 1 who have been trained by it Here, the phrase **having been trained** refers to how athletes physically “train” themselves for competition. The author uses this language to indicate that the “training” is difficult but produces results. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or express the idea in plain language. Alternate translation: “for the ones having been instructed through it” or “for the ones who learned from it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 11 gaor figs-activepassive τοῖς δι’ αὐτῆς γεγυμνασμένοις 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **trained** rather than focusing on the person doing the “training.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it by using **it**, that is, the **discipline**. Alternate translation: “for the ones whom God has trained by it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 12 bpdp 0 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. In this verse, the author uses language that is very similar to [Isaiah 35:3](../isa/35/03.md). He does not seem to be quoting from Isaiah, but the language is similar enough that you may want to include a footnote that indicates the similarity. -HEB 12 12 cvp9 figs-metaphor τὰς παρειμένας χεῖρας, καὶ τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα, ἀνορθώσατε 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. Possibly this continues the metaphor about the race in [Hebrews 12:1](../12/01.md). It is in this way that the author speaks about living as Christians and helping others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 12 12 mbgx translate-unknown ἀνορθώσατε 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. -HEB 12 12 t3rh translate-unknown τὰς παρειμένας χεῖρας 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. -HEB 12 12 kz4m translate-unknown τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. -HEB 12 12 r9bq figs-activepassive τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. +HEB 12 12 cvp9 figs-metaphor τὰς παρειμένας χεῖρας, καὶ τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα, ἀνορθώσατε 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. Here the author encourages the audience as if they were tired athletes. He speaks in this way to urge them to strengthen themselves and continue to persevere in trusting God. If possible, use words and phrases that would be used to encourage a tired athlete. If you must express the idea in another way, you could use a simile or express the idea in plain language. Alternate translation: “tighten your grip and pick up your knees” or “strengthen yourselves like athletes strengthen their hands and knees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +HEB 12 12 mbgx translate-unknown ἀνορθώσατε 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. Here, the phrase **make straight** is a command to return something to the way it was before. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that clearly expresses this idea. Alternate translation: “restore” or “renew strength in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +HEB 12 12 t3rh translate-unknown τὰς παρειμένας χεῖρας 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. Here, the phrase **drooping hands** refers to how people’s hands “droop” to their sides when they are tired or to how fingers “droop” when people are too tired to grip anything. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that refers to what happens to **hands** when a person is tired. Alternate translation: “the slack hands” or “the unclenched hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +HEB 12 12 kz4m translate-unknown τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. Here, the word **paralyzed** could refer specifically to a physical condition where one cannot move one’s **knees**, or it could refer more generally to how someone’s **knees** are tired and weak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that describes **knees** that are tired or weak. Alternate translation: “the weak knees” or “the knees that are exhausted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +HEB 12 12 r9bq figs-activepassive τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, you could use a phrase that simply describes the **knees**. Alternate translation: “the paralyzed knees” or “the knees that do not move” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 13 yi9n figs-metaphor τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς ποιεῖτε τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet Possibly this continues the metaphor about the race in [Hebrews 12:1](../12/01.md). It is in this way that the author speaks about living as Christians and helping others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 13 qmq7 figs-metaphor τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς 1 straight paths Living so as to honor and please God is spoken of as if it were a **straight** path to follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 13 i19d figs-metaphor μὴ τὸ χωλὸν ἐκτραπῇ 1 what is lame will not be sprained In this metaphor of running a race, **lame** represents another person in the race who is hurt and wants to quit. This, in turn, represent the Christians themselves. Alternate translation: “whoever is weak and wants to quit will not sprain his ankle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 47d63d786a7b6a6401d0d800419c07cfc8333659 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 23:44:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 119/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 9d2d099b29..cb6c6758b9 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1850,6 +1850,7 @@ HEB 12 12 t3rh translate-unknown τὰς παρειμένας χεῖρας 1 st HEB 12 12 kz4m translate-unknown τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. Here, the word **paralyzed** could refer specifically to a physical condition where one cannot move one’s **knees**, or it could refer more generally to how someone’s **knees** are tired and weak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that describes **knees** that are tired or weak. Alternate translation: “the weak knees” or “the knees that are exhausted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 12 12 r9bq figs-activepassive τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, you could use a phrase that simply describes the **knees**. Alternate translation: “the paralyzed knees” or “the knees that do not move” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 13 yi9n figs-metaphor τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς ποιεῖτε τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet Possibly this continues the metaphor about the race in [Hebrews 12:1](../12/01.md). It is in this way that the author speaks about living as Christians and helping others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +HEB 12 13 nbo6 τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς ποιεῖτε τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet These words are very similar to the first half of [Proverbs 4:26](../pro/04/26.md). HEB 12 13 qmq7 figs-metaphor τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς 1 straight paths Living so as to honor and please God is spoken of as if it were a **straight** path to follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 13 i19d figs-metaphor μὴ τὸ χωλὸν ἐκτραπῇ 1 what is lame will not be sprained In this metaphor of running a race, **lame** represents another person in the race who is hurt and wants to quit. This, in turn, represent the Christians themselves. Alternate translation: “whoever is weak and wants to quit will not sprain his ankle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 13 euf9 figs-metaphor μὴ…ἐκτραπῇ 1 will not be sprained Someone who stops obeying God is spoken of as if he injured his foot or ankle on a path. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From f450c340337ccce8e4b07f7de556883e482ded2a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 23:45:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 120/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index cb6c6758b9..099da13714 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1849,8 +1849,8 @@ HEB 12 12 mbgx translate-unknown ἀνορθώσατε 1 strengthen your hands t HEB 12 12 t3rh translate-unknown τὰς παρειμένας χεῖρας 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. Here, the phrase **drooping hands** refers to how people’s hands “droop” to their sides when they are tired or to how fingers “droop” when people are too tired to grip anything. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that refers to what happens to **hands** when a person is tired. Alternate translation: “the slack hands” or “the unclenched hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 12 12 kz4m translate-unknown τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. Here, the word **paralyzed** could refer specifically to a physical condition where one cannot move one’s **knees**, or it could refer more generally to how someone’s **knees** are tired and weak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that describes **knees** that are tired or weak. Alternate translation: “the weak knees” or “the knees that are exhausted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 12 12 r9bq figs-activepassive τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, you could use a phrase that simply describes the **knees**. Alternate translation: “the paralyzed knees” or “the knees that do not move” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 12 13 nbo6 τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς ποιεῖτε τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet These words are very similar to the first half of [Proverbs 4:26](../pro/04/26.md). The author does not seem to be quoting directly from Proverbs, but the language is similar enough that you may want to include a footnote that indicates the similarity. HEB 12 13 yi9n figs-metaphor τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς ποιεῖτε τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet Possibly this continues the metaphor about the race in [Hebrews 12:1](../12/01.md). It is in this way that the author speaks about living as Christians and helping others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 12 13 nbo6 τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς ποιεῖτε τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet These words are very similar to the first half of [Proverbs 4:26](../pro/04/26.md). HEB 12 13 qmq7 figs-metaphor τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς 1 straight paths Living so as to honor and please God is spoken of as if it were a **straight** path to follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 13 i19d figs-metaphor μὴ τὸ χωλὸν ἐκτραπῇ 1 what is lame will not be sprained In this metaphor of running a race, **lame** represents another person in the race who is hurt and wants to quit. This, in turn, represent the Christians themselves. Alternate translation: “whoever is weak and wants to quit will not sprain his ankle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 13 euf9 figs-metaphor μὴ…ἐκτραπῇ 1 will not be sprained Someone who stops obeying God is spoken of as if he injured his foot or ankle on a path. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 4e77b956c08b755c4588cbfee0d643d66d14dc87 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 23:46:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 121/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 099da13714..3ab3346880 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1850,7 +1850,7 @@ HEB 12 12 t3rh translate-unknown τὰς παρειμένας χεῖρας 1 st HEB 12 12 kz4m translate-unknown τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. Here, the word **paralyzed** could refer specifically to a physical condition where one cannot move one’s **knees**, or it could refer more generally to how someone’s **knees** are tired and weak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that describes **knees** that are tired or weak. Alternate translation: “the weak knees” or “the knees that are exhausted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 12 12 r9bq figs-activepassive τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, you could use a phrase that simply describes the **knees**. Alternate translation: “the paralyzed knees” or “the knees that do not move” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 13 nbo6 τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς ποιεῖτε τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet These words are very similar to the first half of [Proverbs 4:26](../pro/04/26.md). The author does not seem to be quoting directly from Proverbs, but the language is similar enough that you may want to include a footnote that indicates the similarity. -HEB 12 13 yi9n figs-metaphor τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς ποιεῖτε τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet Possibly this continues the metaphor about the race in [Hebrews 12:1](../12/01.md). It is in this way that the author speaks about living as Christians and helping others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +HEB 12 13 yi9n figs-metaphor τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς ποιεῖτε τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 13 qmq7 figs-metaphor τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς 1 straight paths Living so as to honor and please God is spoken of as if it were a **straight** path to follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 13 i19d figs-metaphor μὴ τὸ χωλὸν ἐκτραπῇ 1 what is lame will not be sprained In this metaphor of running a race, **lame** represents another person in the race who is hurt and wants to quit. This, in turn, represent the Christians themselves. Alternate translation: “whoever is weak and wants to quit will not sprain his ankle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 13 euf9 figs-metaphor μὴ…ἐκτραπῇ 1 will not be sprained Someone who stops obeying God is spoken of as if he injured his foot or ankle on a path. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 2c41b435b9ae9a271d04947f50db248d08f0bb53 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 23:48:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 122/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 3ab3346880..dd259911d2 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1851,11 +1851,11 @@ HEB 12 12 kz4m translate-unknown τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα 1 s HEB 12 12 r9bq figs-activepassive τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, you could use a phrase that simply describes the **knees**. Alternate translation: “the paralyzed knees” or “the knees that do not move” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 13 nbo6 τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς ποιεῖτε τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet These words are very similar to the first half of [Proverbs 4:26](../pro/04/26.md). The author does not seem to be quoting directly from Proverbs, but the language is similar enough that you may want to include a footnote that indicates the similarity. HEB 12 13 yi9n figs-metaphor τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς ποιεῖτε τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 12 13 qmq7 figs-metaphor τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς 1 straight paths Living so as to honor and please God is spoken of as if it were a **straight** path to follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 13 i19d figs-metaphor μὴ τὸ χωλὸν ἐκτραπῇ 1 what is lame will not be sprained In this metaphor of running a race, **lame** represents another person in the race who is hurt and wants to quit. This, in turn, represent the Christians themselves. Alternate translation: “whoever is weak and wants to quit will not sprain his ankle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 12 13 euf9 figs-metaphor μὴ…ἐκτραπῇ 1 will not be sprained Someone who stops obeying God is spoken of as if he injured his foot or ankle on a path. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 12 13 c8e5 figs-activepassive μὴ…ἐκτραπῇ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “will not sprain his ankle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -HEB 12 13 wq18 figs-activepassive ἰαθῇ δὲ μᾶλλον 1 rather be healed If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “but instead become strong” or “but instead God will heal him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 12 13 qmq7 translate-unknown τὸ χωλὸν 1 straight paths +HEB 12 13 euf9 translate-unknown μὴ…ἐκτραπῇ 1 will not be sprained +HEB 12 13 c8e5 figs-activepassive μὴ…ἐκτραπῇ 1 +HEB 12 13 wq18 figs-activepassive ἰαθῇ δὲ μᾶλλον 1 rather be healed HEB 12 14 g22e figs-metaphor εἰρήνην διώκετε μετὰ πάντων 1 Here, **peace** is spoken of as if it were something that a person must chase after. Alternate translation: “Seek to be at peace with everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 14 h45r figs-abstractnouns εἰρήνην διώκετε μετὰ πάντων 1 Pursue peace with everyone You can translate the abstract noun **peace** with an adverb. Alternate translation: “Try to live peacefully with everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 14 pa9a figs-doublenegatives καὶ τὸν ἁγιασμόν, οὗ χωρὶς οὐδεὶς ὄψεται τὸν Κύριον 1 also the holiness without which no one will see the Lord You can express the double negative **without … no one** as a positive encouragement. Alternate translation: “also work hard to be holy, because only holy people will see the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) From 2c14db0d35c201aae39438591e31ad7839533c41 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 23:49:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 123/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index dd259911d2..3154569b06 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1851,6 +1851,7 @@ HEB 12 12 kz4m translate-unknown τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα 1 s HEB 12 12 r9bq figs-activepassive τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, you could use a phrase that simply describes the **knees**. Alternate translation: “the paralyzed knees” or “the knees that do not move” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 13 nbo6 τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς ποιεῖτε τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet These words are very similar to the first half of [Proverbs 4:26](../pro/04/26.md). The author does not seem to be quoting directly from Proverbs, but the language is similar enough that you may want to include a footnote that indicates the similarity. HEB 12 13 yi9n figs-metaphor τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς ποιεῖτε τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +HEB 12 13 jv3l figs-metonymy τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet HEB 12 13 i19d figs-metaphor μὴ τὸ χωλὸν ἐκτραπῇ 1 what is lame will not be sprained In this metaphor of running a race, **lame** represents another person in the race who is hurt and wants to quit. This, in turn, represent the Christians themselves. Alternate translation: “whoever is weak and wants to quit will not sprain his ankle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 13 qmq7 translate-unknown τὸ χωλὸν 1 straight paths HEB 12 13 euf9 translate-unknown μὴ…ἐκτραπῇ 1 will not be sprained From 1696e441572e11a2108d775f9b0d2f6ff0834cef Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 00:17:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 124/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 3154569b06..8135fd3948 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1850,10 +1850,11 @@ HEB 12 12 t3rh translate-unknown τὰς παρειμένας χεῖρας 1 st HEB 12 12 kz4m translate-unknown τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. Here, the word **paralyzed** could refer specifically to a physical condition where one cannot move one’s **knees**, or it could refer more generally to how someone’s **knees** are tired and weak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that describes **knees** that are tired or weak. Alternate translation: “the weak knees” or “the knees that are exhausted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 12 12 r9bq figs-activepassive τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, you could use a phrase that simply describes the **knees**. Alternate translation: “the paralyzed knees” or “the knees that do not move” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 13 nbo6 τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς ποιεῖτε τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet These words are very similar to the first half of [Proverbs 4:26](../pro/04/26.md). The author does not seem to be quoting directly from Proverbs, but the language is similar enough that you may want to include a footnote that indicates the similarity. -HEB 12 13 yi9n figs-metaphor τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς ποιεῖτε τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +HEB 12 13 yi9n figs-metaphor τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς ποιεῖτε τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet Here the author speaks as if his audience were runners who needed to **make straight paths** for their **feet** to run on. He could be referring to how **straight paths** are: (1) the quickest and best way to reach a destination. In this case, he wants the audience to direct all their attention to trusting and obeying God, which is the quickest and best way to receive what God has promised. Alternate translation: “direct your attention to following God” (2) the correct **paths**. In this case, the author is encouraging his audience to do what is right. Alternate translation: “do what is just and right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 13 jv3l figs-metonymy τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet HEB 12 13 i19d figs-metaphor μὴ τὸ χωλὸν ἐκτραπῇ 1 what is lame will not be sprained In this metaphor of running a race, **lame** represents another person in the race who is hurt and wants to quit. This, in turn, represent the Christians themselves. Alternate translation: “whoever is weak and wants to quit will not sprain his ankle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 13 qmq7 translate-unknown τὸ χωλὸν 1 straight paths +HEB 12 13 yytx figs-nominaladj τὸ χωλὸν 1 straight paths The author is using the adjective **lame** as a noun in order to refer to any body part that is **lame**, and by extension, any person with a **lame** body part. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this one with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the lame body parts” or “the people who are lame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) HEB 12 13 euf9 translate-unknown μὴ…ἐκτραπῇ 1 will not be sprained HEB 12 13 c8e5 figs-activepassive μὴ…ἐκτραπῇ 1 HEB 12 13 wq18 figs-activepassive ἰαθῇ δὲ μᾶλλον 1 rather be healed From 610dd1d9c68d9369b44e3bbc93a9ad5226827958 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 00:21:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 125/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 8135fd3948..b07033f083 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1851,8 +1851,8 @@ HEB 12 12 kz4m translate-unknown τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα 1 s HEB 12 12 r9bq figs-activepassive τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, you could use a phrase that simply describes the **knees**. Alternate translation: “the paralyzed knees” or “the knees that do not move” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 13 nbo6 τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς ποιεῖτε τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet These words are very similar to the first half of [Proverbs 4:26](../pro/04/26.md). The author does not seem to be quoting directly from Proverbs, but the language is similar enough that you may want to include a footnote that indicates the similarity. HEB 12 13 yi9n figs-metaphor τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς ποιεῖτε τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet Here the author speaks as if his audience were runners who needed to **make straight paths** for their **feet** to run on. He could be referring to how **straight paths** are: (1) the quickest and best way to reach a destination. In this case, he wants the audience to direct all their attention to trusting and obeying God, which is the quickest and best way to receive what God has promised. Alternate translation: “direct your attention to following God” (2) the correct **paths**. In this case, the author is encouraging his audience to do what is right. Alternate translation: “do what is just and right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 12 13 jv3l figs-metonymy τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet -HEB 12 13 i19d figs-metaphor μὴ τὸ χωλὸν ἐκτραπῇ 1 what is lame will not be sprained In this metaphor of running a race, **lame** represents another person in the race who is hurt and wants to quit. This, in turn, represent the Christians themselves. Alternate translation: “whoever is weak and wants to quit will not sprain his ankle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +HEB 12 13 jv3l figs-metonymy τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet Here, the word **feet** refers to what one does with **feet**, which is running or walking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer directly to running or walking here. Alternate translation: “to walk on” or “for you to run on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +HEB 12 13 i19d figs-metaphor μὴ τὸ χωλὸν ἐκτραπῇ 1 what is lame will not be sprained Here the author speaks of those who are not confidently trusting and obeying God as if they were **lame**. These people are in danger of ceasing to believe at all, which the author refers to as if it were a joint being **dislocated**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or plain language. Alternate translation: “the weak in faith might not be lost” or “those who are struggling might not give up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 13 qmq7 translate-unknown τὸ χωλὸν 1 straight paths HEB 12 13 yytx figs-nominaladj τὸ χωλὸν 1 straight paths The author is using the adjective **lame** as a noun in order to refer to any body part that is **lame**, and by extension, any person with a **lame** body part. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this one with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the lame body parts” or “the people who are lame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) HEB 12 13 euf9 translate-unknown μὴ…ἐκτραπῇ 1 will not be sprained From 4737c2de52c14c549c76c3c10d46a6a59a6a5616 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 00:22:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 126/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index b07033f083..7d52447629 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1850,7 +1850,7 @@ HEB 12 12 t3rh translate-unknown τὰς παρειμένας χεῖρας 1 st HEB 12 12 kz4m translate-unknown τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. Here, the word **paralyzed** could refer specifically to a physical condition where one cannot move one’s **knees**, or it could refer more generally to how someone’s **knees** are tired and weak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that describes **knees** that are tired or weak. Alternate translation: “the weak knees” or “the knees that are exhausted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 12 12 r9bq figs-activepassive τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα 1 strengthen your hands that hang down and your weak knees. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, you could use a phrase that simply describes the **knees**. Alternate translation: “the paralyzed knees” or “the knees that do not move” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 13 nbo6 τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς ποιεῖτε τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet These words are very similar to the first half of [Proverbs 4:26](../pro/04/26.md). The author does not seem to be quoting directly from Proverbs, but the language is similar enough that you may want to include a footnote that indicates the similarity. -HEB 12 13 yi9n figs-metaphor τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς ποιεῖτε τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet Here the author speaks as if his audience were runners who needed to **make straight paths** for their **feet** to run on. He could be referring to how **straight paths** are: (1) the quickest and best way to reach a destination. In this case, he wants the audience to direct all their attention to trusting and obeying God, which is the quickest and best way to receive what God has promised. Alternate translation: “direct your attention to following God” (2) the correct **paths**. In this case, the author is encouraging his audience to do what is right. Alternate translation: “do what is just and right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +HEB 12 13 yi9n figs-metaphor τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς ποιεῖτε τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet Here the author speaks as if his audience were runners who needed to **make straight paths** for their **feet** to run on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea by using a simile or plain language. The author could be referring to how **straight paths** are: (1) the quickest and best way to reach a destination. In this case, he wants the audience to direct all their attention to trusting and obeying God, which is the quickest and best way to receive what God has promised. Alternate translation: “direct your attention to following God” (2) the correct **paths**. In this case, the author is encouraging his audience to do what is right. Alternate translation: “do what is just and right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 13 jv3l figs-metonymy τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet Here, the word **feet** refers to what one does with **feet**, which is running or walking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer directly to running or walking here. Alternate translation: “to walk on” or “for you to run on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 12 13 i19d figs-metaphor μὴ τὸ χωλὸν ἐκτραπῇ 1 what is lame will not be sprained Here the author speaks of those who are not confidently trusting and obeying God as if they were **lame**. These people are in danger of ceasing to believe at all, which the author refers to as if it were a joint being **dislocated**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or plain language. Alternate translation: “the weak in faith might not be lost” or “those who are struggling might not give up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 13 qmq7 translate-unknown τὸ χωλὸν 1 straight paths From 8972561042649a875afa85ff5d215b9dabab5bdf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 00:52:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 127/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 10 +++++----- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 7d52447629..fb25c68777 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1852,12 +1852,12 @@ HEB 12 12 r9bq figs-activepassive τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα 1 HEB 12 13 nbo6 τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς ποιεῖτε τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet These words are very similar to the first half of [Proverbs 4:26](../pro/04/26.md). The author does not seem to be quoting directly from Proverbs, but the language is similar enough that you may want to include a footnote that indicates the similarity. HEB 12 13 yi9n figs-metaphor τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς ποιεῖτε τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet Here the author speaks as if his audience were runners who needed to **make straight paths** for their **feet** to run on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea by using a simile or plain language. The author could be referring to how **straight paths** are: (1) the quickest and best way to reach a destination. In this case, he wants the audience to direct all their attention to trusting and obeying God, which is the quickest and best way to receive what God has promised. Alternate translation: “direct your attention to following God” (2) the correct **paths**. In this case, the author is encouraging his audience to do what is right. Alternate translation: “do what is just and right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 13 jv3l figs-metonymy τοῖς ποσὶν ὑμῶν 1 Make straight paths for your feet Here, the word **feet** refers to what one does with **feet**, which is running or walking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer directly to running or walking here. Alternate translation: “to walk on” or “for you to run on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -HEB 12 13 i19d figs-metaphor μὴ τὸ χωλὸν ἐκτραπῇ 1 what is lame will not be sprained Here the author speaks of those who are not confidently trusting and obeying God as if they were **lame**. These people are in danger of ceasing to believe at all, which the author refers to as if it were a joint being **dislocated**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or plain language. Alternate translation: “the weak in faith might not be lost” or “those who are struggling might not give up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 12 13 qmq7 translate-unknown τὸ χωλὸν 1 straight paths +HEB 12 13 i19d figs-metaphor μὴ τὸ χωλὸν ἐκτραπῇ 1 what is lame will not be sprained Here the author speaks of those who are not confidently trusting and obeying God as if they were **lame**. These people are in danger of ceasing to believe at all, which the author refers to as if it were a joint being **dislocated**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea by using a simile or plain language. Alternate translation: “the weak in faith might not be lost” or “those who are struggling might not give up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +HEB 12 13 qmq7 translate-unknown τὸ χωλὸν 1 straight paths Here, the word **lame** describes a body part, especially a leg or foot, that does not function as it should. Someone who has a **lame** leg or foot usually limps and cannot walk or run well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to legs or feet that do not work properly. Alternate translation: “the limping” or “the injured” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 12 13 yytx figs-nominaladj τὸ χωλὸν 1 straight paths The author is using the adjective **lame** as a noun in order to refer to any body part that is **lame**, and by extension, any person with a **lame** body part. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this one with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the lame body parts” or “the people who are lame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -HEB 12 13 euf9 translate-unknown μὴ…ἐκτραπῇ 1 will not be sprained -HEB 12 13 c8e5 figs-activepassive μὴ…ἐκτραπῇ 1 -HEB 12 13 wq18 figs-activepassive ἰαθῇ δὲ μᾶλλον 1 rather be healed +HEB 12 13 euf9 translate-unknown μὴ…ἐκτραπῇ 1 will not be sprained Here, the word **dislocated** refers to how a joint can become disconnected or improperly connected. When this happens, the arm or leg hangs loosely and does not work as it should. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to a disconnected joint. Alternate translation: “might not be put out of joint” or “might not be disconnected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +HEB 12 13 c8e5 figs-activepassive μὴ τὸ χωλὸν ἐκτραπῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on **the lame** that is **dislocated** rather than focusing on whatever does the “dislocating.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could rephrase the clause so that it is active in form. Alternate translation: “nothing would dislocate the lame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 12 13 wq18 figs-activepassive ἰαθῇ δὲ μᾶλλον 1 rather be healed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **healed** rather than focusing on whatever does the “healing.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could rephrase the clause so that it is active in form. Alternate translation: “but rather might become well” or “but rather might heal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 14 g22e figs-metaphor εἰρήνην διώκετε μετὰ πάντων 1 Here, **peace** is spoken of as if it were something that a person must chase after. Alternate translation: “Seek to be at peace with everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 14 h45r figs-abstractnouns εἰρήνην διώκετε μετὰ πάντων 1 Pursue peace with everyone You can translate the abstract noun **peace** with an adverb. Alternate translation: “Try to live peacefully with everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 14 pa9a figs-doublenegatives καὶ τὸν ἁγιασμόν, οὗ χωρὶς οὐδεὶς ὄψεται τὸν Κύριον 1 also the holiness without which no one will see the Lord You can express the double negative **without … no one** as a positive encouragement. Alternate translation: “also work hard to be holy, because only holy people will see the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) From c14436b9acec0b670a3b93057d619db5c13bee33 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 01:02:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 128/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 9 +++++---- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index fb25c68777..f4b3333a1b 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1858,10 +1858,11 @@ HEB 12 13 yytx figs-nominaladj τὸ χωλὸν 1 straight paths The author is HEB 12 13 euf9 translate-unknown μὴ…ἐκτραπῇ 1 will not be sprained Here, the word **dislocated** refers to how a joint can become disconnected or improperly connected. When this happens, the arm or leg hangs loosely and does not work as it should. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to a disconnected joint. Alternate translation: “might not be put out of joint” or “might not be disconnected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 12 13 c8e5 figs-activepassive μὴ τὸ χωλὸν ἐκτραπῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on **the lame** that is **dislocated** rather than focusing on whatever does the “dislocating.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could rephrase the clause so that it is active in form. Alternate translation: “nothing would dislocate the lame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 13 wq18 figs-activepassive ἰαθῇ δὲ μᾶλλον 1 rather be healed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **healed** rather than focusing on whatever does the “healing.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could rephrase the clause so that it is active in form. Alternate translation: “but rather might become well” or “but rather might heal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -HEB 12 14 g22e figs-metaphor εἰρήνην διώκετε μετὰ πάντων 1 Here, **peace** is spoken of as if it were something that a person must chase after. Alternate translation: “Seek to be at peace with everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 12 14 h45r figs-abstractnouns εἰρήνην διώκετε μετὰ πάντων 1 Pursue peace with everyone You can translate the abstract noun **peace** with an adverb. Alternate translation: “Try to live peacefully with everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -HEB 12 14 pa9a figs-doublenegatives καὶ τὸν ἁγιασμόν, οὗ χωρὶς οὐδεὶς ὄψεται τὸν Κύριον 1 also the holiness without which no one will see the Lord You can express the double negative **without … no one** as a positive encouragement. Alternate translation: “also work hard to be holy, because only holy people will see the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -HEB 12 14 v9z7 figs-ellipsis καὶ τὸν ἁγιασμόν 1 also the holiness You can state clearly the understood information. Alternate translation: “also pursue the holiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +HEB 12 14 g22e figs-metaphor διώκετε 1 Here the author speaks as if he wants the audience to run after and try to capture **peace** and **sanctification**. He speaks in this way because he wants them to act for **peace** and **sanctification** as persistently as someone who “pursues” someone or something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this figure of speech with a comparable metaphor or plain language. Alternate translation: “Consistently act in” or “Seek after” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +HEB 12 14 h45r figs-abstractnouns εἰρήνην…μετὰ πάντων, καὶ τὸν ἁγιασμόν 1 Pursue peace with everyone +HEB 12 14 i5fm figs-gendernotations πάντων 1 Pursue peace with everyone +HEB 12 14 pa9a figs-doublenegatives οὗ χωρὶς οὐδεὶς ὄψεται 1 also the holiness without which no one will see the Lord Alternate translation: “which is the only way that anyone will see” +HEB 12 14 v9z7 figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ὄψεται τὸν Κύριον 1 also the holiness HEB 12 15 at8j figs-doublenegatives μή τις ὑστερῶν ἀπὸ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 no one lacks God’s grace You can state the double negative **no one … lacking** in positive form. Alternate translation: “everyone receives enough of God’s grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) HEB 12 15 nh7g figs-metaphor μή τις ῥίζα πικρίας ἄνω φύουσα ἐνοχλῇ, καὶ δι’ αὐτῆς μιανθῶσιν πολλοί 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it Hateful or resentful attitudes are spoken of as if they were a plant that is bitter to the taste. Alternate translation: “that no one becomes like a bitter root, which when it grows causes trouble and harms many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 16 b6ef Ἠσαῦ 1 **Esau**, who was told about in the writings of Moses, was Isaac’s first son and Jacob’s brother. From 0f42ed3ca38577f5f09649971e621d3862ba7a38 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 01:07:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 129/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index f4b3333a1b..5c7961f5fd 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1861,7 +1861,7 @@ HEB 12 13 wq18 figs-activepassive ἰαθῇ δὲ μᾶλλον 1 rather be hea HEB 12 14 g22e figs-metaphor διώκετε 1 Here the author speaks as if he wants the audience to run after and try to capture **peace** and **sanctification**. He speaks in this way because he wants them to act for **peace** and **sanctification** as persistently as someone who “pursues” someone or something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this figure of speech with a comparable metaphor or plain language. Alternate translation: “Consistently act in” or “Seek after” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 14 h45r figs-abstractnouns εἰρήνην…μετὰ πάντων, καὶ τὸν ἁγιασμόν 1 Pursue peace with everyone HEB 12 14 i5fm figs-gendernotations πάντων 1 Pursue peace with everyone -HEB 12 14 pa9a figs-doublenegatives οὗ χωρὶς οὐδεὶς ὄψεται 1 also the holiness without which no one will see the Lord Alternate translation: “which is the only way that anyone will see” +HEB 12 14 pa9a figs-doublenegatives οὗ χωρὶς οὐδεὶς ὄψεται 1 also the holiness without which no one will see the Lord The phrases **without which** and **no one will see** use two negative words to emphasize that **sanctification** is required for anyone to **see the Lord**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with positive words, emphasizing the importance of **sanctification**. Alternate translation: “which is the only way that anyone will see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])\n HEB 12 14 v9z7 figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ὄψεται τὸν Κύριον 1 also the holiness HEB 12 15 at8j figs-doublenegatives μή τις ὑστερῶν ἀπὸ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 no one lacks God’s grace You can state the double negative **no one … lacking** in positive form. Alternate translation: “everyone receives enough of God’s grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) HEB 12 15 nh7g figs-metaphor μή τις ῥίζα πικρίας ἄνω φύουσα ἐνοχλῇ, καὶ δι’ αὐτῆς μιανθῶσιν πολλοί 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it Hateful or resentful attitudes are spoken of as if they were a plant that is bitter to the taste. Alternate translation: “that no one becomes like a bitter root, which when it grows causes trouble and harms many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 6afe4e3175d2f4893c82632bdbe3bcd37275494a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 01:54:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 131/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 5c7961f5fd..c1302b54ce 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1860,7 +1860,9 @@ HEB 12 13 c8e5 figs-activepassive μὴ τὸ χωλὸν ἐκτραπῇ 1 If HEB 12 13 wq18 figs-activepassive ἰαθῇ δὲ μᾶλλον 1 rather be healed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **healed** rather than focusing on whatever does the “healing.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could rephrase the clause so that it is active in form. Alternate translation: “but rather might become well” or “but rather might heal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 14 g22e figs-metaphor διώκετε 1 Here the author speaks as if he wants the audience to run after and try to capture **peace** and **sanctification**. He speaks in this way because he wants them to act for **peace** and **sanctification** as persistently as someone who “pursues” someone or something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this figure of speech with a comparable metaphor or plain language. Alternate translation: “Consistently act in” or “Seek after” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 14 h45r figs-abstractnouns εἰρήνην…μετὰ πάντων, καὶ τὸν ἁγιασμόν 1 Pursue peace with everyone +HEB 12 14 p3df μετὰ πάντων 1 Pursue peace with everyone HEB 12 14 i5fm figs-gendernotations πάντων 1 Pursue peace with everyone +HEB 12 14 kmfz figs-explicit πάντων 1 Pursue peace with everyone HEB 12 14 pa9a figs-doublenegatives οὗ χωρὶς οὐδεὶς ὄψεται 1 also the holiness without which no one will see the Lord The phrases **without which** and **no one will see** use two negative words to emphasize that **sanctification** is required for anyone to **see the Lord**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with positive words, emphasizing the importance of **sanctification**. Alternate translation: “which is the only way that anyone will see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])\n HEB 12 14 v9z7 figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ὄψεται τὸν Κύριον 1 also the holiness HEB 12 15 at8j figs-doublenegatives μή τις ὑστερῶν ἀπὸ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 no one lacks God’s grace You can state the double negative **no one … lacking** in positive form. Alternate translation: “everyone receives enough of God’s grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) From bcdac44c6d3795bd417399af47b4853c86432f5f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 02:43:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 132/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index c1302b54ce..cf827194df 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1860,7 +1860,7 @@ HEB 12 13 c8e5 figs-activepassive μὴ τὸ χωλὸν ἐκτραπῇ 1 If HEB 12 13 wq18 figs-activepassive ἰαθῇ δὲ μᾶλλον 1 rather be healed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **healed** rather than focusing on whatever does the “healing.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could rephrase the clause so that it is active in form. Alternate translation: “but rather might become well” or “but rather might heal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 14 g22e figs-metaphor διώκετε 1 Here the author speaks as if he wants the audience to run after and try to capture **peace** and **sanctification**. He speaks in this way because he wants them to act for **peace** and **sanctification** as persistently as someone who “pursues” someone or something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this figure of speech with a comparable metaphor or plain language. Alternate translation: “Consistently act in” or “Seek after” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 14 h45r figs-abstractnouns εἰρήνην…μετὰ πάντων, καὶ τὸν ἁγιασμόν 1 Pursue peace with everyone -HEB 12 14 p3df μετὰ πάντων 1 Pursue peace with everyone +HEB 12 14 p3df μετὰ πάντων 1 Pursue peace with everyone Here, the phrase **with all {men}** could describe: (1) whom the audience should be at **peace** with. Alternate translation: “in your relationships with all men” (2) who else “pursues peace.” Alternate translation: “along with all men” HEB 12 14 i5fm figs-gendernotations πάντων 1 Pursue peace with everyone HEB 12 14 kmfz figs-explicit πάντων 1 Pursue peace with everyone HEB 12 14 pa9a figs-doublenegatives οὗ χωρὶς οὐδεὶς ὄψεται 1 also the holiness without which no one will see the Lord The phrases **without which** and **no one will see** use two negative words to emphasize that **sanctification** is required for anyone to **see the Lord**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with positive words, emphasizing the importance of **sanctification**. Alternate translation: “which is the only way that anyone will see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])\n From 6661bcde74628dc12ae896c79eddaa96cf00473b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 02:51:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 133/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index cf827194df..0f3f32b660 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1859,10 +1859,10 @@ HEB 12 13 euf9 translate-unknown μὴ…ἐκτραπῇ 1 will not be sprained HEB 12 13 c8e5 figs-activepassive μὴ τὸ χωλὸν ἐκτραπῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on **the lame** that is **dislocated** rather than focusing on whatever does the “dislocating.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could rephrase the clause so that it is active in form. Alternate translation: “nothing would dislocate the lame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 13 wq18 figs-activepassive ἰαθῇ δὲ μᾶλλον 1 rather be healed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **healed** rather than focusing on whatever does the “healing.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could rephrase the clause so that it is active in form. Alternate translation: “but rather might become well” or “but rather might heal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 14 g22e figs-metaphor διώκετε 1 Here the author speaks as if he wants the audience to run after and try to capture **peace** and **sanctification**. He speaks in this way because he wants them to act for **peace** and **sanctification** as persistently as someone who “pursues” someone or something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this figure of speech with a comparable metaphor or plain language. Alternate translation: “Consistently act in” or “Seek after” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 12 14 h45r figs-abstractnouns εἰρήνην…μετὰ πάντων, καὶ τὸν ἁγιασμόν 1 Pursue peace with everyone +HEB 12 14 h45r figs-abstractnouns εἰρήνην…μετὰ πάντων, καὶ τὸν ἁγιασμόν 1 Pursue peace with everyone If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **peace** and **sanctify**, you could express the ideas by using adjectives such as “peaceful” and “holy.” Alternate translation: “peaceful ways of living with all men, and the holy way of living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 14 p3df μετὰ πάντων 1 Pursue peace with everyone Here, the phrase **with all {men}** could describe: (1) whom the audience should be at **peace** with. Alternate translation: “in your relationships with all men” (2) who else “pursues peace.” Alternate translation: “along with all men” -HEB 12 14 i5fm figs-gendernotations πάντων 1 Pursue peace with everyone -HEB 12 14 kmfz figs-explicit πάντων 1 Pursue peace with everyone +HEB 12 14 i5fm figs-gendernotations πάντων 1 Pursue peace with everyone Although the phrase **all {men}** is masculine, the author is using it to refer to all people, both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “all people” or “all men and women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +HEB 12 14 kmfz figs-explicit πάντων 1 Pursue peace with everyone Here, the phrase **all {men}** could refer to: (1) all people, both believers and unbelievers. Alternate translation: “all humans” (2) all believers. Alternate translation: “all fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 14 pa9a figs-doublenegatives οὗ χωρὶς οὐδεὶς ὄψεται 1 also the holiness without which no one will see the Lord The phrases **without which** and **no one will see** use two negative words to emphasize that **sanctification** is required for anyone to **see the Lord**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with positive words, emphasizing the importance of **sanctification**. Alternate translation: “which is the only way that anyone will see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])\n HEB 12 14 v9z7 figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ὄψεται τὸν Κύριον 1 also the holiness HEB 12 15 at8j figs-doublenegatives μή τις ὑστερῶν ἀπὸ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 no one lacks God’s grace You can state the double negative **no one … lacking** in positive form. Alternate translation: “everyone receives enough of God’s grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) From 9064c51e15ce97a8e7f3ecdd0211a134c1be8d9a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 02:53:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 134/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 0f3f32b660..34569125e6 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1861,10 +1861,10 @@ HEB 12 13 wq18 figs-activepassive ἰαθῇ δὲ μᾶλλον 1 rather be hea HEB 12 14 g22e figs-metaphor διώκετε 1 Here the author speaks as if he wants the audience to run after and try to capture **peace** and **sanctification**. He speaks in this way because he wants them to act for **peace** and **sanctification** as persistently as someone who “pursues” someone or something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this figure of speech with a comparable metaphor or plain language. Alternate translation: “Consistently act in” or “Seek after” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 14 h45r figs-abstractnouns εἰρήνην…μετὰ πάντων, καὶ τὸν ἁγιασμόν 1 Pursue peace with everyone If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **peace** and **sanctify**, you could express the ideas by using adjectives such as “peaceful” and “holy.” Alternate translation: “peaceful ways of living with all men, and the holy way of living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 14 p3df μετὰ πάντων 1 Pursue peace with everyone Here, the phrase **with all {men}** could describe: (1) whom the audience should be at **peace** with. Alternate translation: “in your relationships with all men” (2) who else “pursues peace.” Alternate translation: “along with all men” -HEB 12 14 i5fm figs-gendernotations πάντων 1 Pursue peace with everyone Although the phrase **all {men}** is masculine, the author is using it to refer to all people, both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “all people” or “all men and women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) HEB 12 14 kmfz figs-explicit πάντων 1 Pursue peace with everyone Here, the phrase **all {men}** could refer to: (1) all people, both believers and unbelievers. Alternate translation: “all humans” (2) all believers. Alternate translation: “all fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +HEB 12 14 i5fm figs-gendernotations πάντων 1 Pursue peace with everyone Although the phrase **all {men}** is masculine, the author is using it to refer to all people, both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “all people” or “all men and women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) HEB 12 14 pa9a figs-doublenegatives οὗ χωρὶς οὐδεὶς ὄψεται 1 also the holiness without which no one will see the Lord The phrases **without which** and **no one will see** use two negative words to emphasize that **sanctification** is required for anyone to **see the Lord**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with positive words, emphasizing the importance of **sanctification**. Alternate translation: “which is the only way that anyone will see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])\n -HEB 12 14 v9z7 figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ὄψεται τὸν Κύριον 1 also the holiness +HEB 12 14 v9z7 figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ὄψεται τὸν Κύριον 1 also the holiness Here, the phrase **see the Lord** refers to being in the Lord’s presence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that refers to entering the Lord’s presence. Alternate translation: “no one will enter the Lord’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 15 at8j figs-doublenegatives μή τις ὑστερῶν ἀπὸ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 no one lacks God’s grace You can state the double negative **no one … lacking** in positive form. Alternate translation: “everyone receives enough of God’s grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) HEB 12 15 nh7g figs-metaphor μή τις ῥίζα πικρίας ἄνω φύουσα ἐνοχλῇ, καὶ δι’ αὐτῆς μιανθῶσιν πολλοί 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it Hateful or resentful attitudes are spoken of as if they were a plant that is bitter to the taste. Alternate translation: “that no one becomes like a bitter root, which when it grows causes trouble and harms many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 16 b6ef Ἠσαῦ 1 **Esau**, who was told about in the writings of Moses, was Isaac’s first son and Jacob’s brother. From dbe451cad685e5e344f6afb9992cbe66320b7867 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 03:03:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 135/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 11 +++++++++-- 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 34569125e6..9456340b20 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1865,8 +1865,15 @@ HEB 12 14 kmfz figs-explicit πάντων 1 Pursue peace with everyone Here, the HEB 12 14 i5fm figs-gendernotations πάντων 1 Pursue peace with everyone Although the phrase **all {men}** is masculine, the author is using it to refer to all people, both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “all people” or “all men and women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) HEB 12 14 pa9a figs-doublenegatives οὗ χωρὶς οὐδεὶς ὄψεται 1 also the holiness without which no one will see the Lord The phrases **without which** and **no one will see** use two negative words to emphasize that **sanctification** is required for anyone to **see the Lord**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with positive words, emphasizing the importance of **sanctification**. Alternate translation: “which is the only way that anyone will see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])\n HEB 12 14 v9z7 figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ὄψεται τὸν Κύριον 1 also the holiness Here, the phrase **see the Lord** refers to being in the Lord’s presence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that refers to entering the Lord’s presence. Alternate translation: “no one will enter the Lord’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HEB 12 15 at8j figs-doublenegatives μή τις ὑστερῶν ἀπὸ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 no one lacks God’s grace You can state the double negative **no one … lacking** in positive form. Alternate translation: “everyone receives enough of God’s grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -HEB 12 15 nh7g figs-metaphor μή τις ῥίζα πικρίας ἄνω φύουσα ἐνοχλῇ, καὶ δι’ αὐτῆς μιανθῶσιν πολλοί 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it Hateful or resentful attitudes are spoken of as if they were a plant that is bitter to the taste. Alternate translation: “that no one becomes like a bitter root, which when it grows causes trouble and harms many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +HEB 12 15 hflm translate-unknown ἐπισκοποῦντες 1 no one lacks God’s grace +HEB 12 15 at8j figs-metaphor ὑστερῶν ἀπὸ 1 no one lacks God’s grace +HEB 12 15 frq4 figs-abstractnouns τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 no one lacks God’s grace +HEB 12 15 nh7g figs-metaphor μή τις ῥίζα πικρίας ἄνω φύουσα ἐνοχλῇ 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it +HEB 12 15 qwbm figs-possession ῥίζα πικρίας 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it +HEB 12 15 ibs6 figs-abstractnouns ἐνοχλῇ 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it +HEB 12 15 ha2b figs-activepassive δι’ αὐτῆς μιανθῶσιν πολλοί 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it +HEB 12 15 ir4w writing-pronouns αὐτῆς 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it +HEB 12 15 wp42 figs-explicit μιανθῶσιν 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it HEB 12 16 b6ef Ἠσαῦ 1 **Esau**, who was told about in the writings of Moses, was Isaac’s first son and Jacob’s brother. HEB 12 17 j6x8 figs-activepassive ἀπεδοκιμάσθη 1 he was rejected If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “his father, Isaac, refused to bless him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 17 d6he figs-abstractnouns μετανοίας γὰρ τόπον οὐχ εὗρεν 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance You can translate the abstract noun **repentance** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “because it was not possible for him to repent” or “because it was not possible for him to change his decision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From cfb83967e1131a55e683a9868f5d68ee7dbf89a2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 03:32:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 136/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 9456340b20..ee9cca3d42 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1869,6 +1869,7 @@ HEB 12 15 hflm translate-unknown ἐπισκοποῦντες 1 no one lacks God HEB 12 15 at8j figs-metaphor ὑστερῶν ἀπὸ 1 no one lacks God’s grace HEB 12 15 frq4 figs-abstractnouns τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 no one lacks God’s grace HEB 12 15 nh7g figs-metaphor μή τις ῥίζα πικρίας ἄνω φύουσα ἐνοχλῇ 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it +HEB 12 15 ibi0 μή τις ῥίζα πικρίας ἄνω φύουσα 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it These words are very similar to the second half of [Deuteronomy 29:17](../deu/29/17.md). The author does not seem to be quoting directly from Deuteronomy, but the language is similar enough that you may want to include a footnote that indicates the similarity. HEB 12 15 qwbm figs-possession ῥίζα πικρίας 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it HEB 12 15 ibs6 figs-abstractnouns ἐνοχλῇ 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it HEB 12 15 ha2b figs-activepassive δι’ αὐτῆς μιανθῶσιν πολλοί 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it From 990be3aa0c6d94f33289adca5e4e0b6ef4568168 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 03:43:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 137/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index ee9cca3d42..0a05c764d2 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1865,12 +1865,12 @@ HEB 12 14 kmfz figs-explicit πάντων 1 Pursue peace with everyone Here, the HEB 12 14 i5fm figs-gendernotations πάντων 1 Pursue peace with everyone Although the phrase **all {men}** is masculine, the author is using it to refer to all people, both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “all people” or “all men and women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) HEB 12 14 pa9a figs-doublenegatives οὗ χωρὶς οὐδεὶς ὄψεται 1 also the holiness without which no one will see the Lord The phrases **without which** and **no one will see** use two negative words to emphasize that **sanctification** is required for anyone to **see the Lord**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with positive words, emphasizing the importance of **sanctification**. Alternate translation: “which is the only way that anyone will see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])\n HEB 12 14 v9z7 figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ὄψεται τὸν Κύριον 1 also the holiness Here, the phrase **see the Lord** refers to being in the Lord’s presence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that refers to entering the Lord’s presence. Alternate translation: “no one will enter the Lord’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HEB 12 15 hflm translate-unknown ἐπισκοποῦντες 1 no one lacks God’s grace -HEB 12 15 at8j figs-metaphor ὑστερῶν ἀπὸ 1 no one lacks God’s grace +HEB 12 15 hflm translate-unknown ἐπισκοποῦντες 1 no one lacks God’s grace Here, the phrase **carefully watching** refers to looking for something specific in other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to closely observing or examining other people. Alternate translation: “closely observing that” or “watching out that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +HEB 12 15 at8j figs-idiom ὑστερῶν ἀπὸ 1 no one lacks God’s grace Here, the phrase **falling short from** refers to lacking something or failing to get something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to failing to attain something or not having something. Alternate translation: “is lacking” or “fails to receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 15 frq4 figs-abstractnouns τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 no one lacks God’s grace HEB 12 15 nh7g figs-metaphor μή τις ῥίζα πικρίας ἄνω φύουσα ἐνοχλῇ 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it HEB 12 15 ibi0 μή τις ῥίζα πικρίας ἄνω φύουσα 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it These words are very similar to the second half of [Deuteronomy 29:17](../deu/29/17.md). The author does not seem to be quoting directly from Deuteronomy, but the language is similar enough that you may want to include a footnote that indicates the similarity. -HEB 12 15 qwbm figs-possession ῥίζα πικρίας 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it +HEB 12 15 qwbm figs-possession ῥίζα πικρίας 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it (1) a **root** that is “bitter” (2) a **root** that produces things that are “bitter.” HEB 12 15 ibs6 figs-abstractnouns ἐνοχλῇ 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it HEB 12 15 ha2b figs-activepassive δι’ αὐτῆς μιανθῶσιν πολλοί 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it HEB 12 15 ir4w writing-pronouns αὐτῆς 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it From c776580d98b00edf4d4a73a9fee5956f769b904a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 03:46:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 138/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 0a05c764d2..d602de30be 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1867,7 +1867,7 @@ HEB 12 14 pa9a figs-doublenegatives οὗ χωρὶς οὐδεὶς ὄψετα HEB 12 14 v9z7 figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ὄψεται τὸν Κύριον 1 also the holiness Here, the phrase **see the Lord** refers to being in the Lord’s presence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that refers to entering the Lord’s presence. Alternate translation: “no one will enter the Lord’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 15 hflm translate-unknown ἐπισκοποῦντες 1 no one lacks God’s grace Here, the phrase **carefully watching** refers to looking for something specific in other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to closely observing or examining other people. Alternate translation: “closely observing that” or “watching out that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 12 15 at8j figs-idiom ὑστερῶν ἀπὸ 1 no one lacks God’s grace Here, the phrase **falling short from** refers to lacking something or failing to get something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to failing to attain something or not having something. Alternate translation: “is lacking” or “fails to receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -HEB 12 15 frq4 figs-abstractnouns τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 no one lacks God’s grace +HEB 12 15 frq4 figs-abstractnouns τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 no one lacks God’s grace If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **grace**, you could express the idea by using an adverb such as “kindly” or “graciously.” Alternate translation: “what God graciously does” or “how God acts kindly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 15 nh7g figs-metaphor μή τις ῥίζα πικρίας ἄνω φύουσα ἐνοχλῇ 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it HEB 12 15 ibi0 μή τις ῥίζα πικρίας ἄνω φύουσα 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it These words are very similar to the second half of [Deuteronomy 29:17](../deu/29/17.md). The author does not seem to be quoting directly from Deuteronomy, but the language is similar enough that you may want to include a footnote that indicates the similarity. HEB 12 15 qwbm figs-possession ῥίζα πικρίας 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it (1) a **root** that is “bitter” (2) a **root** that produces things that are “bitter.” From d659fe34d34b2af4cdc557390cec68b26d26620f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 03:50:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 139/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index d602de30be..cb4dbfe1dc 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1868,7 +1868,7 @@ HEB 12 14 v9z7 figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ὄψεται τὸν Κύριον 1 HEB 12 15 hflm translate-unknown ἐπισκοποῦντες 1 no one lacks God’s grace Here, the phrase **carefully watching** refers to looking for something specific in other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to closely observing or examining other people. Alternate translation: “closely observing that” or “watching out that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 12 15 at8j figs-idiom ὑστερῶν ἀπὸ 1 no one lacks God’s grace Here, the phrase **falling short from** refers to lacking something or failing to get something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to failing to attain something or not having something. Alternate translation: “is lacking” or “fails to receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 15 frq4 figs-abstractnouns τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 no one lacks God’s grace If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **grace**, you could express the idea by using an adverb such as “kindly” or “graciously.” Alternate translation: “what God graciously does” or “how God acts kindly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -HEB 12 15 nh7g figs-metaphor μή τις ῥίζα πικρίας ἄνω φύουσα ἐνοχλῇ 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it +HEB 12 15 nh7g figs-metaphor μή τις ῥίζα πικρίας ἄνω φύουσα ἐνοχλῇ 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it Here the author speaks of “bitter” or resentful thinking and behavior as if it were a **root** that could “grow up” and produce something, in this case **trouble**. The author speaks of **bitterness** as a plant in order to show how even a little **bitterness** can lead to much **trouble**, just like a small **root** grows into a large plant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or plain language. Alternate translation: “not any bitterness is, like a root, growing up to cause trouble” or “not any little bitterness is spreading to cause trouble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 15 ibi0 μή τις ῥίζα πικρίας ἄνω φύουσα 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it These words are very similar to the second half of [Deuteronomy 29:17](../deu/29/17.md). The author does not seem to be quoting directly from Deuteronomy, but the language is similar enough that you may want to include a footnote that indicates the similarity. HEB 12 15 qwbm figs-possession ῥίζα πικρίας 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it (1) a **root** that is “bitter” (2) a **root** that produces things that are “bitter.” HEB 12 15 ibs6 figs-abstractnouns ἐνοχλῇ 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it From 11ee04e13312be9af9c41b13f0b16b547fcb4b4e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 03:52:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 140/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index cb4dbfe1dc..c4a70215bf 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1870,7 +1870,7 @@ HEB 12 15 at8j figs-idiom ὑστερῶν ἀπὸ 1 no one lacks God’s grace HEB 12 15 frq4 figs-abstractnouns τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 no one lacks God’s grace If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **grace**, you could express the idea by using an adverb such as “kindly” or “graciously.” Alternate translation: “what God graciously does” or “how God acts kindly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 15 nh7g figs-metaphor μή τις ῥίζα πικρίας ἄνω φύουσα ἐνοχλῇ 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it Here the author speaks of “bitter” or resentful thinking and behavior as if it were a **root** that could “grow up” and produce something, in this case **trouble**. The author speaks of **bitterness** as a plant in order to show how even a little **bitterness** can lead to much **trouble**, just like a small **root** grows into a large plant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or plain language. Alternate translation: “not any bitterness is, like a root, growing up to cause trouble” or “not any little bitterness is spreading to cause trouble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 15 ibi0 μή τις ῥίζα πικρίας ἄνω φύουσα 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it These words are very similar to the second half of [Deuteronomy 29:17](../deu/29/17.md). The author does not seem to be quoting directly from Deuteronomy, but the language is similar enough that you may want to include a footnote that indicates the similarity. -HEB 12 15 qwbm figs-possession ῥίζα πικρίας 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it (1) a **root** that is “bitter” (2) a **root** that produces things that are “bitter.” +HEB 12 15 qwbm figs-possession ῥίζα πικρίας 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it Here, the author uses the possessive form to describe: (1) a **root** that is “bitter.” Alternate translation: “bitter root” or “root, that is, bitterness,” (2) a **root** that produces things that are “bitter.” Alternate translation: “root that produces bitter things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) HEB 12 15 ibs6 figs-abstractnouns ἐνοχλῇ 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it HEB 12 15 ha2b figs-activepassive δι’ αὐτῆς μιανθῶσιν πολλοί 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it HEB 12 15 ir4w writing-pronouns αὐτῆς 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it From 282f79793bd3add254a969634266361511f7b9b6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 03:58:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 141/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index c4a70215bf..94adb8e595 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1871,10 +1871,10 @@ HEB 12 15 frq4 figs-abstractnouns τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 no HEB 12 15 nh7g figs-metaphor μή τις ῥίζα πικρίας ἄνω φύουσα ἐνοχλῇ 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it Here the author speaks of “bitter” or resentful thinking and behavior as if it were a **root** that could “grow up” and produce something, in this case **trouble**. The author speaks of **bitterness** as a plant in order to show how even a little **bitterness** can lead to much **trouble**, just like a small **root** grows into a large plant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or plain language. Alternate translation: “not any bitterness is, like a root, growing up to cause trouble” or “not any little bitterness is spreading to cause trouble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 15 ibi0 μή τις ῥίζα πικρίας ἄνω φύουσα 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it These words are very similar to the second half of [Deuteronomy 29:17](../deu/29/17.md). The author does not seem to be quoting directly from Deuteronomy, but the language is similar enough that you may want to include a footnote that indicates the similarity. HEB 12 15 qwbm figs-possession ῥίζα πικρίας 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it Here, the author uses the possessive form to describe: (1) a **root** that is “bitter.” Alternate translation: “bitter root” or “root, that is, bitterness,” (2) a **root** that produces things that are “bitter.” Alternate translation: “root that produces bitter things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -HEB 12 15 ibs6 figs-abstractnouns ἐνοχλῇ 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it -HEB 12 15 ha2b figs-activepassive δι’ αὐτῆς μιανθῶσιν πολλοί 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it -HEB 12 15 ir4w writing-pronouns αὐτῆς 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it -HEB 12 15 wp42 figs-explicit μιανθῶσιν 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it +HEB 12 15 ibs6 figs-abstractnouns ἐνοχλῇ 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **trouble**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “trouble” or “annoy.” Alternate translation: “to trouble people” or “to annoy people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +HEB 12 15 ha2b figs-activepassive δι’ αὐτῆς μιανθῶσιν πολλοί 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this might defile many” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 12 15 ir4w writing-pronouns αὐτῆς 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it Here, the word **this** refers to the **root of bitterness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make whom **this** refers to explicit. Alternate translation: “this root” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +HEB 12 15 wp42 figs-explicit μιανθῶσιν 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it Here, the phrase **become defiled** refers to being directly affected by something bad or nasty. In this case, the author’s point is that being exposed to the **root of bitterness** might affect **many** believers so that they also become “bitter.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “might be affected” or “might also become bitter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 16 b6ef Ἠσαῦ 1 **Esau**, who was told about in the writings of Moses, was Isaac’s first son and Jacob’s brother. HEB 12 17 j6x8 figs-activepassive ἀπεδοκιμάσθη 1 he was rejected If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “his father, Isaac, refused to bless him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 17 d6he figs-abstractnouns μετανοίας γὰρ τόπον οὐχ εὗρεν 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance You can translate the abstract noun **repentance** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “because it was not possible for him to repent” or “because it was not possible for him to change his decision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 26e86eb574457cb1e49b56fd0f6e0743489c193d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 04:12:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 142/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 94adb8e595..4f51a5941d 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1875,7 +1875,9 @@ HEB 12 15 ibs6 figs-abstractnouns ἐνοχλῇ 1 that no root of bitterness gr HEB 12 15 ha2b figs-activepassive δι’ αὐτῆς μιανθῶσιν πολλοί 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this might defile many” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 15 ir4w writing-pronouns αὐτῆς 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it Here, the word **this** refers to the **root of bitterness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make whom **this** refers to explicit. Alternate translation: “this root” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 12 15 wp42 figs-explicit μιανθῶσιν 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it Here, the phrase **become defiled** refers to being directly affected by something bad or nasty. In this case, the author’s point is that being exposed to the **root of bitterness** might affect **many** believers so that they also become “bitter.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “might be affected” or “might also become bitter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HEB 12 16 b6ef Ἠσαῦ 1 **Esau**, who was told about in the writings of Moses, was Isaac’s first son and Jacob’s brother. +HEB 12 16 l36w figs-infostructure πόρνος ἢ βέβηλος, ὡς Ἠσαῦ 1 +HEB 12 16 b6ef translate-names Ἠσαῦ 1 +HEB 12 16 cxn4 ὃς ἀντὶ βρώσεως μιᾶς, ἀπέδετο τὰ πρωτοτόκια ἑαυτοῦ 1 HEB 12 17 j6x8 figs-activepassive ἀπεδοκιμάσθη 1 he was rejected If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “his father, Isaac, refused to bless him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 17 d6he figs-abstractnouns μετανοίας γὰρ τόπον οὐχ εὗρεν 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance You can translate the abstract noun **repentance** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “because it was not possible for him to repent” or “because it was not possible for him to change his decision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 17 b7k3 καίπερ μετὰ δακρύων ἐκζητήσας αὐτήν 1 even though he sought it with tears Here, **he** refers to Esau. From 02e58e580e3651e93917c801a9fb1e0792ea904b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 13:17:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 143/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 4f51a5941d..4310324c17 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1875,9 +1875,9 @@ HEB 12 15 ibs6 figs-abstractnouns ἐνοχλῇ 1 that no root of bitterness gr HEB 12 15 ha2b figs-activepassive δι’ αὐτῆς μιανθῶσιν πολλοί 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this might defile many” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 15 ir4w writing-pronouns αὐτῆς 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it Here, the word **this** refers to the **root of bitterness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make whom **this** refers to explicit. Alternate translation: “this root” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 12 15 wp42 figs-explicit μιανθῶσιν 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it Here, the phrase **become defiled** refers to being directly affected by something bad or nasty. In this case, the author’s point is that being exposed to the **root of bitterness** might affect **many** believers so that they also become “bitter.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “might be affected” or “might also become bitter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HEB 12 16 l36w figs-infostructure πόρνος ἢ βέβηλος, ὡς Ἠσαῦ 1 -HEB 12 16 b6ef translate-names Ἠσαῦ 1 +HEB 12 16 b6ef translate-names Ἠσαῦ 1 The word **Esau** is the name of a man. He was the son of Isaac and the grandson of Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HEB 12 16 cxn4 ὃς ἀντὶ βρώσεως μιᾶς, ἀπέδετο τὰ πρωτοτόκια ἑαυτοῦ 1 +HEB 12 16 fbiw figs-abstractnouns τὰ πρωτοτόκια ἑαυτοῦ 1 HEB 12 17 j6x8 figs-activepassive ἀπεδοκιμάσθη 1 he was rejected If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “his father, Isaac, refused to bless him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 17 d6he figs-abstractnouns μετανοίας γὰρ τόπον οὐχ εὗρεν 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance You can translate the abstract noun **repentance** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “because it was not possible for him to repent” or “because it was not possible for him to change his decision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 17 b7k3 καίπερ μετὰ δακρύων ἐκζητήσας αὐτήν 1 even though he sought it with tears Here, **he** refers to Esau. From b4d0635543be1bbf6a1411e100e30201115bae20 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 13:18:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 144/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 4310324c17..c1ede9827d 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1875,7 +1875,7 @@ HEB 12 15 ibs6 figs-abstractnouns ἐνοχλῇ 1 that no root of bitterness gr HEB 12 15 ha2b figs-activepassive δι’ αὐτῆς μιανθῶσιν πολλοί 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this might defile many” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 15 ir4w writing-pronouns αὐτῆς 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it Here, the word **this** refers to the **root of bitterness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make whom **this** refers to explicit. Alternate translation: “this root” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 12 15 wp42 figs-explicit μιανθῶσιν 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it Here, the phrase **become defiled** refers to being directly affected by something bad or nasty. In this case, the author’s point is that being exposed to the **root of bitterness** might affect **many** believers so that they also become “bitter.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “might be affected” or “might also become bitter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HEB 12 16 b6ef translate-names Ἠσαῦ 1 The word **Esau** is the name of a man. He was the son of Isaac and the grandson of Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +HEB 12 16 b6ef translate-names Ἠσαῦ 1 The word **Esau** is the name of a man. He was the oldest son of Isaac and the grandson of Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HEB 12 16 cxn4 ὃς ἀντὶ βρώσεως μιᾶς, ἀπέδετο τὰ πρωτοτόκια ἑαυτοῦ 1 HEB 12 16 fbiw figs-abstractnouns τὰ πρωτοτόκια ἑαυτοῦ 1 HEB 12 17 j6x8 figs-activepassive ἀπεδοκιμάσθη 1 he was rejected If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “his father, Isaac, refused to bless him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 136d1a71aed9d0fd83779899b7721a3813b37ccb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 13:23:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 145/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index c1ede9827d..324be5ce9b 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1876,8 +1876,8 @@ HEB 12 15 ha2b figs-activepassive δι’ αὐτῆς μιανθῶσιν πο HEB 12 15 ir4w writing-pronouns αὐτῆς 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it Here, the word **this** refers to the **root of bitterness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make whom **this** refers to explicit. Alternate translation: “this root” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 12 15 wp42 figs-explicit μιανθῶσιν 1 that no root of bitterness grows up to cause trouble, so that many do not become polluted by it Here, the phrase **become defiled** refers to being directly affected by something bad or nasty. In this case, the author’s point is that being exposed to the **root of bitterness** might affect **many** believers so that they also become “bitter.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “might be affected” or “might also become bitter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 16 b6ef translate-names Ἠσαῦ 1 The word **Esau** is the name of a man. He was the oldest son of Isaac and the grandson of Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -HEB 12 16 cxn4 ὃς ἀντὶ βρώσεως μιᾶς, ἀπέδετο τὰ πρωτοτόκια ἑαυτοῦ 1 -HEB 12 16 fbiw figs-abstractnouns τὰ πρωτοτόκια ἑαυτοῦ 1 +HEB 12 16 cxn4 ὃς ἀντὶ βρώσεως μιᾶς, ἀπέδετο τὰ πρωτοτόκια ἑαυτοῦ 1 Here the author refers to a story about a man named **Esau**, who was the oldest son of Isaac. One day, Esau was very hungry. He saw his younger brother Jacob making food, and to get some of that food, he gave his **birthright** as the firstborn son to his younger brother. You can read this story in [Genesis 25:29–34](../gen/25/29.md). You might want to include this information in a footnote. +HEB 12 16 fbiw figs-abstractnouns τὰ πρωτοτόκια ἑαυτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **birthright**, you could express the idea in another natural way. Alternate translation: “what he was going to receive as the firstborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 17 j6x8 figs-activepassive ἀπεδοκιμάσθη 1 he was rejected If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “his father, Isaac, refused to bless him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 17 d6he figs-abstractnouns μετανοίας γὰρ τόπον οὐχ εὗρεν 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance You can translate the abstract noun **repentance** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “because it was not possible for him to repent” or “because it was not possible for him to change his decision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 17 b7k3 καίπερ μετὰ δακρύων ἐκζητήσας αὐτήν 1 even though he sought it with tears Here, **he** refers to Esau. From a950ebd668c5f6dc937d6414161fde3834a9d09b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 13:31:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 146/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 324be5ce9b..7cd4a6e68d 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1878,6 +1878,9 @@ HEB 12 15 wp42 figs-explicit μιανθῶσιν 1 that no root of bitterness gr HEB 12 16 b6ef translate-names Ἠσαῦ 1 The word **Esau** is the name of a man. He was the oldest son of Isaac and the grandson of Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HEB 12 16 cxn4 ὃς ἀντὶ βρώσεως μιᾶς, ἀπέδετο τὰ πρωτοτόκια ἑαυτοῦ 1 Here the author refers to a story about a man named **Esau**, who was the oldest son of Isaac. One day, Esau was very hungry. He saw his younger brother Jacob making food, and to get some of that food, he gave his **birthright** as the firstborn son to his younger brother. You can read this story in [Genesis 25:29–34](../gen/25/29.md). You might want to include this information in a footnote. HEB 12 16 fbiw figs-abstractnouns τὰ πρωτοτόκια ἑαυτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **birthright**, you could express the idea in another natural way. Alternate translation: “what he was going to receive as the firstborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +HEB 12 17 fot6 0 he was rejected Here the author refers to a story about what happened to Esau after he sold his birthright. When Esau’s father Isaac was about to die, he wanted to give Esau a blessing. However, Esau’s brother Jacob tricked his father Isaac and took the blessing for himself. When Esau found out, he wept and asked his father to bless him. However, his father had already given the blessing to Jacob. You can read this story in [Genesis 27:1–41](../gen/27/01.md). You might want to include this information in a footnote. +HEB 12 17 lxc8 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 he was rejected +HEB 12 17 jlb9 figs-abstractnouns κληρονομῆσαι τὴν εὐλογίαν 1 he was rejected If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **blessing**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “bless.” Alternate translation: “to be blessed by his father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 17 j6x8 figs-activepassive ἀπεδοκιμάσθη 1 he was rejected If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “his father, Isaac, refused to bless him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 17 d6he figs-abstractnouns μετανοίας γὰρ τόπον οὐχ εὗρεν 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance You can translate the abstract noun **repentance** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “because it was not possible for him to repent” or “because it was not possible for him to change his decision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 17 b7k3 καίπερ μετὰ δακρύων ἐκζητήσας αὐτήν 1 even though he sought it with tears Here, **he** refers to Esau. From d371e743fabdaf2c8e540238d3f29ca3272dbf89 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 13:35:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 147/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 8 +++++--- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 7cd4a6e68d..6740265a55 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1881,9 +1881,11 @@ HEB 12 16 fbiw figs-abstractnouns τὰ πρωτοτόκια ἑαυτοῦ 1 I HEB 12 17 fot6 0 he was rejected Here the author refers to a story about what happened to Esau after he sold his birthright. When Esau’s father Isaac was about to die, he wanted to give Esau a blessing. However, Esau’s brother Jacob tricked his father Isaac and took the blessing for himself. When Esau found out, he wept and asked his father to bless him. However, his father had already given the blessing to Jacob. You can read this story in [Genesis 27:1–41](../gen/27/01.md). You might want to include this information in a footnote. HEB 12 17 lxc8 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 he was rejected HEB 12 17 jlb9 figs-abstractnouns κληρονομῆσαι τὴν εὐλογίαν 1 he was rejected If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **blessing**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “bless.” Alternate translation: “to be blessed by his father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -HEB 12 17 j6x8 figs-activepassive ἀπεδοκιμάσθη 1 he was rejected If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “his father, Isaac, refused to bless him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -HEB 12 17 d6he figs-abstractnouns μετανοίας γὰρ τόπον οὐχ εὗρεν 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance You can translate the abstract noun **repentance** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “because it was not possible for him to repent” or “because it was not possible for him to change his decision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -HEB 12 17 b7k3 καίπερ μετὰ δακρύων ἐκζητήσας αὐτήν 1 even though he sought it with tears Here, **he** refers to Esau. +HEB 12 17 j6x8 figs-activepassive ἀπεδοκιμάσθη 1 he was rejected +HEB 12 17 q447 figs-idiom μετανοίας…τόπον οὐχ εὗρεν 1 he was rejected +HEB 12 17 d6he figs-abstractnouns μετανοίας 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance +HEB 12 17 uq4m writing-pronouns αὐτήν 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance +HEB 12 17 b7k3 figs-idiom μετὰ δακρύων 1 even though he sought it with tears HEB 12 18 xti4 0 Connecting Statement: The author gives a contrast between what believers in Moses’ time had while living under the law and what present day believers have after coming to Jesus under the new covenant. He illustrates the experience of the Israelites by describing how God appeared to them at Mount Sinai. HEB 12 18 y1ed οὐ…προσεληλύθατε 1 Here, **you** refers to the Hebrew believers to whom the author wrote. HEB 12 18 a43l figs-explicit οὐ γὰρ προσεληλύθατε, ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 For you have not come to a mountain that can be touched You can state the implicit information explicitly. Alternate translation: “For you have not come, as the people of Israel came, to a mountain that can be touched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From ba73e580b3a2b1304a10a4672aea94715a839b3f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 13:41:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 148/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 6740265a55..b977c80ef1 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1882,7 +1882,7 @@ HEB 12 17 fot6 0 he was rejected Here the author refers to a story about what HEB 12 17 lxc8 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 he was rejected HEB 12 17 jlb9 figs-abstractnouns κληρονομῆσαι τὴν εὐλογίαν 1 he was rejected If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **blessing**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “bless.” Alternate translation: “to be blessed by his father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 17 j6x8 figs-activepassive ἀπεδοκιμάσθη 1 he was rejected -HEB 12 17 q447 figs-idiom μετανοίας…τόπον οὐχ εὗρεν 1 he was rejected +HEB 12 17 q447 figs-idiom μετανοίας…τόπον οὐχ εὗρεν 1 he was rejected Alternate translation: “he had no opportunity to repent” HEB 12 17 d6he figs-abstractnouns μετανοίας 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance HEB 12 17 uq4m writing-pronouns αὐτήν 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance HEB 12 17 b7k3 figs-idiom μετὰ δακρύων 1 even though he sought it with tears From 7b9bdd9650c6020a7cde2fa92cfb5bef9413b136 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 13:52:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 149/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index b977c80ef1..3bfd8b7043 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1882,8 +1882,8 @@ HEB 12 17 fot6 0 he was rejected Here the author refers to a story about what HEB 12 17 lxc8 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 he was rejected HEB 12 17 jlb9 figs-abstractnouns κληρονομῆσαι τὴν εὐλογίαν 1 he was rejected If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **blessing**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “bless.” Alternate translation: “to be blessed by his father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 17 j6x8 figs-activepassive ἀπεδοκιμάσθη 1 he was rejected -HEB 12 17 q447 figs-idiom μετανοίας…τόπον οὐχ εὗρεν 1 he was rejected Alternate translation: “he had no opportunity to repent” -HEB 12 17 d6he figs-abstractnouns μετανοίας 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance +HEB 12 17 q447 figs-idiom μετανοίας…τόπον οὐχ εὗρεν 1 he was rejected (1) a chance to change the situation or decision. Alternate translation: “he had no opportunity to repent” (2) the ability to feel remorse or sorrow for what he had done. +HEB 12 17 d6he figs-abstractnouns μετανοίας 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance The person who does the **repentance** could be (1) Esau. (2) Isaac, Esau’s father. HEB 12 17 uq4m writing-pronouns αὐτήν 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance HEB 12 17 b7k3 figs-idiom μετὰ δακρύων 1 even though he sought it with tears HEB 12 18 xti4 0 Connecting Statement: The author gives a contrast between what believers in Moses’ time had while living under the law and what present day believers have after coming to Jesus under the new covenant. He illustrates the experience of the Israelites by describing how God appeared to them at Mount Sinai. From b1105126f9044a8cd0868bda989207264650b1f0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 13:52:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 150/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 3bfd8b7043..dc4ef717f3 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1884,7 +1884,7 @@ HEB 12 17 jlb9 figs-abstractnouns κληρονομῆσαι τὴν εὐλογ HEB 12 17 j6x8 figs-activepassive ἀπεδοκιμάσθη 1 he was rejected HEB 12 17 q447 figs-idiom μετανοίας…τόπον οὐχ εὗρεν 1 he was rejected (1) a chance to change the situation or decision. Alternate translation: “he had no opportunity to repent” (2) the ability to feel remorse or sorrow for what he had done. HEB 12 17 d6he figs-abstractnouns μετανοίας 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance The person who does the **repentance** could be (1) Esau. (2) Isaac, Esau’s father. -HEB 12 17 uq4m writing-pronouns αὐτήν 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance +HEB 12 17 uq4m writing-pronouns αὐτήν 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance (1) **repentance**. (2) **the blessing** HEB 12 17 b7k3 figs-idiom μετὰ δακρύων 1 even though he sought it with tears HEB 12 18 xti4 0 Connecting Statement: The author gives a contrast between what believers in Moses’ time had while living under the law and what present day believers have after coming to Jesus under the new covenant. He illustrates the experience of the Israelites by describing how God appeared to them at Mount Sinai. HEB 12 18 y1ed οὐ…προσεληλύθατε 1 Here, **you** refers to the Hebrew believers to whom the author wrote. From e04c87034363eb51ce3d45632e05c698e7f1f9a4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 13:59:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 151/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index dc4ef717f3..99ab88fd28 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1881,7 +1881,7 @@ HEB 12 16 fbiw figs-abstractnouns τὰ πρωτοτόκια ἑαυτοῦ 1 I HEB 12 17 fot6 0 he was rejected Here the author refers to a story about what happened to Esau after he sold his birthright. When Esau’s father Isaac was about to die, he wanted to give Esau a blessing. However, Esau’s brother Jacob tricked his father Isaac and took the blessing for himself. When Esau found out, he wept and asked his father to bless him. However, his father had already given the blessing to Jacob. You can read this story in [Genesis 27:1–41](../gen/27/01.md). You might want to include this information in a footnote. HEB 12 17 lxc8 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 he was rejected HEB 12 17 jlb9 figs-abstractnouns κληρονομῆσαι τὴν εὐλογίαν 1 he was rejected If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **blessing**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “bless.” Alternate translation: “to be blessed by his father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -HEB 12 17 j6x8 figs-activepassive ἀπεδοκιμάσθη 1 he was rejected +HEB 12 17 j6x8 figs-activepassive ἀπεδοκιμάσθη 1 he was rejected (1) Esau’s father Isaac. (2) God. HEB 12 17 q447 figs-idiom μετανοίας…τόπον οὐχ εὗρεν 1 he was rejected (1) a chance to change the situation or decision. Alternate translation: “he had no opportunity to repent” (2) the ability to feel remorse or sorrow for what he had done. HEB 12 17 d6he figs-abstractnouns μετανοίας 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance The person who does the **repentance** could be (1) Esau. (2) Isaac, Esau’s father. HEB 12 17 uq4m writing-pronouns αὐτήν 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance (1) **repentance**. (2) **the blessing** From 04ae29fb43ae743d9ba2c6f2c3db86f0f59affb1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 14:13:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 152/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 99ab88fd28..84ce32415e 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1884,7 +1884,7 @@ HEB 12 17 jlb9 figs-abstractnouns κληρονομῆσαι τὴν εὐλογ HEB 12 17 j6x8 figs-activepassive ἀπεδοκιμάσθη 1 he was rejected (1) Esau’s father Isaac. (2) God. HEB 12 17 q447 figs-idiom μετανοίας…τόπον οὐχ εὗρεν 1 he was rejected (1) a chance to change the situation or decision. Alternate translation: “he had no opportunity to repent” (2) the ability to feel remorse or sorrow for what he had done. HEB 12 17 d6he figs-abstractnouns μετανοίας 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance The person who does the **repentance** could be (1) Esau. (2) Isaac, Esau’s father. -HEB 12 17 uq4m writing-pronouns αὐτήν 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance (1) **repentance**. (2) **the blessing** +HEB 12 17 uq4m writing-pronouns αὐτήν 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance (1) **the blessing** (2) **repentance** HEB 12 17 b7k3 figs-idiom μετὰ δακρύων 1 even though he sought it with tears HEB 12 18 xti4 0 Connecting Statement: The author gives a contrast between what believers in Moses’ time had while living under the law and what present day believers have after coming to Jesus under the new covenant. He illustrates the experience of the Israelites by describing how God appeared to them at Mount Sinai. HEB 12 18 y1ed οὐ…προσεληλύθατε 1 Here, **you** refers to the Hebrew believers to whom the author wrote. From 54e9277fb62e678a518e8ce7e073e9486c1fb1bd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 14:26:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 153/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 84ce32415e..adaa3fb0e4 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1884,7 +1884,7 @@ HEB 12 17 jlb9 figs-abstractnouns κληρονομῆσαι τὴν εὐλογ HEB 12 17 j6x8 figs-activepassive ἀπεδοκιμάσθη 1 he was rejected (1) Esau’s father Isaac. (2) God. HEB 12 17 q447 figs-idiom μετανοίας…τόπον οὐχ εὗρεν 1 he was rejected (1) a chance to change the situation or decision. Alternate translation: “he had no opportunity to repent” (2) the ability to feel remorse or sorrow for what he had done. HEB 12 17 d6he figs-abstractnouns μετανοίας 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance The person who does the **repentance** could be (1) Esau. (2) Isaac, Esau’s father. -HEB 12 17 uq4m writing-pronouns αὐτήν 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance (1) **the blessing** (2) **repentance** +HEB 12 17 uq4m writing-pronouns αὐτήν 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance (1) **repentance** (2) **the blessing** HEB 12 17 b7k3 figs-idiom μετὰ δακρύων 1 even though he sought it with tears HEB 12 18 xti4 0 Connecting Statement: The author gives a contrast between what believers in Moses’ time had while living under the law and what present day believers have after coming to Jesus under the new covenant. He illustrates the experience of the Israelites by describing how God appeared to them at Mount Sinai. HEB 12 18 y1ed οὐ…προσεληλύθατε 1 Here, **you** refers to the Hebrew believers to whom the author wrote. From 4a323870956026b65a1b6c444a3719ab520c05db Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 16:25:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 154/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 10 +++++----- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index adaa3fb0e4..de6551805e 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1879,12 +1879,12 @@ HEB 12 16 b6ef translate-names Ἠσαῦ 1 The word **Esau** is the name of a HEB 12 16 cxn4 ὃς ἀντὶ βρώσεως μιᾶς, ἀπέδετο τὰ πρωτοτόκια ἑαυτοῦ 1 Here the author refers to a story about a man named **Esau**, who was the oldest son of Isaac. One day, Esau was very hungry. He saw his younger brother Jacob making food, and to get some of that food, he gave his **birthright** as the firstborn son to his younger brother. You can read this story in [Genesis 25:29–34](../gen/25/29.md). You might want to include this information in a footnote. HEB 12 16 fbiw figs-abstractnouns τὰ πρωτοτόκια ἑαυτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **birthright**, you could express the idea in another natural way. Alternate translation: “what he was going to receive as the firstborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 17 fot6 0 he was rejected Here the author refers to a story about what happened to Esau after he sold his birthright. When Esau’s father Isaac was about to die, he wanted to give Esau a blessing. However, Esau’s brother Jacob tricked his father Isaac and took the blessing for himself. When Esau found out, he wept and asked his father to bless him. However, his father had already given the blessing to Jacob. You can read this story in [Genesis 27:1–41](../gen/27/01.md). You might want to include this information in a footnote. -HEB 12 17 lxc8 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 he was rejected +HEB 12 17 lxc8 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 he was rejected Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why the audience should avoid being like Esau and stay away from those who are like Esau. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason. Alternate translation: “Do not be like that, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) HEB 12 17 jlb9 figs-abstractnouns κληρονομῆσαι τὴν εὐλογίαν 1 he was rejected If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **blessing**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “bless.” Alternate translation: “to be blessed by his father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -HEB 12 17 j6x8 figs-activepassive ἀπεδοκιμάσθη 1 he was rejected (1) Esau’s father Isaac. (2) God. -HEB 12 17 q447 figs-idiom μετανοίας…τόπον οὐχ εὗρεν 1 he was rejected (1) a chance to change the situation or decision. Alternate translation: “he had no opportunity to repent” (2) the ability to feel remorse or sorrow for what he had done. -HEB 12 17 d6he figs-abstractnouns μετανοίας 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance The person who does the **repentance** could be (1) Esau. (2) Isaac, Esau’s father. -HEB 12 17 uq4m writing-pronouns αὐτήν 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance (1) **repentance** (2) **the blessing** +HEB 12 17 j6x8 figs-activepassive ἀπεδοκιμάσθη 1 he was rejected If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on Esau, who **was rejected**, rather than focusing on the person doing the “rejecting.” If you must state who did the action, the author could imply that: (1) Esau’s father Isaac did it. Alternate translation: “Isaac his father rejected him” (2) God did it. Alternate translation: “God rejected him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 12 17 q447 figs-idiom μετανοίας…τόπον οὐχ εὗρεν 1 he was rejected Here, the clause **he found no place {for} repentance** was a common way in the author’s culture to refer to the opportunity or ability to “repent”. More specifically, the author could be referring to: (1) a chance to change a situation or decision. Alternate translation: “he had no opportunity to change his actions” (2) the ability to feel remorse or sorrow for what he had done. Alternate translation: “he could not feel remorse” or “he could not regret what he had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +HEB 12 17 d6he figs-abstractnouns μετανοίας 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **repentance**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “repent.” The person who does the **repentance** could be (1) Esau. Alternate translation: “to repent” or “to reverse his actions” (2) Isaac, Esau’s father. Alternate translation: “to change his father’s mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +HEB 12 17 uq4m writing-pronouns αὐτήν 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance Here, the word **it** could refer to: (1) **repentance**. Alternate translation: “repentance” or “to reverse his actions” (2) **the blessing**. Alternate translation: “the blessing” or “to be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 12 17 b7k3 figs-idiom μετὰ δακρύων 1 even though he sought it with tears HEB 12 18 xti4 0 Connecting Statement: The author gives a contrast between what believers in Moses’ time had while living under the law and what present day believers have after coming to Jesus under the new covenant. He illustrates the experience of the Israelites by describing how God appeared to them at Mount Sinai. HEB 12 18 y1ed οὐ…προσεληλύθατε 1 Here, **you** refers to the Hebrew believers to whom the author wrote. From 8bffa9e84cdc811739fe36620205a718a82b67c0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 16:27:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 155/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index de6551805e..3b0374b649 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1885,7 +1885,7 @@ HEB 12 17 j6x8 figs-activepassive ἀπεδοκιμάσθη 1 he was rejected If HEB 12 17 q447 figs-idiom μετανοίας…τόπον οὐχ εὗρεν 1 he was rejected Here, the clause **he found no place {for} repentance** was a common way in the author’s culture to refer to the opportunity or ability to “repent”. More specifically, the author could be referring to: (1) a chance to change a situation or decision. Alternate translation: “he had no opportunity to change his actions” (2) the ability to feel remorse or sorrow for what he had done. Alternate translation: “he could not feel remorse” or “he could not regret what he had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 17 d6he figs-abstractnouns μετανοίας 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **repentance**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “repent.” The person who does the **repentance** could be (1) Esau. Alternate translation: “to repent” or “to reverse his actions” (2) Isaac, Esau’s father. Alternate translation: “to change his father’s mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 17 uq4m writing-pronouns αὐτήν 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance Here, the word **it** could refer to: (1) **repentance**. Alternate translation: “repentance” or “to reverse his actions” (2) **the blessing**. Alternate translation: “the blessing” or “to be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -HEB 12 17 b7k3 figs-idiom μετὰ δακρύων 1 even though he sought it with tears +HEB 12 17 b7k3 figs-metonymy μετὰ δακρύων 1 even though he sought it with tears Here, the word **tears** refers to the action of crying or weeping. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the action of creating the **tears**. Alternate translation: “with weeping” as “while he cried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 12 18 xti4 0 Connecting Statement: The author gives a contrast between what believers in Moses’ time had while living under the law and what present day believers have after coming to Jesus under the new covenant. He illustrates the experience of the Israelites by describing how God appeared to them at Mount Sinai. HEB 12 18 y1ed οὐ…προσεληλύθατε 1 Here, **you** refers to the Hebrew believers to whom the author wrote. HEB 12 18 a43l figs-explicit οὐ γὰρ προσεληλύθατε, ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 For you have not come to a mountain that can be touched You can state the implicit information explicitly. Alternate translation: “For you have not come, as the people of Israel came, to a mountain that can be touched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From c97e227453af880969c83e60084b998602052922 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 16:38:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 156/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 3b0374b649..442ce1ad75 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1886,7 +1886,7 @@ HEB 12 17 q447 figs-idiom μετανοίας…τόπον οὐχ εὗρεν 1 HEB 12 17 d6he figs-abstractnouns μετανοίας 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **repentance**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “repent.” The person who does the **repentance** could be (1) Esau. Alternate translation: “to repent” or “to reverse his actions” (2) Isaac, Esau’s father. Alternate translation: “to change his father’s mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 17 uq4m writing-pronouns αὐτήν 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance Here, the word **it** could refer to: (1) **repentance**. Alternate translation: “repentance” or “to reverse his actions” (2) **the blessing**. Alternate translation: “the blessing” or “to be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 12 17 b7k3 figs-metonymy μετὰ δακρύων 1 even though he sought it with tears Here, the word **tears** refers to the action of crying or weeping. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the action of creating the **tears**. Alternate translation: “with weeping” as “while he cried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -HEB 12 18 xti4 0 Connecting Statement: The author gives a contrast between what believers in Moses’ time had while living under the law and what present day believers have after coming to Jesus under the new covenant. He illustrates the experience of the Israelites by describing how God appeared to them at Mount Sinai. +HEB 12 18 xti4 0 Connecting Statement: In [12:18–21](../12/18.md), the author refers to what happened when the Israelites left Egypt and arrived a mountain named **Sinai**. God came down to this mountain to create a covenant with the Israelites, and Moses met him on the mountain and received God’s commands and promises. When God came to the mountain, there were loud sounds, fire, and dark clouds, and God commanded that nobody should go up the mountain except for Moses and Aaron. The Israelites were afraid and asked Moses to speak to God for them. You can read about this story in [Exodus 19:9–20:21](../exo/19/09.md). You might want to include this information in a footnote. HEB 12 18 y1ed οὐ…προσεληλύθατε 1 Here, **you** refers to the Hebrew believers to whom the author wrote. HEB 12 18 a43l figs-explicit οὐ γὰρ προσεληλύθατε, ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 For you have not come to a mountain that can be touched You can state the implicit information explicitly. Alternate translation: “For you have not come, as the people of Israel came, to a mountain that can be touched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 18 w6j6 figs-activepassive οὐ…ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 that can be touched This means that believers in Christ have not come to a physical mountain like Mount Sinai that a person can touch. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you have not come a mountain that you can touch” or “ you have not come a mountain that you can perceive with your senses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 968b181491d854166396170d08367526c7e3e6b9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 16:40:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 157/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 442ce1ad75..f01e384169 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1887,8 +1887,9 @@ HEB 12 17 d6he figs-abstractnouns μετανοίας 1 because he found no oppor HEB 12 17 uq4m writing-pronouns αὐτήν 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance Here, the word **it** could refer to: (1) **repentance**. Alternate translation: “repentance” or “to reverse his actions” (2) **the blessing**. Alternate translation: “the blessing” or “to be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 12 17 b7k3 figs-metonymy μετὰ δακρύων 1 even though he sought it with tears Here, the word **tears** refers to the action of crying or weeping. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the action of creating the **tears**. Alternate translation: “with weeping” as “while he cried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 12 18 xti4 0 Connecting Statement: In [12:18–21](../12/18.md), the author refers to what happened when the Israelites left Egypt and arrived a mountain named **Sinai**. God came down to this mountain to create a covenant with the Israelites, and Moses met him on the mountain and received God’s commands and promises. When God came to the mountain, there were loud sounds, fire, and dark clouds, and God commanded that nobody should go up the mountain except for Moses and Aaron. The Israelites were afraid and asked Moses to speak to God for them. You can read about this story in [Exodus 19:9–20:21](../exo/19/09.md). You might want to include this information in a footnote. -HEB 12 18 y1ed οὐ…προσεληλύθατε 1 Here, **you** refers to the Hebrew believers to whom the author wrote. -HEB 12 18 a43l figs-explicit οὐ γὰρ προσεληλύθατε, ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 For you have not come to a mountain that can be touched You can state the implicit information explicitly. Alternate translation: “For you have not come, as the people of Israel came, to a mountain that can be touched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +HEB 12 18 wjh3 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 For you have not come to a mountain that can be touched +HEB 12 18 a43l figs-explicit οὐ…προσεληλύθατε, ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 For you have not come to a mountain that can be touched Alternate translation: “For you have not come, as the people of Israel came, to a mountain that can be touched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +HEB 12 18 y1ed figs-go οὐ…προσεληλύθατε 1 HEB 12 18 w6j6 figs-activepassive οὐ…ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 that can be touched This means that believers in Christ have not come to a physical mountain like Mount Sinai that a person can touch. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you have not come a mountain that you can touch” or “ you have not come a mountain that you can perceive with your senses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 19 x2qk figs-metonymy καὶ φωνῇ ῥημάτων, ἧς οἱ ἀκούσαντες παρῃτήσαντο, μὴ προστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς λόγον 1 nor to a voice that speaks words whose hearers begged that not another word be spoken to them Here, **voice** refers to someone speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 12 19 a9uh figs-activepassive καὶ φωνῇ ῥημάτων, ἧς οἱ ἀκούσαντες παρῃτήσαντο, μὴ προστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς λόγον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “or where God was speaking in such a way that those who heard him begged him not to speak another word to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From e84f125a6022887e2b34131c2f143b5f60d80fce Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 16:43:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 158/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index f01e384169..1dcfed5d6b 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1888,9 +1888,11 @@ HEB 12 17 uq4m writing-pronouns αὐτήν 1 because he found no opportunity fo HEB 12 17 b7k3 figs-metonymy μετὰ δακρύων 1 even though he sought it with tears Here, the word **tears** refers to the action of crying or weeping. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the action of creating the **tears**. Alternate translation: “with weeping” as “while he cried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 12 18 xti4 0 Connecting Statement: In [12:18–21](../12/18.md), the author refers to what happened when the Israelites left Egypt and arrived a mountain named **Sinai**. God came down to this mountain to create a covenant with the Israelites, and Moses met him on the mountain and received God’s commands and promises. When God came to the mountain, there were loud sounds, fire, and dark clouds, and God commanded that nobody should go up the mountain except for Moses and Aaron. The Israelites were afraid and asked Moses to speak to God for them. You can read about this story in [Exodus 19:9–20:21](../exo/19/09.md). You might want to include this information in a footnote. HEB 12 18 wjh3 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 For you have not come to a mountain that can be touched -HEB 12 18 a43l figs-explicit οὐ…προσεληλύθατε, ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 For you have not come to a mountain that can be touched Alternate translation: “For you have not come, as the people of Israel came, to a mountain that can be touched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +HEB 12 18 a43l figs-explicit οὐ…προσεληλύθατε, ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 For you have not come to a mountain that can be touched Alternate translation: “For you have not come, as the Israelites did, to a mountain that can be touched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 18 y1ed figs-go οὐ…προσεληλύθατε 1 -HEB 12 18 w6j6 figs-activepassive οὐ…ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 that can be touched This means that believers in Christ have not come to a physical mountain like Mount Sinai that a person can touch. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you have not come a mountain that you can touch” or “ you have not come a mountain that you can perceive with your senses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 12 18 w6j6 figs-activepassive ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 that can be touched +HEB 12 18 aspl translate-unknown ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 that can be touched +HEB 12 18 tm4a translate-unknown κεκαυμένῳ πυρὶ, καὶ γνόφῳ, καὶ ζόφῳ, καὶ θυέλλῃ 1 that can be touched HEB 12 19 x2qk figs-metonymy καὶ φωνῇ ῥημάτων, ἧς οἱ ἀκούσαντες παρῃτήσαντο, μὴ προστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς λόγον 1 nor to a voice that speaks words whose hearers begged that not another word be spoken to them Here, **voice** refers to someone speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 12 19 a9uh figs-activepassive καὶ φωνῇ ῥημάτων, ἧς οἱ ἀκούσαντες παρῃτήσαντο, μὴ προστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς λόγον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “or where God was speaking in such a way that those who heard him begged him not to speak another word to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 20 p7qu figs-activepassive τὸ διαστελλόμενον 1 what was commanded If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 7aba8b797f3a224e91694b46b26c1d66513a15ab Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 17:09:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 159/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 1dcfed5d6b..5b09152286 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -HEB front intro xy4n 0 # Introduction to Hebrews\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Hebrews\n\nHebrews alternates between exposition and exhortation. To put it another way, the author switches between teaching and warning his audience. The following outline identifies which sections are which. \n\n1. Introduction: God and his Son (1:1–4)\n2. The Son and the angels (1:5–2:18)\n * Teaching: The Son is greater than the angels (1:5–14)\n * Exhortation: Listen to the message! (2:1–4)\n * Teaching: The Son becomes lower than the angels to help his brothers (2:5–18)\n3. Example of the wilderness generation (3:1–4:13)\n * Exhortation: The Son is greater than Moses (3:1–6)\n * Exhortation: Strive to enter the rest! (3:7–4:11)\n * Exhortation: The power of God’s word (4:12–13)\n4. Summary statement (4:14–16)\n5. The Son as high priest (5:1–10:18)\n * Teaching: The Son becomes high priest (5:1–10)\n * Exhortation: Make sure to persevere! (5:11–6:12)\n * Exhortation: God’s promise is certain (6:13–20)\n * Teaching: Melchizedek the priest (7:1–10)\n * Teaching: The Son is high priest in the order of Melchizedek (7:11–28)\n * Teaching: The ministry of the Son (8:1–6)\n * Teaching: The new covenant (8:7–13)\n * Teaching: Old and new ministries (9:1–10:18)\n6. Summary statement (10:19–25)\n7. Faith and endurance (10:26–12:29)\n * Exhortation: Endure in the faith! (10:26–39)\n * Exhortation: Examples of faith (11:1–40)\n * Exhortation: Imitate Jesus in rejecting sin and enduring discipline (12:1–17)\n * Exhortation: Mount Sinai and Mount Zion (12:18–29)\n8. Closing (13:1–25)\n * Final commands and exhortations (13:1–19)\n * Benediction and letter closing (13:20–25)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Hebrews?\n\nNo one knows who wrote Hebrews. Scholars have suggested several different people who could possibly be the author. Possible authors are Paul, Luke, and Barnabas. The date of writing is also not known. Most scholars think it was written before A.D. 70. Jerusalem was destroyed in A.D. 70, but the writer of this letter spoke about Jerusalem as if it had not yet been destroyed.\n\n### What is the Book of Hebrews about?\n\nIn the Book of Hebrews, the author shows that Jesus fulfilled Old Testament prophecies. The author did this in order to encourage the Jewish Christians and to explain that Jesus is better than anything that the old covenant had to offer. Jesus is the perfect High Priest. Jesus was also the perfect sacrifice. Animal sacrifices became useless because Jesus’ sacrifice was once and for all time. Therefore, Jesus is the one and only way for people to be accepted by God.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Hebrews.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Letter to the Hebrews” or “A Letter to the Jewish Christians.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Can readers understand this book without knowing about the sacrifices and the work of the priests required in the Old Testament?\n\nIt would be very difficult for readers to understand this book without understanding these matters. Translators might consider explaining some of these Old Testament concepts in notes or in an introduction to this book.\n\n### How is the idea of blood used in the Book of Hebrews?\n\nBeginning in [Hebrews 9:7](../heb/09/07.md), the idea of blood is often used as metonymy to represent the death of any animal that was sacrificed according to God’s covenant with Israel. The author also used blood to represent the death of Jesus Christ. Jesus became the perfect sacrifice so that God would forgive people for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nBeginning in [Hebrews 9:19](../heb/09/19.md), the author used the idea of sprinkling as a symbolic action. Old Testament priests sprinkled the blood of the animals sacrificed. This was a symbol of the benefits of the animal’s death being applied to the people or to an object. This showed that the people or the object was acceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n\n### When and where does Jesus make atonement in Hebrews?\n\n\n### What does it mean to “take away sin”?\n\nSee Isa 27:9?\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Terminology for sacred spaces and buildings\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Hebrews in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:\n* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God views Christians as sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless, faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones,” or “holy people.”\n* Sometimes the meaning indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 6:10; 13:24)\n* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.” (See: 2:11: 9:13; 10:10, 14, 29; 13:12)\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### How should “we” and “you” be translated?\n\nThroughout the letter, “we” includes the author and the audience unless a note specifies otherwise. Similarly, “you” is always plural unless a note specifies otherwise. \n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Hebrews?\n\nFor the following verses, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n* “you crowned him with glory and honor” (2:7). Some older versions read, “you crowned him with glory and honor and you have put him over the works of your hands.”\n* “those who did not unite in faith with those who obeyed” (4:2). Some older versions read, “those who heard it without joining faith to it.”\n* “Christ came as a high priest of the good things that have come” (9:11). Some modern versions and older versions read, “Christ came as a high priest of the good things that are to come.”\n* “on those who were prisoners” (10:34). Some older versions read, “of me in my chains.”\n* “They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword” (11:37). Some older versions read, “They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were tempted. They were killed with the sword.”\n* “If even an animal touches the mountain, it must be stoned” (12:20). Some older versions read, “If even an animal touches the mountain, it must be stoned or shot with an arrow.”\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +HEB front intro xy4n 0 # Introduction to Hebrews\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Hebrews\n\nHebrews alternates between exposition and exhortation. To put it another way, the author switches between teaching and warning his audience. The following outline identifies which sections are which. \n\n1. Introduction: God and his Son (1:1–4)\n2. The Son and the angels (1:5–2:18)\n * Teaching: The Son is greater than the angels (1:5–14)\n * Exhortation: Listen to the message! (2:1–4)\n * Teaching: The Son becomes lower than the angels to help his brothers (2:5–18)\n3. Example of the wilderness generation (3:1–4:13)\n * Exhortation: The Son is greater than Moses (3:1–6)\n * Exhortation: Strive to enter the rest! (3:7–4:11)\n * Exhortation: The power of God’s word (4:12–13)\n4. Summary statement (4:14–16)\n5. The Son as high priest (5:1–10:18)\n * Teaching: The Son becomes high priest (5:1–10)\n * Exhortation: Make sure to persevere! (5:11–6:12)\n * Exhortation: God’s promise is certain (6:13–20)\n * Teaching: Melchizedek the priest (7:1–10)\n * Teaching: The Son is high priest in the order of Melchizedek (7:11–28)\n * Teaching: The ministry of the Son (8:1–6)\n * Teaching: The new covenant (8:7–13)\n * Teaching: Old and new ministries (9:1–10:18)\n6. Summary statement (10:19–25)\n7. Faith and endurance (10:26–12:29)\n * Exhortation: Endure in the faith! (10:26–39)\n * Exhortation: Examples of faith (11:1–40)\n * Exhortation: Imitate Jesus in rejecting sin and enduring discipline (12:1–17)\n * Exhortation: Mount Sinai and Mount Zion (12:18–29)\n8. Closing (13:1–25)\n * Final commands and exhortations (13:1–19)\n * Benediction and letter closing (13:20–25)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Hebrews?\n\nNo one knows who wrote Hebrews. Scholars have suggested several different people who could possibly be the author. Possible authors are Paul, Luke, and Barnabas. The date of writing is also not known. Most scholars think it was written before A.D. 70. Jerusalem was destroyed in A.D. 70, but the writer of this letter spoke about Jerusalem as if it had not yet been destroyed.\n\n### What is the Book of Hebrews about?\n\nIn the Book of Hebrews, the author shows that Jesus fulfilled Old Testament prophecies. The author did this in order to encourage the Jewish Christians and to explain that Jesus is better than anything that the old covenant had to offer. Jesus is the perfect High Priest. Jesus was also the perfect sacrifice. Animal sacrifices became useless because Jesus’ sacrifice was once and for all time. Therefore, Jesus is the one and only way for people to be accepted by God.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Hebrews.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Letter to the Hebrews” or “A Letter to the Jewish Christians.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Can readers understand this book without knowing about the sacrifices and the work of the priests required in the Old Testament?\n\nIt would be very difficult for readers to understand this book without understanding these matters. Translators might consider explaining some of these Old Testament concepts in notes or in an introduction to this book.\n\n### How is the idea of blood used in the Book of Hebrews?\n\nBeginning in [Hebrews 9:7](../heb/09/07.md), the idea of blood is often used as metonymy to represent the death of any animal that was sacrificed according to God’s covenant with Israel. The author also used blood to represent the death of Jesus Christ. Jesus became the perfect sacrifice so that God would forgive people for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nBeginning in [Hebrews 9:19](../heb/09/19.md), the author used the idea of sprinkling as a symbolic action. Old Testament priests sprinkled the blood of the animals sacrificed. This was a symbol of the benefits of the animal’s death being applied to the people or to an object. This showed that the people or the object was acceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n\n### When and where does Jesus make atonement in Hebrews?\n\n\n### What does it mean to “take away sin”?\n\nSee Isa 27:9?\n\n### What do the words “enter” and “approach” refer to?\n\n\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Terminology for sacred spaces and buildings\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Hebrews in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:\n* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God views Christians as sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless, faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones,” or “holy people.”\n* Sometimes the meaning indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 6:10; 13:24)\n* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.” (See: 2:11: 9:13; 10:10, 14, 29; 13:12)\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### How should “we” and “you” be translated?\n\nThroughout the letter, “we” includes the author and the audience unless a note specifies otherwise. Similarly, “you” is always plural unless a note specifies otherwise. \n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Hebrews?\n\nFor the following verses, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n* “you crowned him with glory and honor” (2:7). Some older versions read, “you crowned him with glory and honor and you have put him over the works of your hands.”\n* “those who did not unite in faith with those who obeyed” (4:2). Some older versions read, “those who heard it without joining faith to it.”\n* “Christ came as a high priest of the good things that have come” (9:11). Some modern versions and older versions read, “Christ came as a high priest of the good things that are to come.”\n* “on those who were prisoners” (10:34). Some older versions read, “of me in my chains.”\n* “They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were killed with the sword” (11:37). Some older versions read, “They were stoned. They were sawn in two. They were tempted. They were killed with the sword.”\n* “If even an animal touches the mountain, it must be stoned” (12:20). Some older versions read, “If even an animal touches the mountain, it must be stoned or shot with an arrow.”\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) HEB 1 intro aaf9 0 # Hebrews 1 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

1. Introduction: God and his Son (1:1–4)
2. The Son and the angels (1:5–2:18)
* Teaching: The Son is greater than the angels (1:5–14)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:5](../01/05.md), [7–13](../01/07.md), which are quotations from books of poetry in the Old Testament.

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### God speaking Scripture

In this chapter, the author quotes the Old Testament seven times. Each time, he says that God is the one who speaks the words, and God speaks them to or about the Son or the angels. The audience would have recognized that these quotations came from the Old Testament, but the author wished to introduce them as words that God himself said and says. He can do this because he believed that God is the author of the entire Old Testament, since he is the one who spoke through the prophets (see [1:1](../01/01.md)). In your translation, you should express these quotations as words that God says. If your readers would not recognize that God is speaking quotations from the Old Testament, you could identify the quotations for your readers in footnotes or in some other way.

### Old Testament quotations

When the author quotes from the Old Testament, he uses a Greek translation that is sometimes different than the original Hebrew version that most modern translations use for the Old Testament. This is particularly obvious in [1:6](../01/06.md), which quotes from the Greek version of [Deuteronomy 32:43](../../deu/32/43.md). In other places, the author may paraphrase or loosely quote the Old Testament. Since the author chose to use these forms of the quotations, you should represent the words the author uses, not the words that may be found in an Old Testament you are familiar with. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])

### The Son and the Father

In this chapter, the author refers to the “Son” and several times speaks of God as a “father.” These are important terms for two person of the Trinity: God the Father and God the Son. The author uses these terms partly because the Old Testament texts he quotes use them. Also, “Son” and “Father” refer to two people who are closely related but not the same person, so the words provide good language to speak about two persons of the Trinity. If possible, preserve the father and son language in this chapter, but make sure that your translation does not make it sound like the Son did not exist until a certain time or that the Father at some point physically gave birth to the Son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])

### Angels

The author mentions “angels” many times in this chapter. In his culture, everyone knew about “angels.” They were spiritual beings who could appear in human form. Some people talked about good and evil angels. The author only speaks about the good angels in this chapter. These angels serve and worship God, and they do whatever God tells them to do. Some scholars think that the author is arguing against people who said that Jesus was an angel. More likely, the author wishes to prove that Jesus the Son is God, and he uses the angels to do that. The author thinks that the angels are between humans and God in power and position. If the Son is above the angels, that means he must be God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/angel]])

## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

### Rhetorical questions

The author asks rhetorical questions in [1:5](../01/05.md), [13–14](../01/13.md). He is not asking these questions because he wants the audience to provide him with information. Rather, he is asking these questions because he wants the audience to think about how they are acting and what they are thinking. The questions encourage them to think along with the author. For ways to translate these questions, look for the notes on each verse that includes these kinds of questions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

### Parallelisms

In the Old Testament, good poetry often included two parallel lines that expressed one idea in two different ways. When the author quotes the Old Testament, he often includes this kind of parallelism. Since both lines contribute to the meaning of the idea, it is best to preserve the parallelism. If your readers would find it confusing, however, you could combine the two parallel lines into one idea. See the notes on each instance of parallel lines for translation options. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

### Inheriting

In [1:2](../01/02.md), [4](../01/04.md), [14](../01/14.md), the author uses language related to “inheriting” or being an “heir.” In the author’s culture, children often “inherited” property or money when their parents died. In these verses, the author uses the “inheriting” language metaphorically to refer to receiving something from God. In this chapter, the metaphor does not imply that someone must die for the person to “inherit.” If possible, preserve this metaphor since it is an important concept in Hebrews. See the notes on each verse for translation options. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### Descriptions of the Son in [1:3](../01/03.md)

In [1:3](../01/03.md), the author describes the Son as “the brightness of God’s glory” and the “exact representation of God’s being.” Both of these phrases identify the Son as God and as unique. In other words, these phrases are the author’s way of saying that the Son is God, but God is not just the Son. Carefully consider how you translate these phrases, and be sure that your translation makes it clear that the Son is God but God is not just the Son. The author uses images and metaphors to express the idea, so consider using similar images and metaphors. HEB 1 1 dhcr figs-doublet πολυμερῶς καὶ πολυτρόπως πάλαι 1 Here, **In many portions** shows that God did not speak just once. Rather, he spoke often throughout the time called **long ago**. Then, **in many ways** shows that God used various means and people to speak to the **fathers**. The author uses both of these phrases because he wishes to emphasize the variety of times and ways in which God has **spoken**. If your language does not use repetition for emphasis, and if you cannot represent the author’s two phrases well, you could express the idea using one phrase that emphasizes variety. Alternate translation: “Long ago, with great variety” or “Long ago, using multiple methods in different times,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) HEB 1 1 c7us figs-infostructure πολυμερῶς καὶ πολυτρόπως πάλαι, ὁ Θεὸς, λαλήσας τοῖς πατράσιν ἐν τοῖς προφήταις 1 Here, **In many portions and in many ways long ago** describes how God “spoke” **to {our} fathers**. If your readers would misunderstand this sentence structure, you could rearrange the phrases so that **In many portions and in many ways long ago** does modify **having spoken**. Alternate translation: “God, having spoken to our fathers through the prophets in many portions and in many ways long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) @@ -1892,7 +1892,8 @@ HEB 12 18 a43l figs-explicit οὐ…προσεληλύθατε, ψηλαφωμ HEB 12 18 y1ed figs-go οὐ…προσεληλύθατε 1 HEB 12 18 w6j6 figs-activepassive ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 that can be touched HEB 12 18 aspl translate-unknown ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 that can be touched -HEB 12 18 tm4a translate-unknown κεκαυμένῳ πυρὶ, καὶ γνόφῳ, καὶ ζόφῳ, καὶ θυέλλῃ 1 that can be touched +HEB 12 18 vprn figs-doublet γνόφῳ, καὶ ζόφῳ 1 that can be touched Here, the words **darkness** and **gloom** function together to refer to how “dark” it was when they came to the mountain. It is possible that **darkness** refers to shadows, while **gloom** refers to when the sun sets. If you do not have two words for these categories, you could use a single word or phrase to refer to deep **darkness**. Alternate translation: “to gloomy darkness” or “deep darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +HEB 12 18 tm4a translate-unknown θυέλλῃ 1 that can be touched HEB 12 19 x2qk figs-metonymy καὶ φωνῇ ῥημάτων, ἧς οἱ ἀκούσαντες παρῃτήσαντο, μὴ προστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς λόγον 1 nor to a voice that speaks words whose hearers begged that not another word be spoken to them Here, **voice** refers to someone speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 12 19 a9uh figs-activepassive καὶ φωνῇ ῥημάτων, ἧς οἱ ἀκούσαντες παρῃτήσαντο, μὴ προστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς λόγον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “or where God was speaking in such a way that those who heard him begged him not to speak another word to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 20 p7qu figs-activepassive τὸ διαστελλόμενον 1 what was commanded If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 2db7d43c68ebb93261a1c44d432172cdaf3489a5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 17:13:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 160/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 5b09152286..fa6fc64e15 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1892,7 +1892,7 @@ HEB 12 18 a43l figs-explicit οὐ…προσεληλύθατε, ψηλαφωμ HEB 12 18 y1ed figs-go οὐ…προσεληλύθατε 1 HEB 12 18 w6j6 figs-activepassive ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 that can be touched HEB 12 18 aspl translate-unknown ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 that can be touched -HEB 12 18 vprn figs-doublet γνόφῳ, καὶ ζόφῳ 1 that can be touched Here, the words **darkness** and **gloom** function together to refer to how “dark” it was when they came to the mountain. It is possible that **darkness** refers to shadows, while **gloom** refers to when the sun sets. If you do not have two words for these categories, you could use a single word or phrase to refer to deep **darkness**. Alternate translation: “to gloomy darkness” or “deep darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +HEB 12 18 vprn figs-doublet γνόφῳ, καὶ ζόφῳ 1 that can be touched Here, the words **darkness** and **gloom** function together to refer to how “dark” it was when they came to the mountain. It is possible that **darkness** refers to shadows, while **gloom** refers to when the sun sets. If you do not have two words for these categories, you could use a single word or phrase to refer to deep **darkness**. Alternate translation: “to gloomy darkness” or “to intense gloom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) HEB 12 18 tm4a translate-unknown θυέλλῃ 1 that can be touched HEB 12 19 x2qk figs-metonymy καὶ φωνῇ ῥημάτων, ἧς οἱ ἀκούσαντες παρῃτήσαντο, μὴ προστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς λόγον 1 nor to a voice that speaks words whose hearers begged that not another word be spoken to them Here, **voice** refers to someone speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 12 19 a9uh figs-activepassive καὶ φωνῇ ῥημάτων, ἧς οἱ ἀκούσαντες παρῃτήσαντο, μὴ προστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς λόγον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “or where God was speaking in such a way that those who heard him begged him not to speak another word to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From e3969be6f6da9e68f5f77dd267d366045dc3ed17 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 17:18:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 161/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index fa6fc64e15..a9cc30d490 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1886,7 +1886,7 @@ HEB 12 17 q447 figs-idiom μετανοίας…τόπον οὐχ εὗρεν 1 HEB 12 17 d6he figs-abstractnouns μετανοίας 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **repentance**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “repent.” The person who does the **repentance** could be (1) Esau. Alternate translation: “to repent” or “to reverse his actions” (2) Isaac, Esau’s father. Alternate translation: “to change his father’s mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 17 uq4m writing-pronouns αὐτήν 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance Here, the word **it** could refer to: (1) **repentance**. Alternate translation: “repentance” or “to reverse his actions” (2) **the blessing**. Alternate translation: “the blessing” or “to be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 12 17 b7k3 figs-metonymy μετὰ δακρύων 1 even though he sought it with tears Here, the word **tears** refers to the action of crying or weeping. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the action of creating the **tears**. Alternate translation: “with weeping” as “while he cried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -HEB 12 18 xti4 0 Connecting Statement: In [12:18–21](../12/18.md), the author refers to what happened when the Israelites left Egypt and arrived a mountain named **Sinai**. God came down to this mountain to create a covenant with the Israelites, and Moses met him on the mountain and received God’s commands and promises. When God came to the mountain, there were loud sounds, fire, and dark clouds, and God commanded that nobody should go up the mountain except for Moses and Aaron. The Israelites were afraid and asked Moses to speak to God for them. You can read about this story in [Exodus 19:9–20:21](../exo/19/09.md). You might want to include this information in a footnote. +HEB 12 18 xti4 0 Connecting Statement: In [12:18–21](../12/18.md), the author refers to what happened when the Israelites left Egypt and arrived a mountain named **Sinai**. God came down to this mountain to create a covenant with the Israelites, and Moses met him on the mountain and received God’s commands and promises. When God came to the mountain, there were loud sounds, fire, and dark clouds, and God commanded that nobody should go up the mountain except for Moses and Aaron. The Israelites were afraid and asked Moses to speak to God for them. You can read about this story in [Exodus 19:9–20:21](../exo/19/09.md) and [Deuteronomy 4:9–5:31](../deu/04/09.md). You might want to include this information in a footnote. HEB 12 18 wjh3 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 For you have not come to a mountain that can be touched HEB 12 18 a43l figs-explicit οὐ…προσεληλύθατε, ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 For you have not come to a mountain that can be touched Alternate translation: “For you have not come, as the Israelites did, to a mountain that can be touched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 18 y1ed figs-go οὐ…προσεληλύθατε 1 From 72ccb06665e8f905219213ab85634fe7482da77a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 17:29:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 162/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index a9cc30d490..9f053e81ef 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1887,7 +1887,7 @@ HEB 12 17 d6he figs-abstractnouns μετανοίας 1 because he found no oppor HEB 12 17 uq4m writing-pronouns αὐτήν 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance Here, the word **it** could refer to: (1) **repentance**. Alternate translation: “repentance” or “to reverse his actions” (2) **the blessing**. Alternate translation: “the blessing” or “to be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 12 17 b7k3 figs-metonymy μετὰ δακρύων 1 even though he sought it with tears Here, the word **tears** refers to the action of crying or weeping. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the action of creating the **tears**. Alternate translation: “with weeping” as “while he cried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 12 18 xti4 0 Connecting Statement: In [12:18–21](../12/18.md), the author refers to what happened when the Israelites left Egypt and arrived a mountain named **Sinai**. God came down to this mountain to create a covenant with the Israelites, and Moses met him on the mountain and received God’s commands and promises. When God came to the mountain, there were loud sounds, fire, and dark clouds, and God commanded that nobody should go up the mountain except for Moses and Aaron. The Israelites were afraid and asked Moses to speak to God for them. You can read about this story in [Exodus 19:9–20:21](../exo/19/09.md) and [Deuteronomy 4:9–5:31](../deu/04/09.md). You might want to include this information in a footnote. -HEB 12 18 wjh3 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 For you have not come to a mountain that can be touched +HEB 12 18 wjh3 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For you have not come to a mountain that can be touched Here, the word **For** introduces a further reason for why the audience should do what the author has encouraged them to do in [12:14–17](../12/14.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for exhortations or commands, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should do all those things, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) HEB 12 18 a43l figs-explicit οὐ…προσεληλύθατε, ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 For you have not come to a mountain that can be touched Alternate translation: “For you have not come, as the Israelites did, to a mountain that can be touched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 18 y1ed figs-go οὐ…προσεληλύθατε 1 HEB 12 18 w6j6 figs-activepassive ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 that can be touched From 5a6da493f7db09e4f597e8be2eb5fbb742fe734a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 17:30:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 163/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 9f053e81ef..22c8220af7 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1887,7 +1887,7 @@ HEB 12 17 d6he figs-abstractnouns μετανοίας 1 because he found no oppor HEB 12 17 uq4m writing-pronouns αὐτήν 1 because he found no opportunity for repentance Here, the word **it** could refer to: (1) **repentance**. Alternate translation: “repentance” or “to reverse his actions” (2) **the blessing**. Alternate translation: “the blessing” or “to be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 12 17 b7k3 figs-metonymy μετὰ δακρύων 1 even though he sought it with tears Here, the word **tears** refers to the action of crying or weeping. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the action of creating the **tears**. Alternate translation: “with weeping” as “while he cried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 12 18 xti4 0 Connecting Statement: In [12:18–21](../12/18.md), the author refers to what happened when the Israelites left Egypt and arrived a mountain named **Sinai**. God came down to this mountain to create a covenant with the Israelites, and Moses met him on the mountain and received God’s commands and promises. When God came to the mountain, there were loud sounds, fire, and dark clouds, and God commanded that nobody should go up the mountain except for Moses and Aaron. The Israelites were afraid and asked Moses to speak to God for them. You can read about this story in [Exodus 19:9–20:21](../exo/19/09.md) and [Deuteronomy 4:9–5:31](../deu/04/09.md). You might want to include this information in a footnote. -HEB 12 18 wjh3 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For you have not come to a mountain that can be touched Here, the word **For** introduces a further reason for why the audience should do what the author has encouraged them to do in [12:14–17](../12/14.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for exhortations or commands, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should do all those things, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +HEB 12 18 wjh3 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For you have not come to a mountain that can be touched Here, the word **For** introduces a further reason (which is found in [12:18–24](../12/18.md)) for why the audience should do what the author has encouraged them to do in [12:14–17](../12/14.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for exhortations or commands, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should do all those things, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) HEB 12 18 a43l figs-explicit οὐ…προσεληλύθατε, ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 For you have not come to a mountain that can be touched Alternate translation: “For you have not come, as the Israelites did, to a mountain that can be touched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 18 y1ed figs-go οὐ…προσεληλύθατε 1 HEB 12 18 w6j6 figs-activepassive ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 that can be touched From e06c549f0c25176674c70d03550195d5fda8e00e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 17:37:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 164/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 22c8220af7..1735ae8a76 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1892,6 +1892,7 @@ HEB 12 18 a43l figs-explicit οὐ…προσεληλύθατε, ψηλαφωμ HEB 12 18 y1ed figs-go οὐ…προσεληλύθατε 1 HEB 12 18 w6j6 figs-activepassive ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 that can be touched HEB 12 18 aspl translate-unknown ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 that can be touched +HEB 12 18 g8qe figs-infostructure καὶ κεκαυμένῳ πυρὶ 1 that can be touched Here, the word **blazing** could: (1) modify **fire**. Alternate translation: “and to a fire that blazes” (2) be parallel with **{what} can be touched**. Alternate translation: “and is burning, to fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) HEB 12 18 vprn figs-doublet γνόφῳ, καὶ ζόφῳ 1 that can be touched Here, the words **darkness** and **gloom** function together to refer to how “dark” it was when they came to the mountain. It is possible that **darkness** refers to shadows, while **gloom** refers to when the sun sets. If you do not have two words for these categories, you could use a single word or phrase to refer to deep **darkness**. Alternate translation: “to gloomy darkness” or “to intense gloom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) HEB 12 18 tm4a translate-unknown θυέλλῃ 1 that can be touched HEB 12 19 x2qk figs-metonymy καὶ φωνῇ ῥημάτων, ἧς οἱ ἀκούσαντες παρῃτήσαντο, μὴ προστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς λόγον 1 nor to a voice that speaks words whose hearers begged that not another word be spoken to them Here, **voice** refers to someone speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 6906c3059aadb86823dadc06ada0d1e556b2a32b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 17:43:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 165/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 1735ae8a76..1e619cac0b 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1892,7 +1892,7 @@ HEB 12 18 a43l figs-explicit οὐ…προσεληλύθατε, ψηλαφωμ HEB 12 18 y1ed figs-go οὐ…προσεληλύθατε 1 HEB 12 18 w6j6 figs-activepassive ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 that can be touched HEB 12 18 aspl translate-unknown ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 that can be touched -HEB 12 18 g8qe figs-infostructure καὶ κεκαυμένῳ πυρὶ 1 that can be touched Here, the word **blazing** could: (1) modify **fire**. Alternate translation: “and to a fire that blazes” (2) be parallel with **{what} can be touched**. Alternate translation: “and is burning, to fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +HEB 12 18 g8qe figs-infostructure καὶ κεκαυμένῳ πυρὶ 1 that can be touched Here, the word **blazing** could: (1) modify **fire**. Alternate translation: “and to a fire that blazes” (2) be parallel with **{what} can be touched**. Alternate translation: “and is burning, to fire” or “and is blazing with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) HEB 12 18 vprn figs-doublet γνόφῳ, καὶ ζόφῳ 1 that can be touched Here, the words **darkness** and **gloom** function together to refer to how “dark” it was when they came to the mountain. It is possible that **darkness** refers to shadows, while **gloom** refers to when the sun sets. If you do not have two words for these categories, you could use a single word or phrase to refer to deep **darkness**. Alternate translation: “to gloomy darkness” or “to intense gloom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) HEB 12 18 tm4a translate-unknown θυέλλῃ 1 that can be touched HEB 12 19 x2qk figs-metonymy καὶ φωνῇ ῥημάτων, ἧς οἱ ἀκούσαντες παρῃτήσαντο, μὴ προστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς λόγον 1 nor to a voice that speaks words whose hearers begged that not another word be spoken to them Here, **voice** refers to someone speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 5914a28d69b6540ccab15aa8c4027ca3c08a06b2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 17:47:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 166/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 1e619cac0b..1950822f59 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1890,7 +1890,7 @@ HEB 12 18 xti4 0 Connecting Statement: In [12:18–21](../12/18.md), the autho HEB 12 18 wjh3 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For you have not come to a mountain that can be touched Here, the word **For** introduces a further reason (which is found in [12:18–24](../12/18.md)) for why the audience should do what the author has encouraged them to do in [12:14–17](../12/14.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for exhortations or commands, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should do all those things, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) HEB 12 18 a43l figs-explicit οὐ…προσεληλύθατε, ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 For you have not come to a mountain that can be touched Alternate translation: “For you have not come, as the Israelites did, to a mountain that can be touched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 18 y1ed figs-go οὐ…προσεληλύθατε 1 -HEB 12 18 w6j6 figs-activepassive ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 that can be touched +HEB 12 18 w6j6 figs-activepassive ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 that can be touched If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to emphasize that the mountain is something that people can “touch.” If you must state who did the action, you could use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “what humans can touch” or “what is touchable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 18 aspl translate-unknown ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 that can be touched HEB 12 18 g8qe figs-infostructure καὶ κεκαυμένῳ πυρὶ 1 that can be touched Here, the word **blazing** could: (1) modify **fire**. Alternate translation: “and to a fire that blazes” (2) be parallel with **{what} can be touched**. Alternate translation: “and is burning, to fire” or “and is blazing with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) HEB 12 18 vprn figs-doublet γνόφῳ, καὶ ζόφῳ 1 that can be touched Here, the words **darkness** and **gloom** function together to refer to how “dark” it was when they came to the mountain. It is possible that **darkness** refers to shadows, while **gloom** refers to when the sun sets. If you do not have two words for these categories, you could use a single word or phrase to refer to deep **darkness**. Alternate translation: “to gloomy darkness” or “to intense gloom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) From 1a64378d440b32347d3ce867c2154bfb85f5384e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 17:51:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 167/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 1950822f59..c62c1ac32e 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1888,8 +1888,8 @@ HEB 12 17 uq4m writing-pronouns αὐτήν 1 because he found no opportunity fo HEB 12 17 b7k3 figs-metonymy μετὰ δακρύων 1 even though he sought it with tears Here, the word **tears** refers to the action of crying or weeping. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the action of creating the **tears**. Alternate translation: “with weeping” as “while he cried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 12 18 xti4 0 Connecting Statement: In [12:18–21](../12/18.md), the author refers to what happened when the Israelites left Egypt and arrived a mountain named **Sinai**. God came down to this mountain to create a covenant with the Israelites, and Moses met him on the mountain and received God’s commands and promises. When God came to the mountain, there were loud sounds, fire, and dark clouds, and God commanded that nobody should go up the mountain except for Moses and Aaron. The Israelites were afraid and asked Moses to speak to God for them. You can read about this story in [Exodus 19:9–20:21](../exo/19/09.md) and [Deuteronomy 4:9–5:31](../deu/04/09.md). You might want to include this information in a footnote. HEB 12 18 wjh3 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For you have not come to a mountain that can be touched Here, the word **For** introduces a further reason (which is found in [12:18–24](../12/18.md)) for why the audience should do what the author has encouraged them to do in [12:14–17](../12/14.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for exhortations or commands, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should do all those things, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -HEB 12 18 a43l figs-explicit οὐ…προσεληλύθατε, ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 For you have not come to a mountain that can be touched Alternate translation: “For you have not come, as the Israelites did, to a mountain that can be touched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HEB 12 18 y1ed figs-go οὐ…προσεληλύθατε 1 +HEB 12 18 a43l figs-explicit οὐ…προσεληλύθατε, ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 For you have not come to a mountain that can be touched Here the author assumes that his audience knows that **{what} can be touched** is the mountain named Sinai that the Israelites did **come to** after they left the land of Egypt. If your readers would not make these inferences, you could make the ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “you have not come, as the Israelites did, to a mountain that can be touched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +HEB 12 18 y1ed figs-go οὐ…προσεληλύθατε 1 Here, the phrase **come to** refers to getting close to something but not necessarily being right next to it. The author is contrasting the audience, who did not **come to** Mount Sinai, with the Israelites, who did **come to** Mount Sinai. God did not allow them to go up on the mountain, **come to** means that they drew near to the mountain but did not climb on it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to being in something’s presence or near to it. Alternate translation: “you have not drawn near to” or “you have not come into the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) HEB 12 18 w6j6 figs-activepassive ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 that can be touched If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to emphasize that the mountain is something that people can “touch.” If you must state who did the action, you could use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “what humans can touch” or “what is touchable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 18 aspl translate-unknown ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 that can be touched HEB 12 18 g8qe figs-infostructure καὶ κεκαυμένῳ πυρὶ 1 that can be touched Here, the word **blazing** could: (1) modify **fire**. Alternate translation: “and to a fire that blazes” (2) be parallel with **{what} can be touched**. Alternate translation: “and is burning, to fire” or “and is blazing with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) From 6b99b696c357b06e10ff744a28806afe041e144f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 19:24:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 168/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index c62c1ac32e..d0de41d0d5 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1891,10 +1891,10 @@ HEB 12 18 wjh3 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For you have not come to a HEB 12 18 a43l figs-explicit οὐ…προσεληλύθατε, ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 For you have not come to a mountain that can be touched Here the author assumes that his audience knows that **{what} can be touched** is the mountain named Sinai that the Israelites did **come to** after they left the land of Egypt. If your readers would not make these inferences, you could make the ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “you have not come, as the Israelites did, to a mountain that can be touched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 18 y1ed figs-go οὐ…προσεληλύθατε 1 Here, the phrase **come to** refers to getting close to something but not necessarily being right next to it. The author is contrasting the audience, who did not **come to** Mount Sinai, with the Israelites, who did **come to** Mount Sinai. God did not allow them to go up on the mountain, **come to** means that they drew near to the mountain but did not climb on it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to being in something’s presence or near to it. Alternate translation: “you have not drawn near to” or “you have not come into the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) HEB 12 18 w6j6 figs-activepassive ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 that can be touched If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to emphasize that the mountain is something that people can “touch.” If you must state who did the action, you could use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “what humans can touch” or “what is touchable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -HEB 12 18 aspl translate-unknown ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 that can be touched +HEB 12 18 aspl translate-unknown ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 that can be touched Here, the phrase **{what} can be touched** describes something that one can experience with the sense of “touch.” In other words, a person can feel this thing with their hands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that describes something that a person can feel using the sense of touch. Alternate translation: “what can be held” or “what can be handled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 12 18 g8qe figs-infostructure καὶ κεκαυμένῳ πυρὶ 1 that can be touched Here, the word **blazing** could: (1) modify **fire**. Alternate translation: “and to a fire that blazes” (2) be parallel with **{what} can be touched**. Alternate translation: “and is burning, to fire” or “and is blazing with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) HEB 12 18 vprn figs-doublet γνόφῳ, καὶ ζόφῳ 1 that can be touched Here, the words **darkness** and **gloom** function together to refer to how “dark” it was when they came to the mountain. It is possible that **darkness** refers to shadows, while **gloom** refers to when the sun sets. If you do not have two words for these categories, you could use a single word or phrase to refer to deep **darkness**. Alternate translation: “to gloomy darkness” or “to intense gloom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -HEB 12 18 tm4a translate-unknown θυέλλῃ 1 that can be touched +HEB 12 18 tm4a translate-unknown θυέλλῃ 1 that can be touched Here, the word **storm** refers to a natural event which includes rain, thunder and lightning, and especially strong winds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to this kind of natural event. Alternate translation: “to a windstorm” or “to strong winds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 12 19 x2qk figs-metonymy καὶ φωνῇ ῥημάτων, ἧς οἱ ἀκούσαντες παρῃτήσαντο, μὴ προστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς λόγον 1 nor to a voice that speaks words whose hearers begged that not another word be spoken to them Here, **voice** refers to someone speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 12 19 a9uh figs-activepassive καὶ φωνῇ ῥημάτων, ἧς οἱ ἀκούσαντες παρῃτήσαντο, μὴ προστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς λόγον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “or where God was speaking in such a way that those who heard him begged him not to speak another word to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 20 p7qu figs-activepassive τὸ διαστελλόμενον 1 what was commanded If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From c78bc7990e6af647d32d7a359d899acec414d535 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 20:02:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 169/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 8 ++++++-- 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index d0de41d0d5..2c8c6f543c 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1895,8 +1895,12 @@ HEB 12 18 aspl translate-unknown ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 that can be touched Her HEB 12 18 g8qe figs-infostructure καὶ κεκαυμένῳ πυρὶ 1 that can be touched Here, the word **blazing** could: (1) modify **fire**. Alternate translation: “and to a fire that blazes” (2) be parallel with **{what} can be touched**. Alternate translation: “and is burning, to fire” or “and is blazing with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) HEB 12 18 vprn figs-doublet γνόφῳ, καὶ ζόφῳ 1 that can be touched Here, the words **darkness** and **gloom** function together to refer to how “dark” it was when they came to the mountain. It is possible that **darkness** refers to shadows, while **gloom** refers to when the sun sets. If you do not have two words for these categories, you could use a single word or phrase to refer to deep **darkness**. Alternate translation: “to gloomy darkness” or “to intense gloom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) HEB 12 18 tm4a translate-unknown θυέλλῃ 1 that can be touched Here, the word **storm** refers to a natural event which includes rain, thunder and lightning, and especially strong winds. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to this kind of natural event. Alternate translation: “to a windstorm” or “to strong winds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -HEB 12 19 x2qk figs-metonymy καὶ φωνῇ ῥημάτων, ἧς οἱ ἀκούσαντες παρῃτήσαντο, μὴ προστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς λόγον 1 nor to a voice that speaks words whose hearers begged that not another word be spoken to them Here, **voice** refers to someone speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -HEB 12 19 a9uh figs-activepassive καὶ φωνῇ ῥημάτων, ἧς οἱ ἀκούσαντες παρῃτήσαντο, μὴ προστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς λόγον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “or where God was speaking in such a way that those who heard him begged him not to speak another word to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 12 19 v3o4 figs-possession σάλπιγγος ἤχῳ 1 nor to a voice that speaks words whose hearers begged that not another word be spoken to them Here the author uses the possessive form to refer to the **sound** that a **trumpet** makes when someone plays it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a natural form that refers to the **sound** that a **trumpet** makes. Alternate translation: “to a trumpet blast” or “a call from a trumpet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +HEB 12 19 gpme figs-possession φωνῇ ῥημάτων 1 nor to a voice that speaks words whose hearers begged that not another word be spoken to them Here the author uses the possessive form to describe a **voice** that speaks **words**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a natural form that refers to someone speaking words. In the context, it is clear that God is the one who speaks the **words**. Alternate translation: “words spoken by a voice” or “God’s voice saying words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +HEB 12 19 x2qk figs-metonymy φωνῇ ῥημάτων 1 nor to a voice that speaks words whose hearers begged that not another word be spoken to them Here, **voice** refers to someone speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “to the speaking of words” or “to words being spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +HEB 12 19 qw1w writing-pronouns ἧς 1 nor to a voice that speaks words whose hearers begged that not another word be spoken to them Here, the word **which** refers to the **voice**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make what **which** refers to explicit. Alternate translation: “of which voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +HEB 12 19 a9uh figs-activepassive μὴ προστεθῆναι…λόγον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to avoid stating who would “add” any more “words.” If you must state who would do the action, the author implies that “God” would do it. Alternate translation: “God not to add a word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 12 19 wb0p writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 HEB 12 20 p7qu figs-activepassive τὸ διαστελλόμενον 1 what was commanded If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 20 x31x figs-activepassive λιθοβοληθήσεται 1 it must be stoned If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you must stone it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 22 r9dz figs-metaphor Σιὼν Ὄρει 1 Mount Zion The writer speaks of **Mount Zion**, the location of the Temple in Jerusalem, as if it were heaven itself, the residence of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From b7d3926d2fd64f0fa75f2c479c8b37665d7a8d94 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 20:06:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 170/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 2c8c6f543c..b233eff2e4 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1900,7 +1900,7 @@ HEB 12 19 gpme figs-possession φωνῇ ῥημάτων 1 nor to a voice that s HEB 12 19 x2qk figs-metonymy φωνῇ ῥημάτων 1 nor to a voice that speaks words whose hearers begged that not another word be spoken to them Here, **voice** refers to someone speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “to the speaking of words” or “to words being spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 12 19 qw1w writing-pronouns ἧς 1 nor to a voice that speaks words whose hearers begged that not another word be spoken to them Here, the word **which** refers to the **voice**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make what **which** refers to explicit. Alternate translation: “of which voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 12 19 a9uh figs-activepassive μὴ προστεθῆναι…λόγον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to avoid stating who would “add” any more “words.” If you must state who would do the action, the author implies that “God” would do it. Alternate translation: “God not to add a word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -HEB 12 19 wb0p writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 +HEB 12 19 wb0p writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the word **them** refers to **the ones having heard**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make whom **them** refers to explicit. Alternate translation: “to them, the ones who heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 12 20 p7qu figs-activepassive τὸ διαστελλόμενον 1 what was commanded If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 20 x31x figs-activepassive λιθοβοληθήσεται 1 it must be stoned If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you must stone it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 22 r9dz figs-metaphor Σιὼν Ὄρει 1 Mount Zion The writer speaks of **Mount Zion**, the location of the Temple in Jerusalem, as if it were heaven itself, the residence of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From c3f59207b2e30a07b7a968fe6983408d42a4b717 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 20:08:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 171/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index b233eff2e4..e119aed98e 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1899,6 +1899,7 @@ HEB 12 19 v3o4 figs-possession σάλπιγγος ἤχῳ 1 nor to a voice that HEB 12 19 gpme figs-possession φωνῇ ῥημάτων 1 nor to a voice that speaks words whose hearers begged that not another word be spoken to them Here the author uses the possessive form to describe a **voice** that speaks **words**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a natural form that refers to someone speaking words. In the context, it is clear that God is the one who speaks the **words**. Alternate translation: “words spoken by a voice” or “God’s voice saying words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) HEB 12 19 x2qk figs-metonymy φωνῇ ῥημάτων 1 nor to a voice that speaks words whose hearers begged that not another word be spoken to them Here, **voice** refers to someone speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “to the speaking of words” or “to words being spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 12 19 qw1w writing-pronouns ἧς 1 nor to a voice that speaks words whose hearers begged that not another word be spoken to them Here, the word **which** refers to the **voice**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make what **which** refers to explicit. Alternate translation: “of which voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +HEB 12 19 dxlf figs-idiom μὴ προστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς λόγον 1 nor to a voice that speaks words whose hearers begged that not another word be spoken to them Here, the phrase **a word to be added to them** refers to speaking more words to the people who are listening. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that naturally refers to saying more words to people. Alternate translation: “no more words to be spoken to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 19 a9uh figs-activepassive μὴ προστεθῆναι…λόγον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to avoid stating who would “add” any more “words.” If you must state who would do the action, the author implies that “God” would do it. Alternate translation: “God not to add a word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 19 wb0p writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the word **them** refers to **the ones having heard**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make whom **them** refers to explicit. Alternate translation: “to them, the ones who heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 12 20 p7qu figs-activepassive τὸ διαστελλόμενον 1 what was commanded If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From ebd12e47a9e2cfbb276c15ea917b3ea9e941acd5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 20:15:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 172/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index e119aed98e..0f991d3a40 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1903,6 +1903,7 @@ HEB 12 19 dxlf figs-idiom μὴ προστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς λόγο HEB 12 19 a9uh figs-activepassive μὴ προστεθῆναι…λόγον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to avoid stating who would “add” any more “words.” If you must state who would do the action, the author implies that “God” would do it. Alternate translation: “God not to add a word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 19 wb0p writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the word **them** refers to **the ones having heard**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make whom **them** refers to explicit. Alternate translation: “to them, the ones who heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 12 20 p7qu figs-activepassive τὸ διαστελλόμενον 1 what was commanded If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 12 20 hkp9 writing-quotations 1 what was commanded The quotation is a summary of parts of [Exodus 19:12–13](../exo/19/12.md). HEB 12 20 x31x figs-activepassive λιθοβοληθήσεται 1 it must be stoned If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you must stone it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 22 r9dz figs-metaphor Σιὼν Ὄρει 1 Mount Zion The writer speaks of **Mount Zion**, the location of the Temple in Jerusalem, as if it were heaven itself, the residence of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 22 k1kv μυριάσιν ἀγγέλων 1 tens of thousands of angels Alternate translation: “to an uncountable number of angels” From ed7423524132e5d6a57dcfa4c118f89114de21f8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 20:16:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 173/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 0f991d3a40..0703d8d42e 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1903,8 +1903,10 @@ HEB 12 19 dxlf figs-idiom μὴ προστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς λόγο HEB 12 19 a9uh figs-activepassive μὴ προστεθῆναι…λόγον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to avoid stating who would “add” any more “words.” If you must state who would do the action, the author implies that “God” would do it. Alternate translation: “God not to add a word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 19 wb0p writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the word **them** refers to **the ones having heard**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make whom **them** refers to explicit. Alternate translation: “to them, the ones who heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 12 20 p7qu figs-activepassive τὸ διαστελλόμενον 1 what was commanded If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -HEB 12 20 hkp9 writing-quotations 1 what was commanded The quotation is a summary of parts of [Exodus 19:12–13](../exo/19/12.md). -HEB 12 20 x31x figs-activepassive λιθοβοληθήσεται 1 it must be stoned If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you must stone it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 12 20 hkp9 writing-quotations τὸ διαστελλόμενον 1 what was commanded The quotation is a summary of parts of [Exodus 19:12–13](../exo/19/12.md). +HEB 12 20 kwjh figs-quotations τὸ διαστελλόμενον, κἂν θηρίον θίγῃ τοῦ ὄρους, λιθοβοληθήσεται 1 what was commanded +HEB 12 20 jfet figs-explicit κἂν θηρίον 1 what was commanded +HEB 12 20 x31x figs-activepassive λιθοβοληθήσεται 1 it must be stoned Alternate translation: “you must stone it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 22 r9dz figs-metaphor Σιὼν Ὄρει 1 Mount Zion The writer speaks of **Mount Zion**, the location of the Temple in Jerusalem, as if it were heaven itself, the residence of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 22 k1kv μυριάσιν ἀγγέλων 1 tens of thousands of angels Alternate translation: “to an uncountable number of angels” HEB 12 23 j94e figs-metaphor πρωτοτόκων 1 the firstborn Here, **the firstborn** is plural and speaks of believers in Christ as if they were firstborn sons. This emphasizes their special place and privilege as God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From c859bfdda7babbb985d750db5e3bd627209eff39 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 20:22:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 174/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 0703d8d42e..6becc07b2c 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1902,6 +1902,7 @@ HEB 12 19 qw1w writing-pronouns ἧς 1 nor to a voice that speaks words whose h HEB 12 19 dxlf figs-idiom μὴ προστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς λόγον 1 nor to a voice that speaks words whose hearers begged that not another word be spoken to them Here, the phrase **a word to be added to them** refers to speaking more words to the people who are listening. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that naturally refers to saying more words to people. Alternate translation: “no more words to be spoken to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 19 a9uh figs-activepassive μὴ προστεθῆναι…λόγον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to avoid stating who would “add” any more “words.” If you must state who would do the action, the author implies that “God” would do it. Alternate translation: “God not to add a word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 19 wb0p writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the word **them** refers to **the ones having heard**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make whom **them** refers to explicit. Alternate translation: “to them, the ones who heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +HEB 12 20 rmaq grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 what was commanded HEB 12 20 p7qu figs-activepassive τὸ διαστελλόμενον 1 what was commanded If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 20 hkp9 writing-quotations τὸ διαστελλόμενον 1 what was commanded The quotation is a summary of parts of [Exodus 19:12–13](../exo/19/12.md). HEB 12 20 kwjh figs-quotations τὸ διαστελλόμενον, κἂν θηρίον θίγῃ τοῦ ὄρους, λιθοβοληθήσεται 1 what was commanded From d312557e30cba6d8231094b815a74247840a9277 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 22:11:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 175/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 6becc07b2c..91e9cd4794 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1901,7 +1901,7 @@ HEB 12 19 x2qk figs-metonymy φωνῇ ῥημάτων 1 nor to a voice that spe HEB 12 19 qw1w writing-pronouns ἧς 1 nor to a voice that speaks words whose hearers begged that not another word be spoken to them Here, the word **which** refers to the **voice**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make what **which** refers to explicit. Alternate translation: “of which voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 12 19 dxlf figs-idiom μὴ προστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς λόγον 1 nor to a voice that speaks words whose hearers begged that not another word be spoken to them Here, the phrase **a word to be added to them** refers to speaking more words to the people who are listening. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that naturally refers to saying more words to people. Alternate translation: “no more words to be spoken to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 19 a9uh figs-activepassive μὴ προστεθῆναι…λόγον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to avoid stating who would “add” any more “words.” If you must state who would do the action, the author implies that “God” would do it. Alternate translation: “God not to add a word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -HEB 12 19 wb0p writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the word **them** refers to **the ones having heard**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make whom **them** refers to explicit. Alternate translation: “to them, the ones who heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +HEB 12 19 wb0p writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the word **them** refers to **the ones having heard**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make whom **them** refers to explicit. Alternate translation: “to them, the ones who heard” or “to themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 12 20 rmaq grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 what was commanded HEB 12 20 p7qu figs-activepassive τὸ διαστελλόμενον 1 what was commanded If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 20 hkp9 writing-quotations τὸ διαστελλόμενον 1 what was commanded The quotation is a summary of parts of [Exodus 19:12–13](../exo/19/12.md). From b82cd75fadcaa31bed37d0fe09eb1363e4255fca Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 22:32:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 176/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 91e9cd4794..cbf33e65da 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1902,7 +1902,7 @@ HEB 12 19 qw1w writing-pronouns ἧς 1 nor to a voice that speaks words whose h HEB 12 19 dxlf figs-idiom μὴ προστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς λόγον 1 nor to a voice that speaks words whose hearers begged that not another word be spoken to them Here, the phrase **a word to be added to them** refers to speaking more words to the people who are listening. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that naturally refers to saying more words to people. Alternate translation: “no more words to be spoken to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 19 a9uh figs-activepassive μὴ προστεθῆναι…λόγον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to avoid stating who would “add” any more “words.” If you must state who would do the action, the author implies that “God” would do it. Alternate translation: “God not to add a word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 19 wb0p writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the word **them** refers to **the ones having heard**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make whom **them** refers to explicit. Alternate translation: “to them, the ones who heard” or “to themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -HEB 12 20 rmaq grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 what was commanded +HEB 12 20 rmaq grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 what was commanded Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why the Israelites “begged for not a word to be added” ([12:19](../12/19.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a reason. Alternate translation: “That was because” or “They begged for this since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) HEB 12 20 p7qu figs-activepassive τὸ διαστελλόμενον 1 what was commanded If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 20 hkp9 writing-quotations τὸ διαστελλόμενον 1 what was commanded The quotation is a summary of parts of [Exodus 19:12–13](../exo/19/12.md). HEB 12 20 kwjh figs-quotations τὸ διαστελλόμενον, κἂν θηρίον θίγῃ τοῦ ὄρους, λιθοβοληθήσεται 1 what was commanded From 8accb4003866d86b7d6f73856238540d2ff594ba Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 22:38:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 177/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 10 +++++----- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index cbf33e65da..d4815960e4 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1903,11 +1903,11 @@ HEB 12 19 dxlf figs-idiom μὴ προστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς λόγο HEB 12 19 a9uh figs-activepassive μὴ προστεθῆναι…λόγον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to avoid stating who would “add” any more “words.” If you must state who would do the action, the author implies that “God” would do it. Alternate translation: “God not to add a word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 19 wb0p writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, the word **them** refers to **the ones having heard**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make whom **them** refers to explicit. Alternate translation: “to them, the ones who heard” or “to themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 12 20 rmaq grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 what was commanded Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why the Israelites “begged for not a word to be added” ([12:19](../12/19.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a reason. Alternate translation: “That was because” or “They begged for this since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -HEB 12 20 p7qu figs-activepassive τὸ διαστελλόμενον 1 what was commanded If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -HEB 12 20 hkp9 writing-quotations τὸ διαστελλόμενον 1 what was commanded The quotation is a summary of parts of [Exodus 19:12–13](../exo/19/12.md). -HEB 12 20 kwjh figs-quotations τὸ διαστελλόμενον, κἂν θηρίον θίγῃ τοῦ ὄρους, λιθοβοληθήσεται 1 what was commanded -HEB 12 20 jfet figs-explicit κἂν θηρίον 1 what was commanded -HEB 12 20 x31x figs-activepassive λιθοβοληθήσεται 1 it must be stoned Alternate translation: “you must stone it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 12 20 p7qu figs-activepassive τὸ διαστελλόμενον 1 what was commanded If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on what was **ordered** rather than focusing on the person doing the “ordering.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “what God ordered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 12 20 hkp9 writing-quotations τὸ διαστελλόμενον 1 what was commanded Here the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament scriptures. He does not introduce the words as a quotation but instead introduces them as something that God ordered the Israelites to do. However, the audience would have understood that these were words from the Old Testament, specifically a summary of parts of [Exodus 19:12–13](../exo/19/12.md). If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify it. Alternate translation: “what was ordered when God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +HEB 12 20 kwjh figs-quotations τὸ διαστελλόμενον, κἂν θηρίον θίγῃ τοῦ ὄρους, λιθοβοληθήσεται 1 what was commanded If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the sentence as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “what was ordered, that if even an animal might touch the mountain, it must be stoned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +HEB 12 20 jfet figs-explicit κἂν θηρίον 1 what was commanded Here, the phrase **even an animal** implies that humans are certainly included, and **even** animals too are included. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that this command refers to both humans and animals. Alternate translation: “If a human or even an animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +HEB 12 20 x31x figs-activepassive λιθοβοληθήσεται 1 it must be stoned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on what is **stoned** rather than focusing on who does the “stoning.” If you must state who would do the action, the author implies that the Israelites themselves would do it. Alternate translation: “you must stone it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 22 r9dz figs-metaphor Σιὼν Ὄρει 1 Mount Zion The writer speaks of **Mount Zion**, the location of the Temple in Jerusalem, as if it were heaven itself, the residence of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 22 k1kv μυριάσιν ἀγγέλων 1 tens of thousands of angels Alternate translation: “to an uncountable number of angels” HEB 12 23 j94e figs-metaphor πρωτοτόκων 1 the firstborn Here, **the firstborn** is plural and speaks of believers in Christ as if they were firstborn sons. This emphasizes their special place and privilege as God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 702ed1b20493491388838ab3dd1ea258a9919110 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 22:45:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 178/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 7 +++++++ 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index d4815960e4..39778bd5b2 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1908,6 +1908,13 @@ HEB 12 20 hkp9 writing-quotations τὸ διαστελλόμενον 1 what was HEB 12 20 kwjh figs-quotations τὸ διαστελλόμενον, κἂν θηρίον θίγῃ τοῦ ὄρους, λιθοβοληθήσεται 1 what was commanded If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the sentence as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “what was ordered, that if even an animal might touch the mountain, it must be stoned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 12 20 jfet figs-explicit κἂν θηρίον 1 what was commanded Here, the phrase **even an animal** implies that humans are certainly included, and **even** animals too are included. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that this command refers to both humans and animals. Alternate translation: “If a human or even an animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 20 x31x figs-activepassive λιθοβοληθήσεται 1 it must be stoned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on what is **stoned** rather than focusing on who does the “stoning.” If you must state who would do the action, the author implies that the Israelites themselves would do it. Alternate translation: “you must stone it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 12 21 a7a1 figs-explicit τὸ φανταζόμενον 1 it must be stoned +HEB 12 21 qsif figs-activepassive τὸ φανταζόμενον 1 it must be stoned +HEB 12 21 tdlx figs-explicit οὕτω φοβερὸν 1 it must be stoned +HEB 12 21 z76w translate-names Μωϋσῆς 1 it must be stoned +HEB 12 21 en2n writing-quotations εἶπεν 1 it must be stoned +HEB 12 21 b4hx figs-quotations εἶπεν, ἔκφοβός εἰμι καὶ ἔντρομος 1 it must be stoned +HEB 12 21 gfyu figs-doublet ἔκφοβός…καὶ ἔντρομος 1 it must be stoned HEB 12 22 r9dz figs-metaphor Σιὼν Ὄρει 1 Mount Zion The writer speaks of **Mount Zion**, the location of the Temple in Jerusalem, as if it were heaven itself, the residence of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 22 k1kv μυριάσιν ἀγγέλων 1 tens of thousands of angels Alternate translation: “to an uncountable number of angels” HEB 12 23 j94e figs-metaphor πρωτοτόκων 1 the firstborn Here, **the firstborn** is plural and speaks of believers in Christ as if they were firstborn sons. This emphasizes their special place and privilege as God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 617bdd507b26f7b6d923a4505171694039369ce7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 22:51:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 179/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 39778bd5b2..a0b650a5a2 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1319,7 +1319,7 @@ HEB 10 16 czh3 figs-quotations αὕτη ἡ διαθήκη ἣν διαθήσο HEB 10 16 s783 αὕτη ἡ διαθήκη ἣν διαθήσομαι πρὸς αὐτοὺς μετὰ τὰς ἡμέρας ἐκείνας, λέγει Κύριος, διδοὺς νόμους μου ἐπὶ καρδίας αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτῶν ἐπιγράψω αὐτούς 1 after those days These words are part of the quotation from [Jeremiah 31:33](../jer/31/33.md) that the author already quoted in [8:10](../08/10.md). Here, the author repeats the words he used there almost exactly. He changes “with the house of Israel” to “with them,” and he reverses the order in which “hearts’ and “mind” appear. Repeat the words you used in [8:10](../08/10.md), but make these two minor changes. HEB 10 16 xx53 writing-quotations τὰς ἡμέρας ἐκείνας, λέγει Κύριος, διδοὺς 1 I will put my laws in their hearts Here, the phrase **says the Lord** could be: (1) part of the quotation that the “Holy Spirit” says. Alternate translation: “those days, so the Lord says, putting” (2) the introduction to what **the Lord** says “after” the Spirit speaks other words (see “after having said” in [10:15](../10/15.md)). In this case, **says the Lord** is not part of the quotation but introduces the second half of the quotation, which continues to the end of [10:17](../10/17.md). Alternate translation: “those days,’ then the Lord says, ‘putting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 10 17 teku grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν 1 General Information: Here, the phrase **And {then}** could be: (1) the introduction to what the Spirit says “after” the Spirit speaks other words (see “after having said” in [10:15](../10/15.md)). In this case, **And {then}** is not part of the quotation but introduces the second half of the quotation. Alternate translation: “And then he says” (2) part of the quotation that the “Lord” says. Alternate translation: “‘And their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -HEB 10 17 pql9 figs-quotations καὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν, καὶ τῶν ἀνομιῶν αὐτῶν, οὐ μὴ μνησθήσομαι ἔτι. 1 Their sins and lawless deeds If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate these words as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “And {then} he says that their sins and their lawless deeds he will certainly not still remember.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +HEB 10 17 pql9 figs-quotations καὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν, καὶ τῶν ἀνομιῶν αὐτῶν, οὐ μὴ μνησθήσομαι ἔτι. 1 Their sins and lawless deeds If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate these words as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “And then he says that their sins and their lawless deeds he will certainly not still remember.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 10 17 vkw4 τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν, καὶ τῶν ἀνομιῶν αὐτῶν, οὐ μὴ μνησθήσομαι ἔτι 1 General Information: These words are part of the quotation from [Jeremiah 31:34](../jer/31/34.md) that the author already quoted in [8:12](../08/12.md). Here, the author repeats the words he used there almost exactly. He adds **and their lawless deeds** after **sins**, probably to represent the previous clause in [8:12](../08/12.md): “I will be merciful toward their unrighteousness.” Further, he makes “remember” from [8:12](../08/12.md) future tense. Repeat the words you used in [8:10](../08/10.md), but make these two changes. HEB 10 17 qn7w figs-abstractnouns τῶν ἀνομιῶν αὐτῶν 1 Their sins and lawless deeds I will remember no longer.” If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **deeds**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “do.” Alternate translation: “the lawless things they did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 10 18 pje1 grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Now Here, the word **Now** introduces an explanation of the words that the author has quoted in [10:16–17](../10/16.md). If your readers would misunderstand **Now**, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave it untranslated. Alternate translation: “As you can see,” or “So,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) From a4f77a518f0d64ed807e27d3a9c148e22e6b7abe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 22:52:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 180/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index a0b650a5a2..33f5c2e6c5 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1390,7 +1390,7 @@ HEB 10 28 luxo figs-pastforfuture ἀποθνῄσκει 1 two or three witnesse HEB 10 28 efb3 figs-metonymy ἀποθνῄσκει 1 two or three witnesses Here, the word **dies** means “is put to death.” It does not refer to a natural or spontaneous death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to someone being killed. Alternate translation: “is put to death” or “is killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 10 28 ai1s figs-abstractnouns χωρὶς οἰκτιρμῶν 1 two or three witnesses If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **mercy**, you could express the idea in another natural way. Alternate translation: “without anyone being merciful” or “without hesitation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 10 28 sa91 figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ δυσὶν ἢ τρισὶν μάρτυσιν 1 two or three witnesses If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **testimony**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “testify.” Alternate translation: “when two or three witnesses testify to it” or “on the basis of two or three witnesses testifying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -HEB 10 29 gv5z figs-exclamations πόσῳ δοκεῖτε χείρονος, ἀξιωθήσεται τιμωρίας, ὁ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταπατήσας, καὶ τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης κοινὸν ἡγησάμενος, ἐν ᾧ ἡγιάσθη, καὶ τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς χάριτος ἐνυβρίσας! 1 How much worse punishment do you think one deserves … grace? Here the author uses a long exclamation to emphasize **how much worse** the **punishment** will be for the people he describes in this verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea as a strong positive statement or as a rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “So you know that certainly much worse punishment will deserve the one having trampled underfoot the Son of God and having considered the blood of the covenant—by which he was sanctified—as profane and having insulted the Spirit of grace.” or “How much worse punishment do you think will deserve the one having trampled underfoot the Son of God and having considered the blood of the covenant—by which he was sanctified—{as} profane and having insulted the Spirit of grace?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) +HEB 10 29 gv5z figs-exclamations πόσῳ δοκεῖτε χείρονος, ἀξιωθήσεται τιμωρίας, ὁ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταπατήσας, καὶ τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης κοινὸν ἡγησάμενος, ἐν ᾧ ἡγιάσθη, καὶ τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς χάριτος ἐνυβρίσας! 1 How much worse punishment do you think one deserves … grace? Here the author uses a long exclamation to emphasize **how much worse** the **punishment** will be for the people he describes in this verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea as a strong positive statement or as a rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “So you know that certainly much worse punishment will deserve the one having trampled underfoot the Son of God and having considered the blood of the covenant—by which he was sanctified—as profane and having insulted the Spirit of grace.” or “How much worse punishment do you think will deserve the one having trampled underfoot the Son of God and having considered the blood of the covenant—by which he was sanctified—as profane and having insulted the Spirit of grace?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) HEB 10 29 lrjz figs-abstractnouns πόσῳ δοκεῖτε χείρονος, ἀξιωθήσεται τιμωρίας 1 How much worse punishment do you think one deserves … grace? If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **punishment**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “punish.” You may need to rephrase the first part of this verse. Alternate translation: “How much more do you think will deserve to be punished” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 10 29 jd69 figs-metaphor τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταπατήσας 1 has trampled underfoot the Son of God Here the author speaks as if a person who could “trample” **the Son of God** under his or her feet. The author speaks in this way to refer to how someone can disrespect or shame someone else. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that refers to disrespecting or shaming someone. Alternate translation: “having dishonored the Son of God” or “having treated the Son of God with great disrespect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 10 29 d2z9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) From 3bd03f5bdaf7b6b232ff9adeff501e9fbffc6d79 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 22:53:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 181/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 33f5c2e6c5..771036afae 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1580,7 +1580,7 @@ HEB 11 14 jb1c writing-pronouns τοιαῦτα 1 a homeland Here, the phrase ** HEB 11 14 xwa4 translate-unknown πατρίδα 1 a homeland Here, the word **homeland** refers to the place in which a person most deeply belongs. It often refers to the place where a person was born, but that is not the implication here. Rather, the author is referring to the place where the faithful people belong, a place he has already called a “city” (see [11:10](../11/10.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to the place or country in which a person belongs. Alternate translation: “a country where they belong” or “a fatherland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 11 15 y4jr grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ εἰ μὲν 1 a homeland Here, the word **And** introduces another step in the author’s argument. The word **indeed** indicates that this further step is in two parts, with the second part beginning with “but” in [11:16](../11/16.md). The word **if** indicates that the first part of the further step is in conditional form. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different form to indicate these relationships in a natural way. Alternate translation: “Further, on the one hand, if” or “First, if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 11 15 vd0k grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ μὲν…μνημονεύουσιν 1 a homeland Here the author is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He knows that **they** were not actually **thinking of that {land} from which they went out**. He proves that the conditional statement is not true by pointing out that they **had opportunity to return** but did not take that opportunity. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “if indeed they had really been thinking” or “were they indeed thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) -HEB 11 15 mbd3 figs-explicit ἐκείνης μνημονεύουσιν ἀφ’ ἧς ἐξέβησαν 1 a homeland Here the author implies that they could have thought of **that {land} from which they went out** as their “homeland.” He does not mean that they could have just thought about that land. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that the author is referring to **thinking of that {land}** as a “homeland.” Alternate translation: “they had been thinking of that {land} from which they went out as their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +HEB 11 15 mbd3 figs-explicit ἐκείνης μνημονεύουσιν ἀφ’ ἧς ἐξέβησαν 1 a homeland Here the author implies that they could have thought of **that {land} from which they went out** as their “homeland.” He does not mean that they could have just thought about that land. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that the author is referring to **thinking of that {land}** as a “homeland.” Alternate translation: “they had been thinking of that land from which they went out as their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 11 15 gf7l figs-go ἐξέβησαν…ἀνακάμψαι 1 a homeland Here, the clause **they went out** refers to movement out of one location and into another. The phrase **to return** refers to going back to that same place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use natural phrases that refer to these kinds of movements. Alternate translation: “they departed … to travel back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) HEB 11 15 vavd figs-abstractnouns εἶχον ἂν καιρὸν 1 a homeland If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **opportunity**, you could express the idea in a more natural way. Alternate translation: “they would have been able” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 11 16 bhrv grammar-connect-logic-contrast νῦν δὲ 1 heavenly one Here, the phrase **But now** introduces what is true, in contrast to the hypothetical situation the author presented in [11:15](../11/15.md). The word **now** does not refer to time here. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces reality in contrast to a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “In reality, though,” or “As it really is,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) From efacc62e35fe2b7c9268606ec1cc1752ed73a56b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 23:22:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 182/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 11 +++++------ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 771036afae..e6e0092d07 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1908,12 +1908,11 @@ HEB 12 20 hkp9 writing-quotations τὸ διαστελλόμενον 1 what was HEB 12 20 kwjh figs-quotations τὸ διαστελλόμενον, κἂν θηρίον θίγῃ τοῦ ὄρους, λιθοβοληθήσεται 1 what was commanded If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the sentence as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “what was ordered, that if even an animal might touch the mountain, it must be stoned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 12 20 jfet figs-explicit κἂν θηρίον 1 what was commanded Here, the phrase **even an animal** implies that humans are certainly included, and **even** animals too are included. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that this command refers to both humans and animals. Alternate translation: “If a human or even an animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 20 x31x figs-activepassive λιθοβοληθήσεται 1 it must be stoned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on what is **stoned** rather than focusing on who does the “stoning.” If you must state who would do the action, the author implies that the Israelites themselves would do it. Alternate translation: “you must stone it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -HEB 12 21 a7a1 figs-explicit τὸ φανταζόμενον 1 it must be stoned -HEB 12 21 qsif figs-activepassive τὸ φανταζόμενον 1 it must be stoned -HEB 12 21 tdlx figs-explicit οὕτω φοβερὸν 1 it must be stoned -HEB 12 21 z76w translate-names Μωϋσῆς 1 it must be stoned -HEB 12 21 en2n writing-quotations εἶπεν 1 it must be stoned -HEB 12 21 b4hx figs-quotations εἶπεν, ἔκφοβός εἰμι καὶ ἔντρομος 1 it must be stoned +HEB 12 21 a7a1 figs-explicit τὸ φανταζόμενον 1 it must be stoned Here, the phrase **the {thing} being made visible** refers to everything that went along with God appearing on Mount Sinai. The author is referring back to everything he described in [12:18–19](../12/18.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make what these **{things}** are more explicit. Alternate translation: “everything I have described being made visible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +HEB 12 21 qsif figs-activepassive τὸ φανταζόμενον 1 it must be stoned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on what was **made visible** rather than focusing on the person making it **visible**. If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “the thing that God made visible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 12 21 z76w translate-names Μωϋσῆς 1 it must be stoned The word **Moses** is the name of a man. He was the leader of the Israelites, the one whom God spoke to when he made his covenant with the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +HEB 12 21 en2n writing-quotations εἶπεν 1 it must be stoned Here, the author could be referring to [Deuteronomy 9:19](../deu/09/19.md), where Moses expresses fear when the people make an idol and worship it. On the other hand, the author could be referring to [Exodus 3:6](../exo/03/06.md), which describes how Moses “trembled” when God appeared to him in a burning bush. Most likely, the author is simply describing Moses’ reaction to what he experienced without quoting directly from any Old Testament passage. Introduce the quotation as words that Moses said, and If it would be helpful to your readers, you could include a footnote that references one or both of the passages that the quotation could refer to. Alternate translation: “spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +HEB 12 21 b4hx figs-quotations εἶπεν, ἔκφοβός εἰμι καὶ ἔντρομος 1 it must be stoned If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the sentence as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “said that he was terrified and trembling.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 12 21 gfyu figs-doublet ἔκφοβός…καὶ ἔντρομος 1 it must be stoned HEB 12 22 r9dz figs-metaphor Σιὼν Ὄρει 1 Mount Zion The writer speaks of **Mount Zion**, the location of the Temple in Jerusalem, as if it were heaven itself, the residence of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 22 k1kv μυριάσιν ἀγγέλων 1 tens of thousands of angels Alternate translation: “to an uncountable number of angels” From 58edbc5bfe4774f0e73e0ea53b6b279e0cb88493 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 23:24:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 183/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index e6e0092d07..83c25c0a6d 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1913,7 +1913,7 @@ HEB 12 21 qsif figs-activepassive τὸ φανταζόμενον 1 it must be st HEB 12 21 z76w translate-names Μωϋσῆς 1 it must be stoned The word **Moses** is the name of a man. He was the leader of the Israelites, the one whom God spoke to when he made his covenant with the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HEB 12 21 en2n writing-quotations εἶπεν 1 it must be stoned Here, the author could be referring to [Deuteronomy 9:19](../deu/09/19.md), where Moses expresses fear when the people make an idol and worship it. On the other hand, the author could be referring to [Exodus 3:6](../exo/03/06.md), which describes how Moses “trembled” when God appeared to him in a burning bush. Most likely, the author is simply describing Moses’ reaction to what he experienced without quoting directly from any Old Testament passage. Introduce the quotation as words that Moses said, and If it would be helpful to your readers, you could include a footnote that references one or both of the passages that the quotation could refer to. Alternate translation: “spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 12 21 b4hx figs-quotations εἶπεν, ἔκφοβός εἰμι καὶ ἔντρομος 1 it must be stoned If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the sentence as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “said that he was terrified and trembling.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -HEB 12 21 gfyu figs-doublet ἔκφοβός…καὶ ἔντρομος 1 it must be stoned +HEB 12 21 gfyu figs-doublet ἔκφοβός…καὶ ἔντρομος 1 it must be stoned Here, the words **terrified** and **trembling** function together to show that **Moses** was very afraid. It is likely that **terrified** describes how Moses felt, while **trembling** describes what happened when he felt **terrified**. If you do not have two words for these categories, you could use a single word or phrase to identify God as the creator of the city. Alternate translation: “terrified so that I tremble” or “very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) HEB 12 22 r9dz figs-metaphor Σιὼν Ὄρει 1 Mount Zion The writer speaks of **Mount Zion**, the location of the Temple in Jerusalem, as if it were heaven itself, the residence of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 22 k1kv μυριάσιν ἀγγέλων 1 tens of thousands of angels Alternate translation: “to an uncountable number of angels” HEB 12 23 j94e figs-metaphor πρωτοτόκων 1 the firstborn Here, **the firstborn** is plural and speaks of believers in Christ as if they were firstborn sons. This emphasizes their special place and privilege as God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 05e9d81bd39caa5249106a053afb32a4ede902bd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 23:49:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 184/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 7 +++++-- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 83c25c0a6d..c5966847d9 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1914,8 +1914,11 @@ HEB 12 21 z76w translate-names Μωϋσῆς 1 it must be stoned The word **Mose HEB 12 21 en2n writing-quotations εἶπεν 1 it must be stoned Here, the author could be referring to [Deuteronomy 9:19](../deu/09/19.md), where Moses expresses fear when the people make an idol and worship it. On the other hand, the author could be referring to [Exodus 3:6](../exo/03/06.md), which describes how Moses “trembled” when God appeared to him in a burning bush. Most likely, the author is simply describing Moses’ reaction to what he experienced without quoting directly from any Old Testament passage. Introduce the quotation as words that Moses said, and If it would be helpful to your readers, you could include a footnote that references one or both of the passages that the quotation could refer to. Alternate translation: “spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 12 21 b4hx figs-quotations εἶπεν, ἔκφοβός εἰμι καὶ ἔντρομος 1 it must be stoned If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the sentence as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “said that he was terrified and trembling.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 12 21 gfyu figs-doublet ἔκφοβός…καὶ ἔντρομος 1 it must be stoned Here, the words **terrified** and **trembling** function together to show that **Moses** was very afraid. It is likely that **terrified** describes how Moses felt, while **trembling** describes what happened when he felt **terrified**. If you do not have two words for these categories, you could use a single word or phrase to identify God as the creator of the city. Alternate translation: “terrified so that I tremble” or “very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -HEB 12 22 r9dz figs-metaphor Σιὼν Ὄρει 1 Mount Zion The writer speaks of **Mount Zion**, the location of the Temple in Jerusalem, as if it were heaven itself, the residence of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 12 22 k1kv μυριάσιν ἀγγέλων 1 tens of thousands of angels Alternate translation: “to an uncountable number of angels” +HEB 12 22 z2id grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Mount Zion +HEB 12 22 wd31 figs-go προσεληλύθατε 1 Mount Zion +HEB 12 22 r9dz figs-explicit Σιὼν Ὄρει καὶ πόλει Θεοῦ ζῶντος, Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἐπουρανίῳ 1 Mount Zion +HEB 12 22 kdxx Σιὼν Ὄρει καὶ πόλει Θεοῦ ζῶντος, Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἐπουρανίῳ 1 Mount Zion +HEB 12 22 k1kv translate-numbers μυριάσιν ἀγγέλων 1 tens of thousands of angels (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) HEB 12 23 j94e figs-metaphor πρωτοτόκων 1 the firstborn Here, **the firstborn** is plural and speaks of believers in Christ as if they were firstborn sons. This emphasizes their special place and privilege as God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 23 km4a figs-activepassive ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 registered in heaven If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whose names God has written in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 23 i7qb figs-activepassive τετελειωμένων 1 who have been made perfect If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God has made perfect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From ec3173a23ea99231955828ca7905f630845d2643 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 23:52:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 185/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index c5966847d9..5b72e9c176 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1918,7 +1918,9 @@ HEB 12 22 z2id grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Mount Zion HEB 12 22 wd31 figs-go προσεληλύθατε 1 Mount Zion HEB 12 22 r9dz figs-explicit Σιὼν Ὄρει καὶ πόλει Θεοῦ ζῶντος, Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἐπουρανίῳ 1 Mount Zion HEB 12 22 kdxx Σιὼν Ὄρει καὶ πόλει Θεοῦ ζῶντος, Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἐπουρανίῳ 1 Mount Zion +HEB 12 22 gm97 figs-idiom Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 Mount Zion Here, much like in [10:31](../10/31.md), the phrase **{the} living God** identifies **God** as the one who “lives” and possibly as the one who gives “life.” The primary point is that **God** actually “lives,” unlike idols and other things that people call “god.” If your readers would misunderstand **{the} living God**, you could use a word or phrase that emphasizes that God really “lives.” Alternate translation: “of the God who lives” or “of the true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 22 k1kv translate-numbers μυριάσιν ἀγγέλων 1 tens of thousands of angels (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +HEB 12 22 esxa figs-infostructure πανηγύρει 1 tens of thousands of angels HEB 12 23 j94e figs-metaphor πρωτοτόκων 1 the firstborn Here, **the firstborn** is plural and speaks of believers in Christ as if they were firstborn sons. This emphasizes their special place and privilege as God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 23 km4a figs-activepassive ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 registered in heaven If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whose names God has written in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 23 i7qb figs-activepassive τετελειωμένων 1 who have been made perfect If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God has made perfect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From df3637926d405a4251c8efad03e25b34ae338a49 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 00:05:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 186/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 5b72e9c176..53b0459ccc 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1906,6 +1906,7 @@ HEB 12 20 rmaq grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 what was commanded Here, t HEB 12 20 p7qu figs-activepassive τὸ διαστελλόμενον 1 what was commanded If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on what was **ordered** rather than focusing on the person doing the “ordering.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “what God ordered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 20 hkp9 writing-quotations τὸ διαστελλόμενον 1 what was commanded Here the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament scriptures. He does not introduce the words as a quotation but instead introduces them as something that God ordered the Israelites to do. However, the audience would have understood that these were words from the Old Testament, specifically a summary of parts of [Exodus 19:12–13](../exo/19/12.md). If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify it. Alternate translation: “what was ordered when God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 12 20 kwjh figs-quotations τὸ διαστελλόμενον, κἂν θηρίον θίγῃ τοῦ ὄρους, λιθοβοληθήσεται 1 what was commanded If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the sentence as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “what was ordered, that if even an animal might touch the mountain, it must be stoned.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +HEB 12 20 jzsh grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical κἂν θηρίον θίγῃ τοῦ ὄρους, λιθοβοληθήσεται 1 what was commanded Here God uses the conditional form to require anyone who “touches” the **mountain** to be **stoned**. If the conditional form does not indicate a cause and effect relationship like this in your language, you could express the **if** statement in a way that does show the relationship. Alternate translation: “were even an animal to touch the mountain, it must be stoned” or “Suppose even an animal touches the mountain. In that case, it must be stoned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) HEB 12 20 jfet figs-explicit κἂν θηρίον 1 what was commanded Here, the phrase **even an animal** implies that humans are certainly included, and **even** animals too are included. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that this command refers to both humans and animals. Alternate translation: “If a human or even an animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 20 x31x figs-activepassive λιθοβοληθήσεται 1 it must be stoned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on what is **stoned** rather than focusing on who does the “stoning.” If you must state who would do the action, the author implies that the Israelites themselves would do it. Alternate translation: “you must stone it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 21 a7a1 figs-explicit τὸ φανταζόμενον 1 it must be stoned Here, the phrase **the {thing} being made visible** refers to everything that went along with God appearing on Mount Sinai. The author is referring back to everything he described in [12:18–19](../12/18.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make what these **{things}** are more explicit. Alternate translation: “everything I have described being made visible” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 21f806f4074f755cc750695cba6eee6d905df3ce Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 00:33:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 187/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 53b0459ccc..1188f93a24 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1915,13 +1915,14 @@ HEB 12 21 z76w translate-names Μωϋσῆς 1 it must be stoned The word **Mose HEB 12 21 en2n writing-quotations εἶπεν 1 it must be stoned Here, the author could be referring to [Deuteronomy 9:19](../deu/09/19.md), where Moses expresses fear when the people make an idol and worship it. On the other hand, the author could be referring to [Exodus 3:6](../exo/03/06.md), which describes how Moses “trembled” when God appeared to him in a burning bush. Most likely, the author is simply describing Moses’ reaction to what he experienced without quoting directly from any Old Testament passage. Introduce the quotation as words that Moses said, and If it would be helpful to your readers, you could include a footnote that references one or both of the passages that the quotation could refer to. Alternate translation: “spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 12 21 b4hx figs-quotations εἶπεν, ἔκφοβός εἰμι καὶ ἔντρομος 1 it must be stoned If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the sentence as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “said that he was terrified and trembling.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 12 21 gfyu figs-doublet ἔκφοβός…καὶ ἔντρομος 1 it must be stoned Here, the words **terrified** and **trembling** function together to show that **Moses** was very afraid. It is likely that **terrified** describes how Moses felt, while **trembling** describes what happened when he felt **terrified**. If you do not have two words for these categories, you could use a single word or phrase to identify God as the creator of the city. Alternate translation: “terrified so that I tremble” or “very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -HEB 12 22 z2id grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Mount Zion +HEB 12 22 z2id grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Mount Zion Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast with what the audience have not “come to,” which the author has described in [12:18–21](../12/18.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a contrast with the previous section or idea. Alternate translation: “On the other hand,” or “On the contrary,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) HEB 12 22 wd31 figs-go προσεληλύθατε 1 Mount Zion HEB 12 22 r9dz figs-explicit Σιὼν Ὄρει καὶ πόλει Θεοῦ ζῶντος, Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἐπουρανίῳ 1 Mount Zion HEB 12 22 kdxx Σιὼν Ὄρει καὶ πόλει Θεοῦ ζῶντος, Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἐπουρανίῳ 1 Mount Zion HEB 12 22 gm97 figs-idiom Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 Mount Zion Here, much like in [10:31](../10/31.md), the phrase **{the} living God** identifies **God** as the one who “lives” and possibly as the one who gives “life.” The primary point is that **God** actually “lives,” unlike idols and other things that people call “god.” If your readers would misunderstand **{the} living God**, you could use a word or phrase that emphasizes that God really “lives.” Alternate translation: “of the God who lives” or “of the true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 22 k1kv translate-numbers μυριάσιν ἀγγέλων 1 tens of thousands of angels (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -HEB 12 22 esxa figs-infostructure πανηγύρει 1 tens of thousands of angels +HEB 12 22 esxa figs-infostructure ἀγγέλων πανηγύρει 1 tens of thousands of angels (1) renaming or describing **myriads of angels**. Alternate translation: “of angels in assembly,” or “of angels—an assembly—” (2) in parallel with “church” in the following verse, going with “firstborn.” Alternate translation: “of angels, and to the assembly” +HEB 12 22 jqrl translate-unknown πανηγύρει 1 tens of thousands of angels HEB 12 23 j94e figs-metaphor πρωτοτόκων 1 the firstborn Here, **the firstborn** is plural and speaks of believers in Christ as if they were firstborn sons. This emphasizes their special place and privilege as God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 23 km4a figs-activepassive ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 registered in heaven If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whose names God has written in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 23 i7qb figs-activepassive τετελειωμένων 1 who have been made perfect If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God has made perfect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From e31d980b55e4f43d6f50bb37a62dfa35a59a30a8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 00:35:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 188/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 1188f93a24..bc32a6ed4b 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1916,7 +1916,7 @@ HEB 12 21 en2n writing-quotations εἶπεν 1 it must be stoned Here, the auth HEB 12 21 b4hx figs-quotations εἶπεν, ἔκφοβός εἰμι καὶ ἔντρομος 1 it must be stoned If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the sentence as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “said that he was terrified and trembling.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 12 21 gfyu figs-doublet ἔκφοβός…καὶ ἔντρομος 1 it must be stoned Here, the words **terrified** and **trembling** function together to show that **Moses** was very afraid. It is likely that **terrified** describes how Moses felt, while **trembling** describes what happened when he felt **terrified**. If you do not have two words for these categories, you could use a single word or phrase to identify God as the creator of the city. Alternate translation: “terrified so that I tremble” or “very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) HEB 12 22 z2id grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Mount Zion Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast with what the audience have not “come to,” which the author has described in [12:18–21](../12/18.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a contrast with the previous section or idea. Alternate translation: “On the other hand,” or “On the contrary,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -HEB 12 22 wd31 figs-go προσεληλύθατε 1 Mount Zion +HEB 12 22 wd31 figs-go προσεληλύθατε 1 Mount Zion Here, the phrase **come to** refers to getting close to something but not necessarily being right next to it. The author is contrasting the audience, who have **come to Mount Zion**, with the Israelites, who “came to” Mount Sinai. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to being in something’s presence or near to it. Alternate translation: “you have not drawn near to” or “you have not come into the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) HEB 12 22 r9dz figs-explicit Σιὼν Ὄρει καὶ πόλει Θεοῦ ζῶντος, Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἐπουρανίῳ 1 Mount Zion HEB 12 22 kdxx Σιὼν Ὄρει καὶ πόλει Θεοῦ ζῶντος, Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἐπουρανίῳ 1 Mount Zion HEB 12 22 gm97 figs-idiom Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 Mount Zion Here, much like in [10:31](../10/31.md), the phrase **{the} living God** identifies **God** as the one who “lives” and possibly as the one who gives “life.” The primary point is that **God** actually “lives,” unlike idols and other things that people call “god.” If your readers would misunderstand **{the} living God**, you could use a word or phrase that emphasizes that God really “lives.” Alternate translation: “of the God who lives” or “of the true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 36403aefe308da8c6d5234701c7e3884ba2cb4a3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 00:35:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 189/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index bc32a6ed4b..e86bf82811 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1889,7 +1889,7 @@ HEB 12 17 b7k3 figs-metonymy μετὰ δακρύων 1 even though he sought it HEB 12 18 xti4 0 Connecting Statement: In [12:18–21](../12/18.md), the author refers to what happened when the Israelites left Egypt and arrived a mountain named **Sinai**. God came down to this mountain to create a covenant with the Israelites, and Moses met him on the mountain and received God’s commands and promises. When God came to the mountain, there were loud sounds, fire, and dark clouds, and God commanded that nobody should go up the mountain except for Moses and Aaron. The Israelites were afraid and asked Moses to speak to God for them. You can read about this story in [Exodus 19:9–20:21](../exo/19/09.md) and [Deuteronomy 4:9–5:31](../deu/04/09.md). You might want to include this information in a footnote. HEB 12 18 wjh3 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For you have not come to a mountain that can be touched Here, the word **For** introduces a further reason (which is found in [12:18–24](../12/18.md)) for why the audience should do what the author has encouraged them to do in [12:14–17](../12/14.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for exhortations or commands, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should do all those things, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) HEB 12 18 a43l figs-explicit οὐ…προσεληλύθατε, ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 For you have not come to a mountain that can be touched Here the author assumes that his audience knows that **{what} can be touched** is the mountain named Sinai that the Israelites did **come to** after they left the land of Egypt. If your readers would not make these inferences, you could make the ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “you have not come, as the Israelites did, to a mountain that can be touched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HEB 12 18 y1ed figs-go οὐ…προσεληλύθατε 1 Here, the phrase **come to** refers to getting close to something but not necessarily being right next to it. The author is contrasting the audience, who did not **come to** Mount Sinai, with the Israelites, who did **come to** Mount Sinai. God did not allow them to go up on the mountain, **come to** means that they drew near to the mountain but did not climb on it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to being in something’s presence or near to it. Alternate translation: “you have not drawn near to” or “you have not come into the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +HEB 12 18 y1ed figs-go οὐ…προσεληλύθατε 1 Here, the phrase **come to** refers to getting close to something but not necessarily being right next to it. The author is contrasting the audience, who did not **come to** Mount Sinai, with the Israelites, who did **come to** Mount Sinai. God did not allow them to go up on the mountain, so **come to** means that they drew near to the mountain but did not climb on it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to being in something’s presence or near to it. Alternate translation: “you have not drawn near to” or “you have not come into the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) HEB 12 18 w6j6 figs-activepassive ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 that can be touched If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to emphasize that the mountain is something that people can “touch.” If you must state who did the action, you could use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “what humans can touch” or “what is touchable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 18 aspl translate-unknown ψηλαφωμένῳ 1 that can be touched Here, the phrase **{what} can be touched** describes something that one can experience with the sense of “touch.” In other words, a person can feel this thing with their hands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that describes something that a person can feel using the sense of touch. Alternate translation: “what can be held” or “what can be handled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 12 18 g8qe figs-infostructure καὶ κεκαυμένῳ πυρὶ 1 that can be touched Here, the word **blazing** could: (1) modify **fire**. Alternate translation: “and to a fire that blazes” (2) be parallel with **{what} can be touched**. Alternate translation: “and is burning, to fire” or “and is blazing with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) From 856d7b03460f6ae031c618a9c829038e14fa1eae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 00:40:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 190/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index e86bf82811..da3c9ddb9d 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1916,9 +1916,9 @@ HEB 12 21 en2n writing-quotations εἶπεν 1 it must be stoned Here, the auth HEB 12 21 b4hx figs-quotations εἶπεν, ἔκφοβός εἰμι καὶ ἔντρομος 1 it must be stoned If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the sentence as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “said that he was terrified and trembling.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 12 21 gfyu figs-doublet ἔκφοβός…καὶ ἔντρομος 1 it must be stoned Here, the words **terrified** and **trembling** function together to show that **Moses** was very afraid. It is likely that **terrified** describes how Moses felt, while **trembling** describes what happened when he felt **terrified**. If you do not have two words for these categories, you could use a single word or phrase to identify God as the creator of the city. Alternate translation: “terrified so that I tremble” or “very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) HEB 12 22 z2id grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Mount Zion Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast with what the audience have not “come to,” which the author has described in [12:18–21](../12/18.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a contrast with the previous section or idea. Alternate translation: “On the other hand,” or “On the contrary,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -HEB 12 22 wd31 figs-go προσεληλύθατε 1 Mount Zion Here, the phrase **come to** refers to getting close to something but not necessarily being right next to it. The author is contrasting the audience, who have **come to Mount Zion**, with the Israelites, who “came to” Mount Sinai. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to being in something’s presence or near to it. Alternate translation: “you have not drawn near to” or “you have not come into the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -HEB 12 22 r9dz figs-explicit Σιὼν Ὄρει καὶ πόλει Θεοῦ ζῶντος, Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἐπουρανίῳ 1 Mount Zion -HEB 12 22 kdxx Σιὼν Ὄρει καὶ πόλει Θεοῦ ζῶντος, Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἐπουρανίῳ 1 Mount Zion +HEB 12 22 wd31 figs-go προσεληλύθατε 1 Mount Zion Here, the phrase **come to** refers to getting close to something but not necessarily being right next to it. The author is contrasting the audience, who have **come to Mount Zion**, with the Israelites, who “came to” Mount Sinai. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to being in something’s presence or near to it. Alternate translation: “you have drawn near to” or “you have come into the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +HEB 12 22 kdxx Σιὼν Ὄρει καὶ πόλει Θεοῦ ζῶντος, Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἐπουρανίῳ 1 Mount Zion Here, the phrases **city of the living God** and **heavenly Jerusalem** could: (1) identify what is on **Mount Zion**. Alternate translation: “Mount Zion and on it the city of the living God, the heavenly Jerusalem” (2) give other names for **Mount Zion**. Alternate translation: “Mount Zion, that is, the city of the living God, the heavenly Jerusalem” +HEB 12 22 r9dz figs-explicit Σιὼν Ὄρει καὶ πόλει Θεοῦ ζῶντος, Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἐπουρανίῳ 1 Mount Zion Here the author is not referring to any earthly **Mount** or **city**. Rather, he is referring to things in heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this clear from the beginning. Alternate translation: “Mount Zion that is in heaven and to the city of the living God, the Jerusalem that is in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 22 gm97 figs-idiom Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 Mount Zion Here, much like in [10:31](../10/31.md), the phrase **{the} living God** identifies **God** as the one who “lives” and possibly as the one who gives “life.” The primary point is that **God** actually “lives,” unlike idols and other things that people call “god.” If your readers would misunderstand **{the} living God**, you could use a word or phrase that emphasizes that God really “lives.” Alternate translation: “of the God who lives” or “of the true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 22 k1kv translate-numbers μυριάσιν ἀγγέλων 1 tens of thousands of angels (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) HEB 12 22 esxa figs-infostructure ἀγγέλων πανηγύρει 1 tens of thousands of angels (1) renaming or describing **myriads of angels**. Alternate translation: “of angels in assembly,” or “of angels—an assembly—” (2) in parallel with “church” in the following verse, going with “firstborn.” Alternate translation: “of angels, and to the assembly” From aaa009178482f5baa95e20e5c2395dddda20a4c8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 01:43:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 191/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index da3c9ddb9d..758c294010 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1920,7 +1920,7 @@ HEB 12 22 wd31 figs-go προσεληλύθατε 1 Mount Zion Here, the phrase HEB 12 22 kdxx Σιὼν Ὄρει καὶ πόλει Θεοῦ ζῶντος, Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἐπουρανίῳ 1 Mount Zion Here, the phrases **city of the living God** and **heavenly Jerusalem** could: (1) identify what is on **Mount Zion**. Alternate translation: “Mount Zion and on it the city of the living God, the heavenly Jerusalem” (2) give other names for **Mount Zion**. Alternate translation: “Mount Zion, that is, the city of the living God, the heavenly Jerusalem” HEB 12 22 r9dz figs-explicit Σιὼν Ὄρει καὶ πόλει Θεοῦ ζῶντος, Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἐπουρανίῳ 1 Mount Zion Here the author is not referring to any earthly **Mount** or **city**. Rather, he is referring to things in heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this clear from the beginning. Alternate translation: “Mount Zion that is in heaven and to the city of the living God, the Jerusalem that is in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 22 gm97 figs-idiom Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 Mount Zion Here, much like in [10:31](../10/31.md), the phrase **{the} living God** identifies **God** as the one who “lives” and possibly as the one who gives “life.” The primary point is that **God** actually “lives,” unlike idols and other things that people call “god.” If your readers would misunderstand **{the} living God**, you could use a word or phrase that emphasizes that God really “lives.” Alternate translation: “of the God who lives” or “of the true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -HEB 12 22 k1kv translate-numbers μυριάσιν ἀγγέλων 1 tens of thousands of angels (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +HEB 12 22 k1kv translate-numbers μυριάσιν ἀγγέλων 1 tens of thousands of angels Here, the word “myriad” names the number 10,000. The plural **myriads** refers generally to any large number. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to a very large number. Alternate translation: “to millions of angels” or “innumerable angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) HEB 12 22 esxa figs-infostructure ἀγγέλων πανηγύρει 1 tens of thousands of angels (1) renaming or describing **myriads of angels**. Alternate translation: “of angels in assembly,” or “of angels—an assembly—” (2) in parallel with “church” in the following verse, going with “firstborn.” Alternate translation: “of angels, and to the assembly” HEB 12 22 jqrl translate-unknown πανηγύρει 1 tens of thousands of angels HEB 12 23 j94e figs-metaphor πρωτοτόκων 1 the firstborn Here, **the firstborn** is plural and speaks of believers in Christ as if they were firstborn sons. This emphasizes their special place and privilege as God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 016a3fb9700d65bac6a5d96919a3d94e006a8006 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 01:47:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 192/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 758c294010..465abc08cd 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1921,8 +1921,8 @@ HEB 12 22 kdxx Σιὼν Ὄρει καὶ πόλει Θεοῦ ζῶντος, HEB 12 22 r9dz figs-explicit Σιὼν Ὄρει καὶ πόλει Θεοῦ ζῶντος, Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἐπουρανίῳ 1 Mount Zion Here the author is not referring to any earthly **Mount** or **city**. Rather, he is referring to things in heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this clear from the beginning. Alternate translation: “Mount Zion that is in heaven and to the city of the living God, the Jerusalem that is in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 22 gm97 figs-idiom Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 Mount Zion Here, much like in [10:31](../10/31.md), the phrase **{the} living God** identifies **God** as the one who “lives” and possibly as the one who gives “life.” The primary point is that **God** actually “lives,” unlike idols and other things that people call “god.” If your readers would misunderstand **{the} living God**, you could use a word or phrase that emphasizes that God really “lives.” Alternate translation: “of the God who lives” or “of the true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 22 k1kv translate-numbers μυριάσιν ἀγγέλων 1 tens of thousands of angels Here, the word “myriad” names the number 10,000. The plural **myriads** refers generally to any large number. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to a very large number. Alternate translation: “to millions of angels” or “innumerable angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -HEB 12 22 esxa figs-infostructure ἀγγέλων πανηγύρει 1 tens of thousands of angels (1) renaming or describing **myriads of angels**. Alternate translation: “of angels in assembly,” or “of angels—an assembly—” (2) in parallel with “church” in the following verse, going with “firstborn.” Alternate translation: “of angels, and to the assembly” -HEB 12 22 jqrl translate-unknown πανηγύρει 1 tens of thousands of angels +HEB 12 22 esxa figs-infostructure ἀγγέλων πανηγύρει 1 tens of thousands of angels Here, the word **assembly** could: (1) rename or describe **myriads of angels**. Alternate translation: “of angels in assembly,” or “of angels—an assembly—” (2) be in parallel with “church” in the following verse, going with “firstborn.” Alternate translation: “of angels, and to the assembly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +HEB 12 22 jqrl translate-unknown πανηγύρει 1 tens of thousands of angels Here, the word **assembly** refers to a public gathering, often religious, for the purpose of celebration. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to this kind of public gathering. Alternate translation: “to the festive assembly” or “to the celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 12 23 j94e figs-metaphor πρωτοτόκων 1 the firstborn Here, **the firstborn** is plural and speaks of believers in Christ as if they were firstborn sons. This emphasizes their special place and privilege as God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 23 km4a figs-activepassive ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 registered in heaven If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whose names God has written in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 23 i7qb figs-activepassive τετελειωμένων 1 who have been made perfect If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God has made perfect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From c081b53adf166c91988f739009855704c6efce8b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 01:50:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 193/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 465abc08cd..741c5a0c7d 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1923,8 +1923,8 @@ HEB 12 22 gm97 figs-idiom Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 Mount Zion Here, much like i HEB 12 22 k1kv translate-numbers μυριάσιν ἀγγέλων 1 tens of thousands of angels Here, the word “myriad” names the number 10,000. The plural **myriads** refers generally to any large number. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to a very large number. Alternate translation: “to millions of angels” or “innumerable angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) HEB 12 22 esxa figs-infostructure ἀγγέλων πανηγύρει 1 tens of thousands of angels Here, the word **assembly** could: (1) rename or describe **myriads of angels**. Alternate translation: “of angels in assembly,” or “of angels—an assembly—” (2) be in parallel with “church” in the following verse, going with “firstborn.” Alternate translation: “of angels, and to the assembly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) HEB 12 22 jqrl translate-unknown πανηγύρει 1 tens of thousands of angels Here, the word **assembly** refers to a public gathering, often religious, for the purpose of celebration. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to this kind of public gathering. Alternate translation: “to the festive assembly” or “to the celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -HEB 12 23 j94e figs-metaphor πρωτοτόκων 1 the firstborn Here, **the firstborn** is plural and speaks of believers in Christ as if they were firstborn sons. This emphasizes their special place and privilege as God’s people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 12 23 km4a figs-activepassive ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 registered in heaven If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whose names God has written in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 12 23 j94e figs-metaphor πρωτοτόκων 1 the firstborn +HEB 12 23 km4a figs-activepassive ἀπογεγραμμένων 1 registered in heaven HEB 12 23 i7qb figs-activepassive τετελειωμένων 1 who have been made perfect If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God has made perfect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 24 kq1v διαθήκης νέας μεσίτῃ 1 the mediator of a new covenant This means **Jesus** caused the **new covenant** between God and humans to exist. See how you translated this phrase in [Hebrews 9:15](../09/15.md). HEB 12 24 nz8l figs-personification αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ, κρεῖττον λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 the sprinkled blood that speaks better than Abel’s blood The **blood** of Jesus and the blood of Abel are spoken of as if they were people calling out. Alternate translation: “to the sprinkled blood of Jesus that says better things than the blood of Abel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From f55c09eb45eddbfff22737625c305ca3725bd461 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 01:58:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 194/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 7 ++++++- 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 741c5a0c7d..d2c095fb81 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1923,9 +1923,14 @@ HEB 12 22 gm97 figs-idiom Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 Mount Zion Here, much like i HEB 12 22 k1kv translate-numbers μυριάσιν ἀγγέλων 1 tens of thousands of angels Here, the word “myriad” names the number 10,000. The plural **myriads** refers generally to any large number. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to a very large number. Alternate translation: “to millions of angels” or “innumerable angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) HEB 12 22 esxa figs-infostructure ἀγγέλων πανηγύρει 1 tens of thousands of angels Here, the word **assembly** could: (1) rename or describe **myriads of angels**. Alternate translation: “of angels in assembly,” or “of angels—an assembly—” (2) be in parallel with “church” in the following verse, going with “firstborn.” Alternate translation: “of angels, and to the assembly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) HEB 12 22 jqrl translate-unknown πανηγύρει 1 tens of thousands of angels Here, the word **assembly** refers to a public gathering, often religious, for the purpose of celebration. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to this kind of public gathering. Alternate translation: “to the festive assembly” or “to the celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +HEB 12 23 suql figs-explicit ἐκκλησίᾳ πρωτοτόκων 1 the firstborn HEB 12 23 j94e figs-metaphor πρωτοτόκων 1 the firstborn +HEB 12 23 e3sc translate-unknown ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 registered in heaven HEB 12 23 km4a figs-activepassive ἀπογεγραμμένων 1 registered in heaven -HEB 12 23 i7qb figs-activepassive τετελειωμένων 1 who have been made perfect If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God has made perfect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 12 23 mwfi figs-possession κριτῇ…πάντων 1 registered in heaven +HEB 12 23 af20 figs-nominaladj πάντων 1 registered in heaven +HEB 12 23 oltb figs-explicit πνεύμασι δικαίων 1 registered in heaven +HEB 12 23 i7qb figs-activepassive τετελειωμένων 1 who have been made perfect Alternate translation: “whom God has made perfect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 24 kq1v διαθήκης νέας μεσίτῃ 1 the mediator of a new covenant This means **Jesus** caused the **new covenant** between God and humans to exist. See how you translated this phrase in [Hebrews 9:15](../09/15.md). HEB 12 24 nz8l figs-personification αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ, κρεῖττον λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 the sprinkled blood that speaks better than Abel’s blood The **blood** of Jesus and the blood of Abel are spoken of as if they were people calling out. Alternate translation: “to the sprinkled blood of Jesus that says better things than the blood of Abel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) HEB 12 24 w9jj τὸν Ἂβελ 1 Abel was the son of the first man and woman, Adam and Eve. Cain, also their son, murdered Abel. From 4070b3ab0ebb698a52eb06874f3c22e5a44526c3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 02:17:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 195/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index d2c095fb81..383fcd0a9b 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1925,7 +1925,7 @@ HEB 12 22 esxa figs-infostructure ἀγγέλων πανηγύρει 1 tens of t HEB 12 22 jqrl translate-unknown πανηγύρει 1 tens of thousands of angels Here, the word **assembly** refers to a public gathering, often religious, for the purpose of celebration. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to this kind of public gathering. Alternate translation: “to the festive assembly” or “to the celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 12 23 suql figs-explicit ἐκκλησίᾳ πρωτοτόκων 1 the firstborn HEB 12 23 j94e figs-metaphor πρωτοτόκων 1 the firstborn -HEB 12 23 e3sc translate-unknown ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 registered in heaven +HEB 12 23 e3sc figs-explicit ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 registered in heaven HEB 12 23 km4a figs-activepassive ἀπογεγραμμένων 1 registered in heaven HEB 12 23 mwfi figs-possession κριτῇ…πάντων 1 registered in heaven HEB 12 23 af20 figs-nominaladj πάντων 1 registered in heaven From 5b102d33e89fa2828cf730945d3a1d659a25dfab Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 02:28:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 196/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 383fcd0a9b..5fdb521047 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1923,7 +1923,7 @@ HEB 12 22 gm97 figs-idiom Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 Mount Zion Here, much like i HEB 12 22 k1kv translate-numbers μυριάσιν ἀγγέλων 1 tens of thousands of angels Here, the word “myriad” names the number 10,000. The plural **myriads** refers generally to any large number. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to a very large number. Alternate translation: “to millions of angels” or “innumerable angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) HEB 12 22 esxa figs-infostructure ἀγγέλων πανηγύρει 1 tens of thousands of angels Here, the word **assembly** could: (1) rename or describe **myriads of angels**. Alternate translation: “of angels in assembly,” or “of angels—an assembly—” (2) be in parallel with “church” in the following verse, going with “firstborn.” Alternate translation: “of angels, and to the assembly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) HEB 12 22 jqrl translate-unknown πανηγύρει 1 tens of thousands of angels Here, the word **assembly** refers to a public gathering, often religious, for the purpose of celebration. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to this kind of public gathering. Alternate translation: “to the festive assembly” or “to the celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -HEB 12 23 suql figs-explicit ἐκκλησίᾳ πρωτοτόκων 1 the firstborn +HEB 12 23 suql figs-explicit ἐκκλησίᾳ πρωτοτόκων 1 the firstborn (1) all God’s people, everyone he has saved and will save. HEB 12 23 j94e figs-metaphor πρωτοτόκων 1 the firstborn HEB 12 23 e3sc figs-explicit ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 registered in heaven HEB 12 23 km4a figs-activepassive ἀπογεγραμμένων 1 registered in heaven From 14b1649d532895aa9704dc2d31c13767be14be2e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 04:53:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 197/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 5fdb521047..4441ea39e5 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1927,6 +1927,7 @@ HEB 12 23 suql figs-explicit ἐκκλησίᾳ πρωτοτόκων 1 the first HEB 12 23 j94e figs-metaphor πρωτοτόκων 1 the firstborn HEB 12 23 e3sc figs-explicit ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 registered in heaven HEB 12 23 km4a figs-activepassive ἀπογεγραμμένων 1 registered in heaven +HEB 12 23 xt09 κριτῇ Θεῷ πάντων 1 registered in heaven Here, the phrase **of all** could go with: (1) **Judge**. Alternate translation: “to God, who is Judge of all” (2) **God**. Alternate translation: “to a Judge, God of all” HEB 12 23 mwfi figs-possession κριτῇ…πάντων 1 registered in heaven HEB 12 23 af20 figs-nominaladj πάντων 1 registered in heaven HEB 12 23 oltb figs-explicit πνεύμασι δικαίων 1 registered in heaven From ff2cce603b268f6ba16c54f4a0b18bbacb3a9acc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 05:01:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 198/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 4441ea39e5..93942535fc 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1923,14 +1923,14 @@ HEB 12 22 gm97 figs-idiom Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 Mount Zion Here, much like i HEB 12 22 k1kv translate-numbers μυριάσιν ἀγγέλων 1 tens of thousands of angels Here, the word “myriad” names the number 10,000. The plural **myriads** refers generally to any large number. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to a very large number. Alternate translation: “to millions of angels” or “innumerable angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) HEB 12 22 esxa figs-infostructure ἀγγέλων πανηγύρει 1 tens of thousands of angels Here, the word **assembly** could: (1) rename or describe **myriads of angels**. Alternate translation: “of angels in assembly,” or “of angels—an assembly—” (2) be in parallel with “church” in the following verse, going with “firstborn.” Alternate translation: “of angels, and to the assembly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) HEB 12 22 jqrl translate-unknown πανηγύρει 1 tens of thousands of angels Here, the word **assembly** refers to a public gathering, often religious, for the purpose of celebration. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to this kind of public gathering. Alternate translation: “to the festive assembly” or “to the celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -HEB 12 23 suql figs-explicit ἐκκλησίᾳ πρωτοτόκων 1 the firstborn (1) all God’s people, everyone he has saved and will save. +HEB 12 23 suql figs-explicit ἐκκλησίᾳ πρωτοτόκων 1 the firstborn This group of people could be: (1) all God’s people from the past, present, and future. Alternate translation: “to the church of all God’s people, the firstborn ones” (2) all God’s people who are currently alive. Alternate translation: “to the church of the firstborn ones who currently live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 23 j94e figs-metaphor πρωτοτόκων 1 the firstborn HEB 12 23 e3sc figs-explicit ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 registered in heaven HEB 12 23 km4a figs-activepassive ἀπογεγραμμένων 1 registered in heaven HEB 12 23 xt09 κριτῇ Θεῷ πάντων 1 registered in heaven Here, the phrase **of all** could go with: (1) **Judge**. Alternate translation: “to God, who is Judge of all” (2) **God**. Alternate translation: “to a Judge, God of all” HEB 12 23 mwfi figs-possession κριτῇ…πάντων 1 registered in heaven HEB 12 23 af20 figs-nominaladj πάντων 1 registered in heaven -HEB 12 23 oltb figs-explicit πνεύμασι δικαίων 1 registered in heaven +HEB 12 23 oltb figs-explicit πνεύμασι δικαίων 1 registered in heaven This group of people could be: (1) all the people of God who have died. (2) the same group as the **church of {the} firstborn {ones}**, that is, all the people of God without distinction. (3) all the people of God who lived before Jesus came. HEB 12 23 i7qb figs-activepassive τετελειωμένων 1 who have been made perfect Alternate translation: “whom God has made perfect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 24 kq1v διαθήκης νέας μεσίτῃ 1 the mediator of a new covenant This means **Jesus** caused the **new covenant** between God and humans to exist. See how you translated this phrase in [Hebrews 9:15](../09/15.md). HEB 12 24 nz8l figs-personification αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ, κρεῖττον λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 the sprinkled blood that speaks better than Abel’s blood The **blood** of Jesus and the blood of Abel are spoken of as if they were people calling out. Alternate translation: “to the sprinkled blood of Jesus that says better things than the blood of Abel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From 53adf422fdd09d9c9300b53dc55b6ef195ad9a4f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 05:04:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 199/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 93942535fc..52f7fcaba6 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1924,7 +1924,7 @@ HEB 12 22 k1kv translate-numbers μυριάσιν ἀγγέλων 1 tens of thou HEB 12 22 esxa figs-infostructure ἀγγέλων πανηγύρει 1 tens of thousands of angels Here, the word **assembly** could: (1) rename or describe **myriads of angels**. Alternate translation: “of angels in assembly,” or “of angels—an assembly—” (2) be in parallel with “church” in the following verse, going with “firstborn.” Alternate translation: “of angels, and to the assembly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) HEB 12 22 jqrl translate-unknown πανηγύρει 1 tens of thousands of angels Here, the word **assembly** refers to a public gathering, often religious, for the purpose of celebration. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to this kind of public gathering. Alternate translation: “to the festive assembly” or “to the celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 12 23 suql figs-explicit ἐκκλησίᾳ πρωτοτόκων 1 the firstborn This group of people could be: (1) all God’s people from the past, present, and future. Alternate translation: “to the church of all God’s people, the firstborn ones” (2) all God’s people who are currently alive. Alternate translation: “to the church of the firstborn ones who currently live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HEB 12 23 j94e figs-metaphor πρωτοτόκων 1 the firstborn +HEB 12 23 j94e figs-metaphor πρωτοτόκων 1 the firstborn Here the author speaks as if God’s people were **firstborn** children. He speaks in this way to connect them with Jesus, who is God’s **firstborn** son (see [1:6](../01/06.md)). Further, the **firstborn** were particularly important and honored. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to the most honored child, or you could express the idea in plain language that indicates the importance and significance of these people. Alternate translation: “of the eldest children” or “of the honored people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 23 e3sc figs-explicit ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 registered in heaven HEB 12 23 km4a figs-activepassive ἀπογεγραμμένων 1 registered in heaven HEB 12 23 xt09 κριτῇ Θεῷ πάντων 1 registered in heaven Here, the phrase **of all** could go with: (1) **Judge**. Alternate translation: “to God, who is Judge of all” (2) **God**. Alternate translation: “to a Judge, God of all” From dbcf8d95aac290d9e5f4e36c9a09beea4531171a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 05:07:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 200/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 52f7fcaba6..d5e207d4d5 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1925,7 +1925,7 @@ HEB 12 22 esxa figs-infostructure ἀγγέλων πανηγύρει 1 tens of t HEB 12 22 jqrl translate-unknown πανηγύρει 1 tens of thousands of angels Here, the word **assembly** refers to a public gathering, often religious, for the purpose of celebration. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to this kind of public gathering. Alternate translation: “to the festive assembly” or “to the celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 12 23 suql figs-explicit ἐκκλησίᾳ πρωτοτόκων 1 the firstborn This group of people could be: (1) all God’s people from the past, present, and future. Alternate translation: “to the church of all God’s people, the firstborn ones” (2) all God’s people who are currently alive. Alternate translation: “to the church of the firstborn ones who currently live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 23 j94e figs-metaphor πρωτοτόκων 1 the firstborn Here the author speaks as if God’s people were **firstborn** children. He speaks in this way to connect them with Jesus, who is God’s **firstborn** son (see [1:6](../01/06.md)). Further, the **firstborn** were particularly important and honored. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to the most honored child, or you could express the idea in plain language that indicates the importance and significance of these people. Alternate translation: “of the eldest children” or “of the honored people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 12 23 e3sc figs-explicit ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 registered in heaven +HEB 12 23 e3sc figs-explicit ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 registered in heaven Here, the phrase **registered in {the} heavens** refers to how people who lived in or belonged to a city or region would have their names **registered** in a book to indicate that they belonged in that place. Here, people who have their names **registered** in the **heavens** belong to and will receive what is in the **heavens**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “whose names have been registered in the heavens” or “whose names are recorded as those who will inherit what is in the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 23 km4a figs-activepassive ἀπογεγραμμένων 1 registered in heaven HEB 12 23 xt09 κριτῇ Θεῷ πάντων 1 registered in heaven Here, the phrase **of all** could go with: (1) **Judge**. Alternate translation: “to God, who is Judge of all” (2) **God**. Alternate translation: “to a Judge, God of all” HEB 12 23 mwfi figs-possession κριτῇ…πάντων 1 registered in heaven From df801d2d2a06528662850d4fd6e92759263332cf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 05:10:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 201/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index d5e207d4d5..d4f9e40439 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1926,10 +1926,10 @@ HEB 12 22 jqrl translate-unknown πανηγύρει 1 tens of thousands of angel HEB 12 23 suql figs-explicit ἐκκλησίᾳ πρωτοτόκων 1 the firstborn This group of people could be: (1) all God’s people from the past, present, and future. Alternate translation: “to the church of all God’s people, the firstborn ones” (2) all God’s people who are currently alive. Alternate translation: “to the church of the firstborn ones who currently live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 23 j94e figs-metaphor πρωτοτόκων 1 the firstborn Here the author speaks as if God’s people were **firstborn** children. He speaks in this way to connect them with Jesus, who is God’s **firstborn** son (see [1:6](../01/06.md)). Further, the **firstborn** were particularly important and honored. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to the most honored child, or you could express the idea in plain language that indicates the importance and significance of these people. Alternate translation: “of the eldest children” or “of the honored people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 23 e3sc figs-explicit ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 registered in heaven Here, the phrase **registered in {the} heavens** refers to how people who lived in or belonged to a city or region would have their names **registered** in a book to indicate that they belonged in that place. Here, people who have their names **registered** in the **heavens** belong to and will receive what is in the **heavens**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “whose names have been registered in the heavens” or “whose names are recorded as those who will inherit what is in the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HEB 12 23 km4a figs-activepassive ἀπογεγραμμένων 1 registered in heaven -HEB 12 23 xt09 κριτῇ Θεῷ πάντων 1 registered in heaven Here, the phrase **of all** could go with: (1) **Judge**. Alternate translation: “to God, who is Judge of all” (2) **God**. Alternate translation: “to a Judge, God of all” -HEB 12 23 mwfi figs-possession κριτῇ…πάντων 1 registered in heaven -HEB 12 23 af20 figs-nominaladj πάντων 1 registered in heaven +HEB 12 23 km4a figs-activepassive ἀπογεγραμμένων 1 registered in heaven If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **registered** rather than focusing on the person doing the “registering.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “whom God has registered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 12 23 xt09 κριτῇ Θεῷ πάντων 1 registered in heaven Here, the phrase **of all** could go with: (1) **Judge**. Alternate translation: “to God, who is Judge of all” (2) **God**. Alternate translation: “to a Judge, who is God of all” +HEB 12 23 mwfi figs-possession κριτῇ…πάντων 1 registered in heaven Here the author uses the possessive form to describe to refer to a **Judge** who judges **all** people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in a more natural way. Alternate translation: “the Judge over all” or “the Judge who judges all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +HEB 12 23 af20 figs-nominaladj πάντων 1 registered in heaven The author is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to refer to **all** people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this one with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “of all humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) HEB 12 23 oltb figs-explicit πνεύμασι δικαίων 1 registered in heaven This group of people could be: (1) all the people of God who have died. (2) the same group as the **church of {the} firstborn {ones}**, that is, all the people of God without distinction. (3) all the people of God who lived before Jesus came. HEB 12 23 i7qb figs-activepassive τετελειωμένων 1 who have been made perfect Alternate translation: “whom God has made perfect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 24 kq1v διαθήκης νέας μεσίτῃ 1 the mediator of a new covenant This means **Jesus** caused the **new covenant** between God and humans to exist. See how you translated this phrase in [Hebrews 9:15](../09/15.md). From 8de9beb97eff0862432c082763a531fab2fdfb55 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 05:11:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 202/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index d4f9e40439..76e0d057d3 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1930,7 +1930,7 @@ HEB 12 23 km4a figs-activepassive ἀπογεγραμμένων 1 registered in HEB 12 23 xt09 κριτῇ Θεῷ πάντων 1 registered in heaven Here, the phrase **of all** could go with: (1) **Judge**. Alternate translation: “to God, who is Judge of all” (2) **God**. Alternate translation: “to a Judge, who is God of all” HEB 12 23 mwfi figs-possession κριτῇ…πάντων 1 registered in heaven Here the author uses the possessive form to describe to refer to a **Judge** who judges **all** people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in a more natural way. Alternate translation: “the Judge over all” or “the Judge who judges all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) HEB 12 23 af20 figs-nominaladj πάντων 1 registered in heaven The author is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to refer to **all** people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this one with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “of all humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -HEB 12 23 oltb figs-explicit πνεύμασι δικαίων 1 registered in heaven This group of people could be: (1) all the people of God who have died. (2) the same group as the **church of {the} firstborn {ones}**, that is, all the people of God without distinction. (3) all the people of God who lived before Jesus came. +HEB 12 23 oltb figs-explicit πνεύμασι δικαίων 1 registered in heaven This group of people could be: (1) all the people of God who have died. Alternate translation: “to the spirits of the dead righteous ones” (2) the same group as the **church of {the} firstborn {ones}**, that is, all the people of God without distinction. Alternate translation: “to the spirits of all God’s righteous people” (3) all the people of God who lived before Jesus came. Alternate translation: “to the spirits of the righteous Israelites” HEB 12 23 i7qb figs-activepassive τετελειωμένων 1 who have been made perfect Alternate translation: “whom God has made perfect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 24 kq1v διαθήκης νέας μεσίτῃ 1 the mediator of a new covenant This means **Jesus** caused the **new covenant** between God and humans to exist. See how you translated this phrase in [Hebrews 9:15](../09/15.md). HEB 12 24 nz8l figs-personification αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ, κρεῖττον λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 the sprinkled blood that speaks better than Abel’s blood The **blood** of Jesus and the blood of Abel are spoken of as if they were people calling out. Alternate translation: “to the sprinkled blood of Jesus that says better things than the blood of Abel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From b2daf0d7dc0c4e3a60013b916af023ea13b47e95 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 05:12:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 203/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 76e0d057d3..b58e50ef9b 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1930,8 +1930,8 @@ HEB 12 23 km4a figs-activepassive ἀπογεγραμμένων 1 registered in HEB 12 23 xt09 κριτῇ Θεῷ πάντων 1 registered in heaven Here, the phrase **of all** could go with: (1) **Judge**. Alternate translation: “to God, who is Judge of all” (2) **God**. Alternate translation: “to a Judge, who is God of all” HEB 12 23 mwfi figs-possession κριτῇ…πάντων 1 registered in heaven Here the author uses the possessive form to describe to refer to a **Judge** who judges **all** people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in a more natural way. Alternate translation: “the Judge over all” or “the Judge who judges all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) HEB 12 23 af20 figs-nominaladj πάντων 1 registered in heaven The author is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to refer to **all** people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this one with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “of all humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -HEB 12 23 oltb figs-explicit πνεύμασι δικαίων 1 registered in heaven This group of people could be: (1) all the people of God who have died. Alternate translation: “to the spirits of the dead righteous ones” (2) the same group as the **church of {the} firstborn {ones}**, that is, all the people of God without distinction. Alternate translation: “to the spirits of all God’s righteous people” (3) all the people of God who lived before Jesus came. Alternate translation: “to the spirits of the righteous Israelites” -HEB 12 23 i7qb figs-activepassive τετελειωμένων 1 who have been made perfect Alternate translation: “whom God has made perfect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 12 23 oltb figs-explicit πνεύμασι δικαίων 1 registered in heaven This group of people could be: (1) all the people of God who have died. Alternate translation: “to the spirits of the dead righteous ones” (2) the same group as the **church of {the} firstborn {ones}**, that is, all the people of God without distinction. Alternate translation: “to the spirits of all God’s righteous people” (3) all the people of God who lived before Jesus came. Alternate translation: “to the spirits of the righteous Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +HEB 12 23 i7qb figs-activepassive τετελειωμένων 1 who have been made perfect If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **made perfect** rather than focusing on the person doing the “perfecting.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “whom God has made perfect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 24 kq1v διαθήκης νέας μεσίτῃ 1 the mediator of a new covenant This means **Jesus** caused the **new covenant** between God and humans to exist. See how you translated this phrase in [Hebrews 9:15](../09/15.md). HEB 12 24 nz8l figs-personification αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ, κρεῖττον λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 the sprinkled blood that speaks better than Abel’s blood The **blood** of Jesus and the blood of Abel are spoken of as if they were people calling out. Alternate translation: “to the sprinkled blood of Jesus that says better things than the blood of Abel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) HEB 12 24 w9jj τὸν Ἂβελ 1 Abel was the son of the first man and woman, Adam and Eve. Cain, also their son, murdered Abel. From 18d9eec966169df4efbeed0e3c766cfee072e4f1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 05:20:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 204/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 10 ++++++---- 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index b58e50ef9b..95cefd424e 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1932,10 +1932,12 @@ HEB 12 23 mwfi figs-possession κριτῇ…πάντων 1 registered in heaven HEB 12 23 af20 figs-nominaladj πάντων 1 registered in heaven The author is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to refer to **all** people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this one with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “of all humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) HEB 12 23 oltb figs-explicit πνεύμασι δικαίων 1 registered in heaven This group of people could be: (1) all the people of God who have died. Alternate translation: “to the spirits of the dead righteous ones” (2) the same group as the **church of {the} firstborn {ones}**, that is, all the people of God without distinction. Alternate translation: “to the spirits of all God’s righteous people” (3) all the people of God who lived before Jesus came. Alternate translation: “to the spirits of the righteous Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 23 i7qb figs-activepassive τετελειωμένων 1 who have been made perfect If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **made perfect** rather than focusing on the person doing the “perfecting.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “whom God has made perfect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -HEB 12 24 kq1v διαθήκης νέας μεσίτῃ 1 the mediator of a new covenant This means **Jesus** caused the **new covenant** between God and humans to exist. See how you translated this phrase in [Hebrews 9:15](../09/15.md). -HEB 12 24 nz8l figs-personification αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ, κρεῖττον λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 the sprinkled blood that speaks better than Abel’s blood The **blood** of Jesus and the blood of Abel are spoken of as if they were people calling out. Alternate translation: “to the sprinkled blood of Jesus that says better things than the blood of Abel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -HEB 12 24 w9jj τὸν Ἂβελ 1 Abel was the son of the first man and woman, Adam and Eve. Cain, also their son, murdered Abel. -HEB 12 24 z7uq figs-metonymy αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ 1 blood Here, **blood** stands for Jesus’ death, as Abel’s blood stands for his death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +HEB 12 24 kq1v figs-possession διαθήκης νέας μεσίτῃ 1 the mediator of a new covenant +HEB 12 24 nz8l figs-personification αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ, κρεῖττον λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 the sprinkled blood that speaks better than Abel’s blood +HEB 12 24 ntri figs-explicit αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ 1 blood +HEB 12 24 z7uq figs-metonymy αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ 1 blood +HEB 12 24 cggv figs-ellipsis παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 blood +HEB 12 24 w9jj translate-names τὸν Ἂβελ 1 HEB 12 25 c9cn 0 Connecting Statement: Having contrasted the Israelites’ experience at Mount Sinai with the believers’ experience after Christ died, the writer reminds believers that they have the same God who warns them today. This is the fifth main warning given to believers. HEB 12 25 pnn5 figs-you μὴ παραιτήσησθε 1 The word **you** continues to refer to believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) HEB 12 25 nnk9 figs-doublenegatives μὴ παραιτήσησθε τὸν λαλοῦντα 1 you do not refuse the one who is speaking You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “you pay attention to the one who is speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) From 057a4e6ddfb1494d37deee37a69daf995448a969 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 05:24:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 205/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 95cefd424e..2141b30db2 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1935,7 +1935,7 @@ HEB 12 23 i7qb figs-activepassive τετελειωμένων 1 who have been mad HEB 12 24 kq1v figs-possession διαθήκης νέας μεσίτῃ 1 the mediator of a new covenant HEB 12 24 nz8l figs-personification αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ, κρεῖττον λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 the sprinkled blood that speaks better than Abel’s blood HEB 12 24 ntri figs-explicit αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ 1 blood -HEB 12 24 z7uq figs-metonymy αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ 1 blood +HEB 12 24 z7uq figs-metonymy αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ 1 blood Scholars debate what the **blood** of Jesus represents in Hebrews. It could refer to his resurrected body, his death, or his actual blood. See the book introduction for more information on what Jesus’ **blood** refers to. Since **blood** is a very important concept in Hebrews, preserve the word here if at all possible. Alternate translation: “to the sprinkled blood, which is his sacrifice,” or “to the blood of Jesus, that is, his death, which is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 12 24 cggv figs-ellipsis παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 blood HEB 12 24 w9jj translate-names τὸν Ἂβελ 1 HEB 12 25 c9cn 0 Connecting Statement: Having contrasted the Israelites’ experience at Mount Sinai with the believers’ experience after Christ died, the writer reminds believers that they have the same God who warns them today. This is the fifth main warning given to believers. From c06eaecfb964f83d2b8d7b870ba8544ef085b086 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 13:12:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 207/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 2141b30db2..3d83acca29 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1932,7 +1932,7 @@ HEB 12 23 mwfi figs-possession κριτῇ…πάντων 1 registered in heaven HEB 12 23 af20 figs-nominaladj πάντων 1 registered in heaven The author is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to refer to **all** people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this one with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “of all humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) HEB 12 23 oltb figs-explicit πνεύμασι δικαίων 1 registered in heaven This group of people could be: (1) all the people of God who have died. Alternate translation: “to the spirits of the dead righteous ones” (2) the same group as the **church of {the} firstborn {ones}**, that is, all the people of God without distinction. Alternate translation: “to the spirits of all God’s righteous people” (3) all the people of God who lived before Jesus came. Alternate translation: “to the spirits of the righteous Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 23 i7qb figs-activepassive τετελειωμένων 1 who have been made perfect If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **made perfect** rather than focusing on the person doing the “perfecting.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “whom God has made perfect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -HEB 12 24 kq1v figs-possession διαθήκης νέας μεσίτῃ 1 the mediator of a new covenant +HEB 12 24 kq1v figs-possession διαθήκης νέας μεσίτῃ 1 the mediator of a new covenant Here the author uses the possessive form to describe how Jesus functions as the **mediator** for a **new covenant**. If your readers would misunderstand that form, you could express the idea in a more natural way. See how you translated the similar phrase in [9:15](../09/15.md). Alternate translation: “who mediates a new covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) HEB 12 24 nz8l figs-personification αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ, κρεῖττον λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 the sprinkled blood that speaks better than Abel’s blood HEB 12 24 ntri figs-explicit αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ 1 blood HEB 12 24 z7uq figs-metonymy αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ 1 blood Scholars debate what the **blood** of Jesus represents in Hebrews. It could refer to his resurrected body, his death, or his actual blood. See the book introduction for more information on what Jesus’ **blood** refers to. Since **blood** is a very important concept in Hebrews, preserve the word here if at all possible. Alternate translation: “to the sprinkled blood, which is his sacrifice,” or “to the blood of Jesus, that is, his death, which is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 67e48b13789c4170360dfdb7e639412e124db2c7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 13:29:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 208/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 3d83acca29..4bc93e9222 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1936,7 +1936,8 @@ HEB 12 24 kq1v figs-possession διαθήκης νέας μεσίτῃ 1 the med HEB 12 24 nz8l figs-personification αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ, κρεῖττον λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 the sprinkled blood that speaks better than Abel’s blood HEB 12 24 ntri figs-explicit αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ 1 blood HEB 12 24 z7uq figs-metonymy αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ 1 blood Scholars debate what the **blood** of Jesus represents in Hebrews. It could refer to his resurrected body, his death, or his actual blood. See the book introduction for more information on what Jesus’ **blood** refers to. Since **blood** is a very important concept in Hebrews, preserve the word here if at all possible. Alternate translation: “to the sprinkled blood, which is his sacrifice,” or “to the blood of Jesus, that is, his death, which is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -HEB 12 24 cggv figs-ellipsis παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 blood +HEB 12 24 jn62 figs-explicit κρεῖττον λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 blood +HEB 12 24 cggv figs-ellipsis παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 blood This phrase leaves out some words that many languages might need to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the first half of the sentence. The author might be implying: (1) **blood speaking**. Alternate translation: “than Abel’s blood speaks” (2) Abel **speaking**. Alternate translation: “than Abel speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) HEB 12 24 w9jj translate-names τὸν Ἂβελ 1 HEB 12 25 c9cn 0 Connecting Statement: Having contrasted the Israelites’ experience at Mount Sinai with the believers’ experience after Christ died, the writer reminds believers that they have the same God who warns them today. This is the fifth main warning given to believers. HEB 12 25 pnn5 figs-you μὴ παραιτήσησθε 1 The word **you** continues to refer to believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) From 142a5003c1b40cfae47cb64c44d80bc9482efdf9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 13:30:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 209/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 4bc93e9222..fa7671c08c 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1938,7 +1938,7 @@ HEB 12 24 ntri figs-explicit αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ 1 blood HEB 12 24 z7uq figs-metonymy αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ 1 blood Scholars debate what the **blood** of Jesus represents in Hebrews. It could refer to his resurrected body, his death, or his actual blood. See the book introduction for more information on what Jesus’ **blood** refers to. Since **blood** is a very important concept in Hebrews, preserve the word here if at all possible. Alternate translation: “to the sprinkled blood, which is his sacrifice,” or “to the blood of Jesus, that is, his death, which is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 12 24 jn62 figs-explicit κρεῖττον λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 blood HEB 12 24 cggv figs-ellipsis παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 blood This phrase leaves out some words that many languages might need to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the first half of the sentence. The author might be implying: (1) **blood speaking**. Alternate translation: “than Abel’s blood speaks” (2) Abel **speaking**. Alternate translation: “than Abel speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -HEB 12 24 w9jj translate-names τὸν Ἂβελ 1 +HEB 12 24 w9jj translate-names τὸν Ἂβελ 1 The word **Abel** is the name of a man. He was the second son of the first couple, Adam and Eve. The author has already named him in [11:4](../11/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HEB 12 25 c9cn 0 Connecting Statement: Having contrasted the Israelites’ experience at Mount Sinai with the believers’ experience after Christ died, the writer reminds believers that they have the same God who warns them today. This is the fifth main warning given to believers. HEB 12 25 pnn5 figs-you μὴ παραιτήσησθε 1 The word **you** continues to refer to believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) HEB 12 25 nnk9 figs-doublenegatives μὴ παραιτήσησθε τὸν λαλοῦντα 1 you do not refuse the one who is speaking You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “you pay attention to the one who is speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) From 7a7c3fa9bc9d286a61738f50f4f1eb59ca719f10 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 13:35:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 210/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index fa7671c08c..834a2b8499 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1936,7 +1936,7 @@ HEB 12 24 kq1v figs-possession διαθήκης νέας μεσίτῃ 1 the med HEB 12 24 nz8l figs-personification αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ, κρεῖττον λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 the sprinkled blood that speaks better than Abel’s blood HEB 12 24 ntri figs-explicit αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ 1 blood HEB 12 24 z7uq figs-metonymy αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ 1 blood Scholars debate what the **blood** of Jesus represents in Hebrews. It could refer to his resurrected body, his death, or his actual blood. See the book introduction for more information on what Jesus’ **blood** refers to. Since **blood** is a very important concept in Hebrews, preserve the word here if at all possible. Alternate translation: “to the sprinkled blood, which is his sacrifice,” or “to the blood of Jesus, that is, his death, which is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -HEB 12 24 jn62 figs-explicit κρεῖττον λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 blood +HEB 12 24 jn62 figs-explicit κρεῖττον λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 blood Here the author is referring to a story about how **Abel** was killed by his brother. He has already referred to this story in [11:4](../11/04.md). Here, he focuses on how God tells Abel’s brother that Abel’s blood “cries out” from the ground, with the implication being that Abel’s blood asks God to take vengeance on his brother (see [Genesis 4:10](../gen/04/10.md)). The author here contrasts the blood of **Abel** that cries out for vengeance with the **sprinkled blood** of Jesus, which purifies his people and brings salvation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this comparison more explicit. Alternate translation: “speaking of a better salvation than Abel” or “speaking of salvation rather than the vengeance that Abel spoke of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 24 cggv figs-ellipsis παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 blood This phrase leaves out some words that many languages might need to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the first half of the sentence. The author might be implying: (1) **blood speaking**. Alternate translation: “than Abel’s blood speaks” (2) Abel **speaking**. Alternate translation: “than Abel speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) HEB 12 24 w9jj translate-names τὸν Ἂβελ 1 The word **Abel** is the name of a man. He was the second son of the first couple, Adam and Eve. The author has already named him in [11:4](../11/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HEB 12 25 c9cn 0 Connecting Statement: Having contrasted the Israelites’ experience at Mount Sinai with the believers’ experience after Christ died, the writer reminds believers that they have the same God who warns them today. This is the fifth main warning given to believers. From 3f55bc1ffea27836b9a4769a8e63fb22a93bd0bd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 13:39:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 211/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 834a2b8499..3f09d650bc 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1933,9 +1933,9 @@ HEB 12 23 af20 figs-nominaladj πάντων 1 registered in heaven The author is HEB 12 23 oltb figs-explicit πνεύμασι δικαίων 1 registered in heaven This group of people could be: (1) all the people of God who have died. Alternate translation: “to the spirits of the dead righteous ones” (2) the same group as the **church of {the} firstborn {ones}**, that is, all the people of God without distinction. Alternate translation: “to the spirits of all God’s righteous people” (3) all the people of God who lived before Jesus came. Alternate translation: “to the spirits of the righteous Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 23 i7qb figs-activepassive τετελειωμένων 1 who have been made perfect If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **made perfect** rather than focusing on the person doing the “perfecting.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “whom God has made perfect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 24 kq1v figs-possession διαθήκης νέας μεσίτῃ 1 the mediator of a new covenant Here the author uses the possessive form to describe how Jesus functions as the **mediator** for a **new covenant**. If your readers would misunderstand that form, you could express the idea in a more natural way. See how you translated the similar phrase in [9:15](../09/15.md). Alternate translation: “who mediates a new covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -HEB 12 24 nz8l figs-personification αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ, κρεῖττον λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 the sprinkled blood that speaks better than Abel’s blood -HEB 12 24 ntri figs-explicit αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ 1 blood -HEB 12 24 z7uq figs-metonymy αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ 1 blood Scholars debate what the **blood** of Jesus represents in Hebrews. It could refer to his resurrected body, his death, or his actual blood. See the book introduction for more information on what Jesus’ **blood** refers to. Since **blood** is a very important concept in Hebrews, preserve the word here if at all possible. Alternate translation: “to the sprinkled blood, which is his sacrifice,” or “to the blood of Jesus, that is, his death, which is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +HEB 12 24 nz8l figs-personification αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ, κρεῖττον λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 the sprinkled blood that speaks better than Abel’s blood Here the author speaks as if the **blood** were a person who could be **speaking**. He speaks in this way to refer to what the **blood** means or accomplishes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or plain language. Alternate translation: “to the sprinkled blood which is like a person who speaks better than Abel” or “to the sprinkled blood which means more to us than that of Abel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +HEB 12 24 ntri figs-explicit αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ 1 blood Here, the phrase **sprinkled blood** refers to Jesus’ blood. The word **sprinkled** indicates that the **blood** accomplishes cleansing and purification. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make either or both of these implications more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the cleansing blood of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +HEB 12 24 z7uq figs-metonymy αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ 1 blood Scholars debate what the **blood** of Jesus represents in Hebrews. It could refer to his resurrected body, his death, or his actual blood. See the book introduction for more information on what Jesus’ **blood** refers to. Since **blood** is a very important concept in Hebrews, preserve the word here if at all possible. Alternate translation: “to the sprinkled blood, which is his sacrifice,” or “to the sprinkled blood of Jesus, that is, his death, which is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 12 24 jn62 figs-explicit κρεῖττον λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 blood Here the author is referring to a story about how **Abel** was killed by his brother. He has already referred to this story in [11:4](../11/04.md). Here, he focuses on how God tells Abel’s brother that Abel’s blood “cries out” from the ground, with the implication being that Abel’s blood asks God to take vengeance on his brother (see [Genesis 4:10](../gen/04/10.md)). The author here contrasts the blood of **Abel** that cries out for vengeance with the **sprinkled blood** of Jesus, which purifies his people and brings salvation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this comparison more explicit. Alternate translation: “speaking of a better salvation than Abel” or “speaking of salvation rather than the vengeance that Abel spoke of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 24 cggv figs-ellipsis παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 blood This phrase leaves out some words that many languages might need to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the first half of the sentence. The author might be implying: (1) **blood speaking**. Alternate translation: “than Abel’s blood speaks” (2) Abel **speaking**. Alternate translation: “than Abel speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) HEB 12 24 w9jj translate-names τὸν Ἂβελ 1 The word **Abel** is the name of a man. He was the second son of the first couple, Adam and Eve. The author has already named him in [11:4](../11/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From ee824ae7e0d52288ecd6fd7f75f700c8fecc9531 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 13:50:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 212/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 14 ++++++++------ 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 3f09d650bc..cefbeca5fb 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1939,13 +1939,15 @@ HEB 12 24 z7uq figs-metonymy αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ 1 blood Scholars HEB 12 24 jn62 figs-explicit κρεῖττον λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 blood Here the author is referring to a story about how **Abel** was killed by his brother. He has already referred to this story in [11:4](../11/04.md). Here, he focuses on how God tells Abel’s brother that Abel’s blood “cries out” from the ground, with the implication being that Abel’s blood asks God to take vengeance on his brother (see [Genesis 4:10](../gen/04/10.md)). The author here contrasts the blood of **Abel** that cries out for vengeance with the **sprinkled blood** of Jesus, which purifies his people and brings salvation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this comparison more explicit. Alternate translation: “speaking of a better salvation than Abel” or “speaking of salvation rather than the vengeance that Abel spoke of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 24 cggv figs-ellipsis παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 blood This phrase leaves out some words that many languages might need to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the first half of the sentence. The author might be implying: (1) **blood speaking**. Alternate translation: “than Abel’s blood speaks” (2) Abel **speaking**. Alternate translation: “than Abel speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) HEB 12 24 w9jj translate-names τὸν Ἂβελ 1 The word **Abel** is the name of a man. He was the second son of the first couple, Adam and Eve. The author has already named him in [11:4](../11/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -HEB 12 25 c9cn 0 Connecting Statement: Having contrasted the Israelites’ experience at Mount Sinai with the believers’ experience after Christ died, the writer reminds believers that they have the same God who warns them today. This is the fifth main warning given to believers. -HEB 12 25 pnn5 figs-you μὴ παραιτήσησθε 1 The word **you** continues to refer to believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -HEB 12 25 nnk9 figs-doublenegatives μὴ παραιτήσησθε τὸν λαλοῦντα 1 you do not refuse the one who is speaking You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “you pay attention to the one who is speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -HEB 12 25 eltr figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 The word **we** continues to refer to the writer and the readers who are believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -HEB 12 25 gkn1 figs-explicit εἰ…ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ ἐξέφυγον 1 if they did not escape You can state the implicit information explicitly. Alternate translation: “if the people of Israel did not escape judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HEB 12 25 fy9u ἐπὶ γῆς…τὸν χρηματίζοντα 1 the one who warned them on earth This could refer to: (1) Moses, who warned them here **on earth**. (2) God, who warned them at Mount Sinai. +HEB 12 25 c9cn βλέπετε μὴ παραιτήσησθε 1 Connecting Statement: +HEB 12 25 pnn5 figs-explicit μὴ παραιτήσησθε…παραιτησάμενοι 1 +HEB 12 25 nnk9 writing-pronouns τὸν λαλοῦντα 1 you do not refuse the one who is speaking +HEB 12 25 gkn1 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ ἐξέφυγον 1 if they did not escape +HEB 12 25 eltr writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνοι 1 +HEB 12 25 fy9u writing-pronouns ἐπὶ γῆς…τὸν χρηματίζοντα 1 the one who warned them on earth This could refer to: (1) Moses, who warned them here **on earth**. (2) God, who warned them at Mount Sinai. HEB 12 25 s5lj figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning Rejecting God is spoken of as if a person were changing direction and **turn away from** him. Alternate translation: “if we reject the one who is warning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +HEB 12 25 ga99 figs-ellipsis ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning +HEB 12 25 lnpe writing-pronouns τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning HEB 12 26 rf4e οὗ ἡ φωνὴ τὴν γῆν ἐσάλευσεν τότε 1 his voice shook the earth Alternate translation: “when God spoke at that time, the sound of his voice caused the earth to shake” HEB 12 26 rspc ἔτι ἅπαξ ἐγὼ σείσω, οὐ μόνον τὴν γῆν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 This quotation is from the prophet Haggai in the Old Testament. HEB 12 26 i1c8 ἐσάλευσεν…σείσω 1 shook … shake Translate **shook** and **shake** with words for what an earthquake does when it moves the ground. This refers back to [Hebrews 12:18-21](./18.md) and what happened when the people saw the mountain where Moses received the law from God. From feeb5250108aee41fba9ab1c00955364e46d7ca5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 14:00:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 213/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index cefbeca5fb..4ed250313a 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1939,12 +1939,13 @@ HEB 12 24 z7uq figs-metonymy αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ 1 blood Scholars HEB 12 24 jn62 figs-explicit κρεῖττον λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 blood Here the author is referring to a story about how **Abel** was killed by his brother. He has already referred to this story in [11:4](../11/04.md). Here, he focuses on how God tells Abel’s brother that Abel’s blood “cries out” from the ground, with the implication being that Abel’s blood asks God to take vengeance on his brother (see [Genesis 4:10](../gen/04/10.md)). The author here contrasts the blood of **Abel** that cries out for vengeance with the **sprinkled blood** of Jesus, which purifies his people and brings salvation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this comparison more explicit. Alternate translation: “speaking of a better salvation than Abel” or “speaking of salvation rather than the vengeance that Abel spoke of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 24 cggv figs-ellipsis παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 blood This phrase leaves out some words that many languages might need to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the first half of the sentence. The author might be implying: (1) **blood speaking**. Alternate translation: “than Abel’s blood speaks” (2) Abel **speaking**. Alternate translation: “than Abel speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) HEB 12 24 w9jj translate-names τὸν Ἂβελ 1 The word **Abel** is the name of a man. He was the second son of the first couple, Adam and Eve. The author has already named him in [11:4](../11/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -HEB 12 25 c9cn βλέπετε μὴ παραιτήσησθε 1 Connecting Statement: +HEB 12 25 c9cn figs-idiom βλέπετε μὴ παραιτήσησθε 1 Connecting Statement: HEB 12 25 pnn5 figs-explicit μὴ παραιτήσησθε…παραιτησάμενοι 1 HEB 12 25 nnk9 writing-pronouns τὸν λαλοῦντα 1 you do not refuse the one who is speaking HEB 12 25 gkn1 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ ἐξέφυγον 1 if they did not escape HEB 12 25 eltr writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνοι 1 HEB 12 25 fy9u writing-pronouns ἐπὶ γῆς…τὸν χρηματίζοντα 1 the one who warned them on earth This could refer to: (1) Moses, who warned them here **on earth**. (2) God, who warned them at Mount Sinai. +HEB 12 25 quqe figs-explicit ἐπὶ γῆς…ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν 1 the one who warned them on earth HEB 12 25 s5lj figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning Rejecting God is spoken of as if a person were changing direction and **turn away from** him. Alternate translation: “if we reject the one who is warning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 25 ga99 figs-ellipsis ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning HEB 12 25 lnpe writing-pronouns τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning From bbea88703c8a5d951da294c9d81a20c102b78982 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 14:23:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 214/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 4ed250313a..dfcaae3ebd 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1941,14 +1941,14 @@ HEB 12 24 cggv figs-ellipsis παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 blood This phrase lea HEB 12 24 w9jj translate-names τὸν Ἂβελ 1 The word **Abel** is the name of a man. He was the second son of the first couple, Adam and Eve. The author has already named him in [11:4](../11/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HEB 12 25 c9cn figs-idiom βλέπετε μὴ παραιτήσησθε 1 Connecting Statement: HEB 12 25 pnn5 figs-explicit μὴ παραιτήσησθε…παραιτησάμενοι 1 -HEB 12 25 nnk9 writing-pronouns τὸν λαλοῦντα 1 you do not refuse the one who is speaking +HEB 12 25 nnk9 writing-pronouns τὸν λαλοῦντα 1 you do not refuse the one who is speaking (1) God in general. (2) Jesus, whose blood “spoke” in the previous verse. HEB 12 25 gkn1 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ ἐξέφυγον 1 if they did not escape HEB 12 25 eltr writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνοι 1 -HEB 12 25 fy9u writing-pronouns ἐπὶ γῆς…τὸν χρηματίζοντα 1 the one who warned them on earth This could refer to: (1) Moses, who warned them here **on earth**. (2) God, who warned them at Mount Sinai. +HEB 12 25 fy9u writing-pronouns ἐπὶ γῆς…τὸν χρηματίζοντα 1 the one who warned them on earth This could refer to: (1) God, who warned them at Mount Sinai. (2) Moses, who warned them here **on earth**. HEB 12 25 quqe figs-explicit ἐπὶ γῆς…ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν 1 the one who warned them on earth HEB 12 25 s5lj figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning Rejecting God is spoken of as if a person were changing direction and **turn away from** him. Alternate translation: “if we reject the one who is warning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 25 ga99 figs-ellipsis ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning -HEB 12 25 lnpe writing-pronouns τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning +HEB 12 25 lnpe writing-pronouns τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning (1) God in general. (2) Jesus. HEB 12 26 rf4e οὗ ἡ φωνὴ τὴν γῆν ἐσάλευσεν τότε 1 his voice shook the earth Alternate translation: “when God spoke at that time, the sound of his voice caused the earth to shake” HEB 12 26 rspc ἔτι ἅπαξ ἐγὼ σείσω, οὐ μόνον τὴν γῆν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 This quotation is from the prophet Haggai in the Old Testament. HEB 12 26 i1c8 ἐσάλευσεν…σείσω 1 shook … shake Translate **shook** and **shake** with words for what an earthquake does when it moves the ground. This refers back to [Hebrews 12:18-21](./18.md) and what happened when the people saw the mountain where Moses received the law from God. From c3e7b00ee1cdb233107ee5ad1f25dc39d5986999 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 14:23:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 215/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index dfcaae3ebd..908012aa2e 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1941,7 +1941,7 @@ HEB 12 24 cggv figs-ellipsis παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 blood This phrase lea HEB 12 24 w9jj translate-names τὸν Ἂβελ 1 The word **Abel** is the name of a man. He was the second son of the first couple, Adam and Eve. The author has already named him in [11:4](../11/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HEB 12 25 c9cn figs-idiom βλέπετε μὴ παραιτήσησθε 1 Connecting Statement: HEB 12 25 pnn5 figs-explicit μὴ παραιτήσησθε…παραιτησάμενοι 1 -HEB 12 25 nnk9 writing-pronouns τὸν λαλοῦντα 1 you do not refuse the one who is speaking (1) God in general. (2) Jesus, whose blood “spoke” in the previous verse. +HEB 12 25 nnk9 writing-pronouns τὸν λαλοῦντα 1 you do not refuse the one who is speaking (1) God in general. (2) Jesus specifically, whose blood “spoke” in the previous verse. HEB 12 25 gkn1 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ ἐξέφυγον 1 if they did not escape HEB 12 25 eltr writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνοι 1 HEB 12 25 fy9u writing-pronouns ἐπὶ γῆς…τὸν χρηματίζοντα 1 the one who warned them on earth This could refer to: (1) God, who warned them at Mount Sinai. (2) Moses, who warned them here **on earth**. From b567a97e3af5bbd3df4d9eef22bc55c29c975a79 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 14:34:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 216/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 908012aa2e..5262cbb6ef 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1948,6 +1948,7 @@ HEB 12 25 fy9u writing-pronouns ἐπὶ γῆς…τὸν χρηματίζον HEB 12 25 quqe figs-explicit ἐπὶ γῆς…ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν 1 the one who warned them on earth HEB 12 25 s5lj figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning Rejecting God is spoken of as if a person were changing direction and **turn away from** him. Alternate translation: “if we reject the one who is warning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 25 ga99 figs-ellipsis ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning +HEB 12 25 kmmk grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἡμεῖς οἱ…ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning HEB 12 25 lnpe writing-pronouns τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning (1) God in general. (2) Jesus. HEB 12 26 rf4e οὗ ἡ φωνὴ τὴν γῆν ἐσάλευσεν τότε 1 his voice shook the earth Alternate translation: “when God spoke at that time, the sound of his voice caused the earth to shake” HEB 12 26 rspc ἔτι ἅπαξ ἐγὼ σείσω, οὐ μόνον τὴν γῆν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 This quotation is from the prophet Haggai in the Old Testament. From dd72d67c1deeafffa078fe4c8db0afd9473ef544 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 14:42:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 217/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 5262cbb6ef..6e6e1a0d53 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1944,7 +1944,7 @@ HEB 12 25 pnn5 figs-explicit μὴ παραιτήσησθε…παραιτησά HEB 12 25 nnk9 writing-pronouns τὸν λαλοῦντα 1 you do not refuse the one who is speaking (1) God in general. (2) Jesus specifically, whose blood “spoke” in the previous verse. HEB 12 25 gkn1 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ ἐξέφυγον 1 if they did not escape HEB 12 25 eltr writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνοι 1 -HEB 12 25 fy9u writing-pronouns ἐπὶ γῆς…τὸν χρηματίζοντα 1 the one who warned them on earth This could refer to: (1) God, who warned them at Mount Sinai. (2) Moses, who warned them here **on earth**. +HEB 12 25 fy9u writing-pronouns ἐπὶ γῆς…τὸν χρηματίζοντα 1 the one who warned them on earth This could refer to: (1) God in general, who warned them at Mount Sinai. (2) Moses, who warned them here **on earth**. (3) Jesus specifically. HEB 12 25 quqe figs-explicit ἐπὶ γῆς…ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν 1 the one who warned them on earth HEB 12 25 s5lj figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning Rejecting God is spoken of as if a person were changing direction and **turn away from** him. Alternate translation: “if we reject the one who is warning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 25 ga99 figs-ellipsis ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning From ca60d9503359f3e3cbcda476ace9b93e5100d6b4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 16:02:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 218/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 6e6e1a0d53..9b187e2f51 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1939,7 +1939,7 @@ HEB 12 24 z7uq figs-metonymy αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ 1 blood Scholars HEB 12 24 jn62 figs-explicit κρεῖττον λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 blood Here the author is referring to a story about how **Abel** was killed by his brother. He has already referred to this story in [11:4](../11/04.md). Here, he focuses on how God tells Abel’s brother that Abel’s blood “cries out” from the ground, with the implication being that Abel’s blood asks God to take vengeance on his brother (see [Genesis 4:10](../gen/04/10.md)). The author here contrasts the blood of **Abel** that cries out for vengeance with the **sprinkled blood** of Jesus, which purifies his people and brings salvation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this comparison more explicit. Alternate translation: “speaking of a better salvation than Abel” or “speaking of salvation rather than the vengeance that Abel spoke of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 24 cggv figs-ellipsis παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 blood This phrase leaves out some words that many languages might need to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the first half of the sentence. The author might be implying: (1) **blood speaking**. Alternate translation: “than Abel’s blood speaks” (2) Abel **speaking**. Alternate translation: “than Abel speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) HEB 12 24 w9jj translate-names τὸν Ἂβελ 1 The word **Abel** is the name of a man. He was the second son of the first couple, Adam and Eve. The author has already named him in [11:4](../11/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -HEB 12 25 c9cn figs-idiom βλέπετε μὴ παραιτήσησθε 1 Connecting Statement: +HEB 12 25 c9cn figs-idiom βλέπετε μὴ παραιτήσησθε 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the phrase **see that you do not** is a strong command to diligently or vigilantly avoid doing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable form that expresses a strong command to pay attention or focus on something. Alternate translation: “Watch out that you do not refuse” or “Be careful to avoid refusing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 25 pnn5 figs-explicit μὴ παραιτήσησθε…παραιτησάμενοι 1 HEB 12 25 nnk9 writing-pronouns τὸν λαλοῦντα 1 you do not refuse the one who is speaking (1) God in general. (2) Jesus specifically, whose blood “spoke” in the previous verse. HEB 12 25 gkn1 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ ἐξέφυγον 1 if they did not escape From f017725c96d5d1ec8e4e16ab1ffda9c5480698ee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 16:42:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 219/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 9b187e2f51..c96e9707e6 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1940,7 +1940,7 @@ HEB 12 24 jn62 figs-explicit κρεῖττον λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸ HEB 12 24 cggv figs-ellipsis παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 blood This phrase leaves out some words that many languages might need to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the first half of the sentence. The author might be implying: (1) **blood speaking**. Alternate translation: “than Abel’s blood speaks” (2) Abel **speaking**. Alternate translation: “than Abel speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) HEB 12 24 w9jj translate-names τὸν Ἂβελ 1 The word **Abel** is the name of a man. He was the second son of the first couple, Adam and Eve. The author has already named him in [11:4](../11/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HEB 12 25 c9cn figs-idiom βλέπετε μὴ παραιτήσησθε 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the phrase **see that you do not** is a strong command to diligently or vigilantly avoid doing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable form that expresses a strong command to pay attention or focus on something. Alternate translation: “Watch out that you do not refuse” or “Be careful to avoid refusing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -HEB 12 25 pnn5 figs-explicit μὴ παραιτήσησθε…παραιτησάμενοι 1 +HEB 12 25 pnn5 figs-explicit μὴ παραιτήσησθε…παραιτησάμενοι 1 HEB 12 25 nnk9 writing-pronouns τὸν λαλοῦντα 1 you do not refuse the one who is speaking (1) God in general. (2) Jesus specifically, whose blood “spoke” in the previous verse. HEB 12 25 gkn1 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ ἐξέφυγον 1 if they did not escape HEB 12 25 eltr writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνοι 1 From 7ad76260e50bd182f1d150abb5b1afc8ff3a619d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 16:49:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 220/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index c96e9707e6..0fea7a35af 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1942,6 +1942,7 @@ HEB 12 24 w9jj translate-names τὸν Ἂβελ 1 The word **Abel** is the nam HEB 12 25 c9cn figs-idiom βλέπετε μὴ παραιτήσησθε 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the phrase **see that you do not** is a strong command to diligently or vigilantly avoid doing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable form that expresses a strong command to pay attention or focus on something. Alternate translation: “Watch out that you do not refuse” or “Be careful to avoid refusing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 25 pnn5 figs-explicit μὴ παραιτήσησθε…παραιτησάμενοι 1 HEB 12 25 nnk9 writing-pronouns τὸν λαλοῦντα 1 you do not refuse the one who is speaking (1) God in general. (2) Jesus specifically, whose blood “spoke” in the previous verse. +HEB 12 25 ohmk εἰ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ ἐξέφυγον ἐπὶ γῆς, παραιτησάμενοι τὸν χρηματίζοντα, πολὺ μᾶλλον ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν ἀποστρεφόμενοι; 1 you do not refuse the one who is speaking Here the author could have meant: (1) a strong statement. Alternate translation: “For if those did not escape, having refused the one warning them on earth, we will so much less escape, we who are turning away from the one from heaven” (2) a rhetorical question. If you use the following alternate translation, you will need to start a new sentence at the beginning of the following verse. Alternate translation: “For if those did not escape, having refused the one warning them on earth, how much less will we who are turning away from the one from heaven?” HEB 12 25 gkn1 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ ἐξέφυγον 1 if they did not escape HEB 12 25 eltr writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνοι 1 HEB 12 25 fy9u writing-pronouns ἐπὶ γῆς…τὸν χρηματίζοντα 1 the one who warned them on earth This could refer to: (1) God in general, who warned them at Mount Sinai. (2) Moses, who warned them here **on earth**. (3) Jesus specifically. From 14445fcab7c3bd209eca365313570e936ba82061 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 16:51:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 221/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 0fea7a35af..45bec18847 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1940,7 +1940,7 @@ HEB 12 24 jn62 figs-explicit κρεῖττον λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸ HEB 12 24 cggv figs-ellipsis παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 blood This phrase leaves out some words that many languages might need to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the first half of the sentence. The author might be implying: (1) **blood speaking**. Alternate translation: “than Abel’s blood speaks” (2) Abel **speaking**. Alternate translation: “than Abel speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) HEB 12 24 w9jj translate-names τὸν Ἂβελ 1 The word **Abel** is the name of a man. He was the second son of the first couple, Adam and Eve. The author has already named him in [11:4](../11/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HEB 12 25 c9cn figs-idiom βλέπετε μὴ παραιτήσησθε 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the phrase **see that you do not** is a strong command to diligently or vigilantly avoid doing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable form that expresses a strong command to pay attention or focus on something. Alternate translation: “Watch out that you do not refuse” or “Be careful to avoid refusing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -HEB 12 25 pnn5 figs-explicit μὴ παραιτήσησθε…παραιτησάμενοι 1 +HEB 12 25 pnn5 figs-explicit μὴ παραιτήσησθε…παραιτησάμενοι 1 Here, the words **refuse** and **refused** imply that people are “refusing” to do something, but the author does not state what it is directly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that people are “refusing” to listen and obey. Alternate translation: “you do not refuse to listen to … having refused to listen to” or “you do not refuse to obey … having refused to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 25 nnk9 writing-pronouns τὸν λαλοῦντα 1 you do not refuse the one who is speaking (1) God in general. (2) Jesus specifically, whose blood “spoke” in the previous verse. HEB 12 25 ohmk εἰ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ ἐξέφυγον ἐπὶ γῆς, παραιτησάμενοι τὸν χρηματίζοντα, πολὺ μᾶλλον ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν ἀποστρεφόμενοι; 1 you do not refuse the one who is speaking Here the author could have meant: (1) a strong statement. Alternate translation: “For if those did not escape, having refused the one warning them on earth, we will so much less escape, we who are turning away from the one from heaven” (2) a rhetorical question. If you use the following alternate translation, you will need to start a new sentence at the beginning of the following verse. Alternate translation: “For if those did not escape, having refused the one warning them on earth, how much less will we who are turning away from the one from heaven?” HEB 12 25 gkn1 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ ἐξέφυγον 1 if they did not escape From 29399deacd18d80313c1ccaa8d30bade5ba6f934 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 16:52:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 222/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 45bec18847..68baf7937d 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1941,7 +1941,7 @@ HEB 12 24 cggv figs-ellipsis παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 blood This phrase lea HEB 12 24 w9jj translate-names τὸν Ἂβελ 1 The word **Abel** is the name of a man. He was the second son of the first couple, Adam and Eve. The author has already named him in [11:4](../11/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HEB 12 25 c9cn figs-idiom βλέπετε μὴ παραιτήσησθε 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the phrase **see that you do not** is a strong command to diligently or vigilantly avoid doing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable form that expresses a strong command to pay attention or focus on something. Alternate translation: “Watch out that you do not refuse” or “Be careful to avoid refusing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 25 pnn5 figs-explicit μὴ παραιτήσησθε…παραιτησάμενοι 1 Here, the words **refuse** and **refused** imply that people are “refusing” to do something, but the author does not state what it is directly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that people are “refusing” to listen and obey. Alternate translation: “you do not refuse to listen to … having refused to listen to” or “you do not refuse to obey … having refused to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HEB 12 25 nnk9 writing-pronouns τὸν λαλοῦντα 1 you do not refuse the one who is speaking (1) God in general. (2) Jesus specifically, whose blood “spoke” in the previous verse. +HEB 12 25 nnk9 writing-pronouns τὸν λαλοῦντα 1 you do not refuse the one who is speaking Here, the phrase **the one speaking** could refer to: (1) God generally. Alternate translation: “the one speaking, God” (2) Jesus specifically, whose blood “spoke” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the one speaking, Jesus” HEB 12 25 ohmk εἰ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ ἐξέφυγον ἐπὶ γῆς, παραιτησάμενοι τὸν χρηματίζοντα, πολὺ μᾶλλον ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν ἀποστρεφόμενοι; 1 you do not refuse the one who is speaking Here the author could have meant: (1) a strong statement. Alternate translation: “For if those did not escape, having refused the one warning them on earth, we will so much less escape, we who are turning away from the one from heaven” (2) a rhetorical question. If you use the following alternate translation, you will need to start a new sentence at the beginning of the following verse. Alternate translation: “For if those did not escape, having refused the one warning them on earth, how much less will we who are turning away from the one from heaven?” HEB 12 25 gkn1 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ ἐξέφυγον 1 if they did not escape HEB 12 25 eltr writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνοι 1 From 59477b913eb3713138635bf2537d1f8f9a1c334e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 16:55:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 223/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 68baf7937d..e4aa532e55 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1941,11 +1941,11 @@ HEB 12 24 cggv figs-ellipsis παρὰ τὸν Ἂβελ 1 blood This phrase lea HEB 12 24 w9jj translate-names τὸν Ἂβελ 1 The word **Abel** is the name of a man. He was the second son of the first couple, Adam and Eve. The author has already named him in [11:4](../11/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HEB 12 25 c9cn figs-idiom βλέπετε μὴ παραιτήσησθε 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the phrase **see that you do not** is a strong command to diligently or vigilantly avoid doing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable form that expresses a strong command to pay attention or focus on something. Alternate translation: “Watch out that you do not refuse” or “Be careful to avoid refusing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 25 pnn5 figs-explicit μὴ παραιτήσησθε…παραιτησάμενοι 1 Here, the words **refuse** and **refused** imply that people are “refusing” to do something, but the author does not state what it is directly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that people are “refusing” to listen and obey. Alternate translation: “you do not refuse to listen to … having refused to listen to” or “you do not refuse to obey … having refused to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HEB 12 25 nnk9 writing-pronouns τὸν λαλοῦντα 1 you do not refuse the one who is speaking Here, the phrase **the one speaking** could refer to: (1) God generally. Alternate translation: “the one speaking, God” (2) Jesus specifically, whose blood “spoke” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the one speaking, Jesus” +HEB 12 25 nnk9 writing-pronouns τὸν λαλοῦντα 1 you do not refuse the one who is speaking Here, the phrase **the one speaking** could refer to: (1) God generally. Alternate translation: “the one speaking, God” (2) Jesus specifically, whose blood “spoke” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the one speaking, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 12 25 ohmk εἰ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ ἐξέφυγον ἐπὶ γῆς, παραιτησάμενοι τὸν χρηματίζοντα, πολὺ μᾶλλον ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν ἀποστρεφόμενοι; 1 you do not refuse the one who is speaking Here the author could have meant: (1) a strong statement. Alternate translation: “For if those did not escape, having refused the one warning them on earth, we will so much less escape, we who are turning away from the one from heaven” (2) a rhetorical question. If you use the following alternate translation, you will need to start a new sentence at the beginning of the following verse. Alternate translation: “For if those did not escape, having refused the one warning them on earth, how much less will we who are turning away from the one from heaven?” -HEB 12 25 gkn1 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ ἐξέφυγον 1 if they did not escape -HEB 12 25 eltr writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνοι 1 -HEB 12 25 fy9u writing-pronouns ἐπὶ γῆς…τὸν χρηματίζοντα 1 the one who warned them on earth This could refer to: (1) God in general, who warned them at Mount Sinai. (2) Moses, who warned them here **on earth**. (3) Jesus specifically. +HEB 12 25 gkn1 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 if they did not escape Here the author is speaking as if the lack of “escape” of those who **refused the one warning {them} on earth** were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true that they **did not escape**. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what the author is saying is not certain, then you could express the idea by using a word such as “because” or “since.” Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) +HEB 12 25 eltr writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνοι 1 Here, the word **those** refers to the Israelites who “refused” to obey God. He may have in mind particularly the Israelites who did not obey God and died in the wilderness (see what the author said in [3:7–4:11](../03/07.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +HEB 12 25 fy9u writing-pronouns ἐπὶ γῆς…τὸν χρηματίζοντα 1 the one who warned them on earth This could refer to: (1) God in general, who warned them at Mount Sinai. (2) Moses, who warned them here **on earth**. (3) Jesus specifically. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 12 25 quqe figs-explicit ἐπὶ γῆς…ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν 1 the one who warned them on earth HEB 12 25 s5lj figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning Rejecting God is spoken of as if a person were changing direction and **turn away from** him. Alternate translation: “if we reject the one who is warning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 25 ga99 figs-ellipsis ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning From 98c26e69d5cdb9611a323322482355ee35ee8724 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 16:58:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 224/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index e4aa532e55..5f708554c6 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1944,8 +1944,8 @@ HEB 12 25 pnn5 figs-explicit μὴ παραιτήσησθε…παραιτησά HEB 12 25 nnk9 writing-pronouns τὸν λαλοῦντα 1 you do not refuse the one who is speaking Here, the phrase **the one speaking** could refer to: (1) God generally. Alternate translation: “the one speaking, God” (2) Jesus specifically, whose blood “spoke” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the one speaking, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 12 25 ohmk εἰ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ ἐξέφυγον ἐπὶ γῆς, παραιτησάμενοι τὸν χρηματίζοντα, πολὺ μᾶλλον ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν ἀποστρεφόμενοι; 1 you do not refuse the one who is speaking Here the author could have meant: (1) a strong statement. Alternate translation: “For if those did not escape, having refused the one warning them on earth, we will so much less escape, we who are turning away from the one from heaven” (2) a rhetorical question. If you use the following alternate translation, you will need to start a new sentence at the beginning of the following verse. Alternate translation: “For if those did not escape, having refused the one warning them on earth, how much less will we who are turning away from the one from heaven?” HEB 12 25 gkn1 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 if they did not escape Here the author is speaking as if the lack of “escape” of those who **refused the one warning {them} on earth** were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true that they **did not escape**. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what the author is saying is not certain, then you could express the idea by using a word such as “because” or “since.” Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) -HEB 12 25 eltr writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνοι 1 Here, the word **those** refers to the Israelites who “refused” to obey God. He may have in mind particularly the Israelites who did not obey God and died in the wilderness (see what the author said in [3:7–4:11](../03/07.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -HEB 12 25 fy9u writing-pronouns ἐπὶ γῆς…τὸν χρηματίζοντα 1 the one who warned them on earth This could refer to: (1) God in general, who warned them at Mount Sinai. (2) Moses, who warned them here **on earth**. (3) Jesus specifically. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +HEB 12 25 eltr writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνοι 1 Here, the word **those** refers to the Israelites who “refused” to obey God. He may have in mind particularly the Israelites who did not obey God and died in the wilderness (see what the author said in [3:7–4:11](../03/07.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it clear to whom **those** refers. Alternate translation: “those Israelites” or “those who drew near to Mount Sinai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +HEB 12 25 fy9u writing-pronouns ἐπὶ γῆς…τὸν χρηματίζοντα 1 the one who warned them on earth Here, the phrase **the one warning {them} on earth** could refer to: (1) God generally. Alternate translation: “God when he warned them on earth” (2) Moses, who spoke God’s words to the people at Mount Sinai. Alternate translation: “Moses when he warned them on earth” (3) Jesus specifically. Alternate translation: “Jesus when he warned them on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 12 25 quqe figs-explicit ἐπὶ γῆς…ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν 1 the one who warned them on earth HEB 12 25 s5lj figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning Rejecting God is spoken of as if a person were changing direction and **turn away from** him. Alternate translation: “if we reject the one who is warning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 25 ga99 figs-ellipsis ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning From a41b9b31351b38c90b8f6bce31181fe32c450bb0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 17:01:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 225/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 5f708554c6..ead056d3f5 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1946,7 +1946,7 @@ HEB 12 25 ohmk εἰ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ ἐξέφυγον ἐπ HEB 12 25 gkn1 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 if they did not escape Here the author is speaking as if the lack of “escape” of those who **refused the one warning {them} on earth** were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true that they **did not escape**. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what the author is saying is not certain, then you could express the idea by using a word such as “because” or “since.” Alternate translation: “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) HEB 12 25 eltr writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνοι 1 Here, the word **those** refers to the Israelites who “refused” to obey God. He may have in mind particularly the Israelites who did not obey God and died in the wilderness (see what the author said in [3:7–4:11](../03/07.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it clear to whom **those** refers. Alternate translation: “those Israelites” or “those who drew near to Mount Sinai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 12 25 fy9u writing-pronouns ἐπὶ γῆς…τὸν χρηματίζοντα 1 the one who warned them on earth Here, the phrase **the one warning {them} on earth** could refer to: (1) God generally. Alternate translation: “God when he warned them on earth” (2) Moses, who spoke God’s words to the people at Mount Sinai. Alternate translation: “Moses when he warned them on earth” (3) Jesus specifically. Alternate translation: “Jesus when he warned them on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -HEB 12 25 quqe figs-explicit ἐπὶ γῆς…ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν 1 the one who warned them on earth +HEB 12 25 quqe figs-explicit ἐπὶ γῆς…ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν 1 the one who warned them on earth Here, the phrases **on earth** and **from heaven** indicate the places from which God gave his warnings. The phrase **on earth** refers to how God spoke to the Israelites from Mount Sinai when he made the first covenant. The phrase **from heaven** refers to how God speaks from Mount Zion in heaven as he makes the second covenant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify what **on earth** and **from heaven** refer to specifically. Alternate translation: “from a mountain on earth … from a mountain in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 25 s5lj figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning Rejecting God is spoken of as if a person were changing direction and **turn away from** him. Alternate translation: “if we reject the one who is warning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 25 ga99 figs-ellipsis ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning HEB 12 25 kmmk grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἡμεῖς οἱ…ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning From c305639d5d13d38474b0d886cc17b5b46f4adf98 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 17:09:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 226/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index ead056d3f5..7c9cdd1bde 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1947,9 +1947,9 @@ HEB 12 25 gkn1 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 if they did not escape Her HEB 12 25 eltr writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνοι 1 Here, the word **those** refers to the Israelites who “refused” to obey God. He may have in mind particularly the Israelites who did not obey God and died in the wilderness (see what the author said in [3:7–4:11](../03/07.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it clear to whom **those** refers. Alternate translation: “those Israelites” or “those who drew near to Mount Sinai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 12 25 fy9u writing-pronouns ἐπὶ γῆς…τὸν χρηματίζοντα 1 the one who warned them on earth Here, the phrase **the one warning {them} on earth** could refer to: (1) God generally. Alternate translation: “God when he warned them on earth” (2) Moses, who spoke God’s words to the people at Mount Sinai. Alternate translation: “Moses when he warned them on earth” (3) Jesus specifically. Alternate translation: “Jesus when he warned them on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 12 25 quqe figs-explicit ἐπὶ γῆς…ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν 1 the one who warned them on earth Here, the phrases **on earth** and **from heaven** indicate the places from which God gave his warnings. The phrase **on earth** refers to how God spoke to the Israelites from Mount Sinai when he made the first covenant. The phrase **from heaven** refers to how God speaks from Mount Zion in heaven as he makes the second covenant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify what **on earth** and **from heaven** refer to specifically. Alternate translation: “from a mountain on earth … from a mountain in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HEB 12 25 s5lj figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning Rejecting God is spoken of as if a person were changing direction and **turn away from** him. Alternate translation: “if we reject the one who is warning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 12 25 ga99 figs-ellipsis ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning -HEB 12 25 kmmk grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἡμεῖς οἱ…ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning +HEB 12 25 s5lj figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς οἱ…ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning Here the author refers to rejecting and disobeying God as if a person were changing direction and **turning away from** him. So, **turning away from** God indicates serious disobedience and rejection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “we who are rejecting” or “we who are renouncing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +HEB 12 25 ga99 figs-ellipsis ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning This clause leaves out some words that many languages might need to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the first half of the sentence. Alternate translation: “will we escape who are turning away from the one warning us from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +HEB 12 25 kmmk grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἡμεῖς οἱ…ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning Here the author does not mean that all of the audience were **turning away from** God when he wrote this letter. Rather, he means that every person in the audience could be someone who “turns away from” God, and they will certainly **not escape**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that shows that the audience **turning away from** God is a possibility, not a current fact. Alternate translation: “we, if we turn away from” or “any one of us who turns away from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) HEB 12 25 lnpe writing-pronouns τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning (1) God in general. (2) Jesus. HEB 12 26 rf4e οὗ ἡ φωνὴ τὴν γῆν ἐσάλευσεν τότε 1 his voice shook the earth Alternate translation: “when God spoke at that time, the sound of his voice caused the earth to shake” HEB 12 26 rspc ἔτι ἅπαξ ἐγὼ σείσω, οὐ μόνον τὴν γῆν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 This quotation is from the prophet Haggai in the Old Testament. From 4747c75994eefe5c9d119985254460ba403ccd65 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 17:11:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 227/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 7c9cdd1bde..f8bf1eb025 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1950,7 +1950,7 @@ HEB 12 25 quqe figs-explicit ἐπὶ γῆς…ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν 1 the HEB 12 25 s5lj figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς οἱ…ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning Here the author refers to rejecting and disobeying God as if a person were changing direction and **turning away from** him. So, **turning away from** God indicates serious disobedience and rejection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “we who are rejecting” or “we who are renouncing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 25 ga99 figs-ellipsis ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning This clause leaves out some words that many languages might need to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the first half of the sentence. Alternate translation: “will we escape who are turning away from the one warning us from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) HEB 12 25 kmmk grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἡμεῖς οἱ…ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning Here the author does not mean that all of the audience were **turning away from** God when he wrote this letter. Rather, he means that every person in the audience could be someone who “turns away from” God, and they will certainly **not escape**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that shows that the audience **turning away from** God is a possibility, not a current fact. Alternate translation: “we, if we turn away from” or “any one of us who turns away from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) -HEB 12 25 lnpe writing-pronouns τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning (1) God in general. (2) Jesus. +HEB 12 25 lnpe writing-pronouns τὸν 3 if we turn away from the one who is warning Here, the phrase **the one** could refer to: (1) God generally. Alternate translation: “God” (2) Jesus specifically. Alternate translation: “Jesus” HEB 12 26 rf4e οὗ ἡ φωνὴ τὴν γῆν ἐσάλευσεν τότε 1 his voice shook the earth Alternate translation: “when God spoke at that time, the sound of his voice caused the earth to shake” HEB 12 26 rspc ἔτι ἅπαξ ἐγὼ σείσω, οὐ μόνον τὴν γῆν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 This quotation is from the prophet Haggai in the Old Testament. HEB 12 26 i1c8 ἐσάλευσεν…σείσω 1 shook … shake Translate **shook** and **shake** with words for what an earthquake does when it moves the ground. This refers back to [Hebrews 12:18-21](./18.md) and what happened when the people saw the mountain where Moses received the law from God. From 530ec82e9741dba45ef58e93f00fa18b6689ad4c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 17:11:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 228/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index f8bf1eb025..e168a0ac7c 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1950,7 +1950,7 @@ HEB 12 25 quqe figs-explicit ἐπὶ γῆς…ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν 1 the HEB 12 25 s5lj figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς οἱ…ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning Here the author refers to rejecting and disobeying God as if a person were changing direction and **turning away from** him. So, **turning away from** God indicates serious disobedience and rejection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “we who are rejecting” or “we who are renouncing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 12 25 ga99 figs-ellipsis ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning This clause leaves out some words that many languages might need to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the first half of the sentence. Alternate translation: “will we escape who are turning away from the one warning us from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) HEB 12 25 kmmk grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἡμεῖς οἱ…ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning Here the author does not mean that all of the audience were **turning away from** God when he wrote this letter. Rather, he means that every person in the audience could be someone who “turns away from” God, and they will certainly **not escape**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that shows that the audience **turning away from** God is a possibility, not a current fact. Alternate translation: “we, if we turn away from” or “any one of us who turns away from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) -HEB 12 25 lnpe writing-pronouns τὸν 3 if we turn away from the one who is warning Here, the phrase **the one** could refer to: (1) God generally. Alternate translation: “God” (2) Jesus specifically. Alternate translation: “Jesus” +HEB 12 25 lnpe writing-pronouns τὸν 3 if we turn away from the one who is warning Here, the phrase **the one** could refer to: (1) God generally. Alternate translation: “God” (2) Jesus specifically. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 12 26 rf4e οὗ ἡ φωνὴ τὴν γῆν ἐσάλευσεν τότε 1 his voice shook the earth Alternate translation: “when God spoke at that time, the sound of his voice caused the earth to shake” HEB 12 26 rspc ἔτι ἅπαξ ἐγὼ σείσω, οὐ μόνον τὴν γῆν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 This quotation is from the prophet Haggai in the Old Testament. HEB 12 26 i1c8 ἐσάλευσεν…σείσω 1 shook … shake Translate **shook** and **shake** with words for what an earthquake does when it moves the ground. This refers back to [Hebrews 12:18-21](./18.md) and what happened when the people saw the mountain where Moses received the law from God. From 27ba57a2358a142050bab787da0de1a1c5ca8927 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 17:16:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 229/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index e168a0ac7c..756cf637d7 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1951,7 +1951,8 @@ HEB 12 25 s5lj figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς οἱ…ἀποστρεφόμενοι HEB 12 25 ga99 figs-ellipsis ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning This clause leaves out some words that many languages might need to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the first half of the sentence. Alternate translation: “will we escape who are turning away from the one warning us from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) HEB 12 25 kmmk grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἡμεῖς οἱ…ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning Here the author does not mean that all of the audience were **turning away from** God when he wrote this letter. Rather, he means that every person in the audience could be someone who “turns away from” God, and they will certainly **not escape**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that shows that the audience **turning away from** God is a possibility, not a current fact. Alternate translation: “we, if we turn away from” or “any one of us who turns away from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) HEB 12 25 lnpe writing-pronouns τὸν 3 if we turn away from the one who is warning Here, the phrase **the one** could refer to: (1) God generally. Alternate translation: “God” (2) Jesus specifically. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -HEB 12 26 rf4e οὗ ἡ φωνὴ τὴν γῆν ἐσάλευσεν τότε 1 his voice shook the earth Alternate translation: “when God spoke at that time, the sound of his voice caused the earth to shake” +HEB 12 26 rf4e figs-metonymy οὗ ἡ φωνὴ 1 his voice shook the earth +HEB 12 26 yxrb figs-explicit τότε; νῦν 1 his voice shook the earth HEB 12 26 rspc ἔτι ἅπαξ ἐγὼ σείσω, οὐ μόνον τὴν γῆν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 This quotation is from the prophet Haggai in the Old Testament. HEB 12 26 i1c8 ἐσάλευσεν…σείσω 1 shook … shake Translate **shook** and **shake** with words for what an earthquake does when it moves the ground. This refers back to [Hebrews 12:18-21](./18.md) and what happened when the people saw the mountain where Moses received the law from God. HEB 12 27 z6ys figs-abstractnouns δηλοῖ τῶν σαλευομένων μετάθεσιν 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things You can translate the abstract noun **removal** with the verbal phrase “take away.” Alternate translation: “to the taking away of the things that can be shaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 9385594283737810e81208beab12d7bfade72f41 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 18:47:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 230/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 756cf637d7..d38f565135 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1953,8 +1953,9 @@ HEB 12 25 kmmk grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἡμεῖς οἱ…ἀπ HEB 12 25 lnpe writing-pronouns τὸν 3 if we turn away from the one who is warning Here, the phrase **the one** could refer to: (1) God generally. Alternate translation: “God” (2) Jesus specifically. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 12 26 rf4e figs-metonymy οὗ ἡ φωνὴ 1 his voice shook the earth HEB 12 26 yxrb figs-explicit τότε; νῦν 1 his voice shook the earth -HEB 12 26 rspc ἔτι ἅπαξ ἐγὼ σείσω, οὐ μόνον τὴν γῆν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 This quotation is from the prophet Haggai in the Old Testament. -HEB 12 26 i1c8 ἐσάλευσεν…σείσω 1 shook … shake Translate **shook** and **shake** with words for what an earthquake does when it moves the ground. This refers back to [Hebrews 12:18-21](./18.md) and what happened when the people saw the mountain where Moses received the law from God. +HEB 12 26 dr6r writing-quotations λέγων 1 his voice shook the earth +HEB 12 26 rspc figs-quotations λέγων, ἔτι ἅπαξ ἐγὼ σείσω, οὐ μόνον τὴν γῆν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 +HEB 12 26 i1c8 figs-idiom ἔτι ἅπαξ 1 shook … shake HEB 12 27 z6ys figs-abstractnouns δηλοῖ τῶν σαλευομένων μετάθεσιν 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things You can translate the abstract noun **removal** with the verbal phrase “take away.” Alternate translation: “to the taking away of the things that can be shaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 27 dnpi figs-activepassive δηλοῖ τῶν σαλευομένων μετάθεσιν, ὡς πεποιημένων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “means that God will remove the things that he can shake, that is, the things that he created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 27 l29r τῶν σαλευομένων 1 shaken Translate **shaken** with the word for what an earthquake does when it moves the ground. This refers back to [Hebrews 12:18-21](./18.md) and what happened when the people saw the mountain where Moses received the law from God. See how you translated “shook” and “shake” in [Hebrews 12:26](../12/26.md). From f824fb66de7bcbc74837e311727f1e20c67830a5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 18:55:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 231/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index d38f565135..c71eb5eb33 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1953,6 +1953,7 @@ HEB 12 25 kmmk grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἡμεῖς οἱ…ἀπ HEB 12 25 lnpe writing-pronouns τὸν 3 if we turn away from the one who is warning Here, the phrase **the one** could refer to: (1) God generally. Alternate translation: “God” (2) Jesus specifically. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 12 26 rf4e figs-metonymy οὗ ἡ φωνὴ 1 his voice shook the earth HEB 12 26 yxrb figs-explicit τότε; νῦν 1 his voice shook the earth +HEB 12 26 xekm translate-unknown ἐσάλευσεν…ἐγὼ σείσω 1 his voice shook the earth HEB 12 26 dr6r writing-quotations λέγων 1 his voice shook the earth HEB 12 26 rspc figs-quotations λέγων, ἔτι ἅπαξ ἐγὼ σείσω, οὐ μόνον τὴν γῆν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 HEB 12 26 i1c8 figs-idiom ἔτι ἅπαξ 1 shook … shake From a5336bf13455c72c337da6c975e60ac90fdb372a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 19:01:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 232/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index c71eb5eb33..c9caecd685 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1954,7 +1954,7 @@ HEB 12 25 lnpe writing-pronouns τὸν 3 if we turn away from the one who is wa HEB 12 26 rf4e figs-metonymy οὗ ἡ φωνὴ 1 his voice shook the earth HEB 12 26 yxrb figs-explicit τότε; νῦν 1 his voice shook the earth HEB 12 26 xekm translate-unknown ἐσάλευσεν…ἐγὼ σείσω 1 his voice shook the earth -HEB 12 26 dr6r writing-quotations λέγων 1 his voice shook the earth +HEB 12 26 dr6r writing-quotations ἐπήγγελται λέγων 1 his voice shook the earth HEB 12 26 rspc figs-quotations λέγων, ἔτι ἅπαξ ἐγὼ σείσω, οὐ μόνον τὴν γῆν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 HEB 12 26 i1c8 figs-idiom ἔτι ἅπαξ 1 shook … shake HEB 12 27 z6ys figs-abstractnouns δηλοῖ τῶν σαλευομένων μετάθεσιν 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things You can translate the abstract noun **removal** with the verbal phrase “take away.” Alternate translation: “to the taking away of the things that can be shaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 7dc52bca28488a1bf60399481a15b5499ac3cd23 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 19:33:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 233/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index c9caecd685..4c9c6a4b38 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1951,9 +1951,9 @@ HEB 12 25 s5lj figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς οἱ…ἀποστρεφόμενοι HEB 12 25 ga99 figs-ellipsis ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ’ οὐρανῶν ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning This clause leaves out some words that many languages might need to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the first half of the sentence. Alternate translation: “will we escape who are turning away from the one warning us from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) HEB 12 25 kmmk grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἡμεῖς οἱ…ἀποστρεφόμενοι 1 if we turn away from the one who is warning Here the author does not mean that all of the audience were **turning away from** God when he wrote this letter. Rather, he means that every person in the audience could be someone who “turns away from” God, and they will certainly **not escape**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that shows that the audience **turning away from** God is a possibility, not a current fact. Alternate translation: “we, if we turn away from” or “any one of us who turns away from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) HEB 12 25 lnpe writing-pronouns τὸν 3 if we turn away from the one who is warning Here, the phrase **the one** could refer to: (1) God generally. Alternate translation: “God” (2) Jesus specifically. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -HEB 12 26 rf4e figs-metonymy οὗ ἡ φωνὴ 1 his voice shook the earth -HEB 12 26 yxrb figs-explicit τότε; νῦν 1 his voice shook the earth -HEB 12 26 xekm translate-unknown ἐσάλευσεν…ἐγὼ σείσω 1 his voice shook the earth +HEB 12 26 rf4e figs-metonymy οὗ ἡ φωνὴ 1 his voice shook the earth Here, the word **voice** refers to the act of speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer directly to the act of speaking. Alternate translation: “whose speech” or “whose speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +HEB 12 26 yxrb figs-explicit τότε; νῦν 1 his voice shook the earth Here, the phrase **at that time** refers to the time when God spoke from Mount Sinai. In contrast, the word **now** refers to the present time, the time when the author is writing this letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the time references more explicit. Alternate translation: “at the time of the first covenant … right now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +HEB 12 26 xekm translate-unknown ἐσάλευσεν…ἐγὼ σείσω 1 his voice shook the earth Here the author uses words that refer to earthquakes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use words that describe the earth shaking in an earthquake. Alternate translation: “quaked … I myself will quake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 12 26 dr6r writing-quotations ἐπήγγελται λέγων 1 his voice shook the earth HEB 12 26 rspc figs-quotations λέγων, ἔτι ἅπαξ ἐγὼ σείσω, οὐ μόνον τὴν γῆν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 HEB 12 26 i1c8 figs-idiom ἔτι ἅπαξ 1 shook … shake From 1f308a97acd0a89ecb61f295cb63277f92291962 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 19:35:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 234/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 4c9c6a4b38..96207912df 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1954,7 +1954,7 @@ HEB 12 25 lnpe writing-pronouns τὸν 3 if we turn away from the one who is wa HEB 12 26 rf4e figs-metonymy οὗ ἡ φωνὴ 1 his voice shook the earth Here, the word **voice** refers to the act of speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer directly to the act of speaking. Alternate translation: “whose speech” or “whose speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 12 26 yxrb figs-explicit τότε; νῦν 1 his voice shook the earth Here, the phrase **at that time** refers to the time when God spoke from Mount Sinai. In contrast, the word **now** refers to the present time, the time when the author is writing this letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the time references more explicit. Alternate translation: “at the time of the first covenant … right now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 26 xekm translate-unknown ἐσάλευσεν…ἐγὼ σείσω 1 his voice shook the earth Here the author uses words that refer to earthquakes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use words that describe the earth shaking in an earthquake. Alternate translation: “quaked … I myself will quake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -HEB 12 26 dr6r writing-quotations ἐπήγγελται λέγων 1 his voice shook the earth +HEB 12 26 dr6r writing-quotations ἐπήγγελται λέγων 1 his voice shook the earth Here the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament scriptures. He does not introduce the words as a quotation but instead introduces them as something that God says to his people. However, the audience would have understood that these were words from the Old Testament, specifically from [Haggai 2:6](../hag/02/06.md). If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify it. Alternate translation: “he has promised in the Scriptures, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 12 26 rspc figs-quotations λέγων, ἔτι ἅπαξ ἐγὼ σείσω, οὐ μόνον τὴν γῆν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 HEB 12 26 i1c8 figs-idiom ἔτι ἅπαξ 1 shook … shake HEB 12 27 z6ys figs-abstractnouns δηλοῖ τῶν σαλευομένων μετάθεσιν 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things You can translate the abstract noun **removal** with the verbal phrase “take away.” Alternate translation: “to the taking away of the things that can be shaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From b4ee6461fb73e95db651eff0522d55aadbe63771 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 19:35:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 235/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 96207912df..b6654c94c4 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1954,7 +1954,7 @@ HEB 12 25 lnpe writing-pronouns τὸν 3 if we turn away from the one who is wa HEB 12 26 rf4e figs-metonymy οὗ ἡ φωνὴ 1 his voice shook the earth Here, the word **voice** refers to the act of speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer directly to the act of speaking. Alternate translation: “whose speech” or “whose speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 12 26 yxrb figs-explicit τότε; νῦν 1 his voice shook the earth Here, the phrase **at that time** refers to the time when God spoke from Mount Sinai. In contrast, the word **now** refers to the present time, the time when the author is writing this letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the time references more explicit. Alternate translation: “at the time of the first covenant … right now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 26 xekm translate-unknown ἐσάλευσεν…ἐγὼ σείσω 1 his voice shook the earth Here the author uses words that refer to earthquakes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use words that describe the earth shaking in an earthquake. Alternate translation: “quaked … I myself will quake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -HEB 12 26 dr6r writing-quotations ἐπήγγελται λέγων 1 his voice shook the earth Here the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament scriptures. He does not introduce the words as a quotation but instead introduces them as something that God says to his people. However, the audience would have understood that these were words from the Old Testament, specifically from [Haggai 2:6](../hag/02/06.md). If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify it. Alternate translation: “he has promised in the Scriptures, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +HEB 12 26 dr6r writing-quotations ἐπήγγελται λέγων 1 his voice shook the earth Here the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament scriptures. He does not introduce the words as a quotation but instead introduces them as something that God says to his people. However, the audience would have understood that these were words from the Old Testament, specifically from [Haggai 2:6](../hag/02/06.md). If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify it. Alternate translation: “he has promised in the Scriptures, saying” or “he has promised when he said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 12 26 rspc figs-quotations λέγων, ἔτι ἅπαξ ἐγὼ σείσω, οὐ μόνον τὴν γῆν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 HEB 12 26 i1c8 figs-idiom ἔτι ἅπαξ 1 shook … shake HEB 12 27 z6ys figs-abstractnouns δηλοῖ τῶν σαλευομένων μετάθεσιν 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things You can translate the abstract noun **removal** with the verbal phrase “take away.” Alternate translation: “to the taking away of the things that can be shaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From ee29e408ffe097c70163bca2d3f66f42a8497dff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 19:39:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 236/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index b6654c94c4..e7fb9c0b55 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1955,8 +1955,8 @@ HEB 12 26 rf4e figs-metonymy οὗ ἡ φωνὴ 1 his voice shook the earth Her HEB 12 26 yxrb figs-explicit τότε; νῦν 1 his voice shook the earth Here, the phrase **at that time** refers to the time when God spoke from Mount Sinai. In contrast, the word **now** refers to the present time, the time when the author is writing this letter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the time references more explicit. Alternate translation: “at the time of the first covenant … right now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 12 26 xekm translate-unknown ἐσάλευσεν…ἐγὼ σείσω 1 his voice shook the earth Here the author uses words that refer to earthquakes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use words that describe the earth shaking in an earthquake. Alternate translation: “quaked … I myself will quake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 12 26 dr6r writing-quotations ἐπήγγελται λέγων 1 his voice shook the earth Here the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament scriptures. He does not introduce the words as a quotation but instead introduces them as something that God says to his people. However, the audience would have understood that these were words from the Old Testament, specifically from [Haggai 2:6](../hag/02/06.md). If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify it. Alternate translation: “he has promised in the Scriptures, saying” or “he has promised when he said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -HEB 12 26 rspc figs-quotations λέγων, ἔτι ἅπαξ ἐγὼ σείσω, οὐ μόνον τὴν γῆν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 -HEB 12 26 i1c8 figs-idiom ἔτι ἅπαξ 1 shook … shake +HEB 12 26 rspc figs-quotations λέγων, ἔτι ἅπαξ ἐγὼ σείσω, οὐ μόνον τὴν γῆν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the sentence as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “saying that still once more he himself will shake not only the earth, but also the heaven.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +HEB 12 26 i1c8 figs-idiom ἔτι ἅπαξ 1 shook … shake Here, the phrase **Still once** indicates that something has already happened and will happen again, but only one more time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that indicates that something will happen one more time. Alternate translation: “Again, but one time only,” or “Once more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 27 z6ys figs-abstractnouns δηλοῖ τῶν σαλευομένων μετάθεσιν 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things You can translate the abstract noun **removal** with the verbal phrase “take away.” Alternate translation: “to the taking away of the things that can be shaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 27 dnpi figs-activepassive δηλοῖ τῶν σαλευομένων μετάθεσιν, ὡς πεποιημένων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “means that God will remove the things that he can shake, that is, the things that he created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 27 l29r τῶν σαλευομένων 1 shaken Translate **shaken** with the word for what an earthquake does when it moves the ground. This refers back to [Hebrews 12:18-21](./18.md) and what happened when the people saw the mountain where Moses received the law from God. See how you translated “shook” and “shake” in [Hebrews 12:26](../12/26.md). From bdc0439d6baa18aadd519b77cb9e6883b2cc83aa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 19:42:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 237/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index e7fb9c0b55..6e3ff48a6a 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1957,6 +1957,8 @@ HEB 12 26 xekm translate-unknown ἐσάλευσεν…ἐγὼ σείσω 1 his HEB 12 26 dr6r writing-quotations ἐπήγγελται λέγων 1 his voice shook the earth Here the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament scriptures. He does not introduce the words as a quotation but instead introduces them as something that God says to his people. However, the audience would have understood that these were words from the Old Testament, specifically from [Haggai 2:6](../hag/02/06.md). If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify it. Alternate translation: “he has promised in the Scriptures, saying” or “he has promised when he said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 12 26 rspc figs-quotations λέγων, ἔτι ἅπαξ ἐγὼ σείσω, οὐ μόνον τὴν γῆν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the sentence as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “saying that still once more he himself will shake not only the earth, but also the heaven.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 12 26 i1c8 figs-idiom ἔτι ἅπαξ 1 shook … shake Here, the phrase **Still once** indicates that something has already happened and will happen again, but only one more time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that indicates that something will happen one more time. Alternate translation: “Again, but one time only,” or “Once more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +HEB 12 27 wsr7 figs-quotations τὸ δὲ 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things +HEB 12 27 ut92 ἔτι ἅπαξ 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things Since the author repeats here the same words that he quoted in [12:26](../12/26.md), you should translate these words in exactly the same way as you did in that verse. HEB 12 27 z6ys figs-abstractnouns δηλοῖ τῶν σαλευομένων μετάθεσιν 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things You can translate the abstract noun **removal** with the verbal phrase “take away.” Alternate translation: “to the taking away of the things that can be shaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 12 27 dnpi figs-activepassive δηλοῖ τῶν σαλευομένων μετάθεσιν, ὡς πεποιημένων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “means that God will remove the things that he can shake, that is, the things that he created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 27 l29r τῶν σαλευομένων 1 shaken Translate **shaken** with the word for what an earthquake does when it moves the ground. This refers back to [Hebrews 12:18-21](./18.md) and what happened when the people saw the mountain where Moses received the law from God. See how you translated “shook” and “shake” in [Hebrews 12:26](../12/26.md). From 3f02f766b3b87a5cf87342e0612245559a9d4c72 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 19:45:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 238/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 11 ++++++----- 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 6e3ff48a6a..1cc0002344 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1959,11 +1959,12 @@ HEB 12 26 rspc figs-quotations λέγων, ἔτι ἅπαξ ἐγὼ σείσω HEB 12 26 i1c8 figs-idiom ἔτι ἅπαξ 1 shook … shake Here, the phrase **Still once** indicates that something has already happened and will happen again, but only one more time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that indicates that something will happen one more time. Alternate translation: “Again, but one time only,” or “Once more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 12 27 wsr7 figs-quotations τὸ δὲ 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things HEB 12 27 ut92 ἔτι ἅπαξ 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things Since the author repeats here the same words that he quoted in [12:26](../12/26.md), you should translate these words in exactly the same way as you did in that verse. -HEB 12 27 z6ys figs-abstractnouns δηλοῖ τῶν σαλευομένων μετάθεσιν 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things You can translate the abstract noun **removal** with the verbal phrase “take away.” Alternate translation: “to the taking away of the things that can be shaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -HEB 12 27 dnpi figs-activepassive δηλοῖ τῶν σαλευομένων μετάθεσιν, ὡς πεποιημένων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “means that God will remove the things that he can shake, that is, the things that he created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -HEB 12 27 l29r τῶν σαλευομένων 1 shaken Translate **shaken** with the word for what an earthquake does when it moves the ground. This refers back to [Hebrews 12:18-21](./18.md) and what happened when the people saw the mountain where Moses received the law from God. See how you translated “shook” and “shake” in [Hebrews 12:26](../12/26.md). -HEB 12 27 s3xt figs-activepassive πεποιημένων 1 that have been created If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “of what God has created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -HEB 12 27 ta84 figs-activepassive τὰ μὴ σαλευόμενα 1 the things that cannot be shaken If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the things that do not shake” or “the things that cannot shake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 12 27 bcew translate-unknown δηλοῖ 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things See how you translated this word in [9:8](../09/08.md). +HEB 12 27 z6ys figs-abstractnouns τῶν σαλευομένων μετάθεσιν 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things +HEB 12 27 dnpi figs-activepassive τῶν σαλευομένων 1 +HEB 12 27 l29r τῶν σαλευομένων 1 shaken See how you translated “shook” and “shake” in [Hebrews 12:26](../12/26.md). +HEB 12 27 s3xt figs-activepassive πεποιημένων 1 that have been created +HEB 12 27 ta84 figs-activepassive τὰ μὴ σαλευόμενα 1 the things that cannot be shaken HEB 12 28 m44c grammar-connect-words-phrases βασιλείαν ἀσάλευτον παραλαμβάνοντες 1 receiving a kingdom You can add the words **because we are** to make clear the logical connection between this statement and the next statement. Alternate translation: “because we are receiving an unshakeable kingdom” or “because God is making us members of his kingdom which cannot be shaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 12 28 btf6 ἔχωμεν χάριν 1 let us be grateful Alternate translation: “let us give thanks” HEB 12 28 f382 figs-doublet μετὰ εὐλαβείας καὶ δέους 1 with reverence and awe The words **reverence** and **awe** share similar meanings and emphasize the greatness of reverence due to God. Alternate translation: “with great respect and dread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) From cfc4e8d6b93b20acba5cbb99011913ae842b150f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 19:48:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 239/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 1cc0002344..73864ee307 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1960,6 +1960,7 @@ HEB 12 26 i1c8 figs-idiom ἔτι ἅπαξ 1 shook … shake Here, the phrase * HEB 12 27 wsr7 figs-quotations τὸ δὲ 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things HEB 12 27 ut92 ἔτι ἅπαξ 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things Since the author repeats here the same words that he quoted in [12:26](../12/26.md), you should translate these words in exactly the same way as you did in that verse. HEB 12 27 bcew translate-unknown δηλοῖ 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things See how you translated this word in [9:8](../09/08.md). +HEB 12 27 q2si μετάθεσιν 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things (1) change (2) removal HEB 12 27 z6ys figs-abstractnouns τῶν σαλευομένων μετάθεσιν 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things HEB 12 27 dnpi figs-activepassive τῶν σαλευομένων 1 HEB 12 27 l29r τῶν σαλευομένων 1 shaken See how you translated “shook” and “shake” in [Hebrews 12:26](../12/26.md). From cac662280f3712d908aa3af833c05c2eda0cdfea Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 20:08:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 240/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 5 ++++- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 73864ee307..84ca5a71b8 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1962,10 +1962,13 @@ HEB 12 27 ut92 ἔτι ἅπαξ 1 mean the removal of those things that can be HEB 12 27 bcew translate-unknown δηλοῖ 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things See how you translated this word in [9:8](../09/08.md). HEB 12 27 q2si μετάθεσιν 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things (1) change (2) removal HEB 12 27 z6ys figs-abstractnouns τῶν σαλευομένων μετάθεσιν 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things +HEB 12 27 unla τῶν σαλευομένων…τὰ μὴ σαλευόμενα 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things (1) fact (2) possibility +HEB 12 27 l29r τῶν σαλευομένων…τὰ μὴ σαλευόμενα 1 shaken See how you translated “shook” and “shake” in [Hebrews 12:26](../12/26.md). HEB 12 27 dnpi figs-activepassive τῶν σαλευομένων 1 -HEB 12 27 l29r τῶν σαλευομένων 1 shaken See how you translated “shook” and “shake” in [Hebrews 12:26](../12/26.md). +HEB 12 27 zgjh grammar-connect-words-phrases ὡς 1 (1) the way in which things are shaken (2) the type of things that are shaken (3) the reason why things are shaken HEB 12 27 s3xt figs-activepassive πεποιημένων 1 that have been created HEB 12 27 ta84 figs-activepassive τὰ μὴ σαλευόμενα 1 the things that cannot be shaken +HEB 12 27 x0iw translate-unknown μείνῃ 1 the things that cannot be shaken HEB 12 28 m44c grammar-connect-words-phrases βασιλείαν ἀσάλευτον παραλαμβάνοντες 1 receiving a kingdom You can add the words **because we are** to make clear the logical connection between this statement and the next statement. Alternate translation: “because we are receiving an unshakeable kingdom” or “because God is making us members of his kingdom which cannot be shaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 12 28 btf6 ἔχωμεν χάριν 1 let us be grateful Alternate translation: “let us give thanks” HEB 12 28 f382 figs-doublet μετὰ εὐλαβείας καὶ δέους 1 with reverence and awe The words **reverence** and **awe** share similar meanings and emphasize the greatness of reverence due to God. Alternate translation: “with great respect and dread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) From a7c8cf537daa253b27e16db49f06ff2c9dc0dbd4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 20:48:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 241/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 84ca5a71b8..c3684cb431 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1957,9 +1957,9 @@ HEB 12 26 xekm translate-unknown ἐσάλευσεν…ἐγὼ σείσω 1 his HEB 12 26 dr6r writing-quotations ἐπήγγελται λέγων 1 his voice shook the earth Here the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament scriptures. He does not introduce the words as a quotation but instead introduces them as something that God says to his people. However, the audience would have understood that these were words from the Old Testament, specifically from [Haggai 2:6](../hag/02/06.md). If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify it. Alternate translation: “he has promised in the Scriptures, saying” or “he has promised when he said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 12 26 rspc figs-quotations λέγων, ἔτι ἅπαξ ἐγὼ σείσω, οὐ μόνον τὴν γῆν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the sentence as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “saying that still once more he himself will shake not only the earth, but also the heaven.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 12 26 i1c8 figs-idiom ἔτι ἅπαξ 1 shook … shake Here, the phrase **Still once** indicates that something has already happened and will happen again, but only one more time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that indicates that something will happen one more time. Alternate translation: “Again, but one time only,” or “Once more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -HEB 12 27 wsr7 figs-quotations τὸ δὲ 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things +HEB 12 27 wsr7 figs-quotations τὸ δὲ, ἔτι ἅπαξ, δηλοῖ 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things Here the author uses **But this {phrase}** to requote a part of the quotation that he introduced in the previous verse (see [12:26](../12/26.md)). If your readers would misunderstand that the author is requoting the previous quotation to focus on a specific portion of it, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that has already been quoted. Alternate translation: “Now when God says ‘Still once,’ it indicates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 12 27 ut92 ἔτι ἅπαξ 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things Since the author repeats here the same words that he quoted in [12:26](../12/26.md), you should translate these words in exactly the same way as you did in that verse. -HEB 12 27 bcew translate-unknown δηλοῖ 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things See how you translated this word in [9:8](../09/08.md). +HEB 12 27 bcew translate-unknown δηλοῖ 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things Here, the word **indicates** refers to what something means or signifies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to what words mean or signify. See how you translated this word in [9:8](../09/08.md). Alternate translation: “signifies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 12 27 q2si μετάθεσιν 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things (1) change (2) removal HEB 12 27 z6ys figs-abstractnouns τῶν σαλευομένων μετάθεσιν 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things HEB 12 27 unla τῶν σαλευομένων…τὰ μὴ σαλευόμενα 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things (1) fact (2) possibility From 1f737a3a65832776ae1959fa18dbe0309ccf2ac7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 20:51:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 242/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index c3684cb431..ea4ace78a6 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1960,9 +1960,9 @@ HEB 12 26 i1c8 figs-idiom ἔτι ἅπαξ 1 shook … shake Here, the phrase * HEB 12 27 wsr7 figs-quotations τὸ δὲ, ἔτι ἅπαξ, δηλοῖ 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things Here the author uses **But this {phrase}** to requote a part of the quotation that he introduced in the previous verse (see [12:26](../12/26.md)). If your readers would misunderstand that the author is requoting the previous quotation to focus on a specific portion of it, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that has already been quoted. Alternate translation: “Now when God says ‘Still once,’ it indicates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 12 27 ut92 ἔτι ἅπαξ 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things Since the author repeats here the same words that he quoted in [12:26](../12/26.md), you should translate these words in exactly the same way as you did in that verse. HEB 12 27 bcew translate-unknown δηλοῖ 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things Here, the word **indicates** refers to what something means or signifies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to what words mean or signify. See how you translated this word in [9:8](../09/08.md). Alternate translation: “signifies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -HEB 12 27 q2si μετάθεσιν 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things (1) change (2) removal -HEB 12 27 z6ys figs-abstractnouns τῶν σαλευομένων μετάθεσιν 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things -HEB 12 27 unla τῶν σαλευομένων…τὰ μὴ σαλευόμενα 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things (1) fact (2) possibility +HEB 12 27 q2si μετάθεσιν 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things Here the word translated **removal** could refer to: (1) a change in content or position. Alternate translation: “the change” or “the transfer” (2) removal or destruction. Alternate translation: “the elimination” or “the eradication” +HEB 12 27 z6ys figs-abstractnouns τῶν σαλευομένων μετάθεσιν, ὡς πεποιημένων 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **removal**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “remove.” Alternate translation: “that God will remove the things being shaken, that is, the things created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +HEB 12 27 unla τῶν σαλευομένων…τὰ μὴ σαλευόμενα 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things Here, the phrase **being shaken** could refer to: (1) how something is or is not **shaken**. Alternate translation: “of the things that are shaken … the things that are not shaken” (2) whether something can be **shaken** or not. Alternate translation: “of the shakable things … the unshakable things” HEB 12 27 l29r τῶν σαλευομένων…τὰ μὴ σαλευόμενα 1 shaken See how you translated “shook” and “shake” in [Hebrews 12:26](../12/26.md). HEB 12 27 dnpi figs-activepassive τῶν σαλευομένων 1 HEB 12 27 zgjh grammar-connect-words-phrases ὡς 1 (1) the way in which things are shaken (2) the type of things that are shaken (3) the reason why things are shaken From 6ea4e46df843370d5eee49a2dd6cc77cf850ac99 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 20:55:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 243/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index ea4ace78a6..0a510c27ae 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1962,13 +1962,13 @@ HEB 12 27 ut92 ἔτι ἅπαξ 1 mean the removal of those things that can be HEB 12 27 bcew translate-unknown δηλοῖ 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things Here, the word **indicates** refers to what something means or signifies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to what words mean or signify. See how you translated this word in [9:8](../09/08.md). Alternate translation: “signifies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 12 27 q2si μετάθεσιν 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things Here the word translated **removal** could refer to: (1) a change in content or position. Alternate translation: “the change” or “the transfer” (2) removal or destruction. Alternate translation: “the elimination” or “the eradication” HEB 12 27 z6ys figs-abstractnouns τῶν σαλευομένων μετάθεσιν, ὡς πεποιημένων 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **removal**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “remove.” Alternate translation: “that God will remove the things being shaken, that is, the things created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -HEB 12 27 unla τῶν σαλευομένων…τὰ μὴ σαλευόμενα 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things Here, the phrase **being shaken** could refer to: (1) how something is or is not **shaken**. Alternate translation: “of the things that are shaken … the things that are not shaken” (2) whether something can be **shaken** or not. Alternate translation: “of the shakable things … the unshakable things” +HEB 12 27 unla τῶν σαλευομένων…τὰ μὴ σαλευόμενα 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things Here, the phrase **being shaken** could refer to: (1) how something is or is not **shaken**. Alternate translation: “of the things that are shaken … the things that are not shaken” (2) whether something can be **shaken** or not. Alternate translation: “of the things that can be shaken … the things that cannot be shaken” HEB 12 27 l29r τῶν σαλευομένων…τὰ μὴ σαλευόμενα 1 shaken See how you translated “shook” and “shake” in [Hebrews 12:26](../12/26.md). -HEB 12 27 dnpi figs-activepassive τῶν σαλευομένων 1 +HEB 12 27 dnpi figs-activepassive τῶν σαλευομένων 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on what is **shaken** rather than focusing on the person doing the “shaking.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “of things that God will shake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 27 zgjh grammar-connect-words-phrases ὡς 1 (1) the way in which things are shaken (2) the type of things that are shaken (3) the reason why things are shaken HEB 12 27 s3xt figs-activepassive πεποιημένων 1 that have been created -HEB 12 27 ta84 figs-activepassive τὰ μὴ σαλευόμενα 1 the things that cannot be shaken -HEB 12 27 x0iw translate-unknown μείνῃ 1 the things that cannot be shaken +HEB 12 27 ta84 figs-activepassive τὰ μὴ σαλευόμενα 1 the things that cannot be shaken If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on what is not **shaken** rather than focusing on the person who would do the “shaking.” If you must state who would do the action, the author implies that “God” would do it. Alternate translation: “the things that God will not shake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 12 27 x0iw translate-unknown μείνῃ 1 the things that cannot be shaken Here, the word **remain** indicates that something lasts a long time. Here, the idea is that whatever is not **shaken** will last forever. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that identifies something that lasts forever or always exists. Alternate translation: “might always stay” or “might exist at from then on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 12 28 m44c grammar-connect-words-phrases βασιλείαν ἀσάλευτον παραλαμβάνοντες 1 receiving a kingdom You can add the words **because we are** to make clear the logical connection between this statement and the next statement. Alternate translation: “because we are receiving an unshakeable kingdom” or “because God is making us members of his kingdom which cannot be shaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 12 28 btf6 ἔχωμεν χάριν 1 let us be grateful Alternate translation: “let us give thanks” HEB 12 28 f382 figs-doublet μετὰ εὐλαβείας καὶ δέους 1 with reverence and awe The words **reverence** and **awe** share similar meanings and emphasize the greatness of reverence due to God. Alternate translation: “with great respect and dread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) From 96d708617d7bc580219fb59f20b831199f8d9c18 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 20:58:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 244/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 0a510c27ae..ef3184e07d 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1965,8 +1965,8 @@ HEB 12 27 z6ys figs-abstractnouns τῶν σαλευομένων μετάθεσ HEB 12 27 unla τῶν σαλευομένων…τὰ μὴ σαλευόμενα 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things Here, the phrase **being shaken** could refer to: (1) how something is or is not **shaken**. Alternate translation: “of the things that are shaken … the things that are not shaken” (2) whether something can be **shaken** or not. Alternate translation: “of the things that can be shaken … the things that cannot be shaken” HEB 12 27 l29r τῶν σαλευομένων…τὰ μὴ σαλευόμενα 1 shaken See how you translated “shook” and “shake” in [Hebrews 12:26](../12/26.md). HEB 12 27 dnpi figs-activepassive τῶν σαλευομένων 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on what is **shaken** rather than focusing on the person doing the “shaking.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “of things that God will shake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -HEB 12 27 zgjh grammar-connect-words-phrases ὡς 1 (1) the way in which things are shaken (2) the type of things that are shaken (3) the reason why things are shaken -HEB 12 27 s3xt figs-activepassive πεποιημένων 1 that have been created +HEB 12 27 zgjh grammar-connect-words-phrases ὡς πεποιημένων 1 Here, the phrase **that is** could introduce: (1) the way in which things are shaken. In other words, God **created** everything by speaking, and he “shakes” everything by speaking. Alternate translation: “just as they were created” (2) the type of things that are shaken. In other words, only **created** things are **shaken**. Alternate translation: “which are the created things” (3) the reason why things are shaken. In other words, things are **shaken** because they are **created**. Alternate translation: “since they are created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +HEB 12 27 s3xt figs-activepassive πεποιημένων 1 that have been created If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on what is **created** rather than focusing on the person doing the “creating.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “of the things that God created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 27 ta84 figs-activepassive τὰ μὴ σαλευόμενα 1 the things that cannot be shaken If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on what is not **shaken** rather than focusing on the person who would do the “shaking.” If you must state who would do the action, the author implies that “God” would do it. Alternate translation: “the things that God will not shake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 12 27 x0iw translate-unknown μείνῃ 1 the things that cannot be shaken Here, the word **remain** indicates that something lasts a long time. Here, the idea is that whatever is not **shaken** will last forever. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that identifies something that lasts forever or always exists. Alternate translation: “might always stay” or “might exist at from then on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 12 28 m44c grammar-connect-words-phrases βασιλείαν ἀσάλευτον παραλαμβάνοντες 1 receiving a kingdom You can add the words **because we are** to make clear the logical connection between this statement and the next statement. Alternate translation: “because we are receiving an unshakeable kingdom” or “because God is making us members of his kingdom which cannot be shaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) From 7bd779a1d5b8131c62194aaaf84be73da7248c9b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: stephenwunrow Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 21:00:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 245/245] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index ef3184e07d..e4e9ef6d30 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -1957,7 +1957,7 @@ HEB 12 26 xekm translate-unknown ἐσάλευσεν…ἐγὼ σείσω 1 his HEB 12 26 dr6r writing-quotations ἐπήγγελται λέγων 1 his voice shook the earth Here the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament scriptures. He does not introduce the words as a quotation but instead introduces them as something that God says to his people. However, the audience would have understood that these were words from the Old Testament, specifically from [Haggai 2:6](../hag/02/06.md). If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify it. Alternate translation: “he has promised in the Scriptures, saying” or “he has promised when he said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 12 26 rspc figs-quotations λέγων, ἔτι ἅπαξ ἐγὼ σείσω, οὐ μόνον τὴν γῆν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the sentence as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “saying that still once more he himself will shake not only the earth, but also the heaven.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 12 26 i1c8 figs-idiom ἔτι ἅπαξ 1 shook … shake Here, the phrase **Still once** indicates that something has already happened and will happen again, but only one more time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that indicates that something will happen one more time. Alternate translation: “Again, but one time only,” or “Once more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -HEB 12 27 wsr7 figs-quotations τὸ δὲ, ἔτι ἅπαξ, δηλοῖ 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things Here the author uses **But this {phrase}** to requote a part of the quotation that he introduced in the previous verse (see [12:26](../12/26.md)). If your readers would misunderstand that the author is requoting the previous quotation to focus on a specific portion of it, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that has already been quoted. Alternate translation: “Now when God says ‘Still once,’ it indicates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +HEB 12 27 wsr7 writing-quotations τὸ δὲ, ἔτι ἅπαξ, δηλοῖ 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things Here the author uses **But this {phrase}** to requote a part of the quotation that he introduced in the previous verse (see [12:26](../12/26.md)). If your readers would misunderstand that the author is requoting the previous quotation to focus on a specific portion of it, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that has already been quoted. Alternate translation: “Now when God says ‘Still once,’ it indicates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 12 27 ut92 ἔτι ἅπαξ 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things Since the author repeats here the same words that he quoted in [12:26](../12/26.md), you should translate these words in exactly the same way as you did in that verse. HEB 12 27 bcew translate-unknown δηλοῖ 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things Here, the word **indicates** refers to what something means or signifies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to what words mean or signify. See how you translated this word in [9:8](../09/08.md). Alternate translation: “signifies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 12 27 q2si μετάθεσιν 1 mean the removal of those things that can be shaken, that is, of the things Here the word translated **removal** could refer to: (1) a change in content or position. Alternate translation: “the change” or “the transfer” (2) removal or destruction. Alternate translation: “the elimination” or “the eradication”